Optilift Rod Pump Controller (RPC) : User Manual

User Manual
Original Instructions
OptiLift Rod Pump Controller (RPC)

Catalog Numbers 1711-P06RPC3R0-2, 1711-P06RPC3R1-2
Important User Information
Read this document and the documents listed in the additional resources section about installation, configuration, and
operation of this equipment before you install, configure, operate, or maintain this product. Users are required to
familiarize themselves with installation and wiring instructions in addition to requirements of all applicable codes, laws,
and standards.
Activities including installation, adjustments, putting into service, use, assembly, disassembly, and maintenance are
required to be carried out by suitably trained personnel in accordance with applicable code of practice.
If this equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the protection provided by the equipment may
be impaired.
In no event will Rockwell Automation, Inc. be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from
the use or application of this equipment.
The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes. Because of the many variables and
requirements associated with any particular installation, Rockwell Automation, Inc. cannot assume responsibility or
liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams.
No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation, Inc. with respect to use of information, circuits, equipment, or
software described in this manual.
Reproduction of the contents of this manual, in whole or in part, without written permission of Rockwell Automation,
Inc., is prohibited
Throughout this manual, when necessary, we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations.
WARNING: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous
environment, which may lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss.
ATTENTION: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death, property
damage, or economic loss. Attentions help you identify a hazard, avoid a hazard, and recognize the consequence.
IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product.
Labels may also be on or inside the equipment to provide specific precautions.
SHOCK HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that dangerous
voltage may be present.
BURN HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that surfaces may
reach dangerous temperatures.
ARC FLASH HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a motor control center, to alert people to
potential Arc Flash. Arc Flash will cause severe injury or death. Wear proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). Follow ALL
Regulatory requirements for safe work practices and for Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).
Table of Contents
Preface
Summary of Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Who Should Use This Manual? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Purpose of This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Catalog Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Technical Support Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Additional Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Chapter 1
About the OptiLift RPC Solution Equipment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Typical Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Option for Low Temperature Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Equipment Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Well Operation Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
ISAGRAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Communication Protocol (Modbus). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
WMP Gateway Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
User-supplied Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Polished-rod Load Cell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Walking Beam Inclinometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Hall Effect Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Chapter 2
Install and Connect OptiLift RPC Before You Begin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Hardware Handling the OptiLift RPC Package. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
OptiLift RPC Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Mount the OptiLift RPC Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Mounting Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Mounting Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Connect Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Polished Rod Load Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Walking Beam Inclinometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Incoming Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Motor Run/Stop Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Motor Run/Stop Status Feedback Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
VFD Speed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Hall Effect Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Optional I/O Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Shielded Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Ground Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Communication Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
COM1 (RS-232) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
COM2 (RS-485) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
COM4 (RS-232) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Ethernet Ports (LAN2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
WMP Hardware Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019 3

Table of Contents
Chapter 3
Use the OptiLift RPC Web Server Configuration Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Configuration Using Web Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Set OptiLift RPC to Preconfiguration State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Log in to Web Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
System Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
RTU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
I/O Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Module Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
ISAGRAF Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Modbus Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
WMP Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
RTU Kernel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Board Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Device ID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
COM Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
System Debug Message Logger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Web Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Interface Protocols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Restore Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
I/O Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Analog Input Configuration (AI2, AI4, AI5, AI6, AI7, and AI8) 51
Analog Output Configuration (AO2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Digital Input Configuration (DI7 and DI8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Digital Output Configuration (DO5, DO6, DO7, and DO8) . 53
Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Data Logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Modbus Data Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Modbus Third-party Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Modbus Master: Serial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Modbus Master: TCP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Internal Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Configuration — General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Configuration — Serial Filtering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Transmitter Status — Change Transmitter ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Transmitter Status — Rejected Serial Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Transmitter Status — Rejected Transmitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Transmitter Status — Registered Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Applications — RPC>RPC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Control Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Load Violation Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Load Cell Fault Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Pump Off Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Malfunction Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Pump Equipment Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Taper Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
4 Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019

Table of Contents
Production Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Belt Slippage Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Fluid Level Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
VFD Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Life Counter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Process Alarm Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Alarm Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Operation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Rest Time Auto-tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Applications>RPC>RPC Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Well Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Production Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Current Day Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Alarm Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Current Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Overlaid Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Historical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Fluid Level Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
IPR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Life Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Process Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Well State Run Rest Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
ISAGRAF Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
System Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Chapter 4
Using the OptiLift RPC Local HMI Configuration Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
PanelView Plus 7 Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Navigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
HMI Display Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Operator Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Login/Logout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Well Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Overview Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Pump Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Current Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
VFD Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Historical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Gas Flow Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Configuration Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Well Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Pump Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Sensor Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Fixed Speed Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
VFD Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Alarm Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
General Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Table of Contents
Hardware and Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Gas Flow Alarm Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Alarm Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Alarm and Event Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Alarm History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Event History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Trend Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Pumping System Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Select Trend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Help Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Screen Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Maintenance/Configuration and Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Alarms and Trend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Troubleshooting Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Chapter 5
Operation Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Startup Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Configure Digital I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Configure DI4/DI5 Aux Fault Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Configure Motor Alert Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
User Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Change Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Quick Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
User Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Time and Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
RTU Power On and Default Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Gauge Off Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Position Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Load Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Pump Equipment Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Taper Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Motor Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Fluid Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Pump Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Fluid Level Cutoff Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Fluid Level Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Well Operation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Fixed Speed Quick Start Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Variable Speed Quick Start Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Alarm Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Pump Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Configure the Rod Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Via Web Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Via Local HMI Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Change the Operation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Fixed Speed Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Variable Speed Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Configure VFD Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Table of Contents
Configure Load Cell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Configure Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Configure Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Load Violation Limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Net Torque Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Malfunction Setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
DI4/DI5 Aux Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Dry Well Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Start and Stop the Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Calibrate the Inclinometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
View Fluid Level Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Configure Fluid Level Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
View the Surface and Downhole Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
View Alarm Status and Clear Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
View Well Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Configure the RTU Modbus IP and ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Upgrade the OptiLift RPC Suite Firmware on Web Server . . . . . . 283
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Download Current Suite Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Download Current Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Chapter 6
Troubleshooting OptiLift RPC Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Incomplete and Erroneous Surface Cards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Troubleshoot Load Cell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Troubleshoot Inclinometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Troubleshoot Hall Effect Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Motor Not Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Motor Status Feedback Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Appendix A
Specifications Enclosure Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Hall Effect Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Load Cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Inclinometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Motor Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Standards Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Appendix B
Wiring Diagrams Motor Control Wiring Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Terminal Block Allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
OptiLift RPC Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Power Distribution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Appendix C
Site Survey Template OptiLift RPC Validation Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Table of Contents
Appendix D
Modbus Mapping Registers Modbus Coil Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Modbus Input Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Modbus Input Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Modbus Holding Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Alarms and Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Gas Flow Measurement Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
ISAGRAF Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Time Zones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Modbus WMP Coil Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Modbus WMP Input Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Modbus WMP Input Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Modbus WMP Holding Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451

Preface
This manual describes well protection features and system responses that are
provided by the OptiLift™ RPC. These features and responses provide
protection for the rod pump mechanical unit and well when abnormal
operating conditions are detected.
ATTENTION: You must have a basic understanding of electrical circuitry and

familiarity with rod pump mechanical units to install, configure, operate, or
troubleshoot the OptiLift RPC systems. If not, you must obtain the proper
training before using this product.
Summary of Changes This manual contains new and updated information as indicated in the
following table.
Topic Page
Replaced Figure 29 36
Added New Section 73
Added New Section 93
Who Should Use This Use this manual if you design, install, configure, or troubleshoot rod-pump
control systems that use the OptiLift rod pump controller (RPC). This manual
Manual? introduces you to the key components of the OptiLift RPC, and describes
installation, configuration, operation, and troubleshooting of the controller.
Purpose of This Manual This manual provides information that is required for the use of the OptiLift
RPC with the following motor control configurations:
• Across-the-line motor starter or soft starter
• A variable frequency drive (VFD) that uses a 4…20 mA analog speed
reference command
• Capability to control and update runtime parameters over and Ethernet
network with PowerFlex® 750 drives.
Detailed information regarding integration with a PowerFlex® 753 variable

frequency drive is not in this manual. This information is explained in the user
manual for the drive.

Preface
This document also does not give a detailed explanation of the mechanical
operation of a well or the configuration of variables.
Catalog Numbers
1711 - P06RPC 3R 0 - 2
Bulletin Number RPC Identifier Enclosure Heater Display Type

1711 - OptiLift solution P06RPC - Packaged solution rod 3R - NEMA 3R carbon steel enclosure 0 - No heater 0 - No display
pump controller 1 - 50-W heater 2 - Touch display
TIP Contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales

office to order common options such as inclinometers, load cells, or
pressure/temperature sensors.
Technical Support Options A one-year TechConnectSM contract is provided with your OptiLift RPC. This
contract is renewable for continued support.
Additional Resources These documents contain additional information concerning related products
from Rockwell Automation.
Resource Description
Digital Oilfield website, Describes comprehensive solutions for monitoring,
http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/services/ control, and optimization.
engineered-packages-panels/oilfield.page#tab4
ISaGRAF website, Offers ISaGRAF software support.
http://www.isagraf.com
iXC-2 Industrial Programmable Remote Terminal Unit Describes the procedures for installation, wiring, and
(RTU) User Manual, publication 1759-UM001 system configuration of the iXC-2 controller.
PowerFlex 750-Series AC Drives Programming Manual, Provides details on PowerFlex® 753 drive parameters.
publication 750-PM001
Remote Data Acquisition Controllers Product Profile, Provides information on the iSensGP and iSensT2
publication 1759-PP001 sensors.
Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, Provides general guidelines for installing a
publication 1770-4.1 Rockwell Automation® industrial system.
Product Certifications website, Provides declarations of conformity, certificates, and
http://www.ab.com/certification other certification details.
You can view or download publications at

http://www.rockwellautomation.com/literature/. To order paper copies of
technical documentation, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or
Rockwell Automation sales representative.

Chapter 1
About the OptiLift RPC Solution
Equipment Overview The OptiLift™ rod pump controller (RPC) provides control, protection, and
monitoring for one sucker rod pump well. Control and protection are applied
based on user-configured parameters and real-time sensor data. Fixed or
variable speed systems can be controlled with one of seven operation modes.
Operation modes range from basic operation that allows you to turn the pump
on or off, to more complex modes that adjust operating speed to maximize
your oil production.
Based on collected data and calculations the controller performs, decisions are
made depending on the selected operation mode. The data that is collected
from sensors on the pump allow the controller to generate a surface card (load
and position). The controller takes the collected surface card and well
characteristics and uses this information to generate a downhole card. The
downhole card is analyzed and a pump fillage is calculated.
Protection is done internally via configurable alarms and faults. You can also
provide an external signal to terminate operation from other site equipment
such as an E-stop or vibration sensor.
The OptiLift RPC provides a host of features that can be controlled and
monitored locally and remotely. Local control is achieved with the PanelView™
terminal. Remote control is achieved through the web server interface or
supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) system with supported
protocols.
The I/O of your OptiLift RPC can be expanded by using FLEX™ I/O
modules. These modules are connected through your EtherNet/IP™ network
and configured using the vMiConfig tool for details, see publication
1759UM001.
The OptiLift RPC is connected-production ready and if an Ethernet network

is present it can connect to your system using the MQTT application. For
details on MQTT, see publication 1759-UM001.

Chapter 1 About the OptiLift RPC Solution
Typical Installation The OptiLift RPC is intended to be installed in an outdoor environment that
is not classified as a hazardous location. The enclosure design helps protect the
PanelView terminal, and other internal components, from weather conditions.
The OptiLift RPC can be mounted in various ways such as pole-mount, wall-
mount, or within a power package (see page 19). The power and control wiring
enter through the bottom of the enclosure. Outdoor exposure requires the
system to be grounded. Figure 1 shows an example of how the OptiLift RPC
can be installed.
Figure 1 - Typical Sucker-rod Pump with OptiLift RPC System

Position Sensor:
Installed with cable gland facing down
Polished rod load cell assembly
OptiLift RPC
C-clamps for running the cables

down through the Samson post
VFD
Cable entry Cable entry

for VFD signal for sensors
Option for Low Temperature Operation
The optional heater is recommended if you intend to operate below the

temperature range of the OptiLift RPC. The heater extends the operating
temperature for internal components down to -40 °C (-40 °F). At this lower
temperature, the PanelView terminal may not operate as expected. Remote
connectivity is recommended for configuration at lower temperatures.
Equipment Specification For enclosure dimensions, materials, ratings, and weight information, see
Enclosure Specifications on page 293.

About the OptiLift RPC Solution Chapter 1
Well Operation Modes The OptiLift RPC has seven operation modes that control the operation and
protection of system components. Four operation modes are for fixed speed
operation (Table 1) and three operation modes are for variable speed operation
(Table 2).
Table 1 - Operation Modes for Fixed Speed Systems

Operation Mode Description
1. Fixed Speed Pump Off This mode uses the surface card and a pump-off control (POC) setpoint. The POC
is a configured load and position. When the POC setpoint is within the surface
card, the motor run command is issued. When the POC setpoint is outside the
surface card, the motor is commanded to stop. A motor RUN command is then
automatically issued after a configured time period.
2. Fixed Speed Timer This mode works as a timer. The timer has a run and rest time that you must
configure.
3. Fixed Speed Pump Fillage This mode sends a command to stop the well for a rest period after a number of
successive downhole cards has been detected with the calculated pump fillage
below the desired target pump fillage. You must set the desired rest time, pump
fillage setpoint, and the number of cards with low fillage to be detected before
the OptiLift RPC sends a command to stop the pump and set it to Rest state.
4. Fixed Speed Manual This mode gives you basic run/stop motor control. It allows you to start and stop
your pump manually.
Table 2 - Operation Modes for Variable Speed Systems

Operation Mode Description
5. Variable Speed Pump Off This mode uses the surface card, a pump-off control (POC) setpoint, and POC
deadband to regulate the speed of the pump. When any part of the POC
deadband is outside the surface card, the speed of the pump is adjusted.
6. Variable Speed Pump Fillage This mode uses the pump fillage calculated from the downhole card, fillage
setpoint, and fillage deadband to regulate the speed of the pump. When the
calculated pump fillage is outside the predefined pump fillage deadband, the
speed of the pump is adjusted.
7. Variable Speed Manual This mode gives you basic run/stop motor control. It also allows you to start and
stop your pump manually. You must set the run speed.
For detailed information on configuration and parameters, see Use the

OptiLift RPC Web Server on page 33 and Using the OptiLift RPC Local
HMI on page 109.
ISAGRAF The OptiLift RPC is equipped to support ISAGRAF® projects. ISAGRAF is

an industrial automation technology that is used to create standalone
controller or distributed control systems. ISAGRAF is highly scalable and
flexible to work on the hardware platform and operating system of your choice.
Visit www.isagraf.com to download the ISAGRAF software. The ISAGRAF

website contains helpful training videos on the Support page. To view your
project, see ISAGRAF Project on page 106.
Communication Protocol The OptiLift RPC supports various communication protocols. It supports
Modbus RTU and Modbus TCP. Configuration details are on page 48. The
(Modbus) OptiLift RPC provides two Ethernet communication ports (LAN1 and
LAN2). One Ethernet port can be used for Modbus TCP for SCADA
communication, and the other Ethernet port for local configuration through
the web server on your laptop. See page 29 for Communication port details.

WMP Gateway Features The OptiLift RPC can communicate with wireless transmitters for pressure
and temperature through the wireless messaging protocol (WMP). The WMP
is a proprietary long-range wireless protocol that supports 2.4 GHz and
900 MHz frequencies. The WMP protocol is intended for use with the
Rockwell Automation® i-Sense® line of wireless devices.
When the OptiLift RPC is ordered with the optional WMP functionality, it
handles wireless communications. The OptiLift RPC gateway module handles
all wireless communication through WMP. Figure 64 on page 59 shows the
parameters that you must configure through the gateway module in order for
the OptiLift RPC to communicate with a wireless transmitter.
User-supplied Components You must supply the following components to get the most accurate data from
your OptiLift RPC.
Polished-rod Load Cell
The polished-rod load cell measures the weight on the rod string. The OptiLift
RPC can operate with two different load cell sizes (13,608 kg [30,000 lb] and
22,680 kg [50,000 lb]). The OptiLift RPC provides an excitation voltage level
to the load cell (see page 293 for voltage range). You configure the load cell as
part of the setup process (see page 264).
ATTENTION: Properly trained, qualified personnel must install the load cell.
Incorrect installation can result in erroneous load detection and damage to
equipment.
The typical installation of a polished-rod load cell is shown in Figure 2.
Figure 2 - Load Cell Assembly
Polished-rod
Clamp
Polished-rod Load Cell
Leveling Washer Set

About the OptiLift RPC Solution Chapter 1
Walking Beam Inclinometer
The inclinometer measures the angle of the walking beam. The inclinometer is
magnet-mounted along the walking beam between the fulcrum and the horse
head.
A solid-state or nonsolid state inclinometer (Figure 3) can be used with the

OptiLift RPC. Solid-state inclinometers are recommended for installations
that require extra durability.
Figure 3 - Magnet-mount Inclinometer Options
Y-axis points towards

horse head.
Solid-state
Nonsolid-state Inclinometer Inclinometer
In a typical installation of an inclinometer, the horse head of the walking beam

is to the right of the inclinometer box and the signal cable exits the bottom of
the box (Figure 4). For input voltage, see page 294.
Figure 4 - Magnet-mount Inclinometer Assembly on Walking Beam

Inclinometer
Walking Beam
Horse Head
Fulcrum

Hall Effect Sensor
Hall effect sensors must be mounted with magnets at the crank arm and motor
shaft. The Hall effect sensor at the crank arm allows the OptiLift RPC to
determine whether the pump has reached the bottom of the stroke. The Hall
effect sensor at the motor shaft allows the OptiLift RPC to determine the
motor RPM. The sensors are synchronized together to allow the OptiLift
RPC to determine the polished rod position and the belt slippage. The belt
slippage calculation feature can only be determined when both Hall effect
sensors are installed.
With only one Hall effect sensor is mounted on the crank arm (none on the
motor shaft), the OptiLift RPC can determine the polished rod position but
not belt slippage.
Figure 5 - Hall Effect Sensors Kit

Chapter 2
Install and Connect OptiLift RPC Hardware
Before You Begin This section provides the information that is required to mount and wire the
OptiLift™ RPC.
ATTENTION: The following information is a guide for proper installation.

Rockwell Automation cannot assume responsibility for the compliance or the
noncompliance to any code, national, local, or otherwise for the proper
installation of this OptiLift RPC or associated equipment. A hazard of personal
injury and/or equipment damage exists if codes are ignored during
installation.
It is recommended that you conduct a site survey to determine a suitable

location to install the OptiLift RPC (See Site Survey Template on page 299).
This survey collects the physical and electrical characteristic of the site
equipment. During the site survey, an equipment layout must be drawn.
Handling the OptiLift RPC Use care when lifting the OptiLift RPC for mounting.
Package
ATTENTION: To guard against possible personal injury and/or equipment
damage:
• Do not allow any part of the OptiLift RPC or lifting mechanism to contact
electrically charged conductors or components.
• Do not subject the OptiLift RPC to high rates of acceleration or deceleration
while transporting to the mounting location or when lifting.
• Do not allow personnel or their limbs directly underneath the OptiLift RPC
when it is being lifted and mounted.
You must consider the specifications in Table 10 on page 293 when mounting
the OptiLift RPC.

Chapter 2 Install and Connect OptiLift RPC Hardware
OptiLift RPC Overview Figure 6 - Front View
PanelView™
(HMI Display)
(* The latest model of

this enclosure has a
solid door cover.)
Viewing
Window
Figure 7 - Bottom View
Drip Edge
Door Latches
(x2)
Ethernet
Plug
Ground Lug
Lower Mounting Bracket
Figure 8 - Internal Components
AC Power Controller
Breaker (iXC-2/RTU)
Motor
Control Relay
Power
Supply
Incoming Power
Signal
Terminals
Conditioner
(OptiLift RPC I/O)
Motor Control
Signal

Install and Connect OptiLift RPC Hardware Chapter 2
Mount the OptiLift RPC Unit IMPORTANT Mounting hardware is not included with the OptiLift RPC.
Mounting Considerations
The OptiLift RPC can be pole- or wall-mounted.
On the back of the enclosure, there is an upper and lower mounting bracket
each with four holes. You must mount the OptiLift RPC in a vertical
orientation as shown in Figure 9.
Figure 9 - Mounting Detail
Mounting Bracket
Pole Mounting
Mounting Support
Mounting Procedure
ATTENTION: Allow only qualified personnel to install or maintain the

OptiLift RPC. Failure to comply can result in personal injury and/or
equipment damage.
ATTENTION: Certify that the OptiLift RPC is installed with the HMI facing North.
Prolonged exposure to ultraviolet rays can cause degradation and HMI failure.
To install the OptiLift RPC, perform the following steps:
1. Remove the OptiLift RPC from its shipping container. Follow the
handling recommendations on page 17.
2. Inspect the equipment for any damage during transportation.
3. Identify the upper and lower section of the OptiLift RPC.
4. If you are pole mounting the device, attach Unistrut® horizontally on the
back wall of the enclosure using screws through the holes in the
mounting bracket. Place this assembly on a 5.08 cm (2 in.) pipe and
attach it with pipe brackets. The minimum height from the floor to the
bottom of the panel must be 1.52 m (5 ft).
5. If you are wall mounting the device, two screws through each mounting
bracket are sufficient.

Connect Wiring This section explains how to wire the components of the OptiLift RPC. Three
size 8 holes are available in the enclosure for wire entry. See OptiLift RPC
Wiring on page 296 for a fully wired OptiLift RPC wiring diagram.
ATTENTION: Allow only qualified personnel to install or maintain the

OptiLift RPC. Failure to comply can result in personal injury and/or
equipment damage.
Required Tools
The following equipment catalog numbers are recommended:

Table 3 - Tools
Catalog Number Description
1492-N90 A flathead terminal block screwdriver with hardened 3 mm (0.12 in.) diameter blade.
1492-KWC A wire-cutting tool that attaches to the screwdriver.
Polished Rod Load Cell
The load cell has a five-wire cable that connects to the OptiLift RPC I/O. The
wires are mounted inside the enclosure on the signal conditioning card
(Figure 10). For details on how to configure your load cell, see page 264.
Figure 10 - Load Cell Wiring Connections to Molex Terminal

UNLATCH
FEEDBAC
FEEDBAC
GROUND
LOAD INCLINATION VFD

LATCH
24VDC IN BATTERY
+ - + - EXC+ SIG+ SIG- EXC- EXC+ SIG+ SIG- EXC- + -
+ Excitation
+ Sense
Wires from
- Sense
Load Cell
- Excitation
Shield

Walking Beam Inclinometer
The inclinometer has a three-wire cable that connects to the OptiLift RPC.
The wires are mounted to the signal conditioning card (Figure 11). Common
ground is the signal (-) and excitation (-).
Figure 11 - Inclinometer Wiring Connections to Molex Terminal

Blow 2A/250V FUSE
FEEDBACK
FEEDBACK
UNLATCH
GROUND
LATCH
24VDC IN BATTERY
+ Excitation
+ Sense
Wires from
Inclinometer Common Ground
Shield
Incoming Power
The incoming power is a three-wire signal from the power source. The power
source must supply power in the range of 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz. The load
signal is wired to a circuit breaker and is routed to a 24V DC power supply.
Figure 12 - Wires from Power Source

17 18 19 20 21
16 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
11 12 13 14 15
Ground
Neutral
Line

Motor Run/Stop Command
The default wiring of the OptiLift RPC controls the motor with a 24V
powered output (Figure 13) with a maximum output of 1 A. A Run command
from the OptiLift RPC corresponds to a 24V signal in the motor control
signal terminals, while a stop command corresponds to a 0V signal.
Figure 13 - 24V DC Motor Run/Stop Control Terminals

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
11 13 15
12 14
+24V DC Motor Control Signal

-24V DC Motor Control Signal
ATTENTION: The default wiring of the OptiLift RPC uses a ON/OFF (24V/0 V)
signal to control your motor.
Motor Run/Stop Status Feedback Wiring
IMPORTANT When used with a PowerFlex® 753/755 drive, this wiring is not required.
Motor feedback wiring is found on the OptiLift RPC I/O board, which helps
the OptiLift RPC detect Run and Stop conditions. Feedback + and Feedback -
signals are wired directly to the board (Figure 14). A 5…24 V DC signal and its
return signal can be used to provide feedback to the OptiLift RPC. To detect
the signal, the signal must be powered (24V DC).
Figure 14 - Motor Status Feedback Wiring Connections

CALIBRATION
REPLACE ONLY WITH FAST
FEEDBACK +
Blow 2A/250V FUSE

FEEDBACK -
UNLATCH
GROUND

LATCH
24VDC IN BATTERY
Motor
Status
Feedback

VFD Speed Control
IMPORTANT When used with a PowerFlex 753/755 drive, this wiring is not required.
TIP The speed reference signal is only used with a variable speed drive.
The OptiLift RPC can control a variable speed motor by commanding the
motor to run and providing an analog speed reference signal to your variable
speed drive. An analog 4…20 mA sourcing signal is sent to denote the lowest to
highest speed reference that is based on the configuration of the VFD. The two
wires of the speed reference signal are shown in Figure 15. To learn how to
configure the minimum and maximum control frequency, see VFD
Configuration on page 83.
Figure 15 - Analog Output 4…20 mA to VFD Speed Reference

FEEDBACK +
Blow 2A/250V FUSE
FEEDBACK -
UNLATCH
GROUND
LATCH
24VDC IN BATTERY
Speed Reference +
Speed Reference -
Hall Effect Sensor
The Hall effect sensors connect to terminal blocks. There are two terminal
blocks (31/32) for the crank arm sensor that are wired to DI6 of the controller.
There are also two terminal blocks (33/34) for the motor shaft (RPM) sensor
that are wired to DI9 of the controller. Both sets of terminal blocks are shown
in Figure 16.
Figure 16 - Hall Effect Sensor

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
11 12 13 14 15
Terminal
Block
24V
Top
Bottom
0V Crank Arm Motor Shaft/
Single RPM
Typical Wiring
Signal
Sensor

Optional I/O Wiring
The OptiLift RPC can monitor and control additional user-supplied signals.
Additional signals are wired to the corresponding terminal blocks shown in
Figure 17. The system has the following spare channels:
• Six analog inputs
• Two digital inputs
• Four digital outputs
For details on spare channels, see page 25.
Figure 17 - Spare Channels

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
11 13 15
12 14
Spare Analog Inputs Spare Digital Spare Digital

Inputs Outputs
The spare signals are configured with the web server (I/O Configuration on
page 50), wired directly to the controller, and logic expressions are written
using ISAGRAF® software. The OptiLift RPC is equipped to support
ISAGRAF projects.
TIP The internal 24V DC power supply must be used to power source your
field devices. The maximum 24V field current draw including the 24V DC
ON/OFF output is 1.5 A.

Spare Analog Inputs
Six analog inputs (AI) are available for use. Configure the analog inputs (AI2,
AI4, AI5, AI6, AI7, and AI8) by channel to be either 0…5V DC or 1…5V DC.
See Analog Input Configuration (AI2, AI4, AI5, AI6, AI7, and AI8) on
page 51 for details about input configuration.
All analog input channels must have a common return. Figure 17 on page 24
shows the location of the AI terminals.
IMPORTANT For a detailed wiring example and DIP switch settings, see
publication 1759UM001.
Figure 18 - Analog Input Typical Wiring

24V
Top
Bottom
Terminal
Block
4…20 mA Signal
Transmitter
IMPORTANT The resistor (1) configuration that is shown in Figure 18 works for one
channel (shown for Channel 2, but it can be any of the eight channels). If
multiple channels, extra terminals and wiring must be added.
(1) The resistor is sized based on the transmitter being powered from the OptiLift RPC 24V DC supply due to the common return for
all eight signals. The resistor must be 250 Ω, 3 W (to handle short circuit current), and 0.1% tolerance. The exposed resistor leads
must be covered in insulated tubing.
Spare Digital Inputs
Two digital inputs (DI) are available for use. The digital inputs (DI7 and DI8)
are isolated.
All digital input channels must have a common return. Figure 17 on page 24
shows the location of the DI terminals.
Figure 19 - Digital Input Typical Wiring

24V
Top
Bottom
Terminal
Block
Switch
IMPORTANT For a detailed wiring example, see publication 1759-UM001.

Spare Digital Outputs
Four digital outputs (DO) are available for use. The digital outputs (DO5(1),
DO6(1), DO7, and DO8) are sinking digital output type. When the DO is
active, the load is pulled to ground.
All digital output channels must have a common ground reference. Figure 17
on page 24 shows the location of the DO terminals.
Figure 20 - Digital Output Typical Wiring

24V
Top
Bottom
Terminal
Block Load
DO points are
active sink
IMPORTANT For a detailed wiring example, see publication 1759-UM001.
Wiring for a Start Alert
The OptiLift RPC has a safety feature that allows you to connect a sounder or
strobe to serve as a motor start alert. The signal duration that is presented can
be configured. See Configure Motor Alert Delay Time on page 204 for details
on motor start alert delay time configuration.
Figure 21 shows where to wire a sounder or strobe that is installed as the motor
start alert signal. The OptiLift RPC allows you to configure the alert time
through the DO4 channel (sinking) which provides a ground for your sounder
or strobe. You can power your sounder or strobe with the OptiLift RPC
internal power.
Figure 21 - Start Alert Signal Wiring Location

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
11 12 13 14 15
(1) Wired to terminal block. DO5 to terminal 29 and DO6 to terminal 30.

DI4 Aux Wiring for Customer-supplied Stop Operation Signals
The OptiLift RPC has a safety feature that allows you to stop operation by
having the pumping unit coast to a stop.
Figure 22 shows the location of DI4 into which a stop operation signal can be
wired. Kill switches come with three terminals: COM, N.O., and N.C.
• Connect the COM terminal of a kill switch to -DI4.
• Connect the N.C. terminal of the kill switch to +DI4.
ATTENTION: See Wiring Diagrams on page 295 for proper wiring of a

customer-supplied kill signals with motor control signal interrupt.
IMPORTANT The DI4 AUX Fault Active configuration must be set as Active LOW. See
Configure DI4/DI5 Aux Fault Alarm on page 202 for more details.
ATTENTION: We recommend a spill-warning environmental switch for

spillage to avoid any spills at the well site.
Figure 22 - DI4 Wiring for Customer-supplied Kill Switch Signal

17 18 19 20 21
16 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
11 12 13 14 15

DI5 Aux Wiring for Optional Emergency Stop (E-stop) Switch
Figure 23 shows how to wire an E-stop switch signal to DI5. E-stop switches
come with three terminals: COM, N.O., and N.C.
• Connect the COM terminal of the E-stop switch to -DI5.
• Connect the N.C. terminal of the E-stop switch to +DI5.
ATTENTION: See Wiring Diagrams on page 295 for proper wiring of

customer-supplied kill signals with motor control signal interrupt.
IMPORTANT The DI5 AUX Fault Active configuration must be set as Active LOW. See
Configure DI4/DI5 Aux Fault Alarm on page 202 for details.
Figure 23 - DI5 Wiring for E-stop Switch Signal
COM -
Customer-supplied
NO
DI5
E-stop Switch
NC
Shielded Cables Certain I/O connections require shielded cables to help reduce the effects of
electrical noise. Ground each shield at one end only. A shield that is grounded
at both ends forms a ground loop, which causes a processor fault. Each
component inside the OptiLift RPC assembly is grounded to the backplane.
The shield wires of the load cell and inclinometer must be connected to the
OptiLift RPC I/O board shield terminals (Figure 24). If the analog output is
used for speed control, the shield must be attached to the backplane ground
bolt.
Figure 24 - Shield Wires for Load Cell and Inclinometer Signal
CALIBRATION
FEEDBACK +
Blow 2A/250V FUSE

FEEDBACK -
UNLATCH
GROUND

LATCH
24VDC IN BATTERY
Wire from Shield

Load Cell
Wire from Shield

Inclinometer
Ground Lug The cabinet ground lug (Figure 7 on page 18) is attached to the backplane
ground from inside the OptiLift RPC enclosure. The ground lug must be
wired to a grounded copper bar outside the cabinet.

Communication Ports The OptiLift RPC is equipped with a controller that has Ethernet and serial
communication ports. Two ports are used by other hardware within the
enclosure.
Table 4 - Unavailable Ports
Port Function
LAN1 Connected to the PanelView display (1). Default IP address is 192.168.0.82.
COM3 Connected to the internal I/O card of the OptiLift RPC.
(1) If used in an integrated power package, a switch is required.
Three serial COM ports (COM1 [RS-232], COM2 [RS-485], and COM4
[RS-232]) and one Ethernet port (LAN2 - default IP address is 192.168.1.83)
are available to fit your communication needs.
The default slave ID for Modbus communication is 1 (see COM Port on

page 45).
Figure 25 - Controller Communication Ports
LAN1 LAN2 COM2 COM STATUS COM1 PWR
A B 2 3 4
OFF/ON RST DL
PWR ANALOG INPUTS DIGITAL OUTPUTS COM 4

- + 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 G 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 CC TX RX GND RTS CTS

COM1 (RS-232)
COM1 requires a RJ45-to-DB9 adapter for RS-232 communication. See

Figure 26 for details of this connection and Table 5 for pin identification.
COM1 can be used as RTU Slave or can be connected to one third-party
device. Wire this port by connecting RX, TX, and GND. For hardware
handshake, it is necessary to wire Request to Send (RTS) and Clear to Send
(CTS) lines. To verify or edit your COM settings, go to the COM Port
Configuration web server page (page 45).
Figure 26 - Pinouts
DB9 Pinout DB9 Pinout

RJ45 Pinout
(Female) (Male)
Table 5 - RJ45-to-DB9 Pin Identification

RJ45 Pin DB9 Pin
Number Color Number Signal Name
1 White-Orange 4 DTR out
2 Orange N/C —
3 White-Green 6 DSR in
4 Blue 5 GND
5 White-Blue 3 TXD out
6 Green 2 RXD in
7 White-Brown 7 RTS out
8 Brown 8 CTS in
COM2 (RS-485)
COM2 is available on the controller as RS-485. RS-485 is used as Modbus

Slave or as Modbus Master to any third-party slave device. It can connect
multiple third-party devices. It makes two-wire half-duplex connections only.
The controller has a pair of status indicators for COM2 communication status.
When COM2 is communicating, the two status indicators blink (green for
TX and yellow for RX).
COM4 (RS-232)
COM4 can be used as Modbus Slave or as Modbus Master to any wireless

third-party device. RX, TX, and GND connections are used to communicate
with one third-party device. For hardware handshake, wire the RTS and CTS
lines as well. To verify or edit your COM settings, go to the COM Port
Configuration web server page (page 45).

Ethernet Ports (LAN2)
The controller has one available 10/100 auto-sensing Ethernet port. This port
is accessed via the Ethernet plug on the bottom of the enclosure (Figure 7 on
page 18). Straight Ethernet cables or crossover can be used for both device to
personal computer and device-to-device communication. This port has status
indicators for TX/RX. Table 6 shows the signal connection.
Table 6 - Signal Connections
Ethernet RJ45 Signal

1 TX+
2 TX-
3 RX+
6 RX-
WMP Hardware The OptiLift RPC controller can be equipped with an optional radio. This
configuration is an ETO offering that enables WMP communication. A DIP
Configuration switch allows you to select the serial communication standard default (RS-232
or RS-485) and enable/disable radio communication for WMP features
(Figure 27) manually. The DIP switch is on the back of the controller unit
(with cover removed). Toggle between ON/OFF to change settings.
Figure 27 - SW4 for COM4 and Radio Port (Both Switches in ON Position)
1 2
Item Description
1 Serial Communication Standard (DIP switch 1): The default position is OFF (RS-232). Toggle to ON
position to use RS-485.
2 Radio ON/OFF (DIP switch 2): The default position is OFF (radio capabilities disabled). Toggle to ON
position if you are using WMP.

Notes:

Chapter 3
Use the OptiLift RPC Web Server
Configuration Methods You must use the following two configuration methods to commission the
OptiLift™ RPC successfully.
• Web server
– Recommended for quick configuration when you know the OptiLift
RPC configuration parameters
– Network configuration, download configuration, communication
configuration, and firmware update are exclusive to the web server (1)
– Time and date configuration
– WMP gateway configuration
– Allows remote monitoring of well status, including production data,
alarms, and current card
• Local HMI (see Using the OptiLift RPC Local HMI on page 109)
Configuration Using Web To configure your OptiLift RPC with the web server, you must power up your
system and set it to preconfiguration state before logging on to the web server.
Server
Set OptiLift RPC to Preconfiguration State

1. Confirm that all inputs are securely connected to the correct terminals.
2. Verify that the supplied power voltage to the OptiLift RPC is correct.
3. Verify that the OptiLift breaker is switched to the ON position.
4. The Operator display (or your selected default display) is shown
automatically.
(1) Configuration can be done remotely with appropriate setup.

Chapter 3 Use the OptiLift RPC Web Server
Log in to Web Server
To log in to the web server, you must do the following:

• Configure the LAN network settings of your computer
• Access the web server with a browser
Configure LAN Network Settings
IMPORTANT The following steps require a computer with a Windows® 7 (or newer)
operating system.
1. With the OptiLift RPC powered up, connect the Ethernet port on your
computer to the LAN2 port of the OptiLift RPC with an RJ45
Ethernet cable. Use the Ethernet plug on the bottom of the enclosure to
access LAN2.
Figure 28 - RJ45 Connector
Bottom of RPC Enclosure Laptop
IMPORTANT Take note of your network connection settings; you must restore them after
configuration of the OptiLift RPC.
2. Configure the computer network adapter from Control

Panel>Network and Sharing Center>Change Adapter Settings.
3. Double-click your Local Area Connection and then click Properties.

Use the OptiLift RPC Web Server Chapter 3
4. Select Internet Protocol Version 4 and click Properties.
5. Click Use the Following IP address and enter an IP address(1) and

subnet mask 255.255.255.0 and click OK on each window to complete
the LAN setting changes.
(1) If the computer is connected to the LAN1 port, use 192.168.0.XX. If the computer is connected to the LAN2 port, use
198.168.1.XX. The computer must have an IP address on the same network as the LAN port to which it is connected.

Access Web Server
IMPORTANT For optimal functionality, use Chrome™ or Firefox™ as your browser.
1. Use a web browser to enter the IP address of either LAN1 or LAN2

depending on which LAN port the computer is connected to. The
default LAN IP addresses are:
• LAN1 — https://192.168.0.82 (connected to PanelView™ display)
• LAN2 — https://192.168.1.83 (default for upgrades and
configuration)
2. When you are prompted for the authentication, enter the default user
name and password:
• User Name: Admin
• Password: vMiRtu800
Figure 29 - Web Server Credentials
3. Once you are granted access to the web server, the RPC Well Status page
(Figure 30) is displayed.
Figure 30 - RPC Well Status Screen

System Status The System Status pages provide you with overall status information for your
controller and associated communication statistics. WMP and Modbus
statistics are important tools that help you troubleshoot communication
problems.
Figure 31 - System Status Menu Structure
RTU
Figure 32 - RTU
Row Description
1 Serial Number: The unique serial number of the controller.
2 RTU Modbus ID: The Modbus Slave ID of the controller.
3 LAN1 IP: The IP address of LAN1 Ethernet port.
4 LAN1 MAC: The media access control (MAC) ID of LAN1 Ethernet port.
5 LAN2 IP: The IP address of LAN2 Ethernet port.
6 LAN2 MAC: The MAC ID of LAN2 Ethernet port.
7 COM1: The application that is bound to COM1.
8 COM2: The application that is bound to COM2.
9 COM4: The application that is bound to COM4 (WMP is the default).
10 Latitude: The user-entered latitude to pinpoint the location of the controller.
11 Longitude: The user-entered longitude to pinpoint the location of the controller.

I/O Status
Figure 33 - I/O Status
Column Description
1 AI: The real-time voltage or current reading for Analog Input Channels 1…8.
2 DI: The real-time digital status (0 or 1) for Digital Input Channels 1…9.
3 AO: The real-time voltage or current output that is supplied at Analog Output Channel 1 & 2.
4 DO: The real-time digital output status (0 or 1) for Digital Output Channels 1…8.
Module Status
Figure 34 - Module Status
Item Description
Ghost Version: The Linux Ghost version number of the controller.
1
Suite Firmware Version: The suite firmware revision number of the controller.
Status: The status of the specified module. If module is not active, this checkbox is cleared.
Version: The version number of each module. Not Running is displayed if the module status is not selected
2 to run.
Fault Status: The reason that the module has stopped running. If the module is running or not selected to
run in RTU Kernel, Fault Status is displayed as NA.

ISAGRAF Status
Figure 35 - ISAGRAF Status
Column Description
1 Resource ID: The resource identification number that is defined in ISAGRAF® Workbench for each
resource
2 Status: The running status of a resource (Inactive, Active, or Error).
3 Version: The version number of the resource. The number increases by one each time the resource is
recompiled and deployed.
4 Cycle Count: The total number of cycles the resource runs.
5 Current Time: The time that a resource has spent in the current cycle.
6 Prog time: The maximum time that is used by a resource to run a cycle.
7 Max Time: The cycle time that is defined in ISAGRAF workbench.
8 Overrun: The number of times a resource has overrun (the execution time exceeds the program time).
Modbus Statistics
RTU and TCP Master

Figure 36 - RTU and TCP Master
Item Description
ID: The slave device Modbus ID
Query: The number of queries that are sent to slave device.
Last Query Time: The time of last sent query.
Response: The number of responses that are received from slave device.
Last Response Time: The time of last received response.
1
Time Out: The number of time outs in sent queries.
CRC Err: The number of cyclic redundancy check (CRC) errors in received responses.
Invalid: The number of invalid (non-available Modbus registers) responses.
Reset: Reset statistics to zero for the specified slave device.
Reset All: Reset statistics to zero for all slave devices.
Over Run ID: The slave device Modbus ID for which over run (execution time exceeded scan time) occurred.
2 Over Run Scan Group: The scan group number for which over run occurred.
Over Run by mSec: The number of milliseconds by which execution time exceeded scan time.

RTU and TCP Slave

Figure 37 - RTU and TCP Slave
Column Description
1 ID: The Modbus ID.
2 Query: The number of queries received.
3 Last Query Time: The time of last received query.
4 Response: The number of responses sent.
5 Last Response Time: The time of last sent response.
6 CRC Err: The number of CRC errors in received query.
7 Invalid: The number of invalid (non-available Modbus registers) requests in received query.
8 Reset: Reset statistics to zero for the specified Modbus ID.
Reset All: Reset statistics to zero for all Modbus IDs.
WMP Statistics
The WMP Statistics page (Figure 38) shows the communication efficiency
between the wireless transmitters and the gateway.
Figure 38 - WMP Statistics
Column Description
1 Transmitter ID: The wireless transmitter ID of the registered transmitter.
2 Messages Sent: The number of messages the gateway sends to the registered transmitter.
3 Messages Received: The number of messages the gateway receives from the registered transmitter.
4 Last Message Time: The time of last message that is received from the registered transmitter.
5 Time Since Last Message (Seconds): The number of seconds since the last received message from
the registered transmitter.
6 Next Message (Seconds): The number of seconds until the next scheduled message to be received
from the registered transmitter.
7 Response Time: The number of milliseconds that the transmitter takes to respond to a request from
the gateway.
8 Transmitter Efficiency: The ratio of number of messages the transmitter receives to the number of
messages the transmitter sends.
9 Received Efficiency: The ratio of number of messages the gateway receives from the registered
transmitter to the number of messages the transmitter sends.

Diagnostic
Figure 39 - Diagnostic
Item Description
Board Temperature: The temperature of the controller board in °C.
Supply Voltage: The currently supplied voltage to the controller.
1 Memory Usage: The memory usage for modules running (in KB).
Disk Usage: The disk usage for modules running (in KB).
CPU Usage: The percentage of controller CPU usage.
Modbus TCP Client Connected: The number of TCP client users that are connected to the controller.
2 RTU Start Time: The date and time of last power on cycle of the controller.
Last FTP Login: The last user who logged in through FTP connection.
System Configuration The System Configuration pages allow you to configure advanced controller
settings such as IP address, COM port settings, and interface protocols. The
Restore Default page allows you to restore your system to factory settings.
Figure 40 - System Configuration Menu Structure

RTU Kernel
A list of applications currently in the controller. When checked, the

application is enabled and automatically starts on power-up.
Figure 41 - RTU Kernel
Item Description Item Description

Watch Dog Interval: The time that the software watch-dog timer checks ISAGRAF: The ISAGRAF application module. This application defaults to
1 RTU Kernel. This time is fixed to 180 seconds and is not configurable. disabled. Enable this module as required if ISaGRAF logic is required in the
controller. If this module is disabled, no ISaGRAF project can be uploaded to
MessageLogger: The Message Logger module. the controller.
AlarmManager: The Alarm Manager module. RPC: The RPC application module. This application must always be enabled.
DataLogger: The Data Logger module. DNP3_SLAVE: The DNP3 slave module. (1)
IO_DataAcquisition: The I/O board module. This application must always DNP3_MASTER: The DNP3 master module. (1)
be enabled. WMP: The WMP application module. This application must always be
enabled. This module is used for the WMP communication to the wireless
MB_RTU_Master: The Modbus RTU master module. transducers while the controller is acting as a WMP gateway.
2
2 MB_RTU_Slave: The Modbus RTU slave module. This application defaults ENRON_MB_SLAVE: The Enron Modbus Slave module. (1)
to enabled. ENIP: The EtherNet/IP module. (1)
MB_TCP_Master: The Modbus TCP master module. VFD_MASTER: The WMP application module. This application must always
be enabled. This module is used for the WMP communication to the wireless
MB_TCP_Slave: The Modbus TCP slave module. This application defaults transducers while the controller is acting as a WMP gateway.
to enabled. MB_Data_Copier: The Modbus Data Copier module.
BOM: The Black Oil Model module.
Web Server: The web server application module. This application must MTTQ_CLIENT: First instance of MQTT client module.
always be enabled.
MTTQ_CLIENTB: Second instance of MQTT client module.
(1) You must use vMiConfig to configure DNP3 (slave and master), Enron Modbus slave, or ENIP successfully when they are enabled. See 1759-UM001 for vMiConfig instructions.

IP Address
ATTENTION: To avoid personal injury and/or machine damage, verify that

the well is in Stopped State before attempting to change your IP
configuration. See Fixed Speed Quick Start Configuration on page 225.
You can change the IP configuration of LAN1 and LAN2 ports from the IP
Address Configuration screen (Figure 42) under System Configuration.
After changing the IP, click Set & Reboot for changes to take effect.
Figure 42 - IP Address
Item Description
Enable: Check the box to enable (or clear it to disable) LAN1.
IP Address: The IP address for LAN1.
1
Net Mask: The subnet mask for LAN1.
Gateway: The gateway IP that is connected to LAN1.
Enable: Check the box to enable (or clear it to disable) LAN2.
IP Address: The IP address for LAN2.
2
Net Mask: The subnet mask for LAN2.
Gateway: The gateway IP that is connected to LAN2.
3 Domain Name Server: The domain server name that is connected to the controller.

Board Time
When the OptiLift RPC is first commissioned, the board time must be set.
Configure the date and time and choose the correct time zone from the pull-
down menu (Figure 43), and click Set.
TIP For automatic time synchronization, verify that the OptiLift RPC is on a
network with an enabled time server.
Figure 43 - Board Time
Item Description
Date (DD/MM/YYY): The date to be displayed.
1 Time (hh/mm/ss): The time to be displayed.
Time Zone: The time zone where the OptiLift RPC is installed.
Enable: When checked, the Auto Time Synchronization is enabled.
2 Synchronize Everyday: Select whether to auto synchronize the time: Daily or Hourly.
Time Server: The address of your network time server.

Device ID
Figure 44 - Device ID
Item Description
1 RTU Modbus ID: The Modbus slave ID of the OptiLift RPC used for Modbus communication.
2 Additional Modbus ID: Additional Modbus ID can be created which you can use for ISaGRAF applications.
COM Port
Figure 45 - COM Port
Column Description
1 COM No.: The physical COM from the controller.
2 Baud Rate: The communication rate for the COM port serial communication.
3 Data Bit: The data bit for the COM port serial communication.
4 Parity: The parity for the COM port serial communication.
5 StopBit: The StopBit for the COM port serial communication.
6 H/W Flow Control: This option is enabled when device communication to this COM port requires flow
control.
7 Delay After RTS: The number of milliseconds of RTS delay before it is sent to the serial device
connected to this COM port.
8 Type: The type of serial communication for this COM port (RS-232 or RS-485).

System Debug Message Logger

Figure 46 - System Debug Message Logger
Column Description Column Description

Log To Message Type
1 Console: Display the system debug messages on monitor through VGA port. 5 Error: Generate system debug message for all errors messages.
2 LogFile: Save the system debug messages to Message.csv log file. 6 Warning: Generate system debug message for all warning messages.
3 TCP: Display the system debug message over TCP Port 8000. 7 Info: Generate system debug message for all info messages.
4 Critical Error: Generate system debug message for all critical 8 Debug: Generate system debug message for all debug messages.
error messages.

Web Server
Figure 47 - Web Server
1
2
3
4
Item Description
1 Latitude: The user-entered latitude of the location of the controller.
2 Longitude: The user-entered longitude of the location of the controller.
3 Connection Type: You can select between a secure (https) and a non-secure (http) connection type. By
default a secure (https) connection is selected.
4 http/https Port: A user-configurable web server port for secure (https) or non-secure (http) connections.
The default value for this port is 80 for non-secure (http) connections, and 443 for secure (https)
connections.
5 Certificate Type: The Certificate type options are Self-signed and User Supplied. If self-signed certificate
is selected, then the controller generates a self-signed certificate for its own IP address. If User Supplied
certificate is selected, then you have to upload following three files in PEM format:
• CA certificate
• Server key
• Server certificate
The iXC2 RTU uses HTTPS to authenticate the web server and protect the
privacy and integrity, of the exchanged data, while the data is in transit. The
bidirectional encryption of communication, between a client and server, helps
protect against eavesdropping and tampering. The iXC2 RTU supports two
certification methods, Self-signed and User Supplied. The definitions of each
can be found in the description table, above.
Certificates must be signed by a trusted certificate authority (CA) for the web
browser to accept it without warning. The CA certifies that the certificate
holder is the operator of the web server that presents it. Web browsers are
generally distributed with a list of signing certificates, of major CA, so that they
can verify certificates signed by them. The CA is an entity that issues digital
certificates. A digital certificate certifies the ownership of a public key by the
named subject of the certificate. This certification allows others to rely on
signatures, or assertions, which are made about the private key that corresponds
to the certified public key. A CA acts as a trusted third party-trusted both by
the subject (owner) of the certificate and the party that relies on the certificate.
The format of these certificates is specified by the X.509 standard.

Interface Protocols
The OptiLift RPC supports Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP, EtherNet/IP(1),

DNP3(1) (slave and master), and Enron Modbus(1) slave. The OptiLift RPC
has two Ethernet communication ports (LAN1 and LAN2). One Ethernet
port is used for connection to the PanelView™ terminal, and the other Ethernet
port for local configuration through the web server. The IP address is set
through web server, see IP Address on page 43.
TIP The OptiLift RPC can support up to two MQTT clients.
IMPORTANT See Modbus mapping registers in Appendix D on page 305.
The OptiLift RPC has three serial ports, two RS-232 ports, and one RS-485
port that support Modbus RTU protocol. All serial ports support either
Modbus RTU Slave or Master. You can set the COM ports configuration
through the web server (Figure 48 on page 48).
Serial Modbus Slave Configuration

Figure 48 - Serial Modbus Slave Configuration
Item Description
COM1/COM2/COM4: Check the box to enable COM1/COM2/COM4, respectively.
Protocol Type: Select RTU or ASCII Modbus Protocol type.
1 Forwarded Query Time Out: The maximum time the RTU Slave Module waits before sending an
exception for a query that is forwarded from Modbus client to a Slave Device.
Forwarded Query Time Out Response: Select the Exception Message to send to Modbus Client.
Send Exception Response: Check the box to send an exception response to Modbus Client.
Enable: Check the box to generate communication statistics.
2 Enable Auto Reset: Check the box to reset communication statistics everyday at a specified time.
Reset Time: The time of the day to reset communication statistics.
(1) You must use vMiConfig to configure DNP3 (slave and master), Enron Modbus slave, or ENIP successfully when they are enabled.
See 1759-UM001 for vMiConfig instructions.

TCP Modbus Slave Configuration

Figure 49 - TCP Modbus Slave Configuration
Item Description
Max Client: The maximum number of Modbus clients that can connect to the controller.
Forwarded Query Time Out: The maximum time the RTU Slave Module waits before sending an
exception for a query that is forwarded from Modbus client to a Slave Device.
1 Forwarded Query Time Out Response: Select the Exception Message to send to Modbus Client.
Send Exception Response: Check the box to send an exception response to Modbus Client.
Modbus Port: TCP port number that is used for Modbus TCP Slave.
Idle Socket Time out: The maximum time the TCP Slave port waits before closing the TCP Socket.
Enable: Check the box to generate communication statistics for TCP Slave Module.
2 Enable Auto Reset: Check the box to reset communication statistics everyday at specified time.
Reset Time: The time of the day to reset communication statistics.
Restore Default
Figure 50 - Restore Default
Item Description
1 Restore All Default: To restore all default system settings, check the box and select Set & Reboot.

I/O Configuration The I/O Configuration pages allow you to modify individual I/O channels.
The default I/O configuration is set to work with the OptiLift RPC
application. Any change to non-spare channels modifies how your OptiLift
RPC operates.
Figure 51 - I/O Configuration Menu Structure
The following I/O channels are preconfigured and allocated for the
OptiLift RPC:
Input/Output Description
AI1 Load cell signal (do not modify)
AI3 Position inclinometer signal (do not modify)
AO1 VFD 4…20 mA speed command signal (do not modify)
DI1 Motor feedback signal (do not modify)
DI2 HOA signal status (do not modify)
DI3 Power loss signal when battery is used for future expansion (do not modify)
DI4 Customer-supplied kill signal
DI5 Customer-supplied E-stop switch
DI6 Hall effect crank arm sensor
DI9 Hall effect motor shaft/RPM sensor
DO1 Motor control (for non-latching relay)
DO2 Motor control (latch for motor Run command)
DO3 Motor control (unlatch for motor Stop command)
DO4 Buzzer alert signal from Start alert

Analog Input Configuration (AI2, AI4, AI5, AI6, AI7, and AI8)
You must verify that the switches for the analog channels are properly set.
When the switch is in the ON (up) position, the input is in Current mode. In
the OFF (down) position, the input is in Voltage mode. Figure 52 shows AI1,
AI2,AI3, and AI8 in Voltage mode while AI4,AI5,AI6, and AI7 are in Current
mode.
Figure 52 - Analog Channel Switches
IMPORTANT To access the switches, you must open the controller enclosure. See
publication 1759-UM001 for details.
Figure 53 - Analog Input Configuration (Channels 1…10)
Column Description
1 Mode: (1)
Channels 1…8 - Select whether the analog input channel reads Current or Voltage signal.
Channel 9 - This parameter defaults to display temperature and is not configurable.
Channel 10 - Select whether Battery (supply voltage) or Humidity data is displayed.
2 Range: The range of the analog input signal into the particular AI.
3 EU Low: The engineering unit (EU) low value for the signal into the analog input.
4 EU High: The EU high value for the signal into the analog input.
5 Calib Low: The calibration for the AI channel (do not modify).
6 Calib High: The calibration for the AI channel (do not modify).
7 Scale Up to 22 mA: Check the box to scale engineering data for analog current inputs up to a
maximum value of 22 mA. When cleared, the engineering data is only scaled up to 20 mA.
8 Differential: Whether the corresponding Analog Input Channel reads single ended or differential
analog input signal. Applicable only for Channels 1, 3, 5, and 7.
(1) See publication 1759-UM001 for DIP Switch settings.
IMPORTANT To change the AI channel configuration, and switches, the top cover of the
iXC2 must be removed. By default, AI1 and AI3 are in Voltage while the rest
of the channels are in current mode.

Analog Output Configuration (AO2)

Figure 54 - Analog Output Configuration
Column Description
1 Mode: The analog output (AO) type for AO2 can be either Current or Voltage.
2 AO Count: The raw count for calibration that comes preconfigured (do not modify).
3 Coefficient: The coefficient for the AO that is used internally for calibration that comes preconfigured
(do not modify).
4 Constant: The calibration constant for the AO that is used internally for calibration that comes
preconfigured (do not modify).
5 Default EU: The output value on the AO upon rebooting the controller.
6 Default Value On Startup: When checked, the Analog output defaults to the “Default EU” value.
Digital Input Configuration (DI7 and DI8)

Figure 55 - Digital Input Configuration
1
2
Item Description
1 Module Status: Indicates whether the OptiLift RPC that is connected to the controller is running. This
indication is helpful for diagnostics.
Mode: The digital input (DI) type can be Digital, Pulse Counter, or Pulse Accumulation (Channel 9 also
2 includes Pulse Per Minute).
Debounce Time: The minimum time (in ms) that a DI detects a signal before declaring any action.

Digital Output Configuration (DO5, DO6, DO7, and DO8)

Figure 56 - Digital Output Configuration
Item Description
Mode: The digital output (DO) type can be Digital Output or Pulse Output.
Pulse Duration (ms): Duration the digital output state stays On when in Pulse Output Mode.
Default Value: The default value for the digital output (DO) at startup of the controller.
2
Inverted: When checked, if the DO is active, the value shows low. Only modify this value when required by
the application.
Default Value On Startup: When checked, the controller uses the specified default value upon rebooting.
Alarms
Figure 57 - AI Alarms Configuration
1
2
Item Description
1 Module Status: Indicates whether the OptiLift RPC that is connected to the controller is running. This indication is helpful for diagnostics.
Enable: When checked, the alarm for the corresponding AI Channel is enabled. When cleared, no alarm is generated.
EU Low Setpoint: EU Low Limit to trigger an Alarm for the corresponding channel.
2
EU High Setpoint: EU High Limit to trigger an Alarm for the corresponding channel.
Auto Acknowledge: When checked, the alarm resets automatically when the EU data is back in accepted range.

Data Logger The Data Logger module is responsible for the data logging and data backup
features. It records the I/O data and any third-party Modbus data with a date
and UNIX time stamp.
The General section of the Data Logger Configuration page can be modified
to include custom settings, with additional options to enable/disable Modbus
Logging.
The Data logger records a maximum of 50,000 records. The values are then
stored in a FIFO format with the latest value at the top. When the limit is
reached, a new Common Log File is created and the last available Common
Log File is renamed as backup. A maximum of one log-backup file is created.
Figure 58 - Data Logger

Item Description
Module Status: Indicates whether the OptiLift RPC that is connected to the controller is running. This indication is helpful for diagnostics.
USB Backup Status: Displays the backup status. It has six options:
• Not Connected: USB is not detected • Backup Successful: Data log files have been • Backup in Progress: Backing up of Data log files to
• Connected: USB has been detected successfully backed up onto the USB the USB is in progress
• Error: Error occurred while backing up Data log files • USB Lib Initialization Failed: USB Library
1 to the USB Initialization failed at Start Up.
Data Logger Status: If there is any error or if the disk size limit is reached, this displays those statuses. It has three options:
• No Error: No Error • Disk Full: Disk Size has reached limit. Oldest File is • No Older File to Delete: If you have selected “Auto-
deleted or no data logging is done depending upon delete Oldest File,” when the disk has reached the
user configuration limit and there are no other oldest files than the
Current file, this error is displayed.
USB Auto Backup: The controller supports two types of USB Backup Option (Automatic and Manual-Trigger). When a checkbox is checked, Automatic Backup Option is
selected. By default this backup is enabled.
• Automatic: Whenever a USB is connected to the controller, the Data Logger module backs up the files to the USB by creating a folder. The name of the folder is the Well
name along with the date and time stamp. If Well1 is the well name and the data backup starts at 23rd March 2017 10:50:40 AM, the name of the folder is
Well1_20170323105040. You must disconnect and then reconnect the USB to start another backup. If you leave the USB connected to the controller, then subsequent
automatic backups do not happen.
• Manual-Trigger: If a USB drive is connected, you can trigger the manual backup anytime. For this, you have to write to the Modbus register. Similar to Automatic Backup,
a folder is created with the well name and time stamp and all log files are downloaded.
2
Well Name: The name that you give to the well for easier identification.
File Create Option: When the backup file is created. Select from Daily, Weekly, or Monthly.
Disk Full Option: The action that is taken with the backup disk is full. Select Auto-delete Older File or Stop Data Logging.
Common Data Point Logging Interval: The time interval at which data points are saved in log file when in Common Log File Type mode.
Total Data Points: The number of data points to be logged. Maximum of 100 data points can be logged simultaneously.
Clear Log File(s): Click button to clear all log files. To clear the log, a password is required. The password is “21485”.
Data Point: The number of data points logged.
Device ID: Modbus Device ID of the data point to be logged.
Register: Modbus Register Type and Address of the data point to be logged.
Parameter Name: Name of the log file for corresponding data point when in Single Log File Type mode.
Data Type: Data type of the data point to be logged.
3 Inverse: Whether the data type of the data point to be logged is inverted (big-endian mode).
Log File Type: Whether to log each data point in separate files or all data points in one common log file.
Log Interval (seconds): Time interval at which data points are saved in log file when in Single Log File Type mode.
Log Option: Whether to save the data point to the log file at set interval or whenever the value of the data point changes. Applicable only for Single Log File Type mode.
Deadband: The absolute value, by which if the parameter value changes then the parameter is logged. It is applicable for On Change and On Interval and Change log
option. For CS and IS Modbus registers, this parameter is not available.

Modbus Data Copy Modbus Data Copy allows you to copy data from a source address to a new
Destination Address (fixed to iXC2-RTU ID 1). This functionality is useful
for transferring data from wireless registers (WMP registers) to a new
destination address (ID 1).
Figure 59 - Modbus Data Copy
Item Description
Scan Rate: Frequency (in ms) at which data is copied from the source address to the destination address.
2 Fixed to 1000 ms.
Total Transfers: Total number of transfers to be executed (Max of 100).
Sr. No: The number of transfers logged.
Source
ID: Modbus Device ID of the Source Register.
Address: Modbus Register Type and Address of the Source Register.
Data Type: Data type of the Source Register.
Inverse: Whether the Data Type of Source Register is inverted (big-endian mode)
Destination
ID: Modbus Device ID of the Destination Register. Fixed to iXC2-RTU ID.
3
Address: Modbus Register Type and Address of the Destination Register.
Data Type: Data type of the Destination Register.
No. of Data Points: Number of consecutive Registers to be copied in one transfer (Max of 100).
Scaling
Enable: Scale the source data before copying to the destination register.
Type: Whether to scale the data in Factor mode or Range mode. When in factor mode, data is scaled
with the following formula: Destination Data = (Source Data * Factor) + Offset
When in Range mode, the data is scaled with the following formula: Destination Data = [(Source Data –
Source Min) * (Destination Max – Destination Min) / (Source Max - Source Min)] + Destination Min

Modbus Third-party The Modbus Third-party Interface pages allow you to configure Modbus and
TCP communication settings.
Interface
Figure 60 - Modbus Third-party Interface Menu Structure
Modbus Master: Serial

Figure 61 - Modbus Master: Serial
Item Description
Max Char Recv Time: The time difference that is allowed between two consecutive bytes. If the time gap
is more, the query is discarded.
2
Forward Error Response: Whether to forward an error response that is received from Slave Device to
Modbus Slave Module
Enable: Whether to generate communication statistics for Serial Master Module.
Enable Auto Reset: Whether to reset communication statistics automatically every 24 hours at specified
3 time.
Reset Time: Time of the day to reset communication statistics.
Total 3rd Party Slave: Total number of Slave Devices that the Serial Master Module polls.
4 Slave ID: Modbus device ID of slave device to be polled.
Slave Enable: This checkbox enables polling of the corresponding slave device.

Modbus Master: TCP

Figure 62 - Modbus Master: TCP
Item Description
Max Char Recv Time: The time difference that is allowed between two consecutive bytes. If the time gap
is more, the query is discarded.
2
Forward Error Response: Whether to forward an error response that is received from Slave Device to
Modbus Slave Module.
Enable: Whether to generate communication statistics for TCP Master Module.
Enable Auto Reset: Whether to reset communication statistics automatically every 24 hours at specified
3 time.
Reset Time: Time of the day to reset communication statistics.

Internal Transfer
Figure 63 - Internal Transfer
Item Description
Gateway The Gateway pages allow you to configure and monitor transmitter status
directly from your controller. See WMP Gateway Features on page 14 for more
information.
Figure 64 - Gateway Menu Structure

Configuration — General
Figure 65 - General Gateway Configuration
Item Description
1 Module Status and WMP Configuration (page 60)
2 Communication Error Alarm (page 61)
WMP Configuration
Figure 66 - WMP Configuration
1
2
3
4
Item Description
Gateway ID: The Slave ID of the gateway that allows WMP communication between the wireless
transmitters and the gateway. This same ID must be configured as the primary Gateway ID in the
transmitters.
2 WMP Timeout: The time that the gateway waits for a response from any transmitter before timing out.
COM: The COM port that is assigned for WMP protocol communication. COM4 port is the default WMP
communication port.
First Transmitter ID: The transmitter ID of the first wireless transmitter. The value defaults to 100.
Last Transmitter ID: The transmitter ID of the last wireless transmitter.
3 Check Response Time: This feature is used to measure the response time. Response time is the time that
it takes a message from the WMP gateway to reach a registered transmitter. This feature is used to discover
any communication issues between the gateway and transmitters. Larger response times signal that there
is a communication problem.
4 Radio Mode: A form of data security for the messages that are sent over radio. You can choose from three
radio modes:
• Radio Mode: WMP messages are sent over the Zigbee radio.
• Normal Mode: WMP messages are sent in the radio-message format.
• API Mode: WMP messages are encapsulated in the API message frame that has its own error-checking
format. API mode also gives other info, like signal strength, for that particular message.

Communication Error Alarm

Figure 67 - Communication Error Alarm
1 2
3 4 5
Item Description
1 Enable: If this box is checked, the Communication Error Alarm feature is enabled. If enabled, then only the
gateway generates an alarm if it does not receive a message from the registered transmitter for a
configured time interval. This feature is used to check the communication status between gateway and
transmitters.
2 Total Nodes: The total number of transmitters
3 Node ID: The Modbus ID of the registered transmitter. If the gateway does not receive a message from this
transmitter for the configured time interval, it generates an alarm for the node. It can set a relay or buzzer
depending upon the connection.
4 Alarm Setting: A user-configured time interval. If gateway does not receive a message from the
registered transmitter for the configured amount of time, it generates an alarm. This value is a multiple of
the sleeping interval of the registered transmitter. The sleeping interval is the time when transmitter
wakes up and sends the basic data message to the gateway.
5 Alarm Action: The action to be performed when the gateway generates an alarm for the Communication
Error. The action can be set to: None, Reset Raw Data, Reset EU Data, or Reset Both. When Reset Both is
selected, the values are reset to 0.
Configuration — Serial Filtering

Figure 68 - Serial Filtering
Item Description
Serial Filter: Each wireless transmitter has a unique serial number. When the Serial Filter is enabled, the
WMP gateway filters out all serial numbers that are not on the serial number list.
Serial Number Add: Used to add a serial number to the serial number list. This addition is done to help
2 prevent the WMP gateway from filtering out a particular serial number.
Serial Number Delete: Used to delete a serial number from the serial number list. This deletion is done to
help the WMP gateway filter out a previously added serial number.
3 Serial Number: The serial number list that is used by the WMP gateway to recognize, or filter out, wireless
transmitters.

Transmitter Status — Change Transmitter ID
The Node ID of any of the currently communicating wireless transmitter can

be changed by specifying its serial number, current ID, and a new ID. Click Set
to save your changes.
Figure 69 - Change Transmitter ID
Transmitter Status — Rejected Serial Numbers
This page displays a list of serial numbers that have been rejected when serial
filtering is enabled. This list can be cleared by clicking the Reset button. This
list populates again if wireless transmitters with filtered out serial numbers are
still communicating with the WMP gateway.
Figure 70 - Rejected Serial Numbers

Transmitter Status — Rejected Transmitters
This screen displays a list of rejected wireless transmitters. This list can be
cleared by clicking the Reset button. This list populates again the next time
that wireless transmitters get rejected.
Figure 71 - Rejected Transmitters
Transmitter Status — Registered Transmitter
This screen displays a list of any wireless transmitters that have successfully
registered with the WMP gateway. To remove a wireless transmitter from the
list, enter the Node ID and click Delete.
Figure 72 - Registered Transmitters

Applications — The Applications pages contain the OptiLift RPC applications that you use to
configure (RPC Configuration) and monitor (RPC Status on page 94) your
RPC>RPC Configuration well. The Set button on each application screen triggers the configuration
update in the controller.
Figure 73 - Applications Menu Structure

Control Configuration
Control configuration parameters are vital for effective control and

monitoring of your well and must be set during commissioning. These
parameters require fine-tuning after starting your well.
Figure 74 - Control Configuration
Item Description Item Description Item Description

1 Module Status and Sensor Configuration (page 66) 4 Pump Off Setting (page 69) 7 Accumulators (page 71)
2 Position Sensor Configuration (page 66) 5 Fail-safe Clock Setting(page 70) 8 General (page 71)
3 Net Torque Setting (page 68) 6 Fixed Speed Timer Setting (page 70) 9 DI Auxiliary Fault Configuration (page 72)

Sensor Configuration
The sensor configuration parameters include load cell-specific settings. You

can configure these parameters to trigger an associated alarm action. Use the
Alarm Configuration display (page 167) to configure an associated alarm
action. Alarm configuration is only available through the local HMI display.
Figure 75 - Sensor Configuration
Item Description
2 Load Cell Range (Min/Max): The value for the load range that the load cell supports. The OptiLift RPC
supports both a 30,000 lb (13,607 kg) load cell and the more commonly used 50,000 lb (22,680 kg) load
cell.
3 Load Signal Range (Min/Max): The load voltage range is equivalent to 0…4.02V by default. Do not
modify this value unless there is an offset in the load values.
4 Position Sensor Type: Select your position sensor from the following options: Inclinometer, Hall Effect
Crank Arm, Hall Effect Crank Arm/RPM, and Proximity/RPM.
Position Sensor Configuration
This table changes based on your position sensor selection in the Sensor
Configuration table (Figure 75).
• Inclinometer (Figure 76)
• Hall Effect - Crank Arm and Hall Effect - Crank Arm/RPM (Figure 77)
• Proximity/RPM (Figure 78)
Figure 76 - Inclinometer Configuration
Item Description
1 Position Range: The minimum/maximum value of inclinometer position range. This value denotes the
min/max stroke length or range the inclinometer travels. (Range = 0…400 in.)
2 Position Signal Range: The minimum/maximum value of inclinometer signal. This value is in volts or mA
depending upon the input type of the position channel AI 3. (Range = 0…22 mA or 0…5.12V)

Figure 77 - Hall Effect - Crank Arm and Crank Arm/RPM Configuration
IMPORTANT These parameters are only shown when Hall Effect - Crank Arm or Hall
Effect - Crank Arm/RPM is selected as the position sensor type (Figure 75).
Row Description
1 Hall Effect-Crank Arm Signal Active Level: Used to set the crank arm DI active status as High. For
example, if the DI is 1, then only it detects the alarm or Low. If the DI is 0, then it only detects the alarm.
2 Crank Sensor Installation: Used to set the crank sensor location whether At Bottom or On Top.
3 Rotation: Used to set the crank rotation type as clockwise or counter-clockwise.
4 Loss of Crank Arm Sensor Signal Alarm: Enable/disable the alarm that is raised when the Hall Effect
Crank Arm Sensor trigger does not come within the user-configurable time.
5 Crank Arm Alarm Time: The duration for which if there is no trigger from the crank arm then it sets the
Alarm bit and the configured Alarm action is taken. (Range = 0…300)
6 Loss of RPM Sensor Signal (1): Enable/disable the alarm that is raised when the RPM value is zero for 10
seconds or a new card is generated but the RPM is zero.
7 RPM Alarm Time (1): The duration for which if the RPM count that is received from RPM sensor is not
varying then the Alarm bit is set and the configured alarm action is taken.
8 Low RPM (1): Enable/disable the alarm that is raised when the calculated RPM is less than the user-
configured low RPM limit.
9 Low RPM Limit (1): Used to set Low RPM alarm limit such that if the current RPM is less than this value the
Low RPM alarm is generated.
10 Low RPM Start Detect Delay Time (1): The duration for which the OptiLift RPC waits after starting
before beginning the detection of low RPM alarms.
(1) Available with Hall Effect - Crank Arm /RPM position sensor type only.

Figure 78 - Proximity/RPM Configuration
IMPORTANT These parameters are only shown when Proximity/RPM is selected as the
position sensor type (Figure 75 on page 66).
Row Description
1 Proximity Sensor Signal Active Level: Used to set the proximity sensor DI active Status as High. For example, if the DI is 1 then only it detects the alarm or Low. If the DI
is 0, then only it detects the alarm. It is same as Hall Effect Crank Arm Signal.
2 Loss of Proximity Sensor Signal Alarm: When enabled, an alarm is raised to indicate that the proximity sensor signal for Linear pumps has failed.
3 Proximity Sensor Signal Alarm Time: The time duration for which if there is no trigger from the proximity sensor then it sets the Alarm bit and the configured Alarm
action is taken. It is same as Crank Arm Alarm Time.
4 Loss of RPM Sensor Signal: Enable/disable the alarm that is raised when the RPM value is zero for 10 seconds or a new card is generated but the RPM is zero.
5 RPM Alarm Time: The duration for which if the RPM count that is received from RPM sensor is not varying then the Alarm bit is set and the configured alarm action is
taken.
6 Low RPM: Enable/disable the alarm that is raised when the calculated RPM is less than the user-configured low RPM limit.
7 Low RPM Limit: Used to set Low RPM alarm limit such that if the current RPM is less than this value the Low RPM alarm is generated.
8 Low RPM Start Detect Delay Time: The duration for which the OptiLift RPC waits after starting before beginning the detection of low RPM alarms.
Net Torque Setting
The Net Torque settings control the maximum net torque that can have an
associated alarm action when triggered.
Figure 79 - Net Torque Setting
1 2
Item Description
1 Net Torque: When this box is checked, the feature is enabled and settings can be adjusted. The OptiLift
RPC raises an alarm and performs the configured alarm action after the configured number of cards with
the maximum net torque violation.
2 Maximum Net Torque: The maximum net-torque value limit (in in•lb) for detection of maximum net
torque violation.
3 Number of Successive Cards: The number of consecutive cards in which the maximum net torque must
be violated before taking the configured alarm action.

Pump Off Setting
The Pump Off settings are used to provide optimal control during Variable or
Fixed Speed Pump Off operation modes. Some of these parameters, such as
Rest Time, are used only if the device is running in Fixed Speed Pump Off
operation mode.
Figure 80 - Pump Off Setting
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
Item Description
1 Load Pump Off: The percentage of load on the surface card where the pump-off setpoint is placed for the
well to shut off once a pump-off condition is detected. This percentage is calculated away from the
minimum load.
2 Position Pump Off: The percentage of position on the surface card where the pump-off setpoint is placed
for the well to shut off once a pump-off condition is detected. This percentage is calculated away from the
minimum position.
3 Number of Successive Cards: The number of consecutive pump-off cards that must be detected before
stopping the pump. A value of 0 shuts down the well immediately after detecting a pump-off condition.
4 Max Run Time: The maximum number of minutes the OptiLift RPC allows the well to run. If this number is
set to 1440 minutes by default, the OptiLift RPC does not enforce any maximum runtime.
5 Rest Time: The number of minutes the well is at rest with the motor off before attempting to start the well
again.
6 Start Period: The number of minutes (or strokes) that the OptiLift RPC waits before it checks for pump-off
conditions in the cards and applies control to the well. This start period allows the well to stabilize before
checking for pump-off conditions. The start period can be set as either number of minutes or strokes. You
can set it depending on the type of well and well conditions.
7 Load Cut Off Set Point: This parameter allows the Optilift RPC to calculate the pump fillage accurately
when looking for the effective stroke-inflection point. For example, if it is set to 45%, the Optilift RPC starts
reading from 45% between the end of upstroke to the beginning of the downstroke of the downhole card.
8 Pump Fillage Set Point: The percentage that you enter for the desired target pump fillage. The
OptiLift RPC slows down or speeds up the pump based on the comparison between the current calculated
pump fillage percent and the target pump fillage percent. If the current pump fillage is above the pump
fillage setpoint, the OptiLift RPC speeds up the pumping unit to allow the well to achieve the target pump
fillage. If the current pump fillage is below the target pump fillage, the OptiLift RPC slows down the pump
to allow the well to fill back up to the target fillage.
9 Pump Fillage Deadband: This percentage is used to calculate and compare the pump fillage to the
current pump fillage. This value allows the OptiLift RPC to decide whether to maintain, increase, or
decrease the pumping speed. For instance, if the current pump fillage is within ±3% of the target fillage,
the OptiLift RPC does not change the pumping speed unless it falls outside of the ±3% deadband. If the
pump fillage number is below the pump fillage deadband, the OptiLift RPC slows down. The OptiLift RPC
speeds up if the pump fillage number is above the deadband.
10 Cards to Average Pump Fillage: The number of cards that are used to calculate the average pump
fillage. This value defaults to five cards. Increase this value as needed for greater pump fillage accuracy.

Fail-safe Clock Setting

The Fail-safe Clock settings control operation when the OptiLift RPC falls into
a fail-safe state. The position-indicator error feature during Fixed Speed Pump
Off triggers this state. This feature must be enabled as an associated alarm action
for the position indicator error through the local HMI alarm configuration.
Figure 81 - Fail-safe Clock Setting
1 2
3 4
5
Item Description
1 Fail-safe Run Time: The number of minutes that the well operates in clock mode.
2 Fail-safe Rest Time: The number of minutes that the well remains at rest in clock mode.
3 Smart Clock: When this box is checked, Smart Clock is enabled. The OptiLift RPC calculates the runtime
whenever the unit is in Fixed Speed Pump Off mode. Otherwise, it uses the user-defined clock runtime. The
calculated runtime is based on an average of the past 24 hours run cycles.
• Manual: Indicates the manually set time clock Rest Time.
• Start Clock Calculated: This method will employ the automatically calculated Rest time from the
selected Algorithm.
• Average Runtime Calculated: The fail-safe runtime will be automatically calculated based on the
average runtime period of the past 30 days. The number of days to calculate the average runtime period is
set by the user.
4 Fail-safe Restart Count: The number of times the OptiLift RPC commands the motor to start after
shutdown due to an alarm detected in this state. Note: If Fail-safe Restart Count is set to 0, the RPC will run in
Fail-Safe state without limitation.
5 Average Number of Runtime Period: The number of days used to calculate the average runtime.
IMPORTANT If Average Run Time Calculated option is selected, the Fail-safe Run Time will be
calculated based on the last user configurable days of average run time. The number of
days can be from 1...90 days.
The calculated time will be the average of the user-configurable days of average run
time. If any of the calculated value is 0, the user-configured Run Time will be used.
If the RPC is in Fail-safe Run state, for any of the load or position sensor failure and the
other sensor also fails (if because of load sensor it was in Fail-safe Run and now
position sensor failure is detected or vice versa), the RPC will move to Shut-down state.
Fixed Speed Timer Setting

The Fixed Speed Timer settings are only used when running in Fixed Speed
Timer operation mode.
Figure 82 - Fixed Speed Timer Setting
1 2
3
Item Description
1 Run Time: The number of minutes that the well runs in Manual Timer operation mode before it cycles OFF to Rest state.
2 Rest Time: The number of minutes that the well rests in Manual Timer operation mode before it cycles ON to Run state.
3 Start Time: The number of minutes allowed for the well to stabilize in Manual Timer operation mode before the well
starts checking for alarms and other conditions. This time is kept at 1 minute to allow the well to stabilize.

Accumulator Setting
Accumulator settings (Gauge Off Time) are used to offset the calculation of
totals for a day and are not frequently changed.
Figure 83 - Accumulator Setting
Item Description
1 Gauge Off Time: The time of day the data buffer is totaled. This setting determines when to do the
calculation cutoff for the data accumulators.
General Setting
General settings (Motor Alert Delay Time) are linked to sounder or strobe,
such as your DO4 alert signal (Wiring for a Start Alert on page 26), before the
motor start command is sent.
Figure 84 - General Setting
1
2
3
4
Item Description
1 Motor Alert Delay Time: The duration that is set for an alert signal through DO4 before commanding the
motor to start. The delay allows visual or audible 24V DC hardware that is wired into DO4 to send an alert
signal before commanding the motor to start. If this value is set to 0, the Optilift RPC does not go through
the Motor Alert state
2 RTU Power ON State: Used to select the default state when the OptiLift RPC reboots. If Motor OFF is
selected, the motor is OFF upon rebooting the OptiLift RPC. If Auto-start is selected, the motor auto starts
by default after rebooting the OptiLift RPC.
3 Unable to Run Detection Time: The duration set for which if the actual card is not detected. For
example, if the position signal and load signal are not changing after the Motor ON command is given, the
well goes to Unable to Run state. (Range = 60…900)
4 Unable to Stop Detection Time: The duration set for which if the actual card is detected. For example, if
the position signal and load signal are changing dynamically after the Motor OFF command is given, the
well goes to Unable to Stop state. (Range = 60…900)

DI Auxiliary Fault Configuration

DI Auxiliary Fault Configuration allows you to enable a safety feature that
allows you to stop operation by having the pumping unit coast to a stop.
Figure 85 - DI Auxiliary Fault Configuration
1
2
Item Description
1 DI4 Aux Fault Active: This alarm is raised when the DI4 signal is lost or detected depending on the configuration for “High” or “Low” set for the digital input channel. The
DI4 channel is used for any customer-supplied kill switch signal to stop the motor.
2 DI5 Aux Fault Active: This alarm is raised when the DI5 signal is lost or detected depending on the configuration for “High” or “Low” set for the digital input channel. The
DI5 channel is reserved for an optional E-stop button to stop the motor.
Load Violation Configuration
Load Violation Configuration allows you to set values, enable, and disable the
minimum/maximum load violation alarms.
Figure 86 - Load Violation Configuration
2
3
Item Description
Surface Card Plot: The single plot is updated automatically. The refresh rate is half of the SPM. If the SPM
1 is 3, the refresh time is 10 seconds.
2 Enable Min/Max Load Violation: When checked, these load violations are enabled.
Max/Min Load Violation: When enabled, the OptiLift RPC checks for load minimum and maximum
violations. When a load violation is found, the OptiLift RPC raises an alarm and performs the configured
3 alarm action. The red lines on the cards indicate the upper and lower limits.
Max/Min Load Violation Count: The number of times the maximum or minimum load violations must
be found before an alarm is raised.

Load Cell Fault Configuration
The load Cell Fault Configuration allows you to configure the parameters for
load cell failure detection if there is a load cell sensor error or failure.
Figure 87 - Load Cell Fault Configuration
Item Description
1 Surface Card Plot
2 Minimum/Maximum Load Signal Failure Configuration (page 74)
3 Stagnant Load Signal Failure Configuration (page 74)

Minimum/Maximum Load Signal Failure Configuration
This is the lower/upper limit for the load signal in lbs. to detect and declare a
“load signal error” alarm. This value is a float value.
Figure 88 - Minimum/Maximum Load Signal Failure Configuration
1 52
2 6
3 7
4
Item Description
1 Enable Load Signal Failure at Min: Enables the Load signal failure at Minimum detection feature.
Load Signal Fault Range Minimum: Detected when the load signal falls into the user defined range for
2 the detection of this alarm for a user defined period of time into the minimum range set by the user for the
detection of this fault.
Load Cell Failure Consecutive Count: Dictates the number of consecutive failures or violations that
3 must be detected before declaring a “load cell signal failure” alarm. This value shall range from 0 to 100.
This is applicable to Load Cell Signal failure at Min and Load Cell Signal Failure at Max alarms only.
Load Signal Fault Dead band: The load signal error dead band for the upper and lower limit is in
percentage. The upper limit dead band in percentage of the maximum upper limit shall be added to the
4 upper limit value to create an upper zone. The lower limit dead band in percentage of the minimum value
shall be subtracted from lower limit value to create the lower zone. This parameter is an integer value.
5 Enable Load Signal Failure at Max: Enables the load signal failure at Maximum detection feature.
Load Signal Fault Range Maximum: Detected when the load signal falls into the user defined range for
6 the detection of this alarm for a user defined period of time into the maximum range set by the user for
detection of this fault.
Load Signal Failure Time Out: This value is in seconds and it ranges from 0 to 65000 seconds. When this
value is exceeded the alarm will be triggered and declared. This value confirms the alarm if the condition is
7 detected for this amount of time configured in seconds. Putting 0 value for this parameter shall disabled this
timeout. This is applicable to Load Cell Signal failure at Min and Load Cell Signal Failure at Max alarms only.
Stagnant Load Signal Failure Configuration
The third alarm that declares when a signal is stagnant, or not varying, as
defined by the dead-band below and the time duration.
Figure 89 - Stagnant Load Signal Failure Configuration
1 32
2
Item Description
Enable Stagnant Load Signal Failure: Enables the stagnant load signal failure. This feature detects
1 when the consecutive load samples are not varying within a set deadband for a set rate load sampling rate
of change time.
Load consecutive sample dead band: This signal is within the dead band, defined by this value for a
period longer than the “load sampling rate time” to be declared as a stagnant load signal failure condition.
2 If the position samples values are changing, which indicates that the pump is moving, but the load remains
not varying outside of the load sample dead band, a stagnant load signal failure condition exists.
Load Sampling Rate Time: Dictates the rate of change between consecutive sample readings of each load
3 sample. If the load value changes within a dead band, then this is stagnant load signal failure condition.

Pump Off Configuration
The pump off configuration is used to provide optimal control during Variable
or Fixed Speed Pump Off operation modes.
Figure 90 - Pump Off Configuration
Item Description
Load Pump Off: The percentage of load on the surface card where the pump-off setpoint is placed for the
well to shut off once a pump-off condition is detected. This percentage is calculated away from the
minimum load.
Position Pump Off: The percentage of position on the surface card where the pump-off setpoint is placed
2 for the well to shut off once a pump-off condition is detected. This percentage is calculated away from the
minimum position.
Number of Successive Cards: The number of consecutive cards in which the load or position pump off
must be violated before taking the configured alarm action.

Malfunction Configuration
The malfunction configuration controls the malfunction setpoint feature,

which can have an associated alarm action when triggered.
Figure 91 - Malfunction Configuration
Item Description
Enable Malfunction: When this box is checked, the feature is enabled and settings can be adjusted. The
OptiLift RPC raises an alarm and performs the configured alarm action after a preset number of cards with
the malfunction setpoint violation.
2 Number of Successive Cards: This value sets the number of cards in which the malfunction setpoint
must be violated before performing the configured alarm action.
Malfunction Load Set Point: This value corresponds to the load on the setpoint (in lb).
Malfunction Position Set Point: This value corresponds to the position on the setpoint (in inches).

Pump Equipment Configuration
Pump Equipment Configuration allows you to select a pumping unit from the
local OptiLift RPC database. Equipment configuration affects overall accuracy
and functionality in the OptiLift RPC, so you must verify that accurate
information is entered upon commissioning.
Figure 92 - Pump Equipment Configuration
Item Description
1 Module Status: Indicates whether the OptiLift RPC that is connected to the controller is running. This indication is helpful for diagnostics.
Pump Type: Used to select the pumping unit from the menu. Options include Crank Balanced, Beam Balanced, Air Balanced, and Linear.
Pump Model: Used to select the pumping model from the menu. See Figure 138 on page 116 for details.
Manufacturer: Used to select the manufacturer for a selected pump type and pump model. See Figure 164 on page 140 for details.
Surface Pumping Unit: The OptiLift RPC has a predefined list of American Petroleum Institute (API) unit information in the database. If your unit does not exist in the
predefined list, you can manually enter your pumping unit via the HMI display.
2 Custom Stroke Length: Enable by checking this box to type a custom stroke length.
Stroke Length: The stroke length depends on each pumping unit. Some pumping units have three or four stroke length options. Enter the correct surface stroke length to
obtain accurate surface measurements. Incorrect stroke length results in erroneous results for surface and downhole calculations. When Custom Stroke Length is enabled,
you can type in your stoke length.
Crank Pin: Select the crank pin position on your well.
Anchored Tubing: Enable by checking this box if anchored tubing is being used in the well.
3 API Dimensions: The API dimensions (R, K, C, P, A, I, H, and G) of your Pump Unit.
4 Phase Angle: An offset angle value in degrees on the Crank angle. This value is provided by the pump manufacturer for each pumping unit.

Taper Configuration
Taper Configuration is vital for downhole calculations from the surface card.
Incorrect information yields erroneous downhole calculations and decreases
overall accuracy of the OptiLift RPC.
IMPORTANT Tapers must be configured in variable speed pump fillage and fixed speed
pump fillage operation modes.
Figure 93 - Taper Configuration
Item Description
Number of Tapers: The number of rod tapers in the rod string. (1)
Material Type: The rod material can be fiberglass-round, steel-round, and steel elliptical. There is an
option for adding a steel sinker-bar, indicated by Steel-Round_SB. A steel-round sinker bar is added to the
last taper.
API Grade: Specify the appropriate API rod grade by selecting it from the available options from the
database. The API grade database has a list of most commonly used API grade rods for sucker-rod pump
applications. This option is not available via local HMI configuration.
Rod Diameter (inch): Enter the rod diameter in inches by selecting it from the pull-down menu. The most
commonly used diameters for API rods are available in the pull-down menu. To enter a custom diameter,
check the Custom Entry checkbox.
2 Total Length of Rods (ft): Specify the total length of rods in feet in each taper.
Rod Weight (lb•ft): The database automatically calculates and populates the rod weight (in lb•ft).
Young's Modulus (ksi): The database automatically calculates and populates the Young's modulus
(in ksi).
Well Deviation (degree): If the well is deviated, specify the estimated well deviation (in degrees) at each
section of the rod tapers.
Damping Factor: Enter the correct damping factor for calculating the downhole card. This value must be
equal across all six tapers. The damping factor allows for adjustment of incorrect downhole cards due to
any forces that dampen the rod string vibrations. Obtain the damping factor from the software program
that was used for deigning the well rod string. This value is kept by default between 0.01…0.1.
(1) When a continuous single taper rod is used, enter a value of 1 and enter the material and the length of the entire rod string as
one rod taper.

Production Configuration
Production Configuration parameters help achieve accurate well production

data. Production data is presented on the Pump Data display on the PanelView
terminal (page 127) and Well Status on the web server (page 94).
Figure 94 - Production Configuration
Item Description
1 Module Status and Production Configuration (page 80)
2 Well Head Data (page 81)

Production Configuration
Figure 95 - Production Configuration
1
2 3
Item Description
Oil Density: The oil density of the produced oil per API degree must be entered correctly for a correct oil
production estimate. You can get this data from well test reports.
Specific Gravity of Water: You must enter the correct specific gravity of water that is produced. The
specific gravity of the water is used in the production estimate. You can get this data from well test reports.
Water Cut: You must enter the correct water cut to obtain accurate production estimates from the
calculations. You can get this data from well test reports.
2 Pump Depth: The vertical pump depth from the surface to the pump intake is used for the downhole
calculations. Incorrect information yields erroneous downhole calculation results. You can get this
information from the well completion data.
Pump Efficiency: Used for providing the Volumetric Pump Efficiency. (Range = 0…1)
Depth of Perforations: Used for providing the Depth of Perforation. (Range = 0…50,000)
Fluid Level Input Type: Select Manual to enter your own value (in ft). Select Calculated to have the
OptiLift RPC calculate this value.
Specific Gravity of Gas: You must enter the correct specific gravity of gas that is produced. The specific
gravity of the gas is used in the production estimate. You can get this data from well test reports.
Bottom Hole Temperature: You must enter the correct bottom hole temperature to obtain accurate
production estimates from the calculations. You can get this data from well test reports.
Pump Plunger Diameter: The pump plunger diameter is used for the downhole calculations. Incorrect
information yields erroneous downhole calculation results. You can get this information from the well
completion data. To enter a custom diameter, check the Custom checkbox.
3 Tubing ID: The appropriate tubing inside diameter (ID) must be selected from the data for the calculations.
The OptiLift RPC database has the most commonly used tubing sizes. If your tubing size does not exist in the
database, you can manually enter it via the HMI display.
Gas-Oil Ratio: Used obtain accurate production estimates from the calculations.
Static Reservoir Pressure: The static pressure of the well to obtain accurate production estimates from
the calculations.
Fluid Level (1): You must enter the correct fluid level to obtain accurate production estimates from the
calculations. You can get this data from well test reports.
(1) Only when the Fluid Level Input Type is set to Manual.

Well Head Data

Figure 96 - Well Head Data
Row Description
1 Tubing Head Pressure Input Type: Select Manual to enter your own value (in psig). Select Remote Input
to get the reading from the wireless or wired sensor that is installed and assigned as tubing head pressure.
2 Tubing Head Temperature Input Type: Select Manual to enter your own value (in °F). Select Remote
Input to get the reading from the wireless or wired sensor that is installed and assigned as tubing head
temperature.
3 Casing Head Pressure Input Type: Select Manual to enter your own value (in psig). Select Remote Input
to get the reading from the wireless or wired sensor that is installed and assigned as casing head pressure.
4 Casing Head Temperature Input Type: Select Manual to enter your own value (in °F). Select Remote
Input to get the reading from the wireless or wired sensor that is installed and assigned as casing head
temperature
5 Flow Line Pressure Input Type: Select Manual to enter your own value (in psig). Select Remote Input to
get the reading from the wireless or wired sensor that is installed and assigned as flow line pressure.
6 Flow Line Temperature Input Type: Select Manual to enter your own value (in °F). Select Remote Input
to get the reading from the wireless or wired sensor that is installed and assigned as flow line temperature
Belt Slippage Configuration
Belt Slippage Configuration allows you to raise a warning when the motor
revolutions per strokes raise above the configured allowable belt slippage limit.
Figure 97 - Belt Slippage Configuration
Row Description
Belt Slippage Alarm: Select whether to Enable or Disable the Belt Slippage Alarm.
Reference RPS: Reference RPS value is used to calculate the percentage belt slippage.
2
Belt Slippage Limit: If the calculated belt slippage is more than the reference belt slippage by this limit,
then the belt slippage alarm is generated.

Fluid Level Configuration
Fluid Level Configuration allows you to set a critical parameter that

determines the flowing bottom hole pressure, opportunities of production
increase, and helps protect the pumping system against pump off conditions.
Figure 98 - Fluid Level Configuration
3
2
Row Description
Fluid Level Calculation: When checked, this feature allows calculated fluid level from the fluid level
calculation in production calculation. When cleared, it allows the system to use the user-configured fluid
level in the production calculation.
Note: The fluid level value provides a referential estimated value. This value is not intended to replace the
fluid level that is obtained by using a fluid shot.
2 Cut Off Upstroke 2: The last inflexion point on the upstroke when the traveling valve starts open and
downstroke begins.
Low Fluid Level above the Pump Intake Limit: Low fluid level above the pump intake warning is
generated if calculated fluid level is greater than, or if the calculated submergence is less than, this value.
Reservoir Type: The model type for calculating the inflow performance relationship (IPR). Options are
Single Phase - Straight Line or Two Phase - Vogel.
Cut Off Upstroke 1: The lower position value at which load is transferred to the traveling valve and it is
closed. This value is the first inflexion point on the upstroke.
Cut Off Downstroke: The downstroke load cut off value.
3
Low Pump Intake Pressure Limit: An alarm is raised when the calculated pump intake pressure drops
below this value.
Fluid Load Correction Factor: The correction factor for fluid load.

VFD Configuration
Upon commissioning, you must enter the proper pumping equipment

configuration. This section presents the equipment configuration parameters
on the web server.
Figure 99 - VFD Configuration
Item Description
1 Module Status and Motor Parameters (page 84)
2 VFD Interface (page 85)
3 Operating Condition (page 85)
4 VFD Control (page 86)
5 VFD Speed Configuration (page 87)

Motor Parameters
Accurate configuration of motor parameters helps the OptiLift RPC detect a

strokes per minute (SPM) error warning, which comes from a mismatch
between measured SPM and SPM from the VFD-commanded frequency.
Figure 100 - Motor Parameters

1
3
2
Item Description
Motor Sheave Size: Specify the correct sheave size in inches. The size is used for calculating the estimated
expected SPM from the commanded frequency.
Gear Box Sheave Size: Specify the correct gearbox sheave size in inches. The size is used for calculating
the estimated expected SPM from the commanded frequency.
2 Motor Nominal Speed: Specify the correct nominal speed in revolutions per minute (RPM). The speed is
used for calculating the estimated expected SPM from the commanded frequency.
Chain Ratio (1): The ratio that is provided by the manufacturer of the Linear pumping unit. The Optilift RPC
uses the chain ratio to calculate the position of the polished rod. This value is automatically calculated, but
it can also be manually configured.
Mechanical Efficiency: The mechanical efficiency of the pumping unit and the speed reducer.
(Range = 0…100)
Gear Box Ratio: Specify the correct gearbox ratio. This ratio is used for calculating the estimated expected
3 SPM from the commanded frequency.
Motor Nominal Frequency: Specify the correct nominal frequency in hertz. The frequency is used for
calculating the estimated expected SPM from the commanded frequency.
(1) Linear pump type only.

VFD Interface
VFD Interface settings are used to give the VFD a control frequency operating
range using corresponding control signals from a 4…20 mA range to the VFD.
Figure 101 - VFD Interface
Row Description
1 VFD Control Signal: Used to select the VFD Control Signal for controlling VFD. Options available are
Hardwired and EtherNet/IP(1).
2 Speed Control Channel: Select the appropriate channel for controlling the VFD speed. The VFD can be
controlled through analog outputs (AO) from the OptiLift RPC through AO1 from 0…5V DC or 4…20 mA.
The OptiLift RPC can control the VFD via Modbus RTU. In this case, the OptiLift RPC is the master Modbus
RTU device and the VFD is the slave Modbus TCP device. If Modbus RTU is the preferred control method for
the VFD, then you must configure the proper registers and enter the Modbus ID of the VFD. The AO1 is set to
4…20 mA and calibrated for use with the PowerFlex® drive by default. Any other drive using Modbus must
be integrated properly.
3 Control Frequency, Min/Max: The minimum/maximum output frequency corresponding to a 4 mA
control signal that is sent to the VFD from the OptiLift RPC for speed regulation. The minimum/maximum
control frequency of the VFD must match the minimum/maximum control frequency in the OptiLift RPC for
a signal of 4 mA. This parameter applies for a hardwired or EtherNet/IP control signal.
4 Scaling, Min: Keep this value as the default 4 mA because it corresponds to the minimum output signal
from the OptiLift RPC to the VFD for the frequency control command.
Scaling, Max: Keep this value as the default 20 mA because it corresponds to the maximum output signal
from the OptiLift RPC to the VFD for the frequency control command.
(1) EtherNet/IP is only applicable to PowerFlex® 753 and 755 drives.
Operating Condition
Use Operating Condition parameters to adjust the operating conditions of the

VFD. These parameters are independent of the operation mode.
Figure 102 - Operating Condition
1
2
3
Item Description
Working Frequency (Hz), Min/Max: This frequency corresponds to the minimum/maximum working
SPM. These values are automatically calculated from the minimum/maximum working SPM. If the
1 minimum/maximum working frequency is entered, the minimum/maximum working SPM is automatically
calculated from the minimum/maximum working frequency instead.
Startup Frequency (Hz): The frequency that the OptiLift RPC commands from the VFD to run whenever
2 the OptiLift RPC starts.
Manual Mode: Fixed Frequency (Hz): The commanded frequency that the VFD maintains in variable
3 speed manual operation mode. The OptiLift RPC commands the VFD to operate at this fixed frequency until
this value is changed.

VFD Control
VFD Control parameters help achieve accurate control and appropriate

response in various operation modes. Like many of the control parameters,
these settings require fine-tuning during commissioning and startup.
Figure 103 - VFD Control
Item Description
Pump Off Deadband: This percentage is used by the OptiLift RPC to decide whether to maintain, increase,
or decrease the pumping speed based on pump-off conditions. The OptiLift RPC maintains the current
speed if downstroke intersection point falls inside of the deadband. The OptiLift RPC speeds up the pump if
the downstroke intersection point falls outside to the right of the deadband. The OptiLift RPC slows down
the pump if the downstroke intersection falls outside to the left of the deadband.
Pump Fillage Deadband: This percentage is used to calculate and compare the pump fillage to the
current pump fillage. This value allows the OptiLift RPC to decide whether to maintain, increase, or
decrease the pumping speed. For instance, if the current pump fillage is within ±3% of the target fillage,
the OptiLift RPC does not change the pumping speed unless it falls outside of the ±3% deadband. If the
pump fillage number is below the pump fillage deadband, the OptiLift RPC slows down. The OptiLift RPC
speeds up if the pump fillage number is above the deadband.
1
Frequency Increment Step: The percentage of the minimum working frequency increment step size that
the OptiLift RPC sends to the VFD for increasing the speed.
Cards to Average Pump Fillage: The number of cards that are used to calculate the average pump
fillage. This value defaults to five cards. Increase this value as needed for greater pump fillage accuracy.
VFD Rest Time: The time that the well remains shut down in REST state until the OptiLift RPC commands
the VFD to RUN the well again.
Minimum Frequency Timeout: The time period that the OptiLift RPC waits before shutting down after
detecting that the VFD is running at minimum frequency without reaching the target pump fillage or
pump-off setpoint.
VFD Control Cycle Time: The time (in minutes) that the OptiLift RPC waits before it sends another
command to increase or decrease the speed to reach the target pump fillage or the target pump-off
setpoint. After the time has elapsed, the OptiLift RPC checks for the pump fillage or the target pump-off
setpoint again to decide whether to adjust the speed. This value is adjusted depending on the operating
conditions of the well. Some wells need more time than others to stabilize.
Pump Fillage Set Point: The percentage that you enter for the desired target pump fillage. The OptiLift
RPC slows down or speeds up the pump based on the comparison between the current calculated pump
fillage percent and the target pump fillage percent. If the current pump fillage is above the pump fillage
setpoint, the OptiLift RPC speeds up the pumping unit to allow the well to achieve the target pump fillage.
If the current pump fillage is below the target pump fillage, the OptiLift RPC slows down the pump to allow
2 the well to fill back up to the target fillage.
Frequency Decrement Step: The percentage of the minimum working frequency decrement step size
that the OptiLift RPC sends to the VFD to decrease the speed.
Dry Well Prevention: When this feature is enabled, the OptiLift RPC commands the VFD to shut down
after a preset time period if the well is not reaching its target pump fillage or target pump-off setpoint
value and the VFD frequency is already running at minimum speed.
VFD Startup Time: The time period (in minutes) that the OptiLift RPC waits before it checks for dry well
condition and applies control to the well. This time period allows the well to stabilize before checking for
any condition.

VFD Speed Configuration
VFD Speed Configuration helps prevent fluid pound and allows you to set the
endpoint velocity (2).
Figure 104 - VFD Speed Configuration
Item Description
Fluid Pound Prevention 1/2: Select whether to Enable/Disable the Fluid Pound Prevention 1/2 features.
Fluid Pound Prevention 1/2 Position: The percent of stroke length at which the speed varies as per the
1 (1) Fluid Pound Prevention Velocity 1/2 setting.
Fluid Pound Prevention 1/2 Velocity: The percentage of Reference Speed by which the speed varies at
the Fluid Pound Prevention Position 1/2.
End Point Velocity: Select whether to Enable or Disable the Endpoint Velocity feature.
End Point Velocity: The fixed speed that is applied while traveling through the corner.
(2) End Point Velocity Decel Position: The percent of stroke length of the straight portion of the stroke
2
where the speed starts decelerating before entering the corner.
End Point Velocity Accel Position: The percent of the sprocket radius where the speed starts
accelerating before exiting the corner.
(1) Only available when Hall Effect/RPM or Proximity/RPM position sensors are used.
(2) Only available when Proximity/RPM position sensors are used with a linear pump type.

Life Counter Configuration
Life counter configuration allows you to set a start value for each respective life
counter. The life counter resumes from a set value.
Figure 105 - Life Counter Configuration
Item Description
Rod Life Stroke Count: The value entered here is used to set a start value for rod life stroke counter.
2
Rod Life Time: The value entered here is used to set a start value for rod life time counter.
Pump Life Stroke Count: The value entered here is used to set a start value for the pump life stroke
3 counter.
Pump Life Time: The value entered here is used to set a start value for the pump life time counter.
Belt Life Stroke Count: The value entered here is used to set a start value for the belt life stroke counter.
4
Belt Life Stroke Count: The value entered here is used to set a start value for the belt life time counter.
Production Data Liquid Production: This parameter counts and accumulates the liquid production that
is calculated, you can reset this value to zero through a coil status register.
Production Data Oil Production: This parameter counts and accumulates the oil production that is
calculated, you can reset this value to zero through a coil status register.
5
Production Data Gas Production: This parameter counts and accumulates the gas production that is
calculated, you can reset this value to zero through a coil status register.
Production Data Water Production: This parameter counts and accumulates the water production that
is calculated, you can reset this value to zero through a coil status register.

Process Alarm Configuration
Process alarm configuration allows you to configure analog and digital

process alarms.
General Configuration
Figure 106 - General Configuration
Item Description
Autostart Restart Count: When AutoStart condition exists the OptiLift RPC tries to restart the motor this
many run/rest cycles before permanently shutting it down. If this is 0, then the OptiLift RPC continues the
run/rest cycle indefinitely.
Process Alarm Rest Time: Number of minutes the controller keeps the motor OFF when a process alarm
2 with AutoStart-Shutdown alarm action is generated.
Process Alarm Warning Deadband: It is used for all process warnings.
Process Alarm Delay Time: When the OptiLift RPC starts, it waits for this many seconds before starting
the detection of process alarms.

Analog Alarm Configuration

Figure 107 - Analog Alarm Configuration
Item Description
Hi Hi Alarm: Select from No Action, Shutdown, Shutdown-Auto Restart. The setpoint (in psi) is the HiHi
limit to trigger an alarm for the corresponding channel. The deadband (in %) resets the HiHi alarm. In order
for HiHi alarm to reset, the process parameter value must read less than:
Setpoint - (setpoint x [deadband/100]).
Hi Warning: The setpoint to trigger high warning for corresponding process parameter.
Lo Lo Alarm: Choose from No Action, Shutdown, Shutdown-Auto Restart. The setpoint (in psi) is the LoLo
limit to trigger an alarm for the corresponding channel. The deadband (in %) resets the LoLo alarm. In
2 (1) order for LoLo alarm to reset, the process parameter value must read more than:
Setpoint + (setpoint x [deadband/100])
Lo Warning: The setpoint to trigger low warning for corresponding process parameter.
Input Source: Select the source of the alarm from the following options.
• Disable: The alarm is disabled.
• Real: Allows you to select the source analog input.
• Manual: Allows you to enter a numeric value to test your alarm. (Default is 0)
• Modbus(2): Allows you to configure the source ID, HR/IR address, and data type.
(1) These attributes can be modified for THP, THT, CHP, CHT, FLP, FLT, and Aux Process 1…4.
(2) Can be an internal or external (third-party) source.

Digital Alarm Configuration

Figure 108 - Digital Alarm Configuration
Item Description
Digital Alarm 1…4: Use to enable or disable any of the four digital alarms.
Active Status: Set the digital alarm active status as High or Low.
Alarm Action: The action to be performed when the digital alarm is raised. Select from None, Shutdown,
or Autostart-Shutdown.
2 Debounce Time: The minimum time (in ms) that a DI detects a signal before declaring any action.
Input Source: Select the source of the alarm from the following options.
• Disable: The alarm is disabled.
• Real: Allows you to select the source digital input.
• Manual: Select LOW or HIGH to test your alarm.
• Modbus(1): Allows you to configure the source ID, HR/IR address, and data type.
(1) Can be an internal or external (third-party) source.

Alarm Configuration
Alarm configuration allows you to enable/disable system alarms and set the
action to take when the alarm has been raised.
Figure 109 - Alarm Configuration
For a description of parameters, see Alarm Configuration on page 167.
Operation Mode
The Operation mode page allows you to change the operation mode of your
OptiLift RPC.
Figure 110 - Operation Mode
For a description of operation modes, see Well Operation Modes on page 13.

Rest Time Auto-tuning
The Rest Time Auto-tuning page allows you to enable, disabled, and configure
the Rest time Auto-tuning feature.
Figure 111 - Rest Time Auto-tuning Configuration
1
2
Item Description
4 5
1 Module Status: This indicates whether the module is running.
Auto-tuning Status: The Status can be “RTO Found” or “Could not find RTO”. This is to indicate whether
the algorithm could find the Optimal run time.
2
A status of “Interrupted”, it indicates that the Rest Time Auto-tuning process has been interrupted by the
user or due to an alarm.
Auto-tune Selection: There are 2 method, conventional and unconventional.
-The conventional well type the additional Rest Time in each cycle will be added to the Rest time. If the Rest
time remains constant (+/- “Run time deadband” in minutes) for minimum Run Time Cycles, then the Rest
time will be considered as the Optimal Rest time. If the Optimal Rest time is not found within the
maximum test cycles then, it will be updated with a warning.
For Unconventional well, if the Run time is less than the minimum runtime for the minimum run time cycle
, the additional rest time will be added to the Rest time. Once the runtime is more than minimum runtime,
the Rest time will revert back to the original user configured Rest time.
Minimum Run Time: this is value is used in the unconventional well algorithm to determined whether
the additional rest time will be added to the initial Rest time
Additional Rest Time: the additional rest time is the step size in minutes that will be added to the initial
3 Rest time that will become the optimal Rest time.
Scheduled Number of Days: This counter triggers the next well test to run the algorithm from the initial
Rest time.
Rest Time Limit: The maximum Rest Time limit that is allowed before the auto tuning process is aborted.
Minimum Run Time Cycle: The current run time for a cycle is more than the original run time, the Rest
time will revert back to the initial rest time.
Maximum Test Cycles: Indicates how many cycles will the test cycle run if the Optimum Rest time is not
found.
Run Time Deadband: The time interval in minutes which decides whether the Run Time is constant or
not changing to decide the Rest time is Optimal.
Trigger Conventional Well: This button will start the conventional well algorithm once the auto-tune
4 selection has been made for the Conventional Well.
Generate CSV: This button will generate a CSV file with all the Run and Rest time calculated with the Rest
5 Auto-tune algorithm.

Applications>RPC>RPC The Applications pages contain the OptiLift RPC applications that you use to
configure (RPC Configuration on page 64) and monitor (RPC Status) your
Status well. The Set button on each application screen triggers the configuration
update in the controller.
Well Status
Figure 112 - Basic Data
Row Description
1 Surface Pumping Unit Model: Pump model that is selected either from the Optilift RPC internal pumping unit database or the pump configuration you customized.
2 Pump Unique ID: Depicts the unique number from the pump database.
3 Pump Subunique ID: Based on the Crank Pin. If out of R1, R2, R3 and R4, R2 is selected and Pump Unique ID is 101, then 1012 is updated here.
4 Well State: Current state of the well.
5 Motor Feedback Status: Current motor feedback status.
6 Operation Mode: The well control mode of the OptiLift RPC.
7 Pumping Speed: Current pump speed in strokes per minute.
8 Current RPS: Current revolutions per stroke value. Only available when Hall Effect/RPM or Proximity/RPM position sensors are used.
9 Current RPM: Current revolutions per minute value that is based on the time period between two pulses from sensor. Only available when Hall Effect/RPM or Proximity/
RPM position sensors are used.
10 Card Pump Fillage: Current pump fillage calculated from the downhole card.
11 Pump Fillage Set Point: The value (in percent) of the desired target Pump Fillage. The OptiLift RPC either slows down or speeds up the pump based on the comparison
between the current calculated Pump Fillage percent and the target Pump Fillage percent.
12 Commanded Frequency: The current frequency the OptiLift RPC is sending through the AO (4…20 mA) to the VFD. For example, if the frequency range is 0…60 Hz,
then the corresponding signal would be 4…20 mA. Commanded frequency for 20 mA would be 60 Hz in this case.
13 Downtime Counter: The current time for which motor is off.
14 Motor Alert Delay Time: The delay before the Optilift RPC starts the motor when user commands it to start.
15 Stroke Period: The number of seconds it takes to complete each stroke cycle.
16 Time Not in Run: Counts and accumulates the minutes not in Run or Start state. This value resets to zero automatically when it falls in Run or Start state.
17 Time Failed: Counts and accumulates the minutes spent in Unable to Run or Shutdown state. This value resets to zero automatically when it falls in Run or Start state.

Row Description
18 Average Pump Fillage: The moving average pump fillage level for 50 cards.
19 Gas Oil Ratio: Used obtain accurate production estimates from the calculations.
20 Water Cut: You must enter the correct water cut to obtain accurate production estimates from the calculations. You can get this data from well test reports.
21 Accumulated Power Consumption: This accumulated value is automatically calculated in the VFD parameter 14 in kWh transferred from the drive. The Elapsed kWh in
the drive is accumulated automatically in parameter 14.
22 Current Loaded EU Value: Current load EU value is displayed here.
23 Start/Stop Motor: When clicked, these buttons start and stop the motor.
24 Rest Time Optimal: This value in minutes indicates that Optimal rest time found by the Rest time auto-tuning feature.
Production Data
Figure 113 - Production Data
Item Description
2 Current Production: The total accumulated liquid, oil, water, and gas volume for the well from the
current day.
3 Yesterday’s Production: The total accumulated liquid, oil, water, and gas volume for the well from
yesterday.
4 Instantaneous Flow Rate: The current estimated flow rate of liquid, oil, water, and gas from the well.
5 Projected Volume for 24 Hours: The total projected liquid, oil, water, and gas volume from the well

Current Day Data

Figure 114 - Current Day Data
Row Description Row Description

1 Module Status: Indicates whether the OptiLift RPC that is connected to the 12 Day Average Rest Time: This is the average Rest time for the day.
controller is running. This indication is helpful for diagnostics.
2 Day Stroke Count: Total number of strokes in a day. 13 Day Fail-safe Run Time: This is the daily Run time while fail-safe State.
3 Day Run Time: Total runtime in a day. 14 Day Fail-safe Percent Run Time: This is the percent run time for the day
calculated when in Fail-safe state.
4 Day Percent Run Time: Total percent of runtime in a day. 15 Day Fail-safe Rest Time: This is the Rest time for day when in Fail-Safe state.
5/6 Day Low/High Pump Fillage Level: The high and low pump fillage level 16 Day Deferred Production Run Time: This is the run time calculated by
percentage in a day. adding the normal run time and the Run time in Fail-safe State together.
7/8 Day Maximum/Minimum Load: The maximum/minimum load in a day. 17 Day Deferred Production Percent Run Time: This is the percent run time
calculated from the normal Run time and the fail-safe run time.
9 Day Average SPM: The total accumulated Average SPM in a day. 18/19 Day Load Signal Failure at Min/Max Count: This is total load signal
10 Day Pump Cycle: The number of cycles the pump has turned ON/OFF since failure count at minimum/maximum for the day since GOT.
GOT. This parameter resets to zero at GOT.
11 Day Average Run Time: This is the average Run time for the day. 20 Day Stagnant Load Signal Failure Count: This is total number of stagnant
load signal failures for the day.

Alarm Status
Figure 115 - Alarm Status
Item Description
1 Load Signal Failure at Min: This alarm gets triggered when the load signal falls below the minimum limit
for the load signal failure.
2 Load Signal Failure at Max: This alarm gets triggered when the load signal falls above the maximum limit
for the load signal failure.
3 Stagnant Load signal Failure: This alarm gets triggered when the consecutive load signal samples remain
within the band for more than the load sampling rate time.
4 Pump cycle Limit Violation: this alarm gets triggered when the number of pump cycles in a day is more
than the user configured limit.
For a description of the other alarm parameters, see Alarm Configuration on

page 167.

Current Card
Figure 116 - Current Card
Row Description
1 Pumping Speed: Current pump speed in strokes per minute.
2 Pump Diameter: The pump plunger diameter is used for the downhole calculations. Incorrect information yields erroneous downhole calculation results.
3 Stroke Length: The stroke length depends on each pumping unit. Some pumping units have three or four stroke length options. Enter the correct surface stroke length
to obtain accurate surface measurements. Incorrect stroke length results in erroneous results for surface and downhole calculations. When Custom Stroke Length is
enabled, you can type in your stoke length.
4 Net Stroke Length: The value that is provided by the inflection point on the downstroke where the downhole pump comes in contact with the fluid. This value is used
for the calculation of the pump fillage.
5 Gross Stroke Length: The maximum value for the pump plunger displacement.
6 Structural Loading: The load value in percent on the pumping structure.
7 Load Cut Off: This parameter allows the OptiLift RPC to calculate the Pump Fillage accurately when looking for the effective stroke-inflection point. For instance, if it is
set to 45%, the OptiLift RPC starts looking from 45% between the End of upstroke to the beginning of the downstroke of the downhole card.
8 Pump Fillage: The value (in percent) of the desired target Pump Fillage. The OptiLift RPC either slows down or speeds up the Pump based on the comparison between
the current calculated Pump Fillage percent and the target Pump Fillage percent.
9 Fluid Level: The correct fluid level to obtain accurate production estimates from the calculations. One can get this data from well test reports. This setting is enabled
when the 'Calculated Fluid Level' checkbox is unchecked.
10 Fluid Load: The current value of fluid load (lb).
11 PIP: The current pump intake pressure.
12 Pump Submergence: The current pump submergence level.
13/14 Card Maximum/Minimum Load: The maximum/minimum load value limit (in pounds) for detection of load violations.
15 Card Peak Net Torque: The maximum absolute value of the torque the gearbox of the pumping unit experiences during a complete stroke.

Overlaid Cards
Figure 117 - Overlaid Card
For a description of parameters, see Current Card on page 98.

Historical Data
A list of 90-day totalizer charts is listed in Figure 119 on page 101.
Figure 118 - Historical Data
Item Description
1 Average Run Time: This is the average Run time for the day.
2 Average Rest Time: This is the average Rest time for the day.
3 Fail-safe Run Time: This is the daily Run time while fail-safe state.
4 Fail-safe Rest Time: This is the Rest time for day when in Fail-Safe state.
5 Fail-safe Percent Run Time: This is the percent run time for the day calculated when in Fail-safe state.
6 Load Signal Failure as Min/Max Count: This is the total load signal failure count at minimum/maximum for
the day since GOT.
7 Stagnant Load Signal Failure Count: This is total number of stagnant load signal failures for the day.
8 Deferred Production Run Time: This is the run time calculated by adding the normal run time and the Run
time in Fail-safe State together.
9 Deferred Production Percent Run Time: This is the percent run time calculated from the normal Run time
and the fail-safe run time.
For a description of the additional parameters, see Figure 159 on page 135.

Figure 119 - Example 90-day Totalizer Chart
Fluid Level Data

Figure 120 - Fluid Level Data
For a description of parameters, see Fluid Level Data on page 133.

IPR
Figure 121 - IPR
For more information, see Production IPR on page 134.
Life Counter
Figure 122 - Life Counter
For a description of parameters, see Life Counter Configuration on page 88.

Process Alarms
The process alarm pages allow you to view the status of all alarms, warnings,
and auxiliary I/O.
Alarm Status
Figure 123 - Alarm Status
For a description of alarms, see Alarm Configuration on page 119.

Warning Status
This page shows the status of all system Hi and Lo warnings.
Figure 124 - Warning Status
For a description of alarms, see Analog Alarm Configuration on page 90.
Auxiliary I/O Status

Figure 125 - Auxiliary I/O Status
For a description of auxiliary I/O, see Analog Alarm Configuration on

page 90.

Well State Run Rest Time

Figure 126 - Well State Run Rest Time
Item Description
Current Counting State: The current well state.
2
Current Counting Time: The current counting time in particular well state.
Average Run Time: This value is calculated based on the user defined number of days. This average run
time will be used as Fail-safe run time when this is selected as calculated fail-safe run time.
3
Smart Clock: This value is calculated based on an average of the past 24 hours run cycles of the Fixed
Speed Pump Off and Pump fillage modes to be used as Fail-safe run time.
For a description of the other parameters, see Historical Data on page 130 and
Figure 200 on page 175
Download The Download pages allow you to download controller configurations to your
computer. You can use the downloaded files for archival purposes or to restore
previous configurations. For ISAGRAF projects and logs, right-click the file
you would like to save to your computer and choose Save As...
Figure 127 - Download Menu Structure

ISAGRAF Project
If an ISAGRAF project is available, click the file that is listed to download.
Figure 128 - ISaGraf Project
Logs
When log files are created, they are stored and displayed here. Click a file that is
listed to download.
Figure 129 - Logs
Item Description
1 API21.1-Reports: When the API21.1-Reports are generated, they are displayed here.
2 Linux-Log: Linux startup sequence log when last powered on.
3 TOP: Process information log.
4 ISaGRAF: Files that are created by ISaGRAF application are displayed here
5 DataLog: When the Data logger feature is enabled, files are displayed here.
6 File Name: The last 50 Surface and Downhole cards can be downloaded here.

Configuration
Click the file that is listed to download the configuration file (.cfz).
Figure 130 - Download Configuration
IMPORTANT If you have multiple Optilift RPC units of the same version, you can upload
the same configuration file to the other OptiLift RPC units so they have the
identical configurations.
System Upgrade If you do not plan to retain configuration, record all preconfigured parameters
in the existing OptiLift RPC before upgrading the suite firmware. This record
is especially important if it is running in a well. You can record the existing
configuration for the OptiLift RPC with screen shots.
Figure 131 - System Upgrade
IMPORTANT If the Retain Configuration checkbox is cleared during upgrade, all well
parameter configurations in the OptiLift RPC are reset and the controller is
reset to the factory default settings when the OptiLift RPC suite firmware is
upgraded.
If the Retain Configuration checkbox is checked, all compatible parameters
between the old and the upgraded suite firmware revision are retained.
For details on updating the Suite Firmware, see Upgrade the OptiLift RPC
Suite Firmware on Web Server on page 283.

Notes:

Chapter 4
Using the OptiLift RPC Local HMI
Configuration Methods You must use the following two configuration methods to commission the
OptiLift™ RPC successfully.
• Local Human Machine Interface (HMI)
– Recommended for control parameter adjustment using surface card
readings
– Alarm configuration, variable frequency drive (VFD) parameter
configuration, VFD status, and calibration of peripherals are
exclusive to local HMI
– Allows you to adjust settings based on real-time well-site data
– Manual or database configuration of your pumping unit
• Web server (see Use the OptiLift RPC Web Server on page 33)
PanelView Plus 7 Terminal You can navigate the HMI displays on the PanelView™ Plus 7 terminal
(Figure 132).
Figure 132 - PanelView Plus 7 Terminal
The HMI display structure is shown in Figure 134 on page 111.

Chapter 4 Using the OptiLift RPC Local HMI
Navigation The PanelView terminal facilitates user navigation through a centralized icon
toolbar. The following are the main displays:
Icon Description Page
Operator Display 112
Configuration Display 137
Alarm Display 185
Trend Display 188
Help Display 198
Each main display contains at least one page, where pages are equivalent to
displays. To access a particular display, press the corresponding icon.
For simple and quick navigation, you can Access and progress through the
pages of a display by pressing the arrows at the bottom of the display. Notice
the green dot at the center bottom of each display for orientation. Navigation
arrows are available on most displays and loop at end of sequence.
Figure 133 - Navigation Arrows and Page Dots

Using the OptiLift RPC Local HMI Chapter 4
HMI Display Overview Figure 134 - General HMI Display Structure

1 2 3
Operator Configuration Alarms
Well Overview Well Configuration Alarm and Event Summary
Overview Data Pump Configuration Alarm History
Pump Data Sensor Configuration Event History
Current Card Fixed Speed Configuration
VFD Status VFD Configuration
Historical Data Alarm Configuration
EFM Data General Configuration
Quick Start
EFM Configuration
Select Language
4 5
Trends Help
Pumping System Analysis Application Information
Select Trend Screen Navigation
Maint./Config. and Security
Alarms/Trend
Troubleshooting Cards (x4)
Item Description
1 Operator Display (page 112)
2 Configuration Display (page 137)
3 Alarm Display (page 185)
4 Trend Display (page 188)
5 Help Display (page 198)

Operator Display The Operator display is the first display that appears. You can press a
navigation button to access the Well Overview, Overview Data, Pump Data,
Current Card, VFD Status, and Historical Data displays.
Figure 135 - Operator Display
4
5
Item Description
1 Login/Logout (page 113)
2 Well Overview (page 114)
3 Overview Data (page 115)
4 Pump Data (page 123)
5 Current Card (page 128)
6 VFD Status (page 129)
7 Historical Data (page 130)
8 Gas Flow Data (page 136)

Login/Logout
IMPORTANT The OptiLift RPC initially loads and is operational without logging in. On
load, the initial user account is ‘Default’.
The Login button ( ) allows you to change your current user login. For a
list of user roles, see User Administration on page 205.
Figure 136 - Login
To help prevent unauthorized access to the system, press the Logout button
( ) to return to the Default user role.

Well Overview
The Well Overview display provides the overview of all parameters that are
required for OptiLift RPC operation in different modes.
Figure 137 - Well Overview
8
1
9
2
10
3
4
11
5
6
13 12
Item Description
Pumping Speed: The real-time strokes per minute (SPM) measured from the surface card. It is 0 if cards are not detected.
1
Today's Stroke Count: The total number of strokes in a day.
2 (1) VFD Commanded Frequency: The frequency that the Optilift RPC commands the VFD to go to or sets in the VFD in the form of 4…20 mA signal or over EtherNet/IP.
Today's Run Time: The number of minutes that the well has run in any 24-hour period.
3 Yesterday's Run Time: The number of minutes that the well ran in yesterday's 24-hour period. At gauge of time (GOT), the current day accumulated runtime is
transferred to this parameter.
Stroke PPRL: The maximum load reading in surface card.
4
Stroke MPRL: The minimum load reading in surface card.
Current RPM: The current revolutions per minute value that is based on the time period between two pulses from sensor.
5
Current RPS: The current revolutions per stroke value.
6 Current Load Value: The current load value (in pounds).
Pump Fillage: The ratio between the current volume of liquid in the pump barrel and the maximum stroke length of the downhole pump. Pump Fillage is calculated
7 from the most current downhole card.
8 Well Name Display: The name of the well that is in operation
Well State: The current state of the well: Start, Run, Rest, Shutdown, Stopped, Fail-safe Run, Fail-safe Rest, HOA, Motor Alert, Stopping, Unable To Stop, or Unable to Run.
9 Elapsed Time in State: The time the well spent in a particular well state.
Motor State: The current motor state (ON or OFF).
10 Operating Mode: Current operation mode of the well.
11 Surface Card/Downhole Card Plot(2): The single plot is updated automatically. The refresh rate is half of the SPM. If the SPM is 3, the refresh time is 10 seconds.
Start Motor: Press to start the OptiLift RPC operation in the configured controller state.
12
Stop Motor: Press to stop the motor when in a Run state.
Overlay Off/Overlay On: Press to toggle between one plot and overlay plots.
13
Current Card/Downhole Card: Press to toggle between the current card and downhole card.
(1) Appears only when pump is in a VFD operation mode.
(2) The firmware suite is preloaded with default cards from the factory.

Change Well Name
1. Press the field that contains the well name.
2. Enter new name in the popup keypad. Press Enter ( ).
Overview Data
The Overview Data display has four pages. Access and progress through the
pages of a display by pressing the arrows at the bottom of the display. The
information that is shown differs based on the operating mode.

the well is in “Stopped State” before attempting to select/change operation
mode. The state can be confirmed from the Well Basic Data display.
To put the OptiLift RPC in “Stopped State,” see Start and Stop the Motor on
page 272.

Well Basic Data

The Well Basic Data display consists of two pages that show various parameters
for fixed speed and variable speed modes. The parameters that appear differ
depending on the operating mode that is selected.
Figure 138 - Overview Data Display 1: Well Basic Data (Fixed Speed) (1)
Row Description
1 Well State: The current state of the well: Start, Run, Rest, Shutdown, Stopped, Fail-safe Run, Fail-safe Rest, HOA, Motor Alert, Stopping, Unable To Stop, or Unable to Run.
For details on the states, see OptiLift RPC Status Indicators on page 289.
2 Motor Feedback Status: The current motor status (ON or OFF).
3 Operation Mode: The current operation mode of the well.
4 Pumping Speed: The real-time SPM measured from the surface card. It is 0 if cards are not detected.
5 Pump Fillage: The ratio between the current volume of liquid in the pump barrel and the maximum stroke length of the downhole pump. Pump Fillage is calculated
from the most current downhole card.
6 Today’s Stroke Count: The total number of strokes in a day.
7 Today’s Run Time: The number of minutes that the well has been running in any 24 hr period.
8 Load Pump Off Set Point: The current load pump-off setpoint percentage.
9 Position Pump Off Set Point: The current position pump-off setpoint percentage.
10 Commanded Frequency:
11 Downtime Counter: The number of minutes that the well has been down.
12 Motor Alert Delay Time: The duration set for an alert signal through DO4 before starting the motor. The delay allows visual or audible 24V DC hardware that is wired
into DO4 to send an alert signal before starting the motor.
13 Pump Fillage Set Point: The value (in percent) of the desired target Pump Fillage. The OptiLift RPC either slows down or speeds up the pump based on the comparison
between the current calculated Pump Fillage percent and the target Pump Fillage percent (Fixed Speed Pump Fillage only).
(1) The Stop Operation button is used to stop the OptiLift RPC control functionality, including your pump. The Stop Operation functionality is only available when your Well State is not in a Run state. You
can instead use the Stop Motor button when at a Run state. The Stop Operation button remains available even after the well has been stopped. You can verify that the correct operation was performed
by reviewing the Well State.

Figure 139 - Overview Data Display 1: Well Basic Data (Variable Speed) (1)
Row Description
1 Well State: The current state of the well: Start, Run, Rest, Shutdown, Stopped, Fail-safe Run, Fail-safe Rest, HOA, Motor Alert, Stopping, Unable To Stop, or Unable to
Run. For details on the states, see OptiLift RPC Status Indicators on page 289.
2 Motor Feedback Status: The current motor status (ON or OFF).
3 Operation Mode: The current operation mode of the well.
4 Pumping Speed: The real-time SPM measured from the surface card.
5 Pump Fillage: The real pump fillage calculated from the downhole card.
6 Today’s Stroke Count: The total number of strokes in a day.
7 Today’s Run Time: The number of minutes that the well has been running in any 24-hour period.
8 Load Pump Off Set Point: The current load pump-off setpoint percentage.
9 Position Pump Off Set Point: The current position pump-off setpoint percentage.
10 Commanded Frequency: The current frequency the OptiLift RPC is sending through the AO (4…20 mA) to the VFD. For example, if the frequency range is 0…60 Hz,
then the corresponding signal would be 4…20 mA. Commanded frequency for 20 mA would be 60 Hz in this case.
11 Downtime Counter: The number of minutes that the well has been down.
12 Motor Alert Delay Time: The duration that is set for an alert signal through DO4 before starting the motor. The delay allows visual or audible 24V DC hardware that is
wired into DO4 to send an alert signal before starting the motor.
13 Pump Fillage Setpoint: The value (in percent) of the desired target Pump Fillage. The OptiLift RPC either slows down or speeds up the pump based on the comparison
between the current calculated Pump Fillage percent and the target Pump Fillage percent (Variable Speed Pump Fillage mode only).
(1) The Stop Operation button is used to stop the OptiLift RPC control functionality, including your pump. The Stop Operation functionality is only available when your Well State is not in a Run state. You
can instead use the Stop Motor button when at a Run state. The Stop Operation button remains available even after the well has been stopped. You can verify that the correct operation was performed
by reviewing the Well State (Row 2).

Figure 140 - Overview Data Display 2: Well Basic Data
Row Description
1 Time Not in Run: Counts and accumulates the time (in minutes) not in Run or Start state. This value resets
to zero automatically when it falls in Run or Start state.
2 Time Failed: Counts and accumulates the time (in minutes) spent in Unable to Run or Shutdown state.
This value resets to zero automatically when it falls in Run or Start state.
3 Last Failure Code from VFD: Shows the last failure code for the VFD. This parameter is polled directly
from the drive from parameter 951.
4 Gas-Oil Ratio: Used obtain accurate production estimates from the calculations.
5 Accumulated Power Consumption: This accumulated value is automatically calculated in the VFD
parameter 14 in kWh transferred from the drive. The Elapsed kWh in the drive is accumulated automatically
in parameter 14.
6 Gross Stroke Length: The maximum value for the pump plunger displacement.
7 Net Stroke Length: The value that is provided by the inflection point on the downstroke where the
downhole pump comes in contact with the fluid. This value is used for the calculation of the pump fillage.
8 Today’s Pump Cycles: The number of cycles the pump has turned ON/OFF since GOT. This parameter resets
to zero at GOT.
9 Yesterday’s Pump Cycles: The number of cycles the pump has turned ON/OFF for the previous day.
10 Stroke Period: The number of seconds it takes to complete each stroke cycle.
11 Process Alarm Restart Counter: The number of restarts the Optilift RPC has attempted so far when in
AutoStart action for the process alarms.
12/ Today’s Low/High Pump Fillage Level: The high and low pump fillage level percentage for the
13 current day.
14 Polished Rod Power: The power that is calculated at the polished rod. It is represented by the area of the
surface card.

Alarm Configuration
Use the two Alarm Configuration displays to adjust alarms as needed. Press the
Config button (Figure 142 on page 120 and Figure 143 on page 121) to
modify alarm settings. The Process Alarm Shared Config button allows you to
adjust configurations that all alarms share (Figure 144 on page 122).
Figure 141 - Process Alarm Configuration
Display 3 Display 4
Row Description
Display 3
1/2 THP/THT: The Current column shows the reading from the wireless or wired sensor that is installed and
assigned as tubing head pressure (THP) and tubing head temperature (THT).
3/4 CHP/CHT: The Current column shows the reading from the wireless or wired sensor that is installed and
assigned as casing head pressure (CHP) and casing head temperature (CHT).
5/6 FLP/FLT: The Current column shows the reading from the wireless or wired sensor that is installed and
assigned as flow line pressure (FLP) and flow line temperature (FLT).
7… AUX Process 1…4: Four spare tags for Process parameters that are available for you to rename and link to
10 a process parameter sensor. Current column shows the reading from the wireless or wired sensor that is
installed and assigned to that particular process parameter.
Display 4
1… DI Process 1…4: Four spare tags for Process discrete signals that are available for you to rename and link
4 to a process parameter sensor. Current column shows the status from the wireless or wired sensor that is
installed and assigned as that particular process parameter.

Figure 142 - Configuration Button Display 1
Manual Analog Input Channel 1…8
Modbus Source
Row Description
1 Source: Select from the available options: Disabled, Analog Input Channel 1…8, Manual, and
Modbus Source
Manual
2 Pressure Value: A user-configured fixed pressure value. This value is used if physical sensor is unavailable.
This value is used for further OptiLift RPC parameter calculations.
Analog Input Channel 1…8
2 Type: Choose from Voltage (1…5V DC) or Current (0…20 mA).
3 EU Min/Max: The engineering value set for the minimum/maximum pressure or temperature the analog
input card receives.
Modbus Source
2 Modbus ID: Modbus Slave ID of the third-party device or internal RTU from which the data is brought to
the Process parameter.
3 Modbus Address: The address where the data is located.
4 Address Type: The Modbus address type can be Coil, Discrete Input, Input Register, or Holding Register.
5 Data Type: The type of data that is transferred to process parameter.

Figure 143 - Configuration Button Display 2
Row Description
1 LoLo Alarm: Choose from No Action, Shutdown, Shutdown-Auto Restart. The setpoint (in psi) is the LoLo
limit to trigger an alarm for the corresponding channel. The deadband (in %) resets the LoLo alarm. In
order for LoLo alarm to reset, the process parameter value must read more than:
Setpoint + (setpoint x [deadband/100])
2 HiHi Alarm: Choose from No Action, Shutdown, Shutdown-Auto Restart. The setpoint (in psi) is the HiHi
limit to trigger an alarm for the corresponding channel. The deadband (in %) resets the HiHi alarm. In order
for HiHi alarm to reset, the process parameter value must read less than:
Setpoint - (setpoint x [deadband/100]).
3 Lo Warning Set Point: The setpoint to trigger Low warning for corresponding process parameter.
4 Hi Warning Set Point: The setpoint to trigger high warning for corresponding process parameter.

Figure 144 - Process Alarm Shared Configuration
Row Description
1 Alarm Check Delay Time: If this value is set, no alarm is checked and raised after the OptiLift RPC
transitions from Process Rest state to Motor Alert state or Start state before sending a motor start
command unless this delay time has expired.
Alarm Auto Start Action Settings
2 Auto Start Retries Count Limit: The maximum number of counts the motor is restarted before it is shut
down before the operator intervenes.
3 Alarm Rest Time: For alarm action Alarm Enable-Shutdown AutoStart, the system attempts to restart the
motor only when this time lapses.
4 Warnings Deadband: If any of the process signal LO warnings are triggered - In order for it reset, the
value must read more than the setpoint + setpoint*(ProcessWarningdeadband/100).
If any of the process signal HI warnings are triggered - In order for it reset, the value reads less than the
setpoint - setpoint*(ProcessWarningdeadband/100).

Pump Data
The Pump Data display has five pages. Access and progress through the pages
of a display by pressing the arrows at the bottom of the display.
Load Violation and Net Torque Data
This display shows the load violation and net torque data that are configured
on the Load Violation Setting and Net Torque Setting Configuration displays.
This display shows the current load value, current day load maximum value,
current day load minimum value, and current net torque value. This display
also shows the current load and current net torque value in a bar graph along
with its LoLo and HiHi limits.
Figure 145 - Pump Data Display 1: Load Violation and Net Torque Data
Row Description
Load Violation Data
1/2 Maximum/Minimum Load Violation: When these load violations are enabled, the OptiLift RPC checks
for load minimum and maximum violations. When a load violation is found, the OptiLift RPC raises an
alarm and performs the configured alarm action. Figure 145 shows the load violation setting. The red lines
indicate the upper and lower limits.
3 Minimum Load: The minimum load value limit (in pounds) for detection of the minimum load violation.
4 Maximum Load: The maximum load value limit (in pounds) for detection of maximum load violation.
5 Current Value/Day Max/Day Min: The current, daily maximum, and daily minimum load value.
Net Torque Data
6 Net Torque: When enabled, the OptiLift RPC raises an alarm and performs the configured alarm action
after a preset number of cards with the maximum net torque violation.
7 Maximum Net Torque: The maximum net-torque value limit (in in•lb) for detection of maximum load
violation.
be violated before the OptiLift RPC declares an alarm and performs the configured alarm action.

Malfunction Data
This display shows the malfunction data that is configured on Malfunction

Setting configuration display. This display shows the current malfunction
setpoint with a blue cross hair on a surface card.
Figure 146 - Pump Data Display 2: Malfunction Data
Row Description
1 Malfunction Set Point: When this feature is enabled, the OptiLift RPC raises an alarm and performs the
configured alarm action after a preset number of cards with the malfunction setpoint violation.
2 Load Set Point: The load on the setpoint as shown in Figure 146.
3 Position Set Point: The position on the setpoint as shown in Figure 146.
4 Number of Successive Cards: The number of consecutive cards in which the malfunction setpoint must
be violated before the OptiLift RPC declares an alarm and performs the configured alarm action.
Item Description
A Overlay Off/Overlay On: Press to toggle between one plot and overlay plots.
B Surface Card Plot: The single plot is updated automatically. The refresh rate is half of the SPM. If SPM is 3,
the refresh rate is 10 seconds.

Pump Equipment Configuration Data
This display shows the pump equipment configuration data that is configured
on Pump Equipment Configuration display under the Pump Configuration
section.
Figure 147 - Pump Data Display 3: Pump Equipment Configuration Data
Row Description
1 Pump ID: The Pump ID value that is used internally for ConnectedProduction™ to identify the pump in its
database.
2 Pump Sub ID: The Pump Sub ID value that is used internally for ConnectedProduction to identify the pump
in its database.
3 Pump Unit: It displays the selected pump unit in the form of Unit Number. This unit is made by the
combination of Pump Type, Pump Model, and Manufacturer.
4 Pump Torque: The Torque value of the searched pump unit.
5 Pump Load: The load value of the searched pump unit.
6 Max Stroke Length: The maximum stroke length value of the searched pump unit.
7 Surface Stroke Length: The polished rod displacement value during an upstroke or downstroke for the
searched pump unit.
6… R, K, C, P, A, I, H, and G Dimension: The corresponding API dimension of searched pump unit.
13
14 Phase Angle: An offset angle value in degrees on the Crank angle. This value is provided by the pump
manufacturer for each pumping unit.
15 Crank Pin: Attaches the pitman arm to the crank arm. The current stroke is being used determines crank
pin placement, it usually has three positions for the three available stroke lengths for the pumping unit.

Motor Configuration Data
This display shows the motor configuration data that is configured on Pump
Configuration display and the rod length for each configured taper.
Figure 148 - Pump Data Display 4: Motor Configuration and Total Rod Length Data
Row Description
Motor Configuration Data
1 Motor Sheave Size: The sheave size (in inches). The size is used for calculating the estimated expected
SPM from the commanded frequency.
2 Gear Box Sheave Size: The gearbox sheave size (in inches). The size is used for calculating the estimated
expected SPM from the commanded frequency.
3 Gear Box Ratio: The gearbox ratio. This ratio is used for calculating the estimated expected SPM from the
commanded frequency.
4 Motor Nominal Speed: The nominal speed in revolutions per minute (RPM). The speed is used for
calculating the estimated expected SPM from the commanded frequency.
5 Motor Nominal Frequency: The nominal frequency (in Hz). The frequency is used for calculating the
estimated expected SPM from the commanded frequency.
6 Mechanical Efficiency: The mechanical efficiency of the pump unit and the speed reducer.
Total Rod Length Data
7… Taper 1…6 Rod Length: The total length of rods in Taper 1…6 (in feet).(1)
12
(1) The number of tapers that are configured determine the number of rods that are displayed.

Product Configuration Data and Pump Parameters
This display shows the production configuration data and pump parameters
data that are configured on Fluid Properties and Pump Parameters
Configuration displays.
Figure 149 - Pump Data Display 5: Production Configuration Data and Pump Parameters
Row Description
Production Configuration Data
1 Oil Density: The oil density of the produced oil per API degree entered for a correct oil production
estimate.
2 Specific Gravity of Gas: The specific gravity of gas that is produced which is used in the production
estimate.
3 Specific Gravity of Water: The specific gravity of water that is produced which is used in the production
estimate.
4 Bottomhole Temperature: Used to obtain accurate production estimates from the calculations.
5 Fluid Level: Used to obtain accurate production estimates from the calculations.
6 Water Cut: Used to obtain accurate production estimates from the calculations.
7 Gas Oil Ratio: Used obtain accurate production estimates from the calculations.
Pump Parameters
8 Pump Diameter: The pump plunger diameter is used for the downhole calculations. Incorrect
information yields erroneous downhole calculation results.
calculations. Incorrect information yields erroneous downhole calculation results.
The OptiLift RPC database has the most commonly used tubing sizes. This value is the Tubing ID entered
from the Configuration display.
11 Pump Efficiency: The value that is entered in Configuration display (Figure 169 on page 145).
12 Depth of Perforation: The value that is entered in Configuration display (Figure 169 on page 145).
13 Structural Loading: The load value in percent on the pumping structure.

Current Card
This display shows the current data that is obtained from the current surface
and downhole card.
Figure 150 - Current Card
2 3
Item Description
1 Parameters: Displays the current surface and downhole card data (Figure 151).
2 Overlay Off/Overlay On: Press to toggle between one plot and overlay plots.
3 RPS Synchronization (1): Press to initiate the RPS synchronization process.
Start Calibration: Press to start the calibration of the inclinometer. Once the calibration is in process, a
display with the calibration position voltage values appears. To complete the calibration process, press
Accept. To reject the calibrated values, press Reject.
4 Surface Card/Downhole Card Plot: The single plot is updated automatically. The refresh rate is half of
the SPM. If the SPM is 3, the refresh time is 10 seconds.
(1) Only available in Run state when the position sensor type is either Hall Effect-Crank Arm/RPM or Proximity/RPM.
Press the Parameters button to open a popup display that shows the current
data that is obtained from the current surface and downhole card. The
parameters that are displayed on the Parameter popup depend on the operating
mode of the well.
Figure 151 - Current Card Parameters Popup Display
Row Description
1 Pumping Speed: The measured speed of the current stroke.
2 Stroke PPRL: Peak Polished Rod Load (Surface card maximum load value) in selected card.
3 Stroke MPRL: Minimum Polished Rod Load (Surface card minimum load value) in selected card
4 Load Pump Off SP: The Load Pump Off EU setpoint for the Pump Off condition in Fixed Speed and Variable
Speed Pump Off mode.
5 Position Pump Off SP: The Position Pump Off EU setpoint for the Pump Off condition in Fixed Speed and
Variable Speed Pump Off mode.

VFD Status
VFD status display is available for internal parameter adjustment and status
updates exclusive to PowerFlex® drives.
IMPORTANT A catalog number 20-750-ENET-R communication card is required on your

PowerFlex drive to enable communication.
The VFD Status display (Figure 152) presents the OptiLift RPC commanded
frequency in the form of a 4…20 mA analog output (AO) signal. This display
also shows the status parameters that are read through an EtherNet/IP
connection from the PowerFlex drive. For details on VFD status, see your
PowerFlex drive user manual.
Figure 152 - VFD Status Display

Historical Data
The Historical Data display has seven pages. Access and progress through the
pages of a display by pressing the arrows at the bottom of the display.
Historical Time
This display (Figure 153) shows the cumulative/last runtime and rest time and
cumulative stroke count. Yesterday's and current runtime percent, runtime,
PPRL, MPRL, number of strokes, average SPM are also shown on this display.
Figure 153 - Historical Data Display 1: Historical Time
Row Description
1 Run Time:
• Cumulative - The total accumulated minutes of runtime since commissioning of the controller.
• Last - The time the well was in Run state before last shutdown.
2 Rest Time:
• Cumulative - The total accumulated minutes of rest time since the last commissioning of the controller.
• Last - The time the well has been in Rest state before last shutdown.
3 Cumulative Stroke Count: The total number of strokes since commissioning of the controller.
4 Run Time %:
• Yesterday - The total accumulated Runtime Percentage from yesterday.
• Current - The total accumulated Runtime Percentage for the current day.
5 Run Time:
• Yesterday - The total accumulated runtime from yesterday.
• Current - The total accumulated runtime for the current day.
6 PPRL:
• Yesterday - The total accumulated Peak Polished Rod Load value from yesterday.
• Current - The total accumulated Peak Polished Rod Load value for the current day.
7 MPRL:
• Yesterday - The total accumulated Minimum Polished Rod Load value from yesterday.
• Current - The total accumulated Minimum Polished Rod Load value for the current day.
8 Number of Strokes:
• Yesterday - The total accumulated Number of Strokes from yesterday.
• Current - The total accumulated Number of Strokes for the current day.
9 Average SPM:
• Yesterday - The total accumulated Average SPM from yesterday.
• Current - The total accumulated Average SPM for the current day.
10 Malfunction Count:
• Yesterday - The total number of malfunctions from yesterday.
• Current - The total accumulated malfunctions for the current day.

Life Counters
This display shows the total life and production values since commissioning.
You can also reset the life counters from this display.
Figure 154 - Historical Data Display 2: Life Counters
Row Description
1 Rod Life: The time and the stroke cycles of the rod.
2 Pump Life: The time and the stroke cycles of the pump jack.
3 Belt Life: The time and the stroke cycles of the belt.
4 Accumulated Power Consumption: This value is polled directly from the Powerflex 750 drive from
parameter 14 “Elapsed KWH”. This parameter cannot be reset from the Optilift RPC.
5 Liquid Production: This parameter counts and accumulates the liquid production that is calculated. You
can reset this value to zero through a coil status register.
6 Oil Production: This parameter counts and accumulates the oil production that is calculated. You can reset
this value to zero through a coil status register.
7 Water Production: This parameter counts and accumulates the water production that is calculated. You
can reset this value to zero through a coil status register.
8 Gas Production: This parameter counts and accumulates the gas production that is calculated. You can
reset this value to zero through a coil status register.
9 Reset Life Counters: Press this button to reset all values on this display to zero.

Production Totalizers
This display shows yesterday's, current, and projected production of liquid, oil,
water, and gas. It also displays the instant liquid, oil, water, and gas flowrates.
Figure 155 - Historical Data Display 3: Production Totalizers
Row Description
1 Liquid Production:
• Yesterday - The total accumulated Liquid Volume from the well from yesterday.
• Current - The total accumulated Liquid Volume from the well for the current day since GOT.
• Projected - The total projected Liquid Volume from the well.
2 Oil Production:
• Yesterday - The total accumulated Oil Volume from the well from yesterday.
• Current - The total accumulated Oil Volume from the well for the current day since GOT.
• Projected - The total projected Oil Volume from the well.
3 Water Production:
• Yesterday - The total accumulated Water Volume from the well from yesterday.
• Current - The total accumulated Water Volume from the well for the current day since GOT.
• Projected - The total projected Water Volume from the well.
4 Gas Production:
• Yesterday - The total accumulated Gas Volume from the well from yesterday.
• Current - The total accumulated Gas Volume from the well for the current day since GOT.
• Projected - The total projected Gas Volume from the well.
5 Liquid Flowrate (Instant): The current estimated liquid flowrate.
6 Oil Flowrate (Instant): The current estimated oil flowrate.
7 Water Flowrate (Instant): The current estimated water flowrate.
8 Gas Flowrate (Instant): The current estimated gas flowrate.

Fluid Level Data
This display shows the fluid level data including the current fluid load, fluid
level, pump submergence, and pump intake pressure. It also shows the average/
maximum/minimum for today’s/yesterday’s PIP, and fluid level.
Figure 156 - Historical Data Display 4: Fluid Level Data
Row Description
1 Fluid Load: The current value of fluid load (lb).
2 Fluid Level: The current fluid level that is calculated from Downhole card.
3 Pump Submergence: The current pump submergence level.
4 Pump Intake Pressure: The current pump intake pressure that is calculated from the current fluid level.
5/6 Today’s/Yesterday’s PIP: The average/maximum/minimum pump intake pressure from the current/
previous day.
7/8 Today’s/Yesterday’s Fluid Level: The average/maximum/minimum fluid level from the current/previous
day.

Production IPR
This display allows you to navigate to the two production IPR graphs:
• IPR straight line
• IPR two-phase reservoir (Vogel).
To select either graph, press the up ( )/down ( ) buttons to choose the

desired graph and then press the Enter ( ) button. Once the desired graph is
selected, press the View button to view the graph.
Figure 157 - Historical Data Display 5: Production IPR
The IPR graphs displays IPR versus OFR card for IPR straight line and two-
phase reservoir (Vogel). The IPR graphs are updated automatically. The refresh
rate is half of the SPM. The current IPR and OFR values are indicated on the
graph with a red crosshair.
Figure 158 - IPR Graphs

90-day Accumulator
The last two Historical Data displays let you navigate to the historical data
faceplates listed in the table following Figure 159.
The View button is used to navigate to the historical data faceplates. These
historical data faceplates show the last 90 days of accumulated values for each
parameter. This data is saved locally in the OptiLift RPC data accumulator.
Figure 159 - Historical Data Displays 6 and 7: 90-day Accumulators
Display 6 Display 7
Row Description
Display 6
1 Pump Cycle ON/OFF: Displays a graph of pump on/off cycles (accumulated at GOT) for the last 90 days.
1 Runtime: Displays a graph of runtime per day (accumulated at GOT) for the last 90 days.
2 % Runtime: Displays a graph of percentage runtime per day (accumulated at GOT) for the last 90 days.
3 Liquid Volume: Displays a graph of liquid volume per day (accumulated at GOT) for the last 90 days.
4 Oil Volume: Displays a graph of oil volume per day (accumulated at GOT) for the last 90 days.
5 Water Volume: Displays a graph of water volume per day (accumulated at GOT) for the last 90 days.
6 Gas Volume: Displays a graph of gas volume per day (accumulated at GOT) for the last 90 days.
7 Daily Stroke Count: Displays a graph of daily stroke count per day (accumulated at GOT) for the last 90
days.
Display 7
1/2 Minimum/Maximum Load: Displays a graph of minimum/maximum load per day (accumulated at
GOT) for the last 90 days.
3 Average Pump Fillage: Displays a graph of average pump fillage per day (accumulated at GOT) for the
last 90 days.
4 Average SPM: Displays a graph of average SPM per day (accumulated at GOT) for the last 90 days.
5 Average/Minimum/Maximum PIP: Displays a graph of average/minimum/maximum PIP per day
(accumulated at GOT) for the last 90 days.
6 Average/Minimum/Maximum Fluid Level: Displays a graph of average/minimum/maximum fluid
level per day (accumulated at GOT) for the last 90 days.
7 Reset Accumulators: Press this button to reset the 90-day accumulated data.

Gas Flow Data
The Gas Flow Data display has five pages. These displays show real-time data
that is collected from EFM calculations. To configure gas flow alarms, see Gas
Flow Alarm Configuration on page 184.
Figure 160 - Gas Flow Data Displays
IMPORTANT ISaGRAF must be running to enable this application.
Display 1: Instantaneous Parameters
Displays 2 and 3: AGA 3 Output Parameters
Display 4: AGA 7/AGA 9 Output Parameters Display 5: AGA 8 Output Parameters

Configuration The Configuration display provides the navigation links listed in the table
following Figure 161.
Display
Figure 161 - Configuration Display 1
1 10
2
3
4
9
5
6
7
Item Description
1 Well Configuration (page 138)
2 Pump Configuration (page 140)
3 Sensor Configuration (page 151)
4 Fixed Speed Configuration (page 155)
5 VFD Configuration (page 160)
6 Alarm Configuration (page 167)
7 General Configuration (page 176)
8 Quick Start (page 205)
9 Hardware & Diagnostics (page 181)
10 Gas Flow Alarm Configuration (page 184)

Press the right arrow to access the User Control display. This display lets you
log in, log out, or change user passwords. For more information on this display,
see User Administration on page 205.
Figure 162 - Configuration Display 2: User Control
Well Configuration

the well is in “Stopped State” before attempting to select/change operation
mode. The state can be confirmed from the Well Basic Data display.
To put the OptiLift RPC in “Stopped State,” see Start and Stop the Motor on
page 272.
Operation Mode
This display lets you select one of the following well operation mode options:
• Fixed Speed Timer
• Fixed Speed Pump Fillage
• Fixed Speed Pump Off
• Fixed Speed Manual
• Variable Speed Pump Fillage
• Variable Speed Manual
• Variable Speed Pump Off
To select an operating mode, use the up ( )/down ( ) buttons to choose

the desired mode and press the Enter ( ) button. The selected operation
mode is highlighted with a white background.
For definitions of Operation Modes, see Well Operation Modes on page 13.

Figure 163 - Operation Mode (in Stopped State)
1 2
Item Description
1 Up/Down Arrow Buttons (1): Press these arrow buttons to choose an operation mode from the list.
2 Enter Button (1): Press to select operation mode.
(1) If Novemberyour well is running, these buttons do not appear.

Pump Configuration
The Pump Configuration display has 8…13 pages (depending on how many
tapers are configured). Access and progress through the pages of a display by
pressing the arrows at the bottom of the display.
IMPORTANT You must complete all parts of pump configuration to properly commission
the well.
On this display (Figure 164), you can search the local OptiLift RPC database
for common API unit dimensions or configure the pump equipment manually.
The pump can also be configured manually. Standard API dimensions are specific
to the pumping unit and can be found in the pumping unit documentation.
Figure 164 - Pump Configuration Display 1: Pump Equipment Configuration
Row Description
1 Pump Type: Used to select the pumping unit from the menu. Options include Crank Balanced, Beam Balanced, Air Balanced, and Linear.
2 Pump Model: Used to select the pumping model from the menu.
• Crank Balanced Pump type options: Conventional, Mark II, Reverse Mark, Ampscot, Maximizer, Maximizer II, Enhanced Geometry, Front Mounted, and TorqMax.
• Beam Balanced Pump type options: Churchill Pump Model.
• Air Balanced Pump type options: Air Balanced.
• Linear Pump type options: 900, 1100, 1150, and 1151.
3 Manufacturer: Used to select the manufacturer for a selected pump type and pump model.
• Crank Balanced Conventional Model: Lufkin, Vulcan, LS PetroChem, and Other.
• Crank Balanced Mark II and Reverse Mark Models: Lufkin and Other
• Crank Balanced Ampscot, Maximizer, and Maximizer II Models: Weatherford and Other
• Crank Balanced Enhanced Geometry Model: LS PetroChem and Other
• Crank Balanced Front Mounted Model: Vulcan and Other
• Crank Balanced TorqMax Model: Schlumberger and Other
• Beam Balanced Churchill Model and Air Balanced Model: Lufkin and Others
• Linear 900, 1100, 1150 and 1151 Models: Weatherford
4 Search Database: This button lets you configure the OptiLift RPC automatically with the pumping unit dimensions from the internal database. While using the search
database option, you must enter the correct pumping unit type, pumping model, manufacturer, allowable design torque, load, and maximum stroke length. Once the unit
is found in the database, the dimensions R, K, C, P, A, and I for the selected pumping unit are displayed. See Figure 165 on page 141 for details.
5 Configure Manually: When selected, a screen with all pump equipment dimensions appears. You can edit the pump torque, load, stroke length, and dimensions (R, K,
C, P, A, and I) from this screen. Once the correct information is entered, you must press Set to configure it successfully. See Figure 167 on page 143 for details.

This faceplate (Figure 165) appears when the Search Database button is
pressed on Pump Configuration display (Figure 164 on page 140). Here, you
can enter the maximum allowable pump torque, pump load, and stroke length.
When the Search button is pressed, several default parameters and dimensions
(R, K, C, P, A, and I) are populated on a new screen if the search is successful.
Figure 165 - Search Database
Row Description
1 Pump Type: The Pump Type selected on the Pump Equipment Configuration display (Figure 164 on
page 140).
2 Pump Model: The Pump Model that is selected on the Pump Equipment Configuration display (Figure 164
on page 140).
3 Manufacturer: The Manufacturer that is selected on the Pump Equipment Configuration display
(Figure 164 on page 140).
4 Pump Torque: The torque value of a particular pump unit that is required.
5 Pump Load: The load value of a particular pump unit that is required.
6 Max Stroke Length: The maximum stroke length value of a particular pump unit that is required.
7 Search: The Search button starts the search for the pumping unit in the internal database. Once a pump
that meets the specified requirements is found, the standard dimensions are loaded. You can configure the
values.

This faceplate (Figure 166) appears after a successful pump search. You can
configure the variables as required by your well system.
When the parameters are configured and the Set button is pressed, all
configured values are saved in the database in the respective parameters. The
configured pumping unit is then set as the active pumping unit.
Figure 166 - Pump Configuration
Row Description
1 Pump Unit: It displays the selected Pump Unit in the form of Unit Number. This Unit is made by the
combination of Pump Type, Pump Model, and Manufacturer.
2 Pump Torque: The torque value of the searched pump unit.
3 Pump Load: The Load value of the searched pump unit.
4 Max Stroke Length: The maximum stroke length value of the searched pump unit.
5 Surface Stroke Length: Polished rod displacement value during an upstroke or downstroke for the
searched pump unit.
6…11 R, K, C, P, A, I, H, and G Dimension: API dimension of searched pump unit.
12 Phase Angle: An offset angle value (in degrees) on the crank angle. This value is provided by the pump
manufacturer for each pumping unit.
13 Set: When pressed, this button updates all pumping unit parameters that are configured on this screen to
the internal database and sets the pumping unit as the active pump.

This two-page faceplate (Figure 167) appears when the Configure Manually
button is pressed on Pump Equipment Configuration display (Figure 164 on
page 140).
The Manual Configuration faceplate lets you configure pump torque, pump
load, maximum stroke length, surface stroke length, API dimensions (R, K, C,
P, A, I, H, and G), and phase angle. It displays the pump ID, pump unit, pump
type, pump model, and manufacturer as per the selection done on Pump
Equipment Configuration display.
Once the parameters are configured as required, press the Set button to update
all pump unit parameters in the local database.
Figure 167 - Manual Configuration
TIP See Figure 166 on page 142 for parameter definitions.

Fluid Properties
This display lets you configure the fluid parameters such as oil density, specific
gravity of gas, specific gravity of water, bottomhole temperature, calculated
fluid level control, fluid level, water cut, gas-oil ratio, and static reservoir
pressure.
These parameters help to achieve accurate well production data and are used
for calculating the estimated oil, water, and total flow rate. The information
must be entered in the proper units.
Figure 168 - Pump Configuration Display 2: Fluid Properties
Row Description
1 Oil Density: The oil density of the produced oil per API degree must be entered correctly for a correct oil
production estimate. One can get this data from well test reports.
2 Specific Gravity of Gas: The specific gravity of gas that is produced which is used in the production
estimate. This data can be found in the well test reports.
3 Specific Gravity of Water: The specific gravity of water that is produced which is used in the production
estimate. This data can be found in the well test reports.
4 Bottomhole Temperature: The bottomhole temperature to obtain accurate production estimates from
the calculations. One can get this data from well test reports.
5 Calculated Fluid Level: When checked, this feature allows calculated fluid level from the fluid level
6 Fluid Level: The correct fluid level to obtain accurate production estimates from the calculations. One can
get this data from well test reports. This setting is enabled when the 'Calculated Fluid Level' checkbox is
unchecked.
7 Water Cut: The correct water cut to obtain accurate production estimates from the calculations. One can
get this data from well test reports.
8 Gas Oil Ratio: The Gas Oil Ratio to obtain accurate production estimates from the calculations.
9 Static Reservoir Pressure: The Static Pressure of the Well to obtain accurate production estimates from
the calculations.

Pump Parameters
This display lets you configure the Pump Diameter, Pump Depth, Tubing ID,
Pump Efficiency, and Depth of Perforation.
These parameters help to achieve accurate well production data and are used
for calculating the estimated oil, water, and total flow rate. All information
must be entered in the proper units.
Figure 169 - Pump Configuration Display 3: Pump Parameters
Row Description
1 Pump Diameter: The pump plunger diameter is used for the downhole calculations. Incorrect
information yields erroneous downhole calculation results. This information is found in the well completion
data.
calculations. Incorrect information yields erroneous downhole calculation results. This information is found
in the well completion data.
The OptiLift RPC database has the most commonly used tubing sizes. If your tubing size does not exist in the
database, you can manually enter it via the HMI display.
4 Pump Efficiency: It is used for providing the Volumetric Pump Efficiency. (Range = 0…1)
5 Depth of Perforation: It is used for providing the Depth of Perforation. (Range = 0…50,000)

Fluid Level Cutoff Setting
This display lets you configure a reasonable range of load data on the
downstroke and upstroke section of the downhole card. It also provides to
enable or disable the fluid level calculation feature.
In general, the cutoff points are the position values corresponding to the load
transfer to the traveling valve during the upstroke and to the standing valve
during the downstroke.
Figure 170 - Pump Configuration Display 4: Fluid Level Cutoff Settings
Row Description
1 Fluid Level Calculation: When checked, this feature allows calculated fluid level from the fluid level
2 Cutoff Upstroke 1: The lower position value at which load is transferred to the traveling valve and it is
closed. This value is the first inflexion point on the upstroke.
3 Cutoff Upstroke 2: The last inflexion point on the upstroke when the traveling valve starts open and
downstroke begins.
4 Cutoff Downstroke: The downstroke load cutoff value.
6 Surface Card/Downhole Card Plot: The single plot is updated automatically. The refresh rate is half of
the SPM. If the SPM is 3, the refresh time is 10 seconds.

Fluid Level Settings
This display lets you configure low fluid level above pump intake limit, low PIP
limit, and fluid load correction factor.
These parameters are used in the generation of low fluid level and low PIP
warnings.
Figure 171 - Pump Configuration Display 5: Fluid Level Settings
Row Description
1 Low Fluid Level above the Pump Intake Limit: Low fluid level above the pump intake warning is
generated if calculated fluid level is greater than, or if the calculated submergence is less than, this value.
2 Low PIP Limit: Low PIP Warning is generated if calculated PIP is less than this value.
3 Fluid Load Correction Factor: The correction factor for fluid load.

Belt Slippage
This display lets you provide a reference RPS and belt slippage error percentage
to detect a belt slippage alarm.
This display shows current measured RPS and provides a method for RPS
synchronization. When the RPS Synchronization button is pressed, the system
provides you with a reference RPS that is measured during the RPS
synchronization. If this value is accepted, then it is saved as a reference RPS
against which belt slippage alarm is detected.
Figure 172 - Pump Configuration Display 6: Belt Slippage
Row Description
1 Reference RPS: Reference RPS value is used to calculate the percentage belt slippage.
2 Belt Slippage Limit: If the calculated belt slippage is more than the reference belt slippage by this limit,
then the belt slippage alarm is generated.
Motor Configuration
This display lets you configure motor parameters such as motor sheave size,
mechanical efficiency, gearbox sheave size, gearbox ratio, motor nominal speed,
and motor nominal frequency.
Accurate motor configuration helps assure that the OptiLift RPC can detect a
strokes per minute (SPM) error alarm. This alarm comes from a mismatch
between measured SPM and SPM from the VFD-commanded frequency.
The number of tapers are also configured from this display.

Figure 173 - Pump Configuration Display 7: Motor Configuration
Row Description
1 Motor Sheave Size: The size (in inches) is used for calculating the estimated expected SPM from the
2 Mechanical Efficiency: The mechanical efficiency of the pumping unit and the speed reducer.
(Range = 0…100).
3 Gear Box Sheave Size: The size (in inches) is used for calculating the estimated expected SPM from the
4 Gear Box Ratio: This ratio is used for calculating the estimated expected SPM from the commanded
frequency.
5 Motor Nominal Speed: The nominal speed (in revolutions per minute [RPM]) is used for calculating the
estimated expected SPM from the commanded frequency.
6 Motor Nominal Frequency: The frequency (in Hz) is used for calculating the estimated expected SPM
from the commanded frequency.
7 Number of Tapers: The number of rod tapers in the rod string. (Range = 0… 6) (1)
(1) When a continuous single taper rod is used, enter a value of 1 and enter the material and the length of the entire rod string as
one rod taper (Figure 174 on page 150).
Taper Configuration
These displays let you configure the taper parameters. Taper configuration is
vital for downhole calculations from the surface card. Incorrect information
yields erroneous downhole calculations and decreases overall accuracy of the
OptiLift RPC.
Each taper is configured on another display. You can navigate to each display
with the left and right arrow buttons at the bottom of the display.
The number of taper configuration displays that are visible depends on the
number of tapers that are entered in Figure 173 on page 149.

Figure 174 - Pump Configuration Display 8…13: Taper Configuration
Row Description
1 Material Type: The rod material options include:
• Fiberglass round
• Steel elliptical
• Steel round
There is an option for adding a steel sinker-bar, indicated by Steel-Round_SB. A steel-round sinker bar is
added to the last taper.
2 Rod Diameter: Enter the rod diameter (in inches) by selecting it from the database. The most commonly
used diameters for API rods are available in the database.
3 Rod Weight: Specify the rod weight (in lb•ft) for each taper.
4 Total Rod Length: Specify the total length of rods (in feet) in each taper.
5 Young's Modulus: Specify the Young's Modulus for each taper.
6 Well Deviation: If the well is deviated, specify the estimated well deviation (in degrees) at each section of
the rod tapers.
7 Damping Factor: Enter the correct damping factor for calculating the downhole card. This value must be
equal across all tapers. The damping factor allows for adjustment of incorrect downhole cards due to any
forces that dampen the rod string vibrations. The damping factor can be obtained from the software
program that was used for deigning the well rod string. This value is kept by default between 0.01…0.1.

Sensor Configuration
The Sensor Configuration display has two pages that let you configure your
position and load sensors. Access and progress through the pages of a display by
pressing the arrows at the bottom of the display.
Position Sensor
This display lets you configure position sensor settings. It provides selection of
the following position sensor types:
• Inclinometer (Figure 175)
• Hall Effect-Crank Arm (Figure 176 on page 152)
• Hall Effect-Crank Arm/RPM (Figure 177 on page 153)
• Proximity/RPM Sensors (Figure 178 on page 154)
You can select the position sensor type from the menu with the up ( )/
down ( ) and Enter ( ) buttons. The sensor type determines the
configuration parameters that are shown.
Figure 175 - Position Sensor: Inclinometer
Row Description
1 Sensor Type: Used to select the sensor type from Inclinometer, Hall Effect-Crank Arm, Hall Effect-Crank
Arm/RPM, and Proximity/RPM Sensors.
2 Signal Range Min: The minimum value of inclinometer signal. This value is in Volts or mA depending
upon the input type of the position channel AI 3. (Range = 0…22 mA or 0…5.12V)
3 Signal Range Max: The maximum value of inclinometer signal. This value is in Volts or mA depending
upon the input type of the position channel AI 3. (Range = 0…22 mA or 0…5.12V)
4 Position Range Min: The minimum value of inclinometer position range. This value denotes the
minimum stroke length or range the inclinometer travels. (Range = 0…400 in.)
5 Position Range Max: The maximum value of inclinometer position range. This value denotes the
minimum stroke length or range the inclinometer travels. (Range = 0…400 in.)

Figure 176 - Position Sensor: Hall Effect - Crank Arm and Crank Arm/RPM
Row Description
2 Hall Effect Crank Arm Signal: Used to set the crank arm DI active status as High. For example, if the DI is
1, then only it detects a High or Low signal.
3 Crank Arm Installation: Used to set the crank sensor location whether At Bottom or On Top of the stroke.
6 Crank Offset: Used to set crank angle deviation. (Range = -180…180)

Figure 177 - Position Sensor: Hall Effect - Crank Arm/RPM
Row Description
2 Hall Effect Crank Arm Signal: Used to set the crank arm DI active status as High. For example, if the DI is
1, then only it detects a High or Low signal.
3 Crank Arm Installation: Used to set the crank sensor location whether At Bottom or On Top of the stroke.
6 RPM Alarm Time: The duration for which if the RPM count that is received from RPM sensor is not varying
then the Alarm bit is set and the configured alarm action is taken.
7 Low RPM Limit: Used to set Low RPM alarm limit such that if the current RPM is less than this value the
8 Low RPM Start Detect Delay Time: The duration for which the OptiLift RPC waits after starting before
beginning the detection of low RPM alarms.
9 Crank Offset: Used to set crank angle deviation. (Range = -180…180)

Figure 178 - Position Sensor: Proximity/RPM
IMPORTANT The Proximity/RPM sensor type is only applicable to Linear pumping units.
Row Description
2 Proximity Sensor Active Level: Used to set the proximity sensor DI active status as High. For example, if
the DI is 1, then only it detects a High or Low signal.
3 Proximity Alarm Time: The time duration for which if there is no trigger from the proximity sensor then it
sets the Alarm bit and the configured Alarm action is taken. It is the same as Crank Arm Alarm Time.
4 RPM Alarm Time: The duration for which if the RPM count that is received from RPM sensor is not varying
then the Alarm bit is set and the configured alarm action is taken.
5 Low RPM Limit: Used to set Low RPM alarm limit such that if the current RPM is less than this value the
6 Low RPM Start Detect Delay Time: The duration for which the OptiLift RPC waits after starting before
beginning the detection of low RPM alarms.

Load Sensor
This display lets you configure load sensor settings (signal range or load range).
Figure 179 - Load Sensor
Row Description
1/2 Signal Range Min/Max: The minimum/maximum value of load cell signal range. This value is in volts or
mA depending upon the input type of the load channel AI1. (Range = 0…22 mA or 0…5.12V)
3/4 Load Range Min/Max: The minimum/maximum value of load cell range (in pounds).
(Range = 0…50,000 [min], 30,000…50,000 [max])
Fixed Speed Configuration
The Fixed Speed Configuration display has two pages. Access and progress
through the pages of a display by pressing the arrows at the bottom of the
display.
Pump Off Setting
On this display, when the pump off load and position value is set using the up/
down (for load) and right/left (for position) ramp buttons, the corresponding
load and position pump off points are shown on the Pump Off card with a red
crosshair. The pump off values that are selected using the arrow buttons are
shown in the current value column. Once you are satisfied with the pump off
point values, you can press the Save button to save the selected pump off points
to the OptiLift RPC. These points are used for further pump off condition
detection. Once saved the selected pump off point load and position values are
reflected in the EU value column. The maximum allowed load and position are
also displayed for your reference.
You must set the number of successive cards that the OptiLift RPC lets the
well run after a pump-off condition is detected. A value of 1 shuts down the
well immediately after detecting a pump-off condition.

Figure 180 - Fixed Speed Configuration Display 1: Pump Off Setting
Row Description
1 Load: The load on the surface card where the pump-off setpoint is placed for the well to shut off once a
pump-off condition is detected. This value is converted to percentage and is calculated away from the
minimum load when the Save button is pressed. (Range: 0…100)
2 Position: The Position on the surface card where the pump-off setpoint is placed for the well to shut off
once a pump-off condition is detected. This value is converted to percentage and is calculated away from
the minimum position. (Range: 0…100)
3 Successive Cards: The number of consecutive pump-off cards that must be detected before stopping the
pump. A value of 1 shuts down the well immediately after detecting a pump-off condition. (Range: 1…10)
4 Ramp Left/Right Buttons: Used to set the value of Position Pump off Set Point.
Ramp Up/Down Buttons: Used to set the value of Load Pump off Set Point.
5 Ramp Fast/Slow Button: This button is used to toggle between two ramping speeds for both Load and
Position ramp buttons.
6 Save Button: When the Save button is pressed, the pump-off setpoint is saved in the desired location on
the surface card. The pump-off setpoint card can then be recalled from the Pumping System Analysis
display (page 188).
8 Surface Card Plot: The single plot is updated automatically. The refresh rate is half of the SPM. If the SPM
is 3, the refresh time is 10 seconds.

POC Time Setting
This display (Figure 181) lets you configure the fixed speed configuration
parameters for pump off controller (POC) mode such as startup period, max
runtime, and rest time.
The unit of startup period can be selected as stroke or minute with the up/
down buttons.
Figure 181 - Fixed Speed Configuration Display 2: POC Time Setting
Row Description
1 Startup Period: The time that the OptiLift RPC waits in Start state before checking for a pump-off
condition. The startup period allows gassy wells to settle before checking for a pump-off condition. The
startup period can be set in number of minutes or strokes. The default start period is 1 minute.
(Range = 0…20 minutes or strokes)
2 Max Run Time: The time (in minutes) that the OptiLift RPC allows the well to run in POC mode. This value
is kept by default at 1440 minutes to cycle the well for a day. (Range = 1…1440)
3 Rest Time: The time (in minutes) that the well rests when it enters Rest state after a pump-off condition is
detected. (Range = 1…1440)

The manual timer setting has to be preconfigured before operating the well in
Fixed Speed Timer operation mode.
Set the start time, runtime, and the rest time properly to operate the well in
Fixed Speed Timer operation mode. Press the Enter ( ) button on the
popup keypad to configure the Fixed Speed Timer settings successfully.
Figure 182 - Fixed Speed Configuration Display 4: Fixed Speed Timer Setting
Row Description
1 Start Time: The number of minutes to allow the well to stabilize in Fixed Speed Timer mode before the
well starts checking for alarms and other conditions. This time is kept at 1 minute to allow the well to
stabilize. (Range = 0…20)
2 Run Time: The number of minutes that the well runs in Fixed Speed Timer mode before it cycles OFF to
Rest state. (Range = 0…21 days, 0…23 hr, 1…59 min.)
3 Rest Time: The number of minutes that the well rests in Fixed Speed Timer mode before it cycles ON to
Run state. (Range = 0…21 days, 0…23 hr, 1…59 min.)

Fixed Speed Pump Fillage
This display lets you configure all parameters that are required to operate the
well in Fixed Speed Pump Fillage mode.
In Fixed Speed Pump Fillage mode, the OptiLift RPC sends a command to
stop the well for a rest period after a number of successive downhole cards has
been detected with the calculated pump fillage below the desired target pump
fillage.
Figure 183 - Fixed Speed Configuration Display 5: Fixed Speed Pump Fillage
Row Description
1 Startup Period: The time that the OptiLift RPC waits in Start state before checking for a pump-off
condition. The startup period allows gassy wells to settle before checking for a pump-off condition. The
startup period can be set in number of minutes or strokes. The start period is kept at 1 minute by default.
(Range = 0…20)
2 Rest Time: The time (in minutes) that the well rests when it enters Rest state after a pump-off condition is
detected. (Range = 1…1440)
3 Pump Fillage Set Point: The value (in percent) of the desired target Pump Fillage. The OptiLift RPC shuts
down the pump when the current calculated Pump Fillage percent falls below the target Pump Fillage
percent after the configured number of successive cards. (Range = 0…100)
4 Pump Fillage Deadband: This percentage is used to calculate and compare the Pump Fillage Setpoint to
the current Pump Fillage. This calculation helps the OptiLift RPC decide whether to send the pump to rest or
keep the pump running. If the current pump fillage is within ±3% of the target fillage, the OptiLift RPC
does not put the pump in rest unless it falls below of the ±3% deadband. If the pump fillage number is
below the pump fillage deadband, the OptiLift RPC puts the pump to rest. The OptiLift RPC keeps the pump
running if the pump fillage number is above the deadband. (Range = 0…100)
5 Number of Cards to Average Pump Fillage: The number of cards that are used to calculate the average
Pump Fillage. This value defaults to five cards. Increase this value as needed for greater Pump Fillage
accuracy. (Range = 1…50)
6 Number of Successive Cards: The number of consecutive cards in which the calculated Pump Fillage is
lower than the configured Pump Fillage Setpoint before the OptiLift RPC shuts down the pump.
(Range = 1…10)

VFD Configuration
The VFD Configuration display has 11 pages. Access and progress through the
VFD Pump off Setting
This display helps visualize control parameters relative to the surface card
during Variable Speed Pump Off operation mode.
Figure 184 - VFD Configuration Display 1: VFD Pump Off Setting
Row Description
1 Load: The maximum permissible Load value, Current Load Pump Off Setpoint set using the Ramp Up/Down
buttons and the EU value of the Load Pump Off Setpoint.
2 Position: The maximum permissible Position value, Current Position Pump Off Setpoint set using the
Ramp Left/Right buttons and the EU value of the Position Pump Off Setpoint.
3 Pump Off DB (Deadband): This percentage is used by the OptiLift RPC to decide whether to maintain,
increase, or decrease the pumping speed based on pump-off conditions. The OptiLift RPC maintains the
current speed if downstroke intersection point falls inside of the deadband. The OptiLift RPC speeds up the
pump if the downstroke intersection point falls outside to the right of the deadband. The OptiLift RPC slows
down the pump if the downstroke intersection falls outside to the left of the deadband.
4 Successive Cards: The number of cards in which the strokes can fall outside the deadband before speed is
adjusted.
5 Ramp Left/Right Buttons: Used to set the value of Position Pump off setpoint.
Ramp Up/Down Buttons: Used to set the value of Load Pump off setpoint.
6 Ramp Fast/Slow: This button is used to toggle between two ramping speeds for both Load and Position
ramp buttons.
7 Save: When the Save button is pressed, the pump-off setpoint is saved in the desired location on the
surface card. Then, the pump-off setpoint card can be recalled from the Pumping System Analysis display
(page 188).

RPC Control Configuration
This display lets you configure parameters to verify accurate control and
appropriate response in variable-speed operation modes. These settings require
fine-tuning during commissioning and startup.
Figure 185 - VFD Configuration Display 2: RPC Control Configuration
Row Description
1 Pump Fillage Set Point: The value (in percent) of the desired target Pump Fillage. The OptiLift RPC either slows down or
speeds up the Pump based on the comparison between the current calculated Pump Fillage percent and the target Pump
Fillage percent.
2 Load Cut Off Set Point: This parameter allows the OptiLift RPC to calculate the Pump Fillage accurately when looking for the
effective stroke-inflection point. For instance, if it is set to 45%, the OptiLift RPC starts looking from 45% between the End of
upstroke to the beginning of the downstroke of the downhole card.
3 Pump Fillage Deadband: This percentage is used to calculate and compare the Pump Fillage to the current Pump Fillage.
This allows the OptiLift RPC to decide whether to maintain, increase, or decrease the pumping speed. For instance, if the
current Pump Fillage is within ±3% of the target Fillage, the OptiLift RPC does not change the pumping speed unless it falls
outside of the ±3% deadband. If the pump fillage number is below the Pump Fillage Deadband, the OptiLift RPC slows down.
The OptiLift RPC speeds up if the pump fillage number is above the deadband.
4 Frequency Increment Step: The percentage of the minimum working frequency increment step size that the OptiLift RPC
sends to the VFD to increase speed.
5 Frequency Decrement Step: The percentage of the minimum working frequency decrement step size that the OptiLift RPC
sends to the VFD to decrease speed.
6 Control Cycle Time: The time (in minutes) that the OptiLift RPC waits before it sends another command to increase or
decrease the speed to reach the target Pump Fillage or the target pump-off setpoint. After the time has elapsed, the OptiLift
RPC checks for the Pump Fillage or the target pump-off setpoint again to decide whether to adjust the speed. This value is
adjusted depending on the operating conditions of the well. Some wells need more time than others to stabilize.
7 Working Min Frequency: The OptiLift RPC does not allow the frequency to go below the minimum working frequency
during normal operation. The minimum working frequency helps prevent the VFD from going below this limit when the
OptiLift RPC slows the pump down. This parameter also corresponds to the minimum working SPM allowed.
8 Working Max Frequency: The OptiLift RPC does not allow the frequency to go above the maximum working frequency
during normal operation. The maximum working frequency helps prevent the VFD from going above this limit when the
OptiLift RPC speeds up the pump. This parameter also corresponds to the maximum working SPM allowed.
9 Startup Frequency: The initial frequency at which the OptiLift RPC commands the VFD to run whenever the OptiLift RPC
starts.
10 VFD Startup Time: The time period that the OptiLift RPC waits before it checks for a dry well condition and applies control to
the well. This time period allows the well to stabilize before checking for any condition.
11 Manual Mode: Fixed Frequency: The commanded frequency that the VFD maintains in Variable Speed Manual operation
mode. The OptiLift RPC commands the VFD to operate at this fixed frequency until this value is changed.

VFD Control Signal and VFD Speed Command
This display lets you configure the VFD control signal for controlling the
VFD. It also lets you configure the analog output characteristics of the defined
VFD Speed Command.
Figure 186 - VFD Configuration Display 3: VFD Control Signal and VFD Speed Command
Row Description
1 EtherNet/IP (1): Used to select the VFD Control Signal for controlling VFD. Options available are Hardwired
and EtherNet/IP.
2 Output Signal Min: The minimum output signal from the 4…20 mA signal for speed command to the
VFD; it must be kept at 4 mA.
3 Output Signal Max: The maximum output signal from the 4…20 mA signal for speed command to the
VFD; it must be kept at 20 mA.
4/5 EU Min/Max: The engineering value corresponding to 4…20 mA and EtherNet/IP. This value is the
minimum/maximum frequencies in the range.
(1) Only applicable to PowerFlex 753 drives.

Fluid Pound Prevention
This display lets you configure the upstroke and downstroke speed to help
prevent fluid pound. This feature is applicable only when Hall Effect/RPM or
Proximity/RPM position sensors are used.
Table 7 - Fluid Pound Prevention
Feature Description
Fluid Pound • The barrel is pushing into the collected fluid.
Prevention 1 (FPP 1) • The rate of decent slows to lessen the stress that is placed on
(Drop Portion the pumping system.
of Stroke) • Speed percentage is configurable within this zone.
FPP FPP
• The start of the speed adjustment is configurable
1 2 (percentage of stroke length)
Fluid Pound • The barrel is lifting the collected fluid.
Prevention 2 (FPP 2) • The rate of ascent increases to compensate for a reduced
(Lift Portion drop time.
of Stroke) • Speed percentage is configurable within this zone.
• The start of the speed adjustment is configurable
(percentage of stroke length)
Figure 187 - VFD Configuration Display 4: Fluid Pound Prevention
Row Description
1 Fluid Pound Prevention 1: Check this box to enable the Fluid Pound Prevention 1 feature.
2 Fluid Pound Prevention 1 Position: The percent of stroke length at which the speed varies as per the
Fluid Pound Prevention Velocity 1 setting.
3 Fluid Pound Prevention1 Velocity: The percent of reference speed by which the speed varies at the Fluid
Pound Prevention Position 1.
4 Fluid Pound Prevention 2: Check this box to enable the Fluid Pound Prevention 2 feature.
5 Fluid Pound Prevention 2 Position: The percent of stroke length at which the speed varies as per the
Fluid Pound Prevention Velocity 2 setting.
6 Fluid Pound Prevention 2 Velocity: The percent of reference speed by which the speed varies at the
Fluid Pound Prevention Position 2.

End Point Velocity Configuration
This display allows you to configure the End Point Velocity feature. This
feature is applicable only when Proximity/RPM position sensors are used with
a linear pump type.
Figure 188 - VFD Configuration Display 5: End Point Velocity Configuration
Row Description
1 End Point Velocity: Check this box to enable the End Point Velocity feature.
2 End Point Velocity: The fixed speed that is applied while traveling through the corner
3 End Point Velocity Decel Position: The percent of stroke length of the straight portion of the stroke
where the speed starts decelerating before entering the corner
4 End Point Velocity Accel Position: The percent of the sprocket radius where the speed starts
accelerating before exiting the corner.
VFD Parameters
This display shows the values that are read from the PowerFlex 753 drive.
These parameters are configured on the VFD during commissioning and are
adjusted as needed. The parameters are polled through Modbus by the
OptiLift RPC. For details on VFD parameters, see the PowerFlex 753
programming manual (publication 750-PM001).
ATTENTION: The VFD parameters can only be modified when the VFD is
stopped. Never modify while VFD is running.

Press the Read VFD button on the VFD Parameters displays to read the
current VFD parameters. After configuring the parameters, press the Write
VFD button on the last parameter display to send the updated values to the
VFD.
Figure 189 - VFD Configuration Display 6…11: VFD Parameters

iENT Communication Setting
On this display, iENT Communication Settings let you change the VFD
interface communication parameters to the 1759-iENT gateway using
Modbus TCP to read the parameters of the VFD. The default communication
comes factory-configured. Only qualified technical personnel can adjust it.
IMPORTANT iENT Communication Settings are for older firmware revisions. With the
latest firmware release, the 1759-iENT gateway and this configuration
display are no longer required.
Figure 190 - VFD Configuration Display 12: iENT Communication Setting
Row Description
1 iENT Modbus ID: The iENT Modbus ID required for iENT Communication.
2 IP: The IP address of the iENT.
3 Port: The iENT Modbus Port Number.
4 Modbus Time Out: The Modbus Time Out period (in milliseconds) for the Communication between VFD
Master and VFD.
5 Modbus Idle Time: The interval (in ms) for which the VFD Master remains idle before sending the next
message to VFD.
6 Number of Retry: The number of times the VFD Master retries sending a query if it fails.

Alarm Configuration
The Alarm Configuration display has five pages. Progress through multiple
Load Violation and Critical Load
This display lets you enable and disable maximum load violation, minimum
load violation, and critical load alarms by pressing the Action checkbox.
The alarms are also linked to an action, which can be No Action or Shutdown.
Press the up ( )/down ( ) buttons to select the needed action and press
the Enter ( ) button to set the action.
Press the Settings button of maximum and minimum load violation to show
the Load Violation Setting display (Figure 192).
Figure 191 - Alarm Configuration Display 1: Load Violation and Critical Load
Row Description
1 Maximum Load Violation: The actual load value goes above the limit that is set for maximum load
violation, an alarm is raised. If the well is shut down due to maximum load violation, you must reset the
error before attempting to operate the well again.
2 Minimum Load Violation: If the actual load value goes below the limit that is set for minimum load
violation, an alarm is raised. If the well is shut down due to minimum load violation, you must reset the
error before attempting to operate the well again.
3 Critical Load: This alarm is raised when a load that is detected at the polished rod is equal to or greater
than the recommended capacity of the pumping unit structure. For example, a value equal to or greater
than 36,500 lb (16,556 kg) would be the critical load value for a pumping unit with API designation
C640D-365-144.

On the Load Violation Setting faceplates, you can enable the maximum and
minimum load violation features and their corresponding trigger boundaries.
The associated alarm actions are set on the Alarm Configuration display
(Figure 191). You must reset the alarm before attempting to operate the well
again.
Figure 192 - Load Violation Setting
Row Description
1 Enable Load Violation (Minimum/Maximum): When checked, these load violations are enabled. The
OptiLift RPC checks for load minimum and maximum violations. When a load violation is found, the OptiLift
RPC raises an alarm and performs the configured alarm action. The red lines in the cards indicate the upper
and lower limits.
2 Minimum/Maximum Load: The minimum/maximum load value limit (in pounds) for detection of the
minimum load violation.
3 Load Violation Count: The number of times the maximum or minimum load violations must be found
before an alarm is raised.
4 Show Limits: Pressing this button updates the load limit red lines in the Surface Card Plot.
5 Save: Pressing this button saves the limits to your OptiLift RPC.

Net Torque and Malfunction Setpoint
This display lets you enable and disable maximum net torque, critical net
torque, and malfunction setpoint alarms by pressing the Action checkbox.
The actions are selected from the menu by pressing the up ( )/down ( )
and Enter ( ) buttons.
Pressing the Settings button of maximum net torque and malfunction setpoint
takes you to the Net Torque Setting (Figure 194 on page 170) and Malfunction
Setting faceplates (Figure 195 on page 171), respectively.
Figure 193 - Alarm Configuration Display 2: Net Torque and Malfunction Setpoint
Row Description
1 Maximum Net Torque: This alarm is raised when the actual calculated net torque at the gearbox goes
above the limit that is set for the net torque violation.
2 Critical Net Torque: This alarm is raised when the net torque that is detected at the gearbox rod is equal
to or greater than the recommended capacity of the gearbox. For example, a value of 72,310 N•m (640,000
in•lb) would be the critical net torque value for a pumping unit with API designation C-640D-365-144.
3 Malfunction Set Point: This alarm is raised if a malfunction setpoint violation is detected on the upstroke
of the surface card. After a preset number of violations, the well performs the configured action.

On the Net Torque Setting faceplate, you can control the maximum net torque
feature that can have an associated alarm action when triggered.
The HiHi and LoLo setpoints along with the current value of net torque are
also represented in the bar graph.
Row Description
1 Net Torque: When enabled (checked), the OptiLift RPC raises an alarm and performs the configured alarm
action after a preset number of cards with the maximum net torque violation.
2 Maximum Net Torque: The maximum net torque value limit (in in•lb) for detection of maximum load
violation.
be violated before declaring an alarm and performing the configured alarm action. (Range 0…10)
4 Current Value: A display of the current value of net torque.

On the Malfunction Setting faceplate, you can control the malfunction

setpoint feature that has an associated alarm action when triggered. You can
enable and adjust this feature directly from the Malfunction Setting display
(Figure 193).
Figure 195 - Malfunction Setting
Row Description
1 Malfunction Set Point: When enabled (checked), the OptiLift RPC raises an alarm and performs the
configured alarm action after a preset number of cards with the malfunction setpoint violation.
2 Load Set Point: The value of load malfunction setpoint.
3 Position Set Point: The value of position malfunction setpoint.
4 Number of Successive Cards: The number of consecutive cards in which the malfunction setpoint must
be violated before declaring an alarm and performing the configured alarm action. (Range = 1…10)
5 Ramp Left/Right Buttons: Used to set the value of position malfunction setpoint.
Ramp Up/Down Buttons: Used to set the value of load malfunction setpoint.
6 Ramp Fast/Slow: Used to toggle between two ramping speeds for both load and position ramp buttons.
7 Save: Press to save the malfunction setpoint in the desired location on the surface card.
Aux Fault and Loss of Crank Arm Sensor
This display lets you enable and disable DI4 aux fault, DI5 aux fault, and loss of
crank arm sensor signal alarms using the Action checkbox on the display. The
alarm name of DI4 aux fault and DI5 aux fault alarms can also be changed
from this display.
Pressing the Settings button of DI4 aux fault active and DI5 aux fault active
takes you to the DI4 Auxiliary Fault Configuration and DI5 Auxiliary Fault
Configuration faceplates (Figure 197), respectively.

Figure 196 - Alarm Configuration Display 3: Aux Fault and Loss of Crank Arm Sensor
Row Description
1 DI4 Aux Fault: This alarm is raised when the DI4 signal is lost or detected depending on the configuration
for “High” or “Low” set for the digital input channel. The DI4 channel is used for any customer-supplied kill
switch signal to stop the motor.
2 DI5 Aux Fault: This alarm is raised when the DI5 signal is lost or detected depending on the configuration
for “High” or “Low” set for the digital input channel. The DI5 channel is reserved for an optional E-stop
button to stop the motor.
3 Loss of Crank Arm Sensor Signal: This alarm is raised when the Hall Effect Crank Arm Sensor trigger
does not come within the user configurable time.
The DI 4 and DI 5Auxiliary Fault Configuration faceplates let you configure

the DI 4 and DI 5 auxiliary fault active status either as High or Low. Press the
up ( )/down ( ) buttons to make your selection.
Figure 197 - Auxiliary Fault Configuration Faceplates
Row Description
1 DI4/DI5 Aux Fault: Use to set the DI 4 or DI 5 active status as High or Low. This state is selected using the
up/down arrow keys.

Dry Well Condition and Position Indicator Error
This display lets you enable and disable dry well condition, position indicator
error, VFD communication error, motor status feedback error, expected SPM
error, belt slippage alarm, VFD fault alarm, and VFD alarm by pressing the
Action checkbox.
The Dry Well Condition and Position Indicator Error alarms are also linked to
an action, which can be No Action and Dry Well Prevention for dry well
prevention alarm and No Action, Shutdown, Fail-safe, and Run VFD at
Minimum Frequency for position indicator error alarm. The actions are
selected from the menu for each alarm by pressing the up ( )/down ( )
When the Dry Well Prevention (for dry well condition) or Fail-safe (for
position indicator error) actions are selected, a Settings button appears.
Pressing the Settings button takes you to the Dry Well Prevention (Figure 199
on page 174) Fail-safe Time Setting faceplates (Figure 200 on page 175).
Figure 198 - Alarm Configuration Display 4: Dry Well Condition and Position Indicator Error
Row Description
1 Dry Well Condition: This alarm is present when a dry well condition is present. When the Dry Well Condition feature is enabled, the OptiLift RPC shuts down the VFD after
a preset time if the well is not reaching the target Pump Fillage or target pump-off setpoint value and the VFD frequency is already running at minimum speed.
2 Position Indicator Error: If an incomplete card or no cards are detected due to position signal error, a Position Indicator Error alarm is raised. This alarm resets when the
condition ceases to exist. Check the inclinometer signal for any anomalies.
This alarm has the additional options of Fail-safe(1) and Minimum Speed. Fail-safe is as fall-back mode only selectable in the Fixed Speed Pump Off mode. When Minimum
Speed is selected, the OptiLift RPC commands the VFD to run at the minimum working speed in any variable speed mode.
3 VFD Communication Error: This alarm appears when the OptiLift RPC is unable to read the VFD parameters from the VFD.
4 Motor Status Feedback Error: This alarm is raised if the OptiLift RPC fails to detect a motor feedback signal for ON/OFF status. If the command is sent to the motor to
Start or Stop and the feedback signal indicates the opposite, the OptiLift RPC raises this alarm.
5 Expected SPM Error: The expected SPM error appears when there is a mismatch between the measured SPM from the surface card and the SPM calculated from the
commanded frequency. The condition appears when there is a difference of more than set limit of SPM deadband between the calculated SPM from the VFD frequency and
the measured current surface card SPM. This alarm resets automatically when the condition ceases to exist.
6 Belt Slippage Alarm: This alarm is raised when the calculated belt slippage percentage is more than the user-configured belt slippage limit.
7 VFD Fault Alarm: Faults read directly from the Powerflex 753/755 drive through EtherNet/IP.
8 VFD Alarm: Alarms read directly from the Powerflex 753/755 drive through EtherNet/IP.
(1) Fail-safe is available in the following operation modes: fixed speed timer, fixed speed pump fillage, variable speed pump off, and variable speed pump fillage.

The Dry Well Prevention Setting display lets you verify the appropriate
response when a dry well condition occurs while the feature is enabled. A dry
well prevention state is an associated action that is configured through the
Alarm Configuration display (page 167).
Figure 199 - Dry Well Prevention Setting
Row Description
1 Dry Well Prevention: When this feature is enabled, the OptiLift RPC commands the VFD to shut down
after a preset time if the well is not reaching its target Pump Fillage or target pump-off setpoint value and
the VFD frequency is already running at minimum speed.
2 Min Frequency Timeout: The time period that the OptiLift RPC waits before shutting down after
detecting that the VFD is running at minimum frequency without reaching the target Pump Fillage or
pump-off setpoint.
3 VFD Rest Time: The time that the well remains shut down in Rest state until the OptiLift RPC commands
the VFD to RUN the well again.

The Fail-safe Time Setting display (=.) lets you configure the fail-safe
configuration parameters for fixed speed modes.
Figure 200 - Fail-safe Time Setting
Row Description
1 Fail-safe Run Time: When operating in POC mode, the OptiLift RPC falls into Fail-safe state if a fault
condition that prevents the OptiLift RPC from monitoring the well position indicator error is detected. To
cycle the well, you must specify the runtime and the rest time. The Fail-Safe Runtime is the time that the
well stays in Run state before going into Rest state. (Range = 1…1440)
2 Fail-safe Rest Time: When operating in Fixed Speed Pump Off mode, the OptiLift RPC falls into Fail-safe
state if a fault condition that prevents the OptiLift RPC from monitoring the well position indicator error is
detected. To cycle the well, you must specify the runtime and the rest time. The Fail-Safe Rest time is the
time that the well stays in Rest state before going into Run state. (Range = 1…1440)
3 Fail-safe Restart Count: The number of times that the OptiLift RPC attempts to start the motor if an error
that causes it to shut down after it has sent the start command is detected again. (Range = 0…10)
4 Smart Clock: When enabled, the current runtime of the OptiLift RPC is calculated based on an average of
the past 24 hours run cycles of the Fixed Speed Pump Off mode. The OptiLift RPC also displays Fail-safe state.
5 Smart Clock Run Time: The current calculated runtime for smart clock.

Loss of RPM Sensor and Low RPM
This display lets you enable and disable loss of RPM sensor signal and low
RPM alarms by pressing the Action checkbox.
The alarms are linked to an action, which can be No Action or Shutdown. The
actions are selected from the menu for each alarm by pressing the up ( )/
down ( ) and Enter ( ) buttons.
Figure 201 - Alarm Configuration Display 5: Loss of RPM Sensor and Low RPM
Row Description
1 Loss of RPM Sensor Signal: This alarm is triggered if a signal from the RPM Hall Effect sensor cannot be
detected within a user-defined time window value (No RPM Detect timeout) in seconds. The default value
is 20 seconds.
2 Low RPM: This alarm is raised when the calculated RPM is less than the user configured low RPM limit.
General Configuration
The General Configuration display has three pages. Access and progress through
the pages of a display by pressing the arrows at the bottom of the display.
RTU Power On State and Default Screen
This display lets you set the default motor state when the OptiLift RPC
reboots. You can select the motor state from the menu by pressing the up
( )/down ( ) and Enter ( ) buttons.
This display also lets you select the default screen from the options that are
listed in the table following Figure 202 by pressing the up ( )/down ( )

You can also configure the following from this display:

• The interval for which DO4 is enabled before starting the motor in
any mode.
• The delay time for unable to run motor signal and unable to stop
motor signal.
Figure 202 - General Configuration Display 1: RTU Power On State
Row Description
1 RTU Power ON State: Used to select the default state when the OptiLift RPC reboots.
• Motor OFF: The motor is OFF upon rebooting the OptiLift RPC
• Auto-start: The motor auto starts by default after rebooting the OptiLift RPC.
2 Motor Alert Delay Time: The duration set for an alert signal through DO4 before commanding the motor
to start. This delay allows a visual or audible 24V DC hardware that is wired into DO4 to send an alert signal
before the commanding the motor to start. (Range = 0…60)
3 Unable to Run Detection Time: The duration set for which if the actual card is not detected. For
example, position signal and load signal are not changing after the “Motor ON” command is given, Well
goes to 'Unable to Run' State. (Range = 60…900)
4 Unable to Stop Detection Time: The duration set for which if the actual card is detected. For example,
position signal and load signal are changing dynamically after the “Motor OFF” command is given, Well
goes to 'Unable to Stop' State. (Range = 60…900)

Time and Date
This display contains the current (active) time and date settings of the system.
This display lets you modify the time and date. When you enter new time and
date values in the Set Time and Date column and press the Sync button, the
new system time and date are set. Once new Active Time and Date are synced,
all Set Time and Date fields become 0.
Figure 203 - General Configuration Display 2: Time and Date
Row Description
1 RPC Day: The new day value to be set in the system. This value is set in the system when the Sync button is
pressed. The current day value is displayed next to the input field and appears dimmed. (Range = 1…31)
2 RPC Month: The new month value to be set in the system. This value is set in the system when the Sync
button is pressed. The current month value is displayed next to the input field and appears dimmed.
(Range = 1…12)
3 RPC Year: The new year value to be set in the system. This value is set in the system when the Sync button
is pressed. The current year value is displayed next to the input field and appears dimmed.
(Range = 1…4095)
4 RPC Hours: The new hours value to be set in the system. This value is set in the system when the Sync
button is pressed. The current hours value is displayed next to the input field and appears dimmed.
(Range = 0…23)
5 RPC Minutes: The new minutes value to be set in the system. This value is set in the system when the Sync
button is pressed. The current minutes value is displayed beside input field and appears dimmed.
(Range = 0…59)
6 RPC Seconds: The new seconds value to be set in the system. This value is set in the system when the Sync
button is pressed. The current Seconds value is displayed next to the input field and appears dimmed.
(Range = 0…59)

Gauge Off Time
This display lets you configure gauge off time. Gauge off time (GOT) is used
to offset the calculation of totals for a day. The OptiLift RPC consists a
number of data accumulators, GOT allows you to set the time of day when the
data buffer is totaled.
It also displays the current GOT hour and minute set in the OptiLift RPC
system in the display fields present beside the configuration fields.
Figure 204 - General Configuration Display 3: Gauge Off Time Configuration
Row Description
1 Gauge Off Time Hour: The hour of day at which the data buffer is totaled. This setting determines when
to do the calculation cutoff for the data accumulators.
2 Gauge Off Time Minute: The minute of hour at which the data buffer is totaled. This setting determines
when to do the calculation cutoff for the data accumulators.
3 Set: Once the new Gauge Off Time hour and minute values are configured and Set button is pressed, the
newly configured values are written in the OptiLift RPC.

Life Counter Configuration
This display lets you set the initial value to start counting from (if a nonzero
value is needed). Enter an initial value or the value where the life counter starts
counting from for each parameter shown.
Press the Reset button to reset the parameter values that have been collected
since commissioning (or previous reset).
Figure 205 - General Configuration Display 4: Life Counter Configuration

Hardware and Diagnostics
The Hardware and Diagnostics display has three pages. Access and progress
through the pages of a display by pressing the arrows at the bottom of the
display.
Controller Details
This display provides hardware and software details of the OptiLift RPC. It
also provides navigation to the Analog I/O Status and Digital I/O Status
faceplates. To select an I/O Status faceplate, use the up ( )/down ( ) and
Enter ( ) buttons.
Figure 206 - Controller Details
Row Description
1 Controller Parameters: Current controller parameters that are stored in the OptiLift RPC.
2 RTU Modbus IP & ID: Used to change or update the IP or ID address of your PanelView terminal to enable
communication with the controller after the IP or ID have been changed in the controller through the web
server.
3 Analog/Digital I/O Status: Use the up/down arrow and enter button to make your selection.

The Analog I/O Status faceplate shows the status of all analog inputs (in V)
and outputs (in mA/V).
The Digital I/O Status faceplate shows the status of all digital inputs and
outputs. The values for the digital I/Os can be 1 for high or 0 for low.
Figure 207 - Analog and Digital I/O Status
RPC Diagnostics
This display shows information that is related to hardware and software

diagnostics such as board temperature, supply voltage, and Modbus TCP client
connection.
Figure 208 - RPC Diagnostics
Row Description
1 Board Temperature: The temperature of the controller board.
2 Supply Voltage: The currently supplied voltage to the controller.
3 Modbus TCP Client Connection: The number of TCP client users that are connected to the controller.

RPC Shutdown
This display allows you to shut down the Panel View HMI display application
(.MER) by pressing the Shut Down button.
Figure 209 - RPC Shutdown
IMPORTANT If the Shut Down button is pressed, or selected, this action halts the OptiLift
RPC application on the PanelView terminal2‘\31 However, the OptiLift RPC
application, on the iXC2 RTU, will continue to =8=8run without
interruption.

Gas Flow Alarm Configuration
IMPORTANT ISAGRAF® must be running to enable this application.
Use the Gas Flow Configuration displays to configure alarm setpoints. Press
the number field that you would like to configure. Enter a new value in the
popup keypad and press the Enter ( ) button to set the value.
Figure 210 - Gas Flow Configuration Display 1/2: Alarm Configuration
Display 1 Display 2
Row Description
Display 1
1/2 Static Pressure Low/High Set Point: If the detected low/high static pressure is outside the values set
here (plus the deadband set on Display 2), an alarm is raised.
3/4 Temperature Low/High Set Point: If the detected low/high temperature is outside the values set here
(plus the deadband set on Display 2), an alarm is raised.
5/6 Differential Pressure Low/High Set Point: If the detected low/high differential pressure is outside the
values set here (plus the deadband set on Display 2), an alarm is raised.
7/8 Density Low/High Set Point: If the detected low/high density is outside the values set here (plus the
deadband set on Display 2), an alarm is raised.
Display 2
1/2 Water Cut Low/High Set Point: If the detected low/high water cut is outside the values (and deadband)
set here, an alarm is raised.
3/4 Flow Rate Low/High Set Point: If the detected low/high flow rate is outside the values (and deadband)
set here, an alarm is raised.
5… Static Pressure, Temperature. Differential Pressure, Density, Water Cut, and Flow Rate
10 Deadband: These percentages are used to calculate and compare the setpoint to the current value. If the
values fall outside the setpoint plus the deadband, the controller decides whether to raise an alarm.

Alarm Display The Alarm Configuration display has three pages that provide information of
past alarms and events that your OptiLift RPC has encountered. Access and
progress through the pages of a display by pressing the arrows at the bottom of
the display.
Alarm and Event Summary

This display shows the Alarms and Events that have occurred in OptiLift RPC.
Active alarms are displayed as black text with a red blinking background, active
events are displayed as black text with a blinking blue background. Inactive
alarms are displayed as black text with a solid gray background.
The row up/down and page up/down buttons are provided to navigate the list.
The Reset button is used to reset all active alarms.
For details on alarm definitions, see Alarm Configuration on page 167.
Figure 211 - Alarm and Event Summary
1 1 3
Row Description
1 Page Up/Down Buttons: Press to scroll up and down a page.
2 Row Up/Down Buttons: Press to scroll up and down a row.
3 Reset Button: Used to reset all active alarms.

Alarm History
This display shows the history of all alarms that have occurred in
OptiLift RPC.
It shows the Trigger, Value, Quantity, Accumulated Time of Alarm, Current

active/inactive status, and Alarm Message. The row up/down and page up/
down buttons are provided to navigate the list.
For details on alarm definitions, see Alarm Configuration on page 167.
Figure 212 - Alarm History
1 1
Row Description

Event History
This display shows the history of all events that have occurred in
OptiLift RPC.
It shows the trigger, value, quantity, accumulated time of event, current active/
inactive status, and event message. The row up/down and page up/down
buttons are provided to navigate the list.
Figure 213 - Event History
1 1
Row Description

Trend Display The Trend display has two pages. Access and progress through the pages of a
display by pressing the arrows at the bottom of the display.
Pumping System Analysis
This display provides navigation links to the saved cards. These displays
contain graphs for OptiLift RPC analysis, saved POS cards, and
troubleshooting cards for various well fault conditions.
The cards of a particular type are selected from the menu by pressing the
up ( )/down ( ) and Enter ( ) buttons. Once the card is selected, it is
highlighted with a white background. Press the View button to access this
information.
Figure 214 - Trend Display 1: Pumping System Analysis
Row Description
1 Surface Card (Figure 215 on page 189): This card processes the incoming load and position data from
load and position sensors, respectively. It is the plot of load against position for one full pump cycle
(upstroke and downstroke). The Surface Card display shows the pump-off setpoint, the peak loads, and the
minimum loads for the surface card.
2 Surface and Downhole Card (Figure 216 on page 189): An example of current data that is obtained
from the surface and downhole cards is displayed in these cards.
3 Surface Load - Time Card (Figure 217 on page 190): The plot of collected load cell data for one
stroke cycle.
4 Surface Position - Time Card (Figure 218 on page 190): The plot of position signal for one
stroke cycle.
5 Downhole Load - Time Card (Figure 219 on page 191): The plot of the calculated downhole load for
one stroke cycle. Downhole load conditions can be monitored via this plot.
6 Downhole Position - Time Card (Figure 220 on page 191): The plot of the calculated downhole
position for one stroke cycle. Downhole position conditions can be monitored via this plot.

IMPORTANT The cards are navigated within the menu by pressing the
up ( )/down ( ) and Enter ( ) buttons.
The analysis cards that are available for selection include:

• Surface Card
Figure 215 - Surface Card
• Surface and Downhole Card
Figure 216 - Surface and Downhole Card

• Surface Load - Time Card
Figure 217 - Surface Load - Time Card
• Surface Position - Time Card
Figure 218 - Surface Position - Time Card
and Enter ( ) buttons. Then, hit the Refresh button.

• Downhole Load - Time Card
Figure 219 - Downhole Load - Time Card
• Downhole Position - Time Card
Figure 220 - Downhole Position - Time Card

POS Card
This display shows one of the last 10 cards (based on your selection in Pumping
System Analysis on page 188) that are saved when the pump off setpoint has
been changed through Set & Save POS Card from Pump off Setting display.
These saved cards are used for future adjustments of the pump-off setpoint on
the surface card.
Figure 221 - Pump Off Setpoint Card
Startup Card
System Analysis on page 188) that are collected during the Start State period
for each cycle. These cards are applicable to all modes.
Press the Parameters button to open up a faceplate that displays load pumpoff set
point, measured RPS, MPRL, position pump off set point, PPRL, pump fillage,
pump fillage set point, pumping speed, RPM from hall effect, structural loading,
and VFD commanded frequency depending on the operation mode selected.
Figure 222 - Startup Card

Pump Off Card
System Analysis on page 188) that are saved for each cycle when a pump-off
condition is detected and the well is shutdown. These cards are applicable only
to Fixed Speed Pump Off mode.
Press the Parameters button to open a faceplate that shows the tubing head
pressure/temperature, casing head pressure/temperature, flow line pressure/
temperature, load and position pump off setpoint, measured RPS, MPRL,
PPRL, pump fillage, pump fillage setpoint, pumping speed, RPM from Hall
effect, structural loading, and VFD commanded frequency. The parameters
that are shown depends on the selected operation mode.
Figure 223 - Pump Off Card

Shutdown Card
System Analysis on page 188) that are recorded during shutdown when a
detected alarm or fault causes the shutdown.
Press the Parameters button to open a faceplate that shows load pump-off
setpoint, measured RPS, MPRL, position pump off setpoint, PPRL, pump
fillage, pump fillage setpoint, pumping speed, RPM from Hall effect, structural
loading, and VFD commanded frequency. The parameters that are shown
depends on the selected operation mode.
Figure 224 - Shutdown Card
Select Trend
This display lets you navigate to faceplates that show the current value and
trends over the past 24 hours for the following:
Trend Page
Pump Fillage
Pressure
Motor RPM from Hall Effect
VFD Commanded Frequency
SPM
Yesterday's Run Time
Yesterday's PPRL and MPRL
Yesterday's Average SPM
Temperature
RPS
Pump Intake Pressure
Fluid Level
VFD Current Output Figure 232 on page 197

The trends are selected from the list in Figure 225 by pressing the up ( )/
On each trend faceplate, the trend values can be scrolled using home ( ),
end ( ), move left ( ), move right ( ), and pause ( ) buttons. The
Next Pen button is used to change the trend minimum and maximum values.
This button is used only when multiple pens are configured in the trend.
Figure 225 - Trend Display 2: Select Trend
Figure 226 - Pump Fillage and Pressure Trend

Figure 227 - Motor RPM from Hall Effect and VFD Commanded Frequency Trend
Figure 228 - SPM and Yesterday's Run Time Percentage Trend
Figure 229 - Yesterday's PPRL/MPRL and Yesterday’s Average SPM Trend

Figure 230 - Temperature and RPS Trend
Figure 231 - Pump Intake Pressure and Fluid Level Trend
Figure 232 - VFD Output Trend

Help Display The Help display has eight pages. Access and progress through the pages of a
display by pressing the arrows at the bottom of the display.
Application Information
This display shows the description of OptiLift RPC application along with its
catalog number, version, and serial number.
Figure 233 - Help Display 1: Application Information
Screen Navigation
This display describes all screen navigation symbols that are used in the
OptiLift RPC application.
Figure 234 - Help Display 2: Screen Navigation

Maintenance/Configuration and Security
This display describes all maintenance/configuration and security symbols that

are used in the OptiLift RPC application.
Figure 235 - Help Display 3: Maintenance/Configuration and Security
Alarms and Trend
This display describes all alarms and trend symbols that are used in the
OptiLift RPC application.
Figure 236 - Help Display 4: Alarms and Trends

Troubleshooting Cards
These displays are sets of typical downhole cards that are used as a guide to
define any deviation from the expected performance of the pump.
You must record as much information as possible to troubleshoot the well.

This information includes mechanical state of the well, production data, and
the most recent dynamometer cards.
Figure 237 - Help Displays 5…8: Troubleshooting Cards

Chapter 5
Operation
Introduction Operation of the OptiLift™ rod pump controller (RPC) involves several
processes that are described in the following sections. Main activities of
operation include:
Operation Page
Startup Checklist 201
Configure Digital I/O 202
User Administration 205
Quick Start 207
Change the Operation Mode 250
Configure VFD Parameters 262
Configure Load Cell 264
Configure Pump 265
Start and Stop the Motor 272
Calibrate the Inclinometer 273
View Fluid Level Properties 275
Configure Fluid Level Properties 276
View the Surface and Downhole Card 280
View Alarm Status and Clear Alarm 281
View Well Statistics 281
Configure the RTU Modbus IP and ID 282
Upgrade the OptiLift RPC Suite Firmware on Web Server 283
Startup Checklist 1. Confirm that all inputs are securely connected to the correct terminals.
2. Verify that the supplied power voltage to the OptiLift RPC is correct.
3. Verify that the OptiLift breaker is switched to the ON position.
4. The Operator display is the first display to appear.

Chapter 5 Operation
Configure Digital I/O This section describes the steps to configure the optional I/O wiring of DI4
and DI5. See Connect Wiring on page 20 for all required wiring.
Configure DI4/DI5 Aux Fault Alarm
1. Press the Configuration tab ( ).
2. Press the Alarm Configuration button.
3. Press the right arrow ( ) two times to get to DI Aux Fault display.
4. Press the Action checkbox to enable (checked) or disable (cleared) the

alarms.
Use the up ( )/down ( ) arrow buttons to select the alarm action.

Press the Enter ( ) button to set the alarm action.

Operation Chapter 5
5. Press the Settings button to configure DI4 or DI5 Aux Fault.
6. Use the up ( )/down ( ) arrow buttons to set the Aux Fault alarm
to High or Low. Press the text field to change the name of the alarm with
the popup keyboard. Press the Enter ( ) button to save the name.
7. Press the Close button ( ) to return to the Alarm Configuration

display.

Chapter 5 Operation
Configure Motor Alert Delay Time
2. Press the General Configuration button.
3. Set the Motor Alert Delay Time by pressing the number field.
4. Enter a new value in the popup keypad. Press the Enter ( ) button to
set the value and return to the General Configuration display.
IMPORTANT If this value is set to 0, the OptiLift RPC does not go through the Motor
Alert state.

Operation Chapter 5
User Administration The OptiLift RPC loads and is operational without logging in. On load, the
initial user account is Default. The HMI has seven user roles that can be used.
IMPORTANT For security reasons, we recommend that you change the default passwords.
Table 8 - User Roles

User Role Default Password
Default (not logged in) —
Operator operator
Supervisor supervisor
Maintenance maintenance
Engineer engineer
Administrator administrator
Admin admin
Change Password
The HMI application has default user account information, however, it is

possible to change the password for a specific user role. To update the
password, follow these steps.
IMPORTANT If you forget passwords, you have to disable passwords through Modbus or a
factory reset of your OptiLift RPC.
2. Press the right arrow ( ) to access the User Control display.
IMPORTANT The Default user is not allowed to change password. User account types are
fixed and are not user-configurable.

Chapter 5 Operation
3. Press the Change Password button ( ). A Change Password dialog

box appears.
4. Press Old Password to enter the current password on the popup

keyboard. Press Enter ( ).
5. Press New Password to enter the new password on the popup keyboard.
Press Enter ( ).
6. Press Confirm Password to enter the new password on the popup

keyboard again. Press Enter ( ).
7. Press the Change Password button to set the new password. The
password change status shows in the Result field at the bottom of the
dialog box.

Operation Chapter 5
Quick Start Quick Start configuration contains all required configurations and settings to
commission your OptiLift RPC.
To navigate the Quick Start configuration displays:

• Press the right arrow ( ) to move to the next screen and the left
arrow ( ) to move to the previous screen.
• Press the Help button ( ) for more information about the display
you are on.
• Press the Exit button ( ) on any Quick Start display to return to the
default screen. Upon exiting, all changes you have made are saved to
your OptiLift RPC.
When you first start up your OptiLift RPC, the Operator display appears as
the default screen.
1. To access Quick Start, press the Configuration button.
2. On Configuration display, press the Quick Start button.

Chapter 5 Operation
User Control
Quick Start configuration starts with the User Control display. When your
OptiLift RPC initially loads, the Current User is set as Default.
Figure 238 - Quick Start: User Control
1 2
Item Description
1 Login Button (page 208)
2 Logout Button (page 209)
3 Change Password Button (page 209)
User Login
1. Press the Login button ( ), to make the Login dialog box appear.
2. Press the User Name button, a keyboard appears.
Type the user name and press Enter ( ) on the keyboard.
TIP User names are not case-sensitive.

Operation Chapter 5
3. Press the Password button, a keyboard appears.
Type the password and press Enter ( ) on the keyboard.
TIP Passwords are case-sensitive.
4. Press Login Button.

If the entered user name and password are correct, the user name is
displayed in the Current User field.
If the user name and password are incorrect, the message “User
authentication failed” appears in the dialog box.
\
TIP You are allowed unlimited login attempts.
User Logout
To help prevent unauthorized access to the system, we recommend logging out

when you finish system configuration.
1. Press the Logout button ( ).
2. The Current User field reverts to Default.
Change Password
1. Press the Change Password button ( ). A Change Password dialog

box appears.
For detailed instructions, see Change Password on page 205.
IMPORTANT The Default user is not allowed to change password. User account types are
fixed and are not user-configurable.
2. Press the right arrow ( ) to continue.

Chapter 5 Operation
Time and Date
This display contains the current (active) time and date settings of the system.
This display lets you modify the time and date.
Figure 239 - Quick Start: Time and Date
1. Press a field in the Set Time and Date column and enter new value in the
popup keypad. Press Enter ( ).
2. When all values have been set, press the Sync button. The new system
time and date are set. Once new Active Time and Date are synced, all Set
Time and Date fields become 0.

Operation Chapter 5
RTU Power On Screen
This display lets you set the default motor state when the OptiLift RPC
reboots, select the default screen, and configure the motor alert delay time and
unable to stop/run detection time. For definitions of parameters, see
Figure 202 on page 177.
Figure 240 - Quick Start: RTU Power On State and Default Screen
1. Select the RTU Power ON State from the menu with the up ( )/
Once selected, the text is highlighted with a white background.

2. Press the field next to Motor Alert Delay Time.
A keypad appears.
3. Enter a number (range = 0…60) and press Enter ( ) to set the

interval for which DO4 is enabled before starting the motor in any
mode.
4. Press the fields next to Unable to Run Detection Time and Unable to
Stop Detection Time.
A keypad appears.
5. Enter a number (range = 60…900) and press Enter ( ) to set the

delay time.

Chapter 5 Operation
Gauge Off Time
The third General Configuration display lets you configure gauge off time
(GOT). Gauge off time (GOT) is used to offset the calculation of totals for a
day. The OptiLift RPC consists of a number of data accumulators, GOT lets
you set the time of day when the data buffer is totaled.
Figure 241 - Quick Start: Gauge Off Time Configuration
1. Press the fields next to GOT Hour and GOT Minute.

A keypad appears.
2. Enter a number (hour range = 0…23, minute range = 0…59) and press
Enter ( ).
3. Press the Set button make the new hour and minute of GOT active.

Operation Chapter 5
Position Sensor
Figure 242 - Quick Start: Position Sensor
1. Choose the Sensor Type from the menu with the up ( )/down ( )
button.
2. Press the Enter ( ) button to select the Sensor Type.

The parameters that are displayed change based on selection of Sensor
Type. For definitions of parameters and ranges, see Sensor
3. Press checkboxes to check and clear them and press fields to enter a value
on the popup keypad to configure as required for your system. Press
Enter ( ) on the keypad to save value.

Chapter 5 Operation
Load Sensor
The Load Sensor configuration display lets you configure load sensor settings.
For parameter definitions and ranges, see Figure 179 on page 155.
Figure 243 - Quick Start: Load Sensor
1. Press the fields to enter a value on the popup keypad to configure the
signal and load range for your system. Press Enter ( ) on the keypad
to save value.

Operation Chapter 5
On this display, you can search the local OptiLift RPC database for common
API unit dimensions or configure the pump equipment manually. You can also
set the number of tapers. For parameter options and definitions, see Figure 164
on page 140.
Figure 244 - Quick Start: Pump Equipment Configuration
1. Select the pump type, pump model, and manufacturer from the menus
with the up ( )/down ( ) and Enter ( ) buttons. The options
available in each menu depends on previous selections.
The selected option is highlighted with a white background.
2. After your selections have been made, you can click the Search Database
(page 216) or Configure Manually (page 217) buttons.
3. Set the number of tapers by pressing the field to enter a value (range is
0…6) on the popup keypad. Press Enter ( ) on the keypad to save the
value.

Chapter 5 Operation
Search Database
This faceplate appears when the Search Database button is pressed on the
Pump Equipment Configuration display (Figure 244).
Figure 245 - Search Database
1. Enter the maximum allowable pump torque, pump load, and stroke
length by pressing the fields to enter a value on the popup keypad. Press
Enter ( ) on the keypad to save values.
2. Press the Search button.
• If your search is unsuccessful, click the Search Again button to return
to Figure 245. Reconfigure parameters as described in Step 1.
• If your search is successful, press Continue.
Several default parameters and dimensions (R, K, C, P, A, and I) are
populated on the next faceplate. For parameter definitions, see

Operation Chapter 5
3. Configure the parameters as needed for your well by pressing the fields
to enter a value on the popup keypad. Press Enter ( ) on the keypad
to save values.
4. Press the Set button to save all configured values to the database in the
respective parameters. The configured pumping unit is also set as the
active pumping unit.
5. Press the Close button ( ) to return to the Pump Equipment

Configuration display (Figure 244 on page 215).
Configure Manually
This faceplate appears when the Configure Manually button is pressed on the
Pump Equipment Configuration display (Figure 244 on page 215).
Figure 246 - Configure Manually
to save values.
For parameter ranges and definitions, see Figure 167 on page 143.
IMPORTANT Standard API dimensions are specific to the pumping unit and can be found
in the pumping unit documentation.
2. Press the Set button to save all configured values to the database in the
respective parameters. The configured pumping unit is also set as the
active pumping unit.
3. Press the Close button ( ) to return to the Pump Equipment


Chapter 5 Operation
Taper Configuration
Taper configuration is vital for downhole calculations from the surface card.
Incorrect information yields erroneous downhole calculations and decreases
overall accuracy of the OptiLift RPC. Each taper is configured on a separate
display. Navigated to each taper display with the left ( ) and
right ( ) arrow buttons.
IMPORTANT The number of Taper Configuration displays that appear is dependent on the
number of tapers that are entered in Figure 244 on page 215.
Figure 247 - Quick Start: Taper Configuration
1. Select the material type from the menus with the up ( )/down ( )
to save values. For parameter options and definitions, see Figure 174 on
page 150.

Operation Chapter 5
Motor Configuration
The Motor Configuration display lets you configure parameters that assure
that the OptiLift RPC can detect a strokes per minute (SPM) error alarm. This
alarm comes from a mismatch between measured SPM and SPM from the
VFD-commanded frequency.
Figure 248 - Quick Start: Motor Configuration
to save values. For parameter ranges and definitions, see Figure 173 on
page 149.

Chapter 5 Operation
Fluid Properties
The Fluid Properties display lets you configure parameters that are used for
calculating the estimated oil, water, and total flow rate. These parameters also
help achieve accurate well production data.
Figure 249 - Quick Start: Fluid Properties
page 144.

Operation Chapter 5
Pump Parameters
The Pump Parameters display lets you configure parameters that are used for
calculating the estimated oil, water, and total flow rate. These parameters also
help achieve accurate well production data.
Figure 250 - Quick Start: Pump Parameters
page 145.

Chapter 5 Operation
Fluid Level Cutoff Settings
The Fluid Level Cutoff Settings display lets you configure a reasonable range of
load data on the downstroke and upstroke section of the downhole card.
Figure 251 - Quick Start: Fluid Level Cutoff Settings
1. Press the Fluid Level Calculation checkbox to enable (checked) or

disable (cleared) this feature.
2. Configure the upstroke and downstroke parameters as needed for your
well by pressing the fields to enter a value on the popup keypad. Press
Enter ( ) on the keypad to save values. For parameter ranges and
definitions, see Figure 170 on page 146.

Operation Chapter 5
Fluid Level Settings
The Fluid Level Settings display lets you configure parameters that are used in
the generation of Low Fluid Level and Low PIP warnings.
Figure 252 - Quick Start: Fluid Level Settings
page 147.

Chapter 5 Operation
Well Operation Mode
The Well Operation Mode display lets you select the well operation mode.
IMPORTANT You cannot change the operation mode until the motor is stopped. Press the
Stop Motor button on the next Quick Start display or see Start and Stop the
Motor on page 272.
Figure 253 - Quick Start: Well Operation Mode
1. Select the operation mode from the menu with the up ( )/down
( ) and Enter ( ) buttons. For operation mode details, see
For fixed speed operation modes, continue to Fixed Speed Quick Start
For variable speed operation modes, continue to Variable Speed Quick Start

Operation Chapter 5
Fixed Speed Quick Start Configuration
These displays appear when a fixed speed operation mode is selected in

Start and Stop the Motor
This display lets you start and stop the OptiLift RPC operation.
Figure 254 - Quick Start: Start/Stop (with Motor Stopped)
• Start the Motor

a. To start the motor, press the Start Motor button.
IMPORTANT If the Start Motor button is dimmed, the motor is on.
b. Press the right arrow ( ) to continue.

• Stop the Motor/Operation
a. When the motor is running, press the Stop Motor button to stop the
motor.
b. When the motor is stopped, press the Stop Operation button to stop
the OptiLift RPC control functionality, including the pump. The
Stop Operation button remains available even after the well has been
stopped.
c. Press the right arrow ( ) to continue.

Chapter 5 Operation
Current Card
This display shows the current Surface and Downhole cards.
Figure 255 - Quick Start: Current Card
1. Each single plot is updated automatically. The refresh rate is half of the
SPM.
2. Press the Parameters button to see a faceplate with the current data that
is obtained from the current surface and downhole card. The parameters
that are displayed in the Parameter faceplate depend on the operating
mode of the well.
3. Press the Close button ( ) to return to the Current Card display

(Figure 255).
The button on the lower right of the Current Card display changes based on
the sensor type:
IMPORTANT If the Start Calibration or RPS Synchronization buttons are dimmed, you
must start the motor to make them active. See Start and Stop the Motor on
page 225 (fixed speed) or page 237 (variable speed).
• Inclinometer - The button is Start Calibration.

a. Press the Start Calibration button.
b. Once the calibration is in process, a screen with the calibration
position voltage values appears.

Operation Chapter 5
IMPORTANT Verify that the X-axis coordinate of the surface card starts at zero. If not,
repeat the calibration process. If correctly installed, the values for the
position inclinometer voltage range between 2.5…4.5V depending on the
stroke length of the pump.
c. Complete the calibration process by pressing Accept or Reject.

• Hall Effect - Crank Arm / RPM and Proximity / RPM Sensor sensor
types - The button is RPS Synchronization.
a. Press the RPS Synchronization button to access the Belt Slippage
display (Figure 256).
Figure 256 - Quick Start: Belt Slippage
b. Press the RPS Synchronization button.
The system provides you with a reference RPS that is measured

during the RPS synchronization.
c. To complete the synchronization process, select Accept. To reject the
values, press Reject.
If this value is accepted, then it is saved as the reference RPS against
which the belt slippage alarm is detected.
d. Press the Close button ( ) to return to the Current Card display

(Figure 255 on page 226).

Chapter 5 Operation
Pump Off Setting
This display appears in the Quick Start configuration only when well is in the
Fixed Speed Pump Off operation mode.
Figure 257 - Quick Start: Pump Off Setting
1. Set the load values by pressing the up ( )/down ( ) buttons.

The selected value is shown in the Current column and the position is
shown as a red plus sign.
2. Set the position values by pressing the left ( )/right ( ) buttons.

IMPORTANT The default mode (Ramp Slow) changes the load by 100 lb and position by
1 in. increments. Press the Ramp Fast button to change the load by 500 lb
and the position by 5 in. increments.
3. Press the Save button to save the pump off points to the OptiLift RPC
system.
These points are used for further pump off condition detection. Once
saved, the selected pump off point load and position values are shown in
the EU column. The maximum allowed load and position are also
displayed for your reference.
4. Press the Successive Cards field to enter a value on the popup keypad. A
value of 1 shuts down the well immediately (maximum of 10). Press
Enter ( ) on the keypad to save values. For parameter definitions, see

Operation Chapter 5
POC Time Setting

Figure 258 - Quick Start: POC Time Setting
1. Set the startup period units (strokes or minutes) by pressing the

up ( )/down ( ) buttons.
2. Configure the rest of the parameters as needed for your well by pressing
the fields to enter a value on the popup keypad. Press Enter ( ) on the
keypad to save values. For parameter ranges and definitions, see

Chapter 5 Operation
This display appears in the Quick Start configuration only when well is in the
Fixed Speed Timer operation mode.
Figure 259 - Quick Start: Fixed Speed Timer Setting
page 158.

Operation Chapter 5
Fail-safe Time Setting
This display appears in the Quick Start configuration when well is in the Fixed
Speed Pump Fillage, Fixed Speed Pump Off, and Fixed Speed Manual
operation mode.
Figure 260 - Quick Start: Fail-safe Time Setting
page 175.
IMPORTANT If your operation mode is not set to Fixed Speed Pump Fillage, the right
arrow takes you to Alarm Configuration on page 241.

Chapter 5 Operation
been detected with the calculated Pump Fillage below the target Pump Fillage.
Figure 261 - Quick Start: Fixed Speed Pump Fillage
page 159.
2. Press the right arrow ( ) to continue to Alarm Configuration on
page 241.

Operation Chapter 5
Variable Speed Quick Start Configuration
These displays appear when a variable speed operation mode is selected on the
Well Operation Mode display (Figure 253 on page 224).
The RPC Control Configuration parameters verify accurate control and

Figure 262 - Quick Start: RPC Control Configuration
page 161.

Chapter 5 Operation
The VFD Control Signal checkbox allows you to enable or disable the VFD
control signal.
The Analog Output configuration allows you to configure characteristics of

the defined VFD Speed Command.
IMPORTANT The EU min/max apply to both 4…20 mA signal and EtherNet/IP.
Figure 263 - Quick Start: VFD Control Signal and VFD Speed Command
1. Press the EtherNet/IP™ check box to enable (checked) or disable

(cleared) the VFD Control Signal.
2. Configure the Analog Output parameters as needed for your well by
pressing the fields to enter a value on the popup keypad. Press Enter
( ) on the keypad to save values. For parameter ranges and

Operation Chapter 5
Fluid Pound Prevention (1)

Figure 264 - Quick Start: Fluid Pound Prevention
1. Press the Fluid Pound Prevention 1 and 2 checkboxes to enable

(checked) or disable (cleared) these features.
2. Configure the Position and Velocity parameters as needed for your well
by pressing the fields to enter a value on the popup keypad. Press Enter

Chapter 5 Operation
End Point Velocity Configuration (1)

Figure 265 - Quick Start: End Point Velocity Configuration
1. Press the End Point Velocity checkbox to enable (checked) or disable

(cleared) this feature.
2. Configure the remaining parameters as needed for your well by pressing

Operation Chapter 5
This display lets you start and stop the OptiLift RPC operation.
Figure 266 - Quick Start: Start/Stop (with Motor Stopped)
• Start the Motor

a. To start the motor, press the Start Motor button.
IMPORTANT If the Start Motor button is dimmed, the motor is on.
b. Press the right arrow ( ) to continue.

• Stop the Motor/Operation
a. When the motor is running, press the Stop Motor button to stop the
motor.
b. When the motor is stopped, press the Stop Operation button to stop
the OptiLift RPC control functionality, including the pump. The
Stop Operation button remains available even after the well has been
stopped.
c. Press the right arrow ( ) to continue.

Chapter 5 Operation
Current Card
This display shows the current Surface and Downhole cards.
Figure 267 - Quick Start: Current Card
1. Each single plot is updated automatically. The refresh rate is half of the
SPM.
2. Press the Parameters button to see a faceplate with the current data that
is obtained from the current surface and downhole card. The parameters
that are displayed in the Parameter faceplate depend on the operating
mode of the well.
3. Press the Close button ( ) to return to the Current Card display

(Figure 267).
The button on the lower right of the Current Card display changes based on
the sensor type:
IMPORTANT If the Start Calibration or RPS Synchronization buttons are dimmed, you
must start the motor to make them active. See Start and Stop the Motor on
page 225 (fixed speed) or page 237 (variable speed).
• Inclinometer - The button is Start Calibration.

a. Press the Start Calibration button.
b. Once the calibration is in process, a screen with the calibration
position voltage values appears.

Operation Chapter 5
IMPORTANT Verify that the X-axis coordinate of the surface card starts at zero. If not,
repeat the calibration process. If correctly installed, the values for the
position inclinometer voltage range between 2.5…4.5V depending on the
stroke length of the pump.
c. Complete the calibration process by pressing Accept or Reject.

• Hall Effect - Crank Arm/RPM and Proximity/RPM Sensor sensor
types - The button is RPS Synchronization.
a. Press the RPS Synchronization button to access the Belt Slippage
display (Figure 268).
Figure 268 - Quick Start: Belt Slippage
b. Follow the instructions on page 227 to complete the RPS

synchronization.

Chapter 5 Operation
VFD Pump Off Setting
VFD Pump Off settings help you visualize control parameters relative to the
surface card and only appear in the Variable Speed Pump Off operation mode.
Figure 269 - Quick Start: VFD Pump Off Setting


system.
4. Press the Pump Off Deadband (DB) field to enter a value on the popup
keypad (range = 0…100). Press Enter ( ) on the keypad to save
values. For parameter definitions, see Figure 184 on page 160.
TIP To toggle between one plot and continuous overlay plots, press the Overlay
Off/On button.

Operation Chapter 5
Alarm Configuration
The next five displays let you configure alarms actions.
IMPORTANT For alarms with a Settings button, adjust the alarm settings (step 1 on
page 242) before enabling the alarm.
Figure 270 - Quick Start: Alarm Configuration
Display 1 (definition: page 167, operation: page 243) Display 2 (definition: page 167, operation: page 244 and 245)
Display 3 (definition: page 172, operation: page 246) Display 4 (definition: page 173, operation: page 247 and 248)
Display 5 (definition: page 176)

Chapter 5 Operation
1. Configure alarms by pressing the Settings button for the following:

• Max/min load violation (Figure 271 on page 243)
• Max/min net torque (Figure 272 on page 244)
• Malfunction setpoint (Figure 273 on page 245)
• DI4/DI5 auxiliary fault (Figure 274 on page 246)
• Dry well condition (Figure 275 on page 247)
• Position indicator error (Figure 276 on page 248)
2. Press the Action checkboxes to enable (checked) or disable (cleared) the
corresponding alarms.
3. Select an alarm action from the menus by pressing the up ( )/

down ( ) buttons. For action options and definitions, see the
following:
Alarm Display Page

Display 1 162
Display 2 164
Display 3 167
Display 4 168
Display 5 171
IMPORTANT The action menus are only visible when the Action is enabled (checked).
4. After alarms are configured and enabled, press the right arrow ( )
to continue to Pump Data on page 249.

Operation Chapter 5
Load Violation Setting
The red lines that are shown in the current card mark the current minimum
and maximum load settings.
Figure 271 - Load Violation Setting
1. Press the Enable Load Violation checkboxes to enable (checked) or

disable (cleared) the corresponding alarms.
2. Press the minimum and/or maximum load fields to enter a value on the
popup keypad. Press Enter ( ) on the keypad to save values. For
parameter definitions, see Figure 192 on page 168.
3. To set the number of times before the alarm is triggered, press the
minimum and/or maximum Load Violation Count field to enter a value
on the popup keypad. Press Enter ( ) on the keypad to save values.
4. To update the red lines that show the current load limits, press the
Show Limits button.
5. To load the new limits to your OptiLift RPC system, press the Save
button.
6. Press the Close button ( ) to return to the Quick Start Alarm


Chapter 5 Operation
Net Torque Setting

1. Press the Net Torque checkbox to enable (checked) or disable (cleared)

the feature.
2. Press the Maximum Net Torque and Number of Successive Cards fields
page 170.
When a value is changed, the Current Value bar graph at the bottom of
the display is updated.


Operation Chapter 5
Malfunction Setting
Figure 273 - Malfunction Setting
1. Press the Malfunction Setpoint checkbox to enable (checked) or disable

(cleared) the feature.
shown as a blue asterisk.
shown as a blue asterisk.
4. Press the Save button to save the setpoints to the OptiLift RPC system.
5. Press the Number of Successive Cards field to enter a value on the
popup keypad. Press Enter ( ) on the keypad to save the value. For
parameter definitions, see Figure 195 on page 171.
Off/On button.


Chapter 5 Operation
DI4/DI5 Auxiliary Fault Configuration

Figure 274 - DI4/DI5 Auxiliary Fault Configuration
1. If needed, press the Aux Fault Active field.

A keyboard appears.
2. Type the desired name and press Enter ( ) on the keyboard.
The keyboard disappears.

3. Set the status (HIGH or LOW) by pressing the up ( )/down ( )
buttons.
The new status is selected automatically when changed.


Operation Chapter 5
Dry Well Condition
When enabled, Dry Well Prevention settings are used to verify the appropriate
response when a dry well condition occurs.
Figure 275 - Dry Well Prevention Setting
1. Press the Dry Well Condition checkbox to enable (checked) or disable

(cleared) the feature.
2. Press the Min Frequency Timeout and VFD Rest Time fields to enter a
value on the popup keypad. Press Enter ( ) on the keypad to save
values. For parameter ranges and definitions, see Figure 190 on
page 166.


Chapter 5 Operation
Position Indicator Error
1. Press the Position Indicator Error checkbox to enable (checked) or

disable (cleared) the feature.
2. With the Fail-Safe selected as the action, you must configure the
parameters as needed (Figure 276) for your well by pressing the fields to
enter a value on the popup keypad. Press Enter ( ) on the keypad to
save values. For parameter ranges and definitions, see Figure 200 on
page 175.
Figure 276 - Position Indicator Error — Fail-safe Action


Operation Chapter 5
Pump Data
The Pump Data displays are used to confirm that the settings that you
configured through the Quick Start have been done correctly.
Figure 277 - Quick Start: Pump Data Displays
1. Press the right arrow ( ) to advance through the Pump data

displays.
2. To edit values, return to the corresponding Quick Start page.
3. Press the exit button ( ) to return to the Operator display.

Chapter 5 Operation
Configure the Rod Pump The pump can be configured either using a local human machine interface
(HMI) screen or the remote web server.
Via Web Server
See Configuration Using Web Server on page 33 for how to configure the Rod
Pump through web server.
Via Local HMI Display

See Quick Start on page 207.
Change the Operation Mode IMPORTANT You cannot change the operation mode until the motor is stopped.
See Start and Stop the Motor on page 272.
2. Press the Well Configuration button.

Operation Chapter 5
3. Press the up ( )/down ( ) arrow buttons to select the Operation

Mode. Press the Enter ( ) button to set the mode.
IMPORTANT You cannot change the operation mode until the motor is stopped. The
Current Operation Mode appears dimmed when the motor is running.
See Start and Stop the Motor on page 272.

Chapter 5 Operation
Fixed Speed Mode
This section shows the parameters that must be configured for fixed speed
modes. First, you must set your OptiLift RPC to one of the four fixed speed
operation modes (see Change the Operation Mode on page 250).
2. Press the Fixed Speed Configuration button.

Operation Chapter 5
Pump Off Setting

Figure 278 - Configuration Display
Off/On button.

system.

Chapter 5 Operation
POC Time Setting

Figure 279 - POC Time Setting
1. Set the startup period units (stroke or minute) by pressing the

up ( )/down ( ) buttons.
2. Configure the rest of the parameters as needed for your well by pressing

Figure 280 - Fixed Speed Timer Setting

Operation Chapter 5
page 158.
been detected with the calculated Pump Fillage below the target Pump Fillage.
Figure 281 - Fixed Speed Pump Fillage
page 159.
2. Press the Close ( ) button to return to the Configuration tab.

Chapter 5 Operation
Variable Speed Mode
This section shows the parameters that must be configured for variable speed
modes. First, you must set your OptiLift RPC to one of the three variable
speed operation modes (see Change the Operation Mode on page 250).
2. Press the VFD Configuration button.
VFD Pump Off Setting
VFD Pump Off settings help you visualize control parameters relative to the
surface card during Variable Speed Pump Off operation mode.
Figure 282 - VFD Pump Off Setting
Off/On button.

Operation Chapter 5


system.
4. Press the Pump Off Deadband (DB) field to enter a value on the popup
keypad (range = 0…100). Press Enter ( ) on the keypad to save
values. For parameter definitions, see Figure 184 on page 160.

Chapter 5 Operation
The RPC Control Configuration parameters verify accurate control and

Figure 283 - RPC Control Configuration
page 161.

Operation Chapter 5
The VFD Control Signal checkbox allows you to enable or disable the VFD
control signal that controls the VFD.
The Analog Output configuration allows you to configure characteristics of

the defined VFD Speed Command.
IMPORTANT The EU min/max apply to both 4…20 mA signal and EtherNet/IP.
Figure 284 - VFD Control Signal and VFD Speed Command
1. Press the EtherNet/IP™ check box to enable (checked) or disable

(cleared) the VFD Control Signal.
2. Configure the Analog Output parameters as needed for your well by
pressing the fields to enter a value on the popup keypad. Press Enter

Chapter 5 Operation
Fluid Pound Prevention (1)

Figure 285 - Fluid Pound Prevention
1. Press the Fluid Pound Prevention 1 and 2 checkboxes to enable

(checked) or disable (cleared) these features.
2. Configure the Position and Velocity parameters as needed for your well
by pressing the fields to enter a value on the popup keypad. Press Enter
End Point Velocity Configuration (2)

Figure 286 - End Point Velocity Configuration

Operation Chapter 5
1. Press the End Point Velocity checkbox to enable (checked) or disable

(cleared) this feature.
2. Configure the remaining parameters as needed for your well by pressing
VFD Parameters
The OptiLift RPC can read and write certain VFD parameters. This access is
available to help you fine-tune or troubleshoot your pumping system. The
preferred method of writing VFD parameters is through your PowerFlex® drive.
Parameter details can be found in your PowerFlex programming manual
(publication 750-PM001).
See Configure VFD Parameters on page 262 for details.
Figure 287 - VFD Parameters Example

Chapter 5 Operation
iENT Communication Setting
This display lets you change the VFD interface communication parameters to
the 1759-iENT gateway using Modbus TCP to read the parameters of the
VFD. The default communication comes factory-configured. Only qualified
technical personnel can adjust it.
Figure 288 - iENT Communication Setting
to save values. For parameter definitions, see Figure 190 on page 166.
Configure VFD Parameters The OptiLift RPC can read and write certain VFD parameters. This access is
available to help you fine-tune or troubleshoot your pumping system. The
preferred method of writing VFD parameters is through your PowerFlex drive.
Parameter details can be found in your PowerFlex programming manual
(publication 750-PM001).

Operation Chapter 5
2. Press the VFD Configuration button.
3. Press the right arrow ( ) until you reach first VFD Parameters
display (shown in step 5).
IMPORTANT VFD parameters are applicable to PowerFlex 753/755 drives. If you

communicate with the drive with EtherNet/IP, these parameters can be read
from your drive.
4. Press the left ( ) and right ( ) arrows to navigate between

the six VFD parameter screens.
5. Press the Read VFD button to read the current VFD parameters.
6. Press an RPC Values field and enter a new value in the popup keypad.
Press the Enter ( ) button to set the value.
7. Configure other VFD parameters as needed.
8. When finished, navigate to the VFD Parameters (6/6) display using the
arrow buttons.

Chapter 5 Operation
9. Press the Write VFD button to send the updated values to the VFD.
10. Press the Read VFD button to verify that the updated values have been
written to the VFD (VFD Values column).
Configure Load Cell 1. Press the Configuration tab ( ).
2. Press the Sensor Configuration button.

Operation Chapter 5
3. Press the right arrow ( ) once to get to the Load Sensor display.
4. Press a field to configure the parameter value with the popup keypad.
5. Press the Enter ( ) button to set the value.
Configure Pump 1. Press the Configuration tab ( ).
2. Press the Pump Configuration button.

Chapter 5 Operation
3. Select your Pump Type, Pump Model, and Manufacturer. For details, see
Pump Equipment Configuration on page 140.
Configure Alarm These settings correspond to associated alarm actions that are set on the Alarm
Configuration display. To access alarm configuration:
2. Press the Alarm Configuration button.
For a description of alarms, see Alarm Configuration on page 167.

Operation Chapter 5
Load Violation Limits
After following steps 1 and 2 under Configure Alarm on page 266, set your
load violation alarms by following these steps.

minimum/maximum load violation alarms.
2. Select an alarm action from the menu by pressing the up ( )/

down ( ) buttons. Press the Enter ( ) button to select the action.
The text is highlighted with a white background when selected.
IMPORTANT The alarm action menu is only visible when the Action is enabled (checked).
3. Press the Settings button. The Load Violation setting faceplate appears.
See Load Violation Setting on page 243 for details on settings.
4. When complete, press the Close ( ) button to return to the

Configuration tab.

Chapter 5 Operation
Net Torque Setting
After following steps 1 and 2 under Configure Alarm on page 266, set your net
torque alarms by following these steps.
1. Press the right arrow ( ) once to get to the Alarm Configuration

display with the net torque alarms.
Net Torque alarms.

IMPORTANT The action menu is only visible when the Action is enabled (checked).
4. Press the Settings button. The Net Torque setting faceplate appears.
Follow the instructions on Net Torque Setting on page 244.

Configuration tab.

Operation Chapter 5
Malfunction Setpoint
malfunction setpoint alarm by following these steps.
1. Press the right arrow ( ) once to get to the Alarm Configuration

display with the malfunction setpoint alarm.
malfunction setpoint alarm.

4. Press the Settings button. The Malfunction Setpoint setting faceplate

appears. Follow the instructions on Malfunction Setting on page 245.

Configuration tab.

Chapter 5 Operation
DI4/DI5 Aux Fault
DI4 and DI5 Aux Fault Active alarm by following these steps.
1. Press the right arrow ( ) twice to get to the Alarm Configuration

display with the DI4 and DI5 Aux Fault Active alarms.
alarms.

4. Press the Settings button. The selected DI Aux Fault configuration

faceplate appears. Follow the instructions on DI4/DI5 Auxiliary Fault

Configuration tab.

Operation Chapter 5
Dry Well Condition
Dry Well Prevention alarm by following these steps.
1. Press the right arrow ( ) three times to get to the alarm

configuration display with the Dry Well Prevention alarm.
alarm.

4. Press the Settings button. The Dry Well Prevention setting faceplate
appears. Follow the instructions on Dry Well Condition on page 247.

Configuration tab.

Chapter 5 Operation

()
ATTENTION: To avoid personal injury and/or equipment damage, verify that

it is safe to start the motor before performing this process.
1. Press the Operator tab ( ).
2. Press either the Well Overview or Overview Data buttons.
3. Press the Start or Stop Motor buttons.

Operation Chapter 5
Calibrate the Inclinometer IMPORTANT Well must be running to calibrate the inclinometer. See Start and Stop the
Motor on page 272.
2. Press the Current Card button.
3. Press the Start Calibration button.

Chapter 5 Operation
Calibration begins.
4. To complete the calibration process, press the Accept or Reject button.
5. Press the Close ( ) button to return to the Current Card display.

Operation Chapter 5
View Fluid Level Properties 1. Press the Operator tab ( ).
2. Press the Historical Data button.
3. Press the right arrow ( ) three times to get to the Fluid Level
Data display.

Chapter 5 Operation
Configure Fluid Level 1. Press the Configuration tab ( ).

Properties
2. Press the Pump Configuration button.
3. Press the right arrow ( ) once to get to the Fluid Properties

display.
IMPORTANT If the Fluid Level field appears dimmed, clear the Calculated Fluid Level
checkbox.

Operation Chapter 5
6. When finished, press the right arrow ( ) to get to the Pump

Parameters display.
9. When finished, press the right arrow ( ) to get to the Fluid Level
Cutoff Settings display.
Off/On button.

Chapter 5 Operation
12. When finished, press the right arrow ( ) to get to the Fluid Level
Settings display.
15. Press the Close ( ) button to return to the Configuration display.
17. Press the Overview Data button.
18. Press the right arrow ( ) two times to get to the Process Alarm
Configuration display.

Operation Chapter 5
19. Press the Config button to modify alarm settings for tubing head
pressure (THP), tubing head temperature (THT), casing head pressure
(CHP), casing head temperature (CHT), flow line pressure (FLP), and
flow line temperature (FLT).
20. Select the source of the alarm by pressing the up ( )/down ( )

buttons. Press the Enter ( ) button to select the source. The text is
highlighted with a white background when selected.
For parameter definitions, see Alarm Configuration on page 119.
23. When finished, press the Close ( ) button to return to the Operator
display.

Chapter 5 Operation
View the Surface and 1. Press the Operator tab ( ).

Downhole Card
2. Press the Current Card button.
3. The current card is updated automatically. The refresh rate is half of the
SPM.
Off/On button.

Operation Chapter 5
View Alarm Status and 1. Press the Alarm tab ( ).

Clear Alarm
2. Press the Reset button to clear all active alarms.
For alarm definitions, see Alarm Configuration on page 167.
View Well Statistics 1. Press the Operator tab ( ).
2. Press the Overview Data button.

Chapter 5 Operation
The Well Basic Data display appears. (1)
For parameter definitions, see Well Basic Data on page 116.
Configure the RTU Modbus 1. Press the Configuration tab ( ).

IP and ID
2. Press the Hardware & Diagnostic button.
(1) Parameters differ based on the operation mode.

Operation Chapter 5
3. Press the New IP & ID field.
Enter the new IP and ID in the popup keyboard and press the
Enter ( ) button to close the keyboard.
IMPORTANT The format of your new IP must be <xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx> and the format of the
ID must be “.1”.
4. Press the Save button to set the new IP and ID.
5. Press the Close ( ) button to return to the Configuration display.
Upgrade the OptiLift RPC Before upgrading the suite firmware, check your current firmware revision.
Verify the upgrade that you are installing is not the same as your current suite
Suite Firmware on Web firmware revision.
Server
IMPORTANT Before upgrading your firmware, download your current configurations (see
Download Current Configuration on page 287).
You can also make a backup of your existing firmware by clicking the
Download button (see Download Current Suite Firmware on page 286).

Chapter 5 Operation
1. Use the left navigation tree to access System Status > Module Status.
Your current suite firmware is displayed.
2. On the left navigation tree in the web server, click System Upgrade.
3. Select Suite Firmware from the File Type pull-down menu and click
Browse...
The File Upload window appears. Navigate to the upgrade file named
“iXC2.vmz”.
4. Verify that the System Upgrade options are correctly completed with the
following settings.
• File Name: iXC2.VMZ
• Retain Configuration (1): Use this checkbox to specify if you want
to keep the current configuration of your OptiLift RPC. For more
information, see Retain Configuration Checkbox on page 286.
IMPORTANT We do not recommend downgrading the firmware. Downgrading can cause

unwanted controller behavior.
(1) This option retains only existing values and configuration. Any ISAGRAF projects or vMiConfig projects are not retained after the
firmware is upgraded. We recommend that you check the Retain Configuration checkbox when upgrading your suite firmware.

Operation Chapter 5
5. Click Upgrade.
6. When the update starts, a status bar indicates the progress for the entire
process, including the restart period after the upgrade.
Suite Firmware Update Progress Bar
Restart Progress Bar After Suite Firmware Update
Suite Firmware Revision Verification After Upgrade Process
Reminders
• Calibrate the inclinometer of the well from the Current Card display
(page 128) while the well is running. Run this calibration right after
upgrading your suite firmware. See Calibrate the Inclinometer on
page 273.
• Any other configurations that are made before you upgrade the firmware
are reset to system defaults. Use the following process to download your
current configurations.

Chapter 5 Operation
Retain Configuration Checkbox
When using the Retain Configuration checkbox during a firmware suite

upgrade:
• You must verify that all modules, except web server and OptiLift RPC,
are disabled while you update the firmware suite.
IMPORTANT Data logger module must not be running while retaining the
configuration during a firmware suite upgrade. It can cause web
server to hang due to USB data logging.
• Only the configuration of the OptiLift RPC module is retained in the

current release (8.219.5) when upgrading from suite 8.217.6. and
8.217.3. The following parameters are not retained:
– Fluid level calculation enable/disable
– Fluid level input type
– Static reservoir pressure
– Reservoir type
– All process alarm variables
– Pump unique ID and sub-ID
– Crank pin
• Retain Configuration only supports upgrading to a higher suite version.
IMPORTANT Downgrading firmware suite to a lower version is not supported.
• Data is not retained when a firmware suite is upgraded.
Download Current Suite Firmware
1. Use the left navigation tree to access System Upgrade. In the Download
section, the Download button is used to download suite firmware.

Operation Chapter 5
2. Click Download. When the download starts, a status bar indicates the
progress for the entire process. The download takes several minutes.
3. Once the download is ready, click the “Click Here to Download” link to
save the file to your computer.
Download Current Configuration
1. Use the left navigation tree to access Download > Configuration.
2. Right-click the file that appears on the page and select Save Link As...
3. Save the configuration file to your computer.

Chapter 5 Operation
Notes:

Chapter 6
Troubleshooting
This section serves as a guide for qualified personnel with proper training to
troubleshoot OptiLift™ RPC components and wiring.
OptiLift RPC Status Indicators The OptiLift RPC can be set to one of the following nine states. The current
state can be checked on the Well Basic Data (page 116) and Well Overview
(page 114) displays.
Table 9 - OptiLift RPC States
State Description
Stopping The motor is in the process of coming to a stop.
Unable to Stop This state indicates that the pump has failed to stop after a fixed time interval of 240
seconds from when the OptiLift RPC sends the stop command.
Stopped In this state, the OptiLift RPC application is stopped. This state is also the initial
configuration state. After the OptiLift RPC has been installed, it must be configured. No
control is performed in any mode until the OptiLift RPC is configured with a set of well
parameters, put into a well operation mode, and Start Motor is selected. If any parameters
or configurations require changes, the OptiLift RPC must be put into stopped state by
selecting Stop Operation from Well Operation Mode display (page 115).
Motor Alert Before starting the motor, the OptiLift RPC waits during the preconfigured Motor Alert
Delay time. The OptiLift RPC then switches the DO4 signal ON and thereafter switches OFF
after the delay time expires.
Start Shortly after the motor is turned ON, the OptiLift RPC enters into a Start state. No control
commands are acknowledged in this state.
Unable to Run This state indicates that the pump has failed to start after a fixed time interval of 60
seconds from when the OptiLift RPC sends the Start command. There is not further action
and the Well State remains in “Pump unable to Run” state.
Run In this state, the OptiLift RPC controls and monitors the well. Based on the well condition,
the OptiLift RPC responds accordingly.
Rest Depending on the well condition, such as Pump Off, Dry Well, or after the runtime expires
(Manual Timer mode), the OptiLift RPC switches to the preconfigured Rest state. This state
is applicable in Fixed Speed Pump off, Fixed Speed Manual Timer, VFD Pump Off, and VFD
Pump Fillage operation modes.
Fail-safe Run The system switches to this state when a position indicator error happens. This state occurs
if the motor is running in Fixed Speed Pump Off mode and the alarm action for a position
indicator error is configured to take a fail-safe action. You can configure the runtime in this
state or depend upon the last 24-hour run/rest history if the smart clock feature is enabled.
Fail-safe Rest After the fail-safe runtime expires, the OptiLift RPC switches to the preconfigured Fail-safe
Rest state.
HOA If the Hand-Off-Auto (HOA) switch is wired to the OptiLift RPC I/O Board and is ON, the
OptiLift RPC well state changes to the HOA state. In this state, the OptiLift RPC application
is bypassed.
Shutdown The OptiLift RPC switches to this state if an error condition occurs (for example, all critical
alarms or AUX-faults). Unless the conditions are cleared or you manually reset the alarms,
the motor cannot be switched ON.

Chapter 6 Troubleshooting
Incomplete and Erroneous An incomplete or erroneous surface cards commonly appear as a horizontal
straight line with no variation on the surface card. To identify the specific
Surface Cards cause, refer to the load and position indicator inputs (load cell and
inclinometer).
Troubleshoot Load Cell

To troubleshoot the load cell, follow these steps:
• With the OptiLift RPC I/O powered on, verify the excitation voltage to
the load cell across EXC+ and EXC- is approximately 5V DC. If the
excitation voltage is 0V DC, the OptiLift RPC I/O needs replacement.
Contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation
sales office for more information.
• With the OptiLift RPC I/O powered on, verify the voltage from the
load cell across SIG+ and SIG- remains between 0…10 mV. The voltage
decreases on downstroke and increases on upstroke. If the load cell
voltage is 0 mV, verify continuity of the load cell. If the load cell voltage
remains constant at a value greater than 0 mV on upstroke and
downstroke, the load cell could be faulty.
• Verify input voltage from the load cell to the controller (Controller
Details on page 181). The load cell input voltage (AI1) varies between
0…4.02V DC. The voltage decreases on the downstroke and increases
on the upstroke. If the voltage observed on AI1 channel is 0V DC or
remains at a constant value, verify that the controller I/O has been
configured properly (Sensor Configuration on page 66). If configured
properly, the controller I/O needs replacement. Contact your local
Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales office for more
information.
Troubleshoot Inclinometer
1. Verify that the inclinometer is positioned correctly.
Figure 289 - Inclin7ometer Positioning on I-Beam
Inclinometer
2. With the OptiLift RPC I/O powered on, compare EXC signals (EXC+
and EXC-) on the OptiLift RPC I/O to EXC signals on the
inclinometer Molex® connector. Verify that your inclinometer Pinout
configuration is consistent with specification.

Troubleshooting Chapter 6
3. Measure and observe the voltage signal (SIG+ and SIG-) on the
OptiLift RPC I/O (Figure 290) and inclinometer Molex connector
(Figure 291). The signal voltage increases as the horse head moves up
and decreases as it moves down between 3.48…4.5 V. If the voltages are
not within this desired range, recheck the inclinometer position.
Figure 290 - Inclinometer RPC I/O Wiring
4. If a no voltage signal is detected through the Molex connector, verify

wiring on the inclinometer board (Figure 291) and check that all wires
are secured properly.
Figure 291 - Internal Pinout of Inclinometer
Troubleshoot Hall Effect Sensors
1. Verify that the Hall effect crank arm and motor shaft/RPM sensors are
properly wired (see Figure 16 on page 23).
2. Verify that your Hall effect sensors are properly installed with their
magnets properly mounted. When mounted correctly, the magnets pass
in front of each sensor when the crank arm and motor shaft rotate. A
24V signal must be measured when the magnet is properly aligned with
the Hall effect sensors.
3. Measure the voltage across +24V and -24V of the terminals that supply
power to the Hall effect crank arm and motor shaft/RPM sensors. The
voltage must measure about around 24V. If the voltage is 0V for either
sensor, verify that the Hall effect sensor is properly wired (see Figure 16
on page 23).
4. Measure the voltage across SIG (signal) and -24V of both Hall effect
sensors with the magnets in front of the sensors. The voltage across SIG
and -24V must measure around 24V.

Chapter 6 Troubleshooting
5. Verify that the signals for both Hall effect sensors that are sent to the
controller I/O board are “High” (value equals 1) when both magnets are
in front of the Hall effect sensors. The digital input status for DI6
(crank arm) and DI9 (motor shaft - RPM) can be verified on the Digital
I/O Status display (see Controller Details on page 181).
Motor Not Starting • Issue a start motor command (see Start and Stop the Motor on
page 272). Verify that the relay status indicator is on.
• Check the connectivity to the terminals.
• Check that all trip/fault conditions are cleared.
• Check the motor start alert delay value. Wait until delay time as elapsed.
• If relay status indicator light does not come on, contact TechConnect
Support or Rockwell Automation Support.
IMPORTANT If you have a PowerFlex® drive (or power package), check the Run command
on the drive and the EtherNet/IP communication between the drive and the
OptiLift RPC.
Motor Status Feedback Error Verify that the motor feedback signal (~24V DC) is present when motor is
ON by measuring the Feedback terminals in the OptiLift RPC I/O. If the
motor feedback signal is not present, the motor status feedback error alarm is
raised.

Appendix A
Specifications
Enclosure Specifications Table 10 - Enclosure Specifications
Attribute Value
Dimensions (H x W x D) 46 x 46 x 29 cm (18 x 18 x 11.5 in.)
Material Steel (with white paint)
Ratings IP14, NEMA 3R
Weight (Fully Equipped) Display: 22.7 kg (50 lb)
No display: 21.5 kg (47.4 lb)
IMPORTANT Install the OptiLift™ RPC in areas that are not classified as hazardous
locations.
Hall Effect Sensor Table 11 - Hall Effect Sensor Specification

Attribute Value
Operating temperature -40…185 °F(-40…85 °C)
Supply Voltage 4.5…24V DC
Output Sinking, up to 25 mA of Current
Sensitivity ~350 Gauss
Load Cell Table 12 - Load Cell Specifications
Attribute Value
Operating Temperature -40…+80 °C (-40…+175 °F)
Output 2 mV/V Nominal differential signal
(700 Ω Wheatstone bridge)
Excitation voltage 5…15V DC
Range 0…22,680 kg (0…50,000 lb)

Appendix A Specifications
Inclinometer Table 13 - Inclinometer Specifications

Attribute Value
Solid-state Nonsolid-state
Operating Temperature -40…+85 °C (-40…+185 °F) -40…+85 °C (-40…+185 °F)
Range ±45° ±60°
Supply Voltage 5…36V DC 5…16V DC
Output Range 0.2…4.8V 30 mV/deg
Motor Control Relays Table 14 - Solid-state Relay Specifications
Attribute Value
Coil Ratings Operate 12V DC, 110 mA
Release 12V DC, 50 mA
Coil Resistance Operate 110 Ω
Release 235 Ω
Contact Rated Load Resistive load 220V AC, 3 A
Inductive load 220V AC, 0.8 A
Maximum Switching Resistive load 250V AC
Voltage
Inductive load 250V AC
Resistive load 24V DC, 3 A
Inductive load 24V DC, 1.5 A
Inductive load AC: 3 A
Maximum Switching Resistive load AC: 3 A
Current
Resistive load DC: 3 A
Inductive load DC: 3 A
Maximum Switching Resistive load AC: 660VA
Power
Inductive load AC: 176VA
Standards Compliance • UL 508A

• c-UL 508A

Appendix B
Wiring Diagrams
Motor Control Wiring Options ATTENTION: The wiring options that are described in this section require
rewiring OptiLift™ RPC internal components. Only allow properly trained and
qualified personnel to attempt rewiring.
The factory-configured motor control output is a switched 24V DC output.

For a dry contact output, you have two options.
• Mount a new 24V DC coil relay in the cabinet and wire the relay to the
powered output terminals.
• Carefully remove the factory-configured wiring to the relay contact and
connect the motor control wiring directly to the relay contact.
Terminal Block Allocation

17 18 19 20 21
16 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
11 12 13 14 15
Analog Input Digital Input Digital Output Hall Effect Input
TB Description TB Description TB Description TB Description

16 Spare AI2 22 Auto/Off DI2 27 Motor On/Off 31/ Crank Location
Status DO1 32 D16
17 Spare AI4 23 Aux DI4
28 Start Alert DO4 33/ Motor RPM DI9
18 Spare AI5 24 Aux DI5 34
29 Spare DO5
19 Spare AI6 25 Spare DI7
30 Spare DO6
20 Spare AI7 26 Spare DI8
21 Spare AI8

Appendix B Wiring Diagrams
OptiLift RPC Wiring Figure 292 - Fully Wired OptiLift RPC
GND +12V GND +5V + - + - + -
POWER FAIL
HAND OFF AUTO
LATCH
UNLATCH
FEEDBACK +
FEEDBACK -
LOAD POSITION VFD
BATTERY
BACKED OUTPUT
RTU TERMINALS
vMonitor ®
Creating the Digital Oilfield
HAND-OFF
AUTO
- +
Optilift - RPC
SW1 Rod Pump Controller
FIELD TERMINALS
SHUNT
CALIBRATION
FEEDBACK +
Blow 2A/250V FUSE
FEEDBACK -
UNLATCH
GROUND
LATCH
24VDC IN BATTERY
+8V
+24V DC +5…15V DC DC - (4…20) mA
-24V DC COM + Signal + Signal + (4…20) mA
- Signal Ground
-5…15V DC Shield
Shield Wires from
Wires from Load Cell Inclinometer

Wiring Diagrams Appendix B
Figure 293 - OptiLift RPC Wiring Overview

Appendix B Wiring Diagrams
Power Distribution

Appendix C
Site Survey Template
OptiLift RPC Validation Sheet The site survey template helps to record all proper pump equipment
information that is required to commission an OptiLift™ RPC. The
information is entered on the Pump Configuration display (page 140). The site
survey sheet also provides additional information about the existing conditions
and process information of the well.
OPTILIFT RPC WORK SHEET
Date 5/7/2019
Rev 13
Parameters in BOLD letters are mandatory for RPC Configuration
Well Name:
Pumping Unit
Beam Pumping Unit
Rotaflex Pumping Unit
Manufacturer :
Model:
Name Plate:
Actual (Current) Stroke Length:
Crank Rotation (Clockwise or Counter Clockwise)
For Belt Driven Linear Pumps Only
Sprocket Radius:
Chain Length:
Distance between Sprocket Centers:
I/O Expected to/from Sentry Controller
Any Cornering Speed Needed? What Speed?
Braking Safety PLC system Type?, provide documentation
Pumping Unit API Dimensions (Required when Pumping Unit is not in the Database)
Pumping Unit Type:
Crank Rotation:
R Dimension:
K Dimension:
C Dimension:
P Dimension:
A Dimension:
I Dimension:
H Dimension:
G Dimension:
Phase Angle:
Motor
Manufacturer:
Part Number:
Electric
Gas
Motor type:
Motor Sheave Size (IN):
Gear Box Sheave Size (IN):
Motor nominal speed (RPM):
Jack Shaft (Intermediate Speed Reducer)
Input Jack Shaft Sheave Size (IN)
Output Jack Shaft Sheave Size (IN)
Mechanical Efficiency%:
Gear box ratio:
Motor Nominal Frequency (Hz):
Horse Power (HP):

Appendix C Site Survey Template
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD)

VFD Required?
Existing VFD?
Manufacturer:
Part No.:
Communication Protocol
4-20mA Available
Digital Input Run/Stop Command available?
Typical Min and Max VFD Working Frequency?
Controller
Existing controller needs to be replaced?
Manufacturer:
Model No.:
Type of Control Desired (Optional)
Fixed Speed Pump Off
Fixed Speed Timer
Fixed Speed Manual
Variable Speed Pump Off
Variable Speed Pump Fillage
Variable Speed Manual
Operating Conditions
Power Comes from:
Electric Grid
On-site Generator
Power Supply Voltage (Vac):
Power Supply Frequency:
Operating Temperature:
Operating Humidity:
Load Cell
Load Cell Required?
Existing Load Cell
Manufacturer:
Part No:
Load Cell Signal Output Range:
Load Cell Input Voltage Range:
Load Cell Range:

Site Survey Template Appendix C
Inclinometer
Existing inclinometer
Manufacturer:
Part No:
Voltage Input Range:
Signal Output Range:
Inclinometer Required?
Proximity Switch (Rotaflex Only)
Existing Proximity Switch?
Manufacturer:
Part No:
Proximity Sensor Needed?
Hall Effect Sensors
Required for Crank Arm? (not applicable for Rotaflex)
Existing Hall Effect Crank Arm Sensor?
Manufacturer:
Part No:
Hall Effect Required for RPM at Motor Shaft?
Existing Hall Effect RPM Sensor?
Manufacturer:
Part No:
Hall Effect on Crank Installation on Top or Bottom of Stroke?
Wired/Wireless Sensors (Optional)
Not Needed
Must integrate with existing sensors (*)
Types:
Qty:
Wireless Sensors Needed? (*)
1. Pressure Sensors. If yes,
How many:
Range:
Output signal:
2. Temperature sensors. If yes,
How Many:
Range:
Output signal:

AUX Shut-in
Existing Shut-in Signals?
Signal type:
Types:
Qty:
SCADA
SCADA Software Required
Existing SCADA?
Supplier/Brand of Existing SCADA:
Communication Protocol Type?
GENERAL INFORMATION
Process Information
Oil Density (API):
Gas Specific Gravity:
Water Specific Gravity:
Bottomhole Temperature (F):
Fluid Level from Surface (ft):
(echometer Data)
Fluid Level from Surface (ft):
(From Dynamometer)
Water Cut (%):
Gas-Oil-Ratio (SCF/STB):
Static Reservoir Pressure (PSIG):
Pump Plunger Diameter (IN):
Pump Depth (ft):
Tubing Inner Diameter (inches):
Pump Efficiency:
Depth of Perforations (ft):
Well Deviation (Degrees):
Damping Factor:
Anchored Tubing? Y/N
Current Pumping Speed (SPM):
Pump Intake Pressure (PSI):
Echometer Test report available (Y/N)
Fluid Load (LBS):
Tubing Head Temperature (F):
Casing Head Temperature (F):
Flowline Temperature (F):
Tubing Head Pressure (PSI):
Casing Head Pressure (PSI):
Flowline Pressure (PSI):

Site Survey Template Appendix C
Rod Tapers Information:

Number of Tapers:
Taper 6 /
Sections Taper 1 Taper 2 Taper 3 Taper 4 Taper 5 Sinker Bar
Manufacturer Name:
Sucker Rod API Material Type
Sucker Rod API Grade
Sucker Rod Diameter(IN)
Young Modulus for the Material (Ksi)
Sucker Rod Weight (LB/Ft)
Total Length of Rods (FT) :
Historic Operational Information
Sand
Paraffin
Scale
Asphaltenes
Emulsion
H2S
Gassy Well
CO2
Pump Balancing (is the pump balanced?)
Vertical or Horizontal Well Type?
Production Data
Fluid Production in BPD
Oil Production in BPD
Water Production in BPD
Gas Production in SCF
Historical Dynagraph
Are Surface and Downhole cards available?
Provide Surface and Downhole cards if available
Typical Pumping Speed range:
Typical Pump Fillage:
Spare IO's
IO's Required?
Number and Type of IO's Required:
Remarks and Comments
Completed By:
Date:

Notes:

Appendix D
Modbus Mapping Registers
This section contains the following Modbus mapping registers:
Modbus Map Page

Modbus Coil Status 306
Modbus Input Status 318
Modbus Input Register 326
Modbus Holding Register 363
Alarms and Events 423
Gas Flow Measurement Events 426
ISAGRAF Error Codes 430
Time Zones 431
Modbus WMP Coil Status 434
Modbus WMP Input Status 436
Modbus WMP Input Register 438
Modbus WMP Holding Register 443

Modbus Coil Status
306
Appendix D
Table 15 - Modbus Coil Status
MODBUS Comm Data On Access UOM Data Data

Tag Name Description Registers Range Remarks Storage Demand
CS Type Type Min Max Default
Gas Flow Measurement
0 = Disable AGA3.
AGA3Enbl 1 AGA3 Enable/Disable 1 0 or 1 O1 Bit 1 = Enable AGA3. NV R/W 0 1 1
If AGA3 is enabled then it will do the AGA3 Calculation
0 = Disable the AGA 7/9.
AGA7Enbl 2 AGA7/9 Enable/Disable 1 0 or 1 O1 Bit 1 = Enable the AGA 7/9. NV R/W 0 1 0
Whether AGA 7 or 9 will run is decided by HR 10.
0 = Turn Off Maintenance Mode.
MaintMd 3 Maintenance Mode 1 0 or 1 O1 Bit NV R/W 0 1 0
1 = Turn On Maintenance Mode
Flowing Pressure Low Alarm Enable / Disable
Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019
Flowing Pressure Low Alarm Enable /

PFLoAlmEnbl 4 1 0 or 1 O1 Bit 0 = Disable NV R/W 0 1 1
Disable
1 = Enable
Flowing Pressure High Alarm Enable / Disable
Flowing Pressure High Alarm Enable /
PFHiAlmEnbl 5 1 0 or 1 O1 Bit 0 = Disable NV R/W 0 1 1
Disable
1 = Enable
Flowing Temperature Low Alarm Enable / Disable
Flowing Temperature Low Alarm
TFLoAlmEnbl 6 Enable / Disable 1 0 or 1 O1 Bit 0 = Disable NV R/W 0 1 1
1 = Enable
Flowing Temperature High Alarm Enable / Disable
TFHiAlmEnbl 7 Flowing Temperature High Alarm 1 0 or 1 O1 Bit 0 = Disable NV R/W 0 1 1
Enable / Disable
1 = Enable
Differential Pressure Low Alarm Enable / Disable
Differential Pressure Low Alarm
DiffPLoAlmEnbl 8 1 0 or 1 O1 Bit 0 = Disable NV R/W 0 1 1
Enable / Disable
1 = Enable
Differential Pressure High Alarm Enable / Disable
Differential Pressure High Alarm
DiffPHiAlmEnbl 9 Enable / Disable 1 0 or 1 O1 Bit 0 = Disable NV R/W 0 1 1
1 = Enable
Density Low Alarm Enable / Disable
DensLoAlmEnbl 10 Density Low Alarm Enable / Disable 1 0 or 1 O1 Bit 0 = Disable NV R/W 0 1 1
1 = Enable
Density High Alarm Enable / Disable
DensHiAlmEnbl 11 Density High Alarm Enable / Disable 1 0 or 1 O1 Bit 0 = Disable NV R/W 0 1 1
1 = Enable
Water Cut Low Alarm Enable / Disable
Water Cut Low Alarm Enable /
WCtLoAlmEnbl 12 Disable 1 0 or 1 O1 Bit 0 = Disable NV R/W 0 1 1
1 = Enable
Water Cut High Alarm Enable / Disable
WCtHiAlmEnbl 13 Water Cut High Alarm Enable / 1 0 or 1 O1 Bit 0 = Disable NV R/W 0 1 1
Disable
1 = Enable
Flow Rate Low Alarm Enable / Disable
Flow Rate Low Alarm Enable /
FLRLoAlmEnbl 14 1 0 or 1 O1 Bit 0 = Disable NV R/W 0 1 1
Disable
1 = Enable
Flow Rate High Alarm Enable / Disable
Flow Rate High Alarm Enable /
FLRHiAlmEnbl 15 Disable 1 0 or 1 O1 Bit 0 = Disable NV R/W 0 1 1
1 = Enable
307
Appendix D
Tag Name MODBUS Description Registers Range Comm Data Remarks Storage On Access UOM Data Data Default
CS Type Type Demand Min Max
16 Reserved for Flow Computer 85
101 Reserved for Future Use 300
RPC

Value 0 will turn well's motor OFF. This sets DO1, DO2 OFF and DO3
ON.This will put the well into Stopped State.
MtrCtrl 401 Motor Control ON/OFF 1 0 or 1 O1 Bit NV R/W 0 1 0
Value 1 will turn well's motor ON.
This sets DO1, DO2 ON and DO3 OFF.
402 Reserved 2
404 Reserved 1 Bit
405 Reserved for Internal Use 1 BIT
Writing 1 to this register will start the calibration process. It will
reset to 0 in the following conditions
1. Calibration process is complete and user accepts the calibrated
StartCalib 406 Start Calibration 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit values NV R/W 0 1 0
2. Calibration process is complete and user rejects the calibrated
values
3.Calibration timeout occurs
Writing 1 on this register will update latest card data into IR 901 to
UpdtLtstCard 407 Update Latest Card 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit NV R/W 0 1 0
IR 1750. It will reset to 0 once card data is updated.
This Register triggers event to update on IR event registers IR 4541 -
TrgrEvtLg 408 Trigger Event Log 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit NV R/W 0 1 0
4840. It will reset to 0 once data is updated.
Writing 1 on this register will stop the RPC operation. It will reset to
StopRPCOpertn 409 Stop RPC Operation 1 0 or 1 O1 Bit NV R/W 0 1 1
0 when we start the RPC operation by writing 1 to CS 410.
Writing 1 on this register will start the RPC operation in the
StartRPCOpertn 410 Start RPC Operation 1 0 or 1 O1 Bit NV R/W 0 1 0
configured controller state. It will reset to 0 once RPC starts.
Writing 1 on this register will take HR 4253, 4254 as Gauge off Time
SetGaugeOffTm 411 Set Gauge Off Time 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit NV R/W 0 1 0
configuration. RPC will clear this register.
Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Day Percent
UpdtPrcntRunTm 412 Update % Run Time 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit NV R/W 0 1 0
Run Time in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register.
Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Day Run
UpdtRunTm 413 Update Run Time 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit NV R/W 0 1 0
Time in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register
Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Day Average
UpdtAveSPM 414 Update Average SPM 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit NV R/W 0 1 0
SPM in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register
Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Day Max
UpdtMaxLd 415 Update Maximum Load 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Load of Surface card in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this NV R/W 0 1 0
register
UpdtMinLd 416 Update Minimum Load 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Day Min NV R/W 0 1 0
Load of Surface card in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register
UpdtNumStk 417 Update Number of Stroke 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Day Number NV R/W 0 1 0
of Strokes in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register
UpdtCDaAccDt 418 Update Current Day Accumulation 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit To be confirmed and updated later NV R/W
Data
UpdtOVolAccDt 419 Update Oil Volume Accumulation 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Oil Volume NV R/W 0 1 0
Data Accumulation in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register
Update Water Volume Accumulation Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Water
UpdtWVolAccDt 420 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Volume Accumulation in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this NV R/W 0 1 0
Data register
Update Total Volume Accumulation Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Total Volume
UpdtTotVolAccDt 421 Data 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Accumulation in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register NV R/W 0 1 0
Update Gas Volume Accumulation Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Gas Volume
422 Data 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Accumulation in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register NV R/W 0 1 0
UpdtGVolAccDt
423 Reserved for Debug 1 Bit
308
Appendix D
UpdtAvePmpFillage 424 Update Average Pump Fillage 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Average NV R/W 0 1 0
Pump Fillage in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register
UpdtMalfnctnCnt 425 Update Malfunction Count 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Malfunction NV R/W 0 1 0
in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register

UpdtAveRunTm 426 Update Average Run Time 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Average Run NV R/W 0 1 0
Time in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register
UpdtAveRestTm 427 Update Average Rest Time 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Average NV R/W 0 1 0
Rest Time in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register
UpdtFailSafeRunTm 428 Update Fail-safe Run Time 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Fail-safe NV R/W 0 1 0
Run Time in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register
UpdtFailSafeRestTm 429 Update Fail-safe Rest Time 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Fail-safe NV R/W 0 1 0
Rest Time in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register
UpdtFailSafePrcntRun 430 Update Fail-safe % Run Time 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Fail-safe % NV R/W 0 1 0
Tm Run Time in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register
UpdtLdSigFalrMinCnt 431 Update Load Signal Failure at Min 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Load Signal NV R/W 0 1 0
Count Failure at Min Count in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register
UpdtLdSigFalrMaxCnt 432 Update Load Signal Failure at Max 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Load Signal NV R/W 0 1 0
Count Failure at Max Count in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register
Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Stagnant
UpdtStgntLdSigFalrCn 433 Update Stagnant Load Signal Failure 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Load Signal Failure Count in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this NV R/W 0 1 0
t Count
register
Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Deferred
Update Deferred Production Run
UpdtDfrdPrdctnRunTm 434 Time 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Production Run Time in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this NV R/W 0 1 0
register
UpdtDfrdPrdctnPrcntR Update Deferred Production % Run Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Deferred
435 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Production % Run Time in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this NV R/W 0 1 0
unTm Time register
436 Reserved 1
ResetLifeCntrPrmtr 437 Reset Life Counter Set Parameters 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will reset the Life Counter Set Parameters in NV R/W 0 1 0
HR 4635 - 4660 . RPC Will clear this register
CalcStkLenLnrPmp 438 Calculate Stroke Length for Linear 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will copy the calculated stroke length value NV R/W 0 1 0
Pump in IR 5868 to HR 4222.
439 Reserved for Internal Use 2
Writing 1 to this register will start the RPS Synchronization process.
It will reset to 0 in the following conditions
1. Synchronization process is complete and user accepts the
RPSSynctn 441 RPS Synchronization 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit synchronized values NV R/W 0 1 0
2. Synchronization process is complete and user rejects the
synchronized values
3.Synchronization timeout occurs
Crank Sensor Location
CrnkSensLoctn 442 Crank Sensor Location 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit 0 - Bottom of the Stroke NV R/W 0 1 0
1 - Top of the Stroke
Writing 1 to this register will save the POS card. RPC will clear this
PnlVwSavePstnCard 443 Save POS Card in Panel View 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit register after card is saved. NV R/W 0 1 0
To be used for PanelView only
444 Reserved 1
Writing 1 to this register will Search the entered pump in the Pump
Search Pump in Database in Panel Database. RPC will clear this register once pump search is
PnlVwSrchPmpDtbs 445 View 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit completed. NV R/W 0 1 0
309
Appendix D
Writing 1 to this register will set the DI4 active status ac HIGH i.e. if
the DI4 is 1 then only it will act according to the alarm action
AuxDI4FltActvSts 446 Auxiliary DI4 fault Active status 1 0 or 1 0 Bit configured. Writing 0 to this register will set DI4 active status as LOW NV R/W 0 1 1
i.e. if the DI4 is 0 then only it will act as per the alarm action.

Writing 1 to this register will set the DI5 active status ac HIGH i.e. if
AuxDI5FltActvSts 447 Auxiliary DI5 fault Active status 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit the DI5 is 1 then only it will act according to the alarm action NV R/W 0 1 1
configured. Writing 0 to this register will set DI5 active status as LOW
i.e. if the DI5 is 0 then only it will act as per the alarm action.
Writing 1 to this register will enable the password control checking
EnblPWCntrl 448 Enable Password Control 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit while entering the "Configuration" on HMI screens. Writing 0 will NV R/W 0 1 0
disbale this feature. It will not ask for password.
Writing 1 to this register will read the parameters from VFD. It will
ReadVFD 449 Read from VFD 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit NV R/W 0 1 0
automatically reset to 0 once parameters are read.
Writing 1 to this register will write the VFD parameters in modbus to
WriteVFD 450 Write to VFD 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit the VFD drive. It will automatically reset to 0 once parameters are NV R/W 0 1 0
written.
EnblMalfnctnSP 451 Enable Malfunction Set Point 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will enable the malfunction set point alarm NV R/W 0 1 0
feature. 0 will disable the feature.
Writing 1 to this register will enable the feature. Writing 0 will
EnblDryWellCndtn 452 Enable Dry Well Condition 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the maximum load violation
EnblMaxLdVltn 453 Enable Maximum Load Violation 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit alarm feature. 0 will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the maximum Net torque alarm
EnblMaxNetTq 454 Enable Maximum Net Torque 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit feature. 0 will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the Critical Load alarm feature.
EnblCrtclLd 455 Enable Critical Load 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit 0 will disbale the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the Critical Net Torque alarm
EnblCrtclNetTq 456 Enable Critical Net Torque 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit feature. 0 will disbale the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
EnblExptdSPMErr 458 Enable Expected SPM Error 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will enable the Expected SPM Error feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
0 will disbale the feature.
459 Reserved for Debug 1 1 or 0 Bit
Writing 1 to this register will enable the Motor Status Feedback
EnbMtrStsFdbkErr 460 Enable Motor Status Feedback Error 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit NV R/W 0 1 0
alarm Feature. 0 will disable the feature.
Writing 1 to this register will enable the Position Indicator Failure
EnblPstnIndctrErr 462 Enable Position Indicator Error 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Feature. 0 will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the Out of Calibration alarm
EnblOutCalib 463 Enable Out of Calibration 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Feature. 0 will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the VFD Communication Error
EnblVFDCommErr 464 Enable VFD Communication Error 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Feature. 0 will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Enable VFD Maximum Frequency Writing 1 to this register will enable the VFD Maximum Frequency
EnblVFDMaxFreqErr 465 Error 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Error Feature. 0 will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the DI4 AUX Fault Feature. 0 will
EnblDI4AuxFlt 466 Enable DI4 AUX Fault 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the DI5 AUX Fault Feature. 0 will
EnblDI5AuxFlt 467 Enable DI5 AUX Fault 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the minimum load violation
EnblMinLdVltn 468 Enable Minimum Load Violation 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit feature. 0 will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will reset the cumulative Run and Rest Time
ResetCmltvRunRestTm 470 Reset Cumulative Run/Rest Time 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit in IR 15 - 16 and IR 17 - 18 respectively. It will reset to 0 after NV R/W 0 1 0
resetting.
310
Appendix D
ResetCmltvStkCnt 471 Reset Cumulative Stroke Count 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will reset the cumulative Stroke Count in IR NV R/W 0 1 0
7. It will reset to 0 after resetting.
Writing 1 to this register will reset the 90 Days accumulation data
ResetAccBuf 472 Reset all Accumulation Buffer 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit including the Yesterday data and Current Day data. It will reset to 0 NV R/W 0 1 0

after resetting.
EnblHallEfctCrnkArmP Enable Hall-Effect Crank Arm/ Writing 1 to this register will enable the Hall-Effect Crank Arm/
rxmtySensLossDtctn 473 Proximity Sensor Loss Detection 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Proximity Sensor alarm detection feature. 0 will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will set the Crank Arm/Proximity Sensor DI
HallEfctCrnkArmPrxmt Hall-Effect Crank Arm/Proximity active status as HIGH i.e. if the DI is 1 then only it will detect the
474 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit NV R/W 0 1 1
ySensActvSts Sensor Active Status alarm. Writing 0 to this register will set DI active status as LOW i.e. if
the DI is 0 then only it will detect the alarm.
EnblBltSlpgDtctn 475 Enable Belt Slippage Detection 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will enable the Belt Slippage alarm NV R/W 0 1 0
detection feature. 0 will disable the feature.
EnblHallEfctRPMSensL 476 Enable Hall-Effect RPM Sensor Loss 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will enable the Hall-Effect RPM Sensor NV R/W 0 1 0
ossDtctn Detection alarm detection feature. 0 will disable the feature.
Writing 1 to this register will enable the Low RPM alarm detection
EnblLoRPMDtctn 477 Enable Low RPM Detection 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit NV R/W 0 1 0

EnblFldPndPrvntn1 478 Enable Fluid Pound Prevention1 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will enable the Fluid Pound Prevention1 NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the End Point Velocity feature. 0
EnblEndPtVlcty 479 Enable End Point Velocity 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the Fluid Level Calculation
EnblFldLvlCalcn 480 Enable Fluid Level Calculation 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit feature. 0 will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 1
Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Average PIP
UpdtAvePIP 481 Update Average PIP 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Maximum
UpdtMaxPIP 482 Update Maximum PIP 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit PIP in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Minimum
UpdtMinPIP 483 Update Minimum PIP 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit PIP in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Average
UpdtAveFldLvl 484 Update Average Fluid Level 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Fluid Level in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Maximum
UpdtMaxFldLvl 485 Update Maximum Fluid Level 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Fluid Level in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Minimum
UpdtMinFldLvl 486 Update Minimum Fluid Level 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Fluid Level in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update IPR data in IR 110 to IR
UpdtIPR 487 Update IPR 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit 131 and OFR in IR 154 - 175. RPC Will clear this register NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update IPR data in IR 176 to IR
PnlVwUpdtIPR 488 Update IPR in PanelView 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit 197 and OFR in IR 220 - 241. RPC Will clear this register NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 on this register, RPC will clear all the Fluid Level warnings
ResetWrng 489 Reset All Fluid Level Warnings 1 1 O3 Bit if warning conditions no long exist. RPC Will clear this register NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the VFD Fault alarm feature. 0 R/W 0 1 0
EnblVFDFault 490 Enable VFD Fault Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit will disbale the feature. NV
Writing 1 to this register will enable the VFD alarm feature. 0 will
EnblVFDAlm 491 Enable VFD Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit disbale the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the Fluid Pound Prevention 2
EnblFldPndPrvntn2 492 Enable Fluid Pound Prevention 2 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit feature. 0 will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 on this register, RPC will set Bit 3 of VFD Logic Command IR
ClrVFDFlt 493 Clear VFD Fault 1 1 O3 Bit 5429 - 5430 to 1 which in turn clears all VFD Faults. RPC Will clear NV R/W 0 1 0
this register after 5 seconds.
311
Appendix D
ResetRdLifeCntr 495 Reset Rod Life Counter 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will reset the Rod Life Counters in IR NV R/W 0 1 0
7969 to IR 7972 to 0 . RPC Will clear this register
ResetPmpLifeCntr 496 Reset Pump Life Counter 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will reset the Pump Life Counters in IR NV R/W 0 1 0
7973 to IR 7976 to 0 . RPC Will clear this register

ResetBltLifeCntr 497 Reset Belt Life Counter 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will reset the Belt Life Counters in IR NV R/W 0 1 0
7977 to IR 7980 to 0. RPC Will clear this register
ResetLqdPrdctn 498 Reset Liquid Production(Liquid 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will reset the Liquid Production in IR NV R/W 0 1 0
Volume Accumulated Data) 7981 to IR 7984 to 0. RPC Will clear this register
ResetOPrdctn 499 Reset Oil Production(Oil Volume 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will reset the Oil Production in IR 7989 NV R/W 0 1 0
Accumulated Data) to IR 7992 to 0. RPC Will clear this register
ResetWPrdctn 500 Reset Water Production(Water 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will reset the Water Production in IR NV R/W 0 1 0
Volume Accumulated Data) 7985 to IR 7988 to 0. RPC Will clear this register
ResetGPrdctn 501 Reset Gas Production(Gas Volume 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will reset the Gas Production in IR NV R/W 0 1 0
Accumulated Data) 7993 to IR 7996 to 0. RPC Will clear this register
UpdtPmpCyc 502 Update Pump Cycle 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 90 Days, Pump Cycles NV R/W 0 1 0
in IR 4871 to IR 5050. RPC Will clear this register
EnblTHdPHiHiAlm 503 Enable THP Hi Hi Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will enable the THP Hi Hi Alarm Feature. 0 NV R/W 0 1 0
will disable the feature.
Writing 1 to this register will enable the THP Lo Lo Alarm Feature. 0
EnblTHdPLoLoAlm 504 Enable THP Low Low Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the THP Hi Warning Feature. 0
EnblTHdPHiWrng 505 Enable THP Hi Warning 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the THP Lo Warning Feature. 0
EnblTHdPLoWrng 506 Enable THP Low Warning 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the THT Hi Hi Alarm Feature. 0
EnblTHdTempHiHiAlm 507 Enable THT Hi Hi Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the THT Lo Lo Alarm Feature. 0
EnblTHdTempLoLoAlm 508 Enable THT Low Low Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the THT Hi Warning Feature. 0
EnblTHdTempHiWrng 509 Enable THT Hi Warning 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the THT Lo Warning Feature. 0
EnblTHdTempLoWrng 510 Enable THT Low Warning 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the CHP Hi Hi Alarm Feature. 0
EnblCHdPHiHiAlm 511 Enable CHP Hi Hi Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the CHP Lo Lo Alarm Feature. 0
EnblCHdPLoLoAlm 512 Enable CHP Low Low Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the CHP Hi Warning Feature. 0
EnblCHdPHiWrng 513 Enable CHP Hi Warning 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the CHP Lo Warning Feature. 0
EnblCHdPLoWrng 514 Enable CHP Low Warning 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the CHT Hi Hi Alarm Feature. 0 NV R/W 0 1 0
EnblCHdTempHiHiAlm 515 Enable CHT Hi Hi Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit will disable the feature.
Writing 1 to this register will enable the CHT Lo Lo Alarm Feature. 0
EnblCHdTempLoLoAlm 516 Enable CHT Low Low Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the CHT Hi Warning Feature. 0
EnblCHdTempHiWrng 517 Enable CHT Hi Warning 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the CHT Lo Warning Feature. 0
EnblCHdTempLoWrng 518 Enable CHT Low Warning 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the FLP Hi Hi Alarm Feature. 0
EnblFlLnPHiHiAlm 519 Enable FLP Hi Hi Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the FLP Lo Lo Alarm Feature. 0
EnblFlLnPLoLoAlm 520 Enable FLP Low Low Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
312
Appendix D
EnblFlLnPHiWrng 521 Enable FLP Hi Warning 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will enable the FLP Hi Warning Feature. 0 NV R/W 0 1 0
EnblFlLnPLoWrng 522 Enable FLP Low Warning 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will enable the FLP Lo Warning Feature. 0 NV R/W 0 1 0

EnblFlLnTempHiHiAlm 523 Enable FLT Hi Hi Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will enable the FLT Hi Hi Alarm Feature. 0 NV R/W 0 1 0
EnblFlLnTempLoLoAlm 524 Enable FLT Low Low Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will enable the FLT Lo Lo Alarm Feature. 0 NV R/W 0 1 0
EnblFlLnTempHiWrng 525 Enable FLT Hi Warning 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will enable the FLT Hi Warning Feature. 0 NV R/W 0 1 0
EnblFlLnTempLoWrng 526 Enable FLT Low Warning 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will enable the FLT Lo Warning Feature. 0 NV R/W 0 1 0
EnblAUXPrcs1HiHiAlm 527 Enable Auxiliary Process 1 Hi Hi Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will enable the Auxiliary Process 1 Hi Hi NV R/W 0 1 0
Alarm Feature. 0 will disable the feature.
EnblAUXPrcs1LoLoAlm 528 Enable Auxiliary Process 1 Low Low 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will enable the Auxiliary Process 1 Lo Lo NV R/W 0 1 0
Alarm Alarm Feature. 0 will disable the feature.
EnblAUXPrcs1HiWrng 529 Enable Auxiliary Process 1 Hi Warning 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will enable the Auxiliary Process 1 Hi NV R/W 0 1 0
Warning Feature. 0 will disable the feature.
Enable Auxiliary Process 1 Low Writing 1 to this register will enable the Auxiliary Process 1 Lo
EnblAUXPrcs1LoWrng 530 Warning 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Warning Feature. 0 will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the Auxiliary Process 2 Hi Hi
EnblAUXPrcs2HiHiAlm 531 Enable Auxiliary Process 2 Hi Hi Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Alarm Feature. 0 will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Enable Auxiliary Process 2 Low Low Writing 1 to this register will enable the Auxiliary Process 2 Lo Lo
EnblAUXPrcs2LoLoAlm 532 Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Alarm Feature. 0 will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Writing 1 to this register will enable the Auxiliary Process 2 Hi
EnblAUXPrcs2HiWrng 533 Enable Auxiliary Process 2 Hi Warning 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Warning Feature. 0 will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Enable Auxiliary Process 3 Low Low Writing 1 to this register will enable the Auxiliary Process 3 Lo Lo
EnblAUXPrcs3LoLoAlm 536 Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Alarm Feature. 0 will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
Enable Auxiliary Process 4 Low Low Writing 1 to this register will enable the Auxiliary Process 4 Lo Lo NV R/W 0 1 0
EnblAUXPrcs4LoLoAlm 540 Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Alarm Feature. 0 will disable the feature.
Writing 1 to this register will enable the DI Process 1 Alarm Feature.
EnblDIPrcs1Alm 543 Enable DI Process 1 Alarm 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit 0 will disable the feature. NV R/W 0 1 0
313
Appendix D
DIPrcs1ManlInp 547 DI Process 1 Manual Input 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit If the DI Process 1 Input Selection Type is "Manual", user has to do NV No R/W - 0 1 0
the DI Process 1 Manual Entry from here.

Writing 1 to this register will set the DI Process 1 active status as
HIGH i.e. if the DI Process 1 IS 2842 is changed from 0 to 1 then only
it will generate an alarm and act according to the alarm action
DIPrcs1ActvSts 551 DI Process 1 Active status 1 0 or 1 0 Bit configured. Writing 0 to this register will set DI Process 1 active NV R/W 0 1 1
status as LOW i.e. if the DI Process 1 IS 2842 resets from 1 to 0 then
only an alarm will be generated and it will act as per the alarm
action.

action.
action.
action.
EnblLdSigFalrMin 555 Enable Load Cell Signal Failure at Min 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will enable the Load cell signal failure at NV R/W 0 1 0
Min Alarm feature. 0 will disable the Alarm.
EnblLdSigFalrMax 556 Enable Load Cell Signal Failure at Max 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will enable the Load cell signal failure at NV R/W 0 1 0
Max Alarm feature. 0 will disable the feature.
EnblStgntLdSigFalr 557 Enable Stagnant Load Cell Signal 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will enable the Stagnant Load cell signal NV R/W 0 1 0
Failure failure Alarm feature. 0 will disable the feature.
ResetLdSigFalrCnt 558 Reset Load Cell Failure Counts 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will reset Current day Load Cell Failure NV R/W 0 1 0
counts.
UpdtLstLd800Pts 559 Update Last 800 Load Points 1 0 or 1 O3 Bit Writing 1 on this register, RPC will update Last 800 load Points in IR NV R/W 0 1 0
6404 to IR 7203. RPC Will clear this register
EnblPmpCycLimVltn 560 Enable Pump Cycle Limit Violation 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will enable the Pump Cycle Limit Violation NV R/W 0 1 0
Alarm feature. 0 will disable the feature.
ResetLstPmpCycPmpFi 561 Reset Last 30 Cycle Pump Fillage 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will reset Last 30 Cycle Pump Fillage Counts. NV R/W 0 1 0
llageCnt Count IR 7204 - 7576 will be reset to 0.RPC Will clear this register.
ResetLstPmpCycMalfn Reset Last 20 Cycle Malfunction Set Writing 1 to this register will reset Last 20 Cycle Malfunction Set
562 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Point Violation Counts. IR 7577 - 7636 will be reset to 0.RPC Will NV R/W 0 1 0
ctnSPVltnCnt Point Violation Count clear this register.
563 Reserved 7438
314
Appendix D
RTU Kernel
EnblRTUKernel 8001 Enable RTU Kernel 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 0 to this will reboot the system NV R/W
Writing 1 to this register will enable the module (RTU Kernel will

EnblMsgLgr 8002 Enable Message Logger 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W
module. It also shows the module status.
EnblAlmMngr 8003 Enable Alarm Manager 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W
EnblDtLgr 8004 Enable Data Logger 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W
EnblIODtAcqtn 8005 Enable IO_DataAcquisition 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W
EnblMBRTUMstr 8006 Enable MB RTU Master 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W

EnblMBRTUSlv 8007 Enable MB RTU Slave 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W
EnblMBTCPMstr 8008 Enable MB TCP Master 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W
EnblMBTCPSlv 8009 Enable MB TCP Slave 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W
EnblWebSvr 8014 Enable Web Server 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W
EnblWetGDtctn 8015 Enable Wet Gas Detection 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV No R/W - - - 0
EnblISaGRAF 8017 Enable IsaGRAF 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W
EnblRPC 8018 Enable RPC 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W
EnblDNP3Slv 8022 Enable DNP3 Slave 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W
EnblDNP3Mstr 8023 Enable DNP3 Master 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W
8024 Reserved for Debug 2
EnblWMP 8026 Enable WMP 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W
315
Appendix D
EnblEnrbMBSlv 8028 Enable Enron MB Slave 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W

EnblEthIP 8032 Enable Ethernet IP 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W
EnblMBDtCpy 8036 Enable MB Data Copier 1 0 or 1 C3 make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W
EnblBOM 8037 Enable Black Oil Model 1 1 or 0 C3 make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W
EnblMQTTCliA 8038 Enable MQTT Client A 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W - - - 0

EnblMQTTCliB 8039 Enable MQTT Client B 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W - - - 0
EnblLcnsMngr 8040 Enable License Manager 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit make the module RUN). Writing 0 to this register will disable the NV R/W - - - 0
8041 Reserved 58
Writing 1 to this regisdter will reload configuration of MB Data
Reload configuration of MB Data
RldCfgMBDtCpy 8099 Copier 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Copier. (MB Data Copier will work as per new configuration) MB Data NV R/W
Copier module will make this register 0.
Time synchronization flag. Writing 1 to this register will set new
TmSynctn 8100 Time Synchronization 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Board time as per the values updated in HR 8005 - 8010. This is R/W
automatically resets to 0 after the process.
Input Output
Writing 1 to this register will enable the DO1. Writing 0 will disabale
DO1 8101 Digital Output 1 1 0 or 1 O1 Bit NV R/W
the DO.
the DO.
the DO.
the DO.
the DO.
the DO.
the DO.
the DO.
Whether to store Default at Power ON Writing 0 to this register will hold the default value at power ON.
AO1DfltPwrup 8111 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will set 0 V or 4mA depending upon the NV R/W
for Analog Output (AO1) AO1 type at Power ON.
316
Appendix D
Whether to store Default at Power ON Writing 0 to this register will hold the default value at power ON.
AO2DfltPwrup 8112 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will set 0 V or 4 mA depending upon the NV R/W
for Analog Output (AO2) AO2 type at Power ON.

Writing 0 to this register will hold the default value at power ON i.e.
Whether to store Default at Power ON
DO1DfltPwrup 8117 for Digital Output (DO1) 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit value in CS 8125 value will be updated in CS 8101. Writing 1 to this NV No R/W
register will set 0 at DO1 i.e. CS 8101.
Same as above for DO2 to DO8. If the corresponding bit is 0,
DO2DfltPwrup, Whether to store Default at Power ON corresponding value in CS 8126 - 8132 series will be updated in CS
DO8DfltPwrup 8118 for Digital Output (DO2 to DO8) 7 0 or 1 C3 Bit 8102 - 8108 respectively. For corresponding value 1, 0 will be NV No R/W
updated in CS 8102 - 8108 respectively.
Default values at Power ON for DO1
DO1DfltPwrupVal 8125 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit This value will be updated at DO1 if CS 8117 is set 0. NV No R/W
depending on the status bit CS:8117
Default values at Power ON for DO2 to
DO2DfltPwrupVal, Same as above for DO2 to DO8 dpending on the status of CS:8118 to
8126 DO7 depending on the status bit 7 0 or 1 C3 Bit NV No R/W
DO8DfltPwrupVal 8124 respectively.

CS:8118 to 8124
AICh1and2EnblSnglDif 8133 AI Channel-1 & 2 set as single 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will set Analog Input Channel 1 & 2 to read NV No R/W
f differential Differential Input Signal
AICh3and4EnblSnglDif AI Channel-3 & 4 set as single Writing 1 to this register will set Analog Input Channel 3 & 4 to read
f 8134 differential 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Differential Input Signal NV No R/W
8137 Reserved 4 Bit
D01HiLoInvsnSeltn 8141 DO1 level (High / Low) inversion 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will invert the DO1. NV No R/W
selection.
D02HiLoInvsnSeltn, 8142 Similar as 8141, for DO2 to D08, 7 0 or 1 C3 Bit Same as above for DO2 to DO8 NV No R/W
D08HiLoInvsnSeltn respectively.
8149 Reserved for System Debugging 1 Bit
8150 Reserved 1
MB_RTU_Master
8155 Reserved 46
Alarm Manager
Resetting Alarm status for Analog
ReStngAlmStsAICh1 8201 Input channel 1 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Writing 1 to this register will reset the Alarm status for AI 1 NV No R/W
ReStngAlmStsAICh2, Resetting Alarm status for Analog
ReStngAlmStsAICh10 8202 Input channel 2 to 10 9 0 or 1 C3 Bit Same as above for AI 2 to AI 10 NV No R/W
8211 Reserved 40 0 or 1 Bit NV No R/W
ISaGRAF
Writing 1 to tis register will trigger the Start/Stop/Restart of
TrgrRes1 8251 Trigger Resource 1 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit Resource 1 updated in HR 8191. ISaGRAF will reset it to 0 once the NV No R/W 0 1 0
operation is done
operation is done
317
Appendix D
operation is done

operation is done
8255 Reserved 96 Bit
Data Logger
Writing 1 to tis register will trigger the parameter value updated in
TrgrWritePrmtr 8351 Trigger Write Parameter 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit HR 8695 - 8696 to be written to the Data Point/Parameter Number NV No R/W 0 1 0
mentioned in HR 8693 / HR 8694 respectively.Data Logger will reset
it to 0 once the operation is done
Writing 1 to tis register will trigger the parameter value to be
updated in IR 8674 - 8675 for the Data Point/Parameter Number
TrgrReadPrmtr 8352 Trigger Read Parameter 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit NV No R/W 0 1 0
mentioned in HR 8693 / HR 8694 respectively.Data Logger will reset
it to 0 once the operation is done

3rd Party Slave
9001 Reserved for 3rd Party Slave 1000 Bit
10001 Reserved for iNOC 500 Bit
Wet Gas Detection
Select Algorithm
AlgoSelt 10501 Algorithm Select 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit 0 - Revision A NV No R/W - 0 1 1
1 - Revision B
Select Algorithm
EUInvs 10502 EU Inverse 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit 0 - Not Inverse NV No R/W - 0 1 0
1 - Inverse
Modbus Input Status
318
Appendix D
Table 16 - Modbus Input Status
MODBUS COMM Data On Access UOM Data Data

Tag Name Description Registers Range Remarks Storage Demand Default
IS Type Type Min Max
LoAlmPF 10001 Low Alarm for PF 1 0 or 1 I1 bit Low Alarm for Flowing Pressure in Local/Remote Mode NV R
LoAlmTF 10002 Low Alarm for TF 1 0 or 1 I1 bit Low Alarm for Flowing Temperature in Local/Remote Mode NV R
LoAlmDiffP 10003 Low Alarm for DP 1 0 or 1 I1 bit Low Alarm for Differential Pressure in Local/Remote Mode NV R
LoAlmDens 10004 Low Alarm for Density 1 0 or 1 I1 bit Low Alarm for Density in Local/Remote Mode NV R
LoAlmWCt 10005 Low Alarm for Water Cut 1 0 or 1 I1 bit Low Alarm for Water Cut in Local/Remote Mode NV R
HiAlmPF 10006 High Alarm for PF 1 0 or 1 I1 bit High Alarm for Flowing Pressure in Local/Remote Mode NV R
HiAlmTF 10007 High Alarm for TF 1 0 or 1 I1 bit High Alarm for Flowing Temperature in Local/Remote Mode NV R
HiAlmDiffP 10008 High Alarm for DP 1 0 or 1 I1 bit High Alarm for Differential Pressure in Local/Remote Mode NV R
HiAlmDens 10009 High Alarm for Density 1 0 or 1 I1 bit High Alarm for Density in Local/Remote Mode NV R
HiAlmWCt 10010 High Alarm for Water Cut 1 0 or 1 I1 bit High Alarm for Water Cut in Local/Remote Mode NV R
LoAlmFLR 10011 Low Alarm for Flow Rate 1 0 or 1 I1 bit Low Alarm for Flow Rate NV R
HiAlmFLR 10012 High Alarm for Flow Rate 1 0 or 1 I1 bit High Alarm for Flow Rate NV R
AlmFLCtOff 10013 Alarm for Flow Cut Off 1 0 or 1 I1 bit Flow Cut Off Alarm NV R
10014 Reserved for Flow Computer 987 Bit
11001 Reserved for Future Use 1750 Bit
RPC
This status point has a value of 1 when the motor is ON and 0
MtrFdbkSts 12751 Motor Feedback Status 1 0 or 1 I1 bit NV R
when the motor is OFF
This status point has a value of 1 when the HOA switch is ON
HOASts 12752 HOA Status 1 0 or 1 I1 bit and 0 when the HOA switch is OFF. When the HOA switch is NV R
OFF, the controller has been overridden manually at the well.
This status point has a value of 1 if there has been a failure in
ACPwrSts 12753 AC Power Status 1 0 or 1 I1 bit NV R
the AC power supply.
12754 Reserved 1
If the difference between the curret SPM and the
Commanded SPM(this is the equivalent SPM of the
ExpSPMErr 12756 Expected SPM Error 1 0 or 1 I1 NV R
Commanded Frequency) is more than the SPM dedband
then Expected SPM Error flag is set to 1.
12757 Reserved 1
When Minimum Load Violation condition exists this is set to
1. Minimum load violation condition occurs when
MinLdVltn 12759 Minimum Load Violation 1 0 or 1 I1 consecutive load sample values are lower than the Min Load NV R
Violation limit. The number of consecutive load sample is
user configurable and is updated in HR 4726.
319
Appendix D
Tag Name MODBUS Description Registers Range COMM Data Remarks Storage On Access UOM Data Data Default
IS Type Type Demand Min Max
When Maximum Load Violation condition exists this is set to
1. Maximum load violation condition occurs when
MaxLdVltn 12760 Maximum Load Violation 1 0 or 1 I1 consecutive load sample values are higher than the Max NV R
Load Violation limit. The number of consecutive load sample

is user configurable and is updated in HR 4725.
12761 Reserved for Debug 1 0 or 1
When Motor Status Feedback error condition exists this is set
to 1. Motor Status Feedback error condition occurs when
MtrFdbkStsErr 12762 Motor Status Feedback Error 1 0 or 1 I1 there is an ambiguity between motor feeback status and NV R
actual motor condition i.e. status of CS 401 in Start and Run
State should be ON and DI1 is showing 0.
12763 Reserved 1
When Dry Well Condition exists this is set to 1. Dry Well
Condition occurs when the VFD is running at Working
Minimum Frequency and the well condition still dictates it
DryWellCndtn 12764 Dry Well Condition 1 0 or 1 I1 NV R

to run at minimum frequency. It should run atleast
"Minimum Frequency Time out" period before this alarm
condition is declared.
When VFD Maximum Frequency error condition exists this is
VFDMaxFreq 12765 VFD Max Frequency 1 0 or 1 I1 set to 1. This condition occurs when the Commanded NV R
Frequency reaches the working maximum frequency limit.
AlmPwrFail 12768 Power Fail Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 When Power Loss happens this register is set to 1. NV R
When Malfunction condition exists this is set to
1.Malfunction condition occurs when the load at the
MalFnctnSP 12769 MalFunction Set-Point 1 0 or 1 I1 NV R
Polished Rod over the upstroke is under the user
configurable limit.
When Position Indicator Error condition exists this is set to
PstnIndctrErr 12770 Position Indicator Error 1 0 or 1 I1 1.If the RPC fails to obtain readings from the inclinometer, NV R
this condition occurs.
When Maximum Net Torque error condition exists this is set
to 1. If the maximum net torque of the current surface card
AlmMaxNetTq 12771 Maximum Net Torque Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 NV R
exceeds the Maximum Net Torque limit for the pump this
condition occurs.
When VFD Communication error condition exists this is set to
VFDCommErr 12773 VFD Communication Error 1 0 or 1 I1 1. This condition occurs when communication between RTU NV R
and VFD is lost
When Critical Net Torque error condition exists this is set to
1. If the maximum net torque of the current surface card
AlmCrtclNetTq 12774 Critical Net Torque Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 NV R
exceeds the Critical Net Torque limit for the pump this
condition occurs.
When Critical Load error condition exists this is set to 1. If the
AlmCrtclLd 12775 Critical Load Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 maximum load of the current surface card exceeds the NV R
Critical Load limit for the pump this condition occurs.
AlmDI4AUXFlt 12777 DI4 AUX Fault Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 When DI4 Auxiliary Fault condition exists this is set to 1 NV No R
AlmDI5AUXFlt 12778 DI5 AUX Fault Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 When DI5 Auxiliary Fault condition exists this is set to 1 NV No R
When the Tubing Head Pressure value IR 5829 - 5830 is
AlmTHdPHiHi 12779 Tubing Head Pressure Hi Hi Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 greater than the Tubing Head Pressure Hi Hi Alarm Set Point NV No R
HR 4906 - 4907 this is set to 1.
When the Tubing Head Pressure value IR 5829 - 5830 is less
Tubing Head Pressure Low Low
AlmTHdPLoLo 12780 Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 than the Tubing Head Pressure Low Low Alarm Set Point HR NV No R
4908 - 4909 this is set to 1.
When the Tubing HeadTemperature value IR 5831 - 5832 is
Tubing Head Temperature Hi Hi
AlmTHdTempHiHi 12781 1 0 or 1 I1 greater than the Tubing Head Temperature Hi Hi Alarm Set NV No R
Alarm Point HR 4910 - 4911 this is set to 1.
When the Tubing Head Temperature value IR 5831 - 5832 is
Tubing Head Temperature Low
AlmTHdTempLoLo 12782 1 0 or 1 I1 less than the Tubing Head Temperature Low Low Alarm Set NV No R
Low Alarm Point HR 4912 - 4913 this is set to 1.
When the Casing Head Pressure value IR 5833 - 5834 is
AlmCHdPHiHi 12783 Casing Head Pressure Hi Hi Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 greater than the Casing Head Pressure Hi Hi Alarm Set Point NV No R
When the Casing Head Pressure value IR 5833 - 5834 is less
Casing Head Pressure Low Low
AlmCHdPLoLo 12784 1 0 or 1 I1 than the Casing Head Pressure Low Low Alarm Set Point HR NV No R
Alarm 4916 - 4917 this is set to 1.
When the Casing HeadTemperature value IR 5835 - 5836 is
Casing Head Temperature Hi Hi
AlmCHdTempHiHi 12785 1 0 or 1 I1 greater than the Casing Head Temperature Hi Hi Alarm Set NV No R
When the Casing Head Temperature value IR 5835 - 5836 is
Casing Head Temperature Low Low
AlmCHdTempLoLo 12786 1 0 or 1 I1 less than the Casing Head Temperature Low Low Alarm Set NV No R
When the Flow Line Pressure value IR 5837 - 5838 is greater
AlmFLLnPHiHi 12787 Flow Line Pressure Hi Hi Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 than the Flow Line Pressure Hi Hi Alarm Set Point HR 4922 - NV No R
4923 this is set to 1.
When the Flow Line Pressure value IR 5837 - 5838 is less
AlmFLLnPLoLo 12788 Flow Line Pressure Low Low Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 than the Flow Line Pressure Low Low Alarm Set Point HR NV No R
4924 - 4925 this is set to 1.
When the Flow Line Temperature value IR 5839 - 5840 is
AlmFLLnTempHiH 12789 Flow Line Temperature Hi Hi Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 greater than the Flow LineTemperature Hi Hi Alarm Set Point NV No R
i HR 4926 - 4927 this is set to 1.
When the Flow Line Temperature value IR 5839 - 5840 is less
AlmFLLnTempLoL Flow Line Temperature Low Low
12790 1 0 or 1 I1 than the Flow Line Temperature Low Low Alarm Set Point HR NV No R
o Alarm 4928 - 4929 this is set to 1.

When Hall-Effect Crank Arm/Proximity Sensor condition
HallEfctCrnkArmP Hall-Effect Crank Arm/Proximity exists this is set to 1. If the Hall-Effect Crank Arm/Proximity
12791 1 0 or 1 I1 NV No R
rxmtySensAlm Sensor Alarm Sensor trigger doesn't come for the user configurable time
HR 4697 then this condition occurs.
When Belt Slippager condition exists this is set to 1. If the
calculated belt slippage percentage is more than the user
AlmBltSlpg 12792 Belt Slippage Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 NV No R
configured Belt Slippage limit in HR 4694 then this
condition occurs.
When Hall-Effect RPM Sensor condition exists this is set to 1.
Appendix D
AlmHallEfctRPMS 12793 Hall-Effect RPM Sensor Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 If the RPM value is zero for 10 seconds or a new card is NV No R
ens generated but the RPM is zero then this condition occurs.
320
321
Appendix D
This is set to 1 when Alarms are cleared from HMI by clicking
ClearAllErrEvtSts 12794 Clear All Error Event Status 1 0 or 1 I1 "Reset Alarm"or from Modbus by writing 0 to HR 4266. This NV No R
will be on for 10 seconds and then RPC will reset it to 0.

This is set to 1 when RTU is powered ON. This will be on for
PwrOnEvtSts 12795 Power ON Event Status 1 0 or 1 I1 NV No R
10 seconds and then RPC will reset it to 0.
This is set to 1 when board time is changed either from Web
SysTmChgEvtSts 12796 System Time Change Event Status 1 0 or 1 I1 Server or Modbus. This will be on for 10 seconds and then NV No R
RPC will reset it to 0.
This is set to 1 when Cummulative Run/Rest Times are reset
ResetCmltvTmEvt Reset Cumulative Time Event
12797 1 0 or 1 I1 from Modbus by writing 1 to CS 470. This will be on for 10 NV No R
Sts Status seconds and then RPC will reset it to 0.
This is set to 1 when Cummulative Stroke Count is reset from
ResetCmltvStkCnt Reset Cumulative Stroke Count
12798 1 0 or 1 I1 Modbus by writing 1 to CS 471. This will be on for 10 seconds NV No R
EvtSts Event Status and then RPC will reset it to 0.
This is set to 1 when Accumulation Bufferes are reset from

ResetAllAccBufEvt Reset all Accumulation Buffer
12799 1 0 or 1 I1 Modbus by writing 1 to CS 472. This will be on for 10 seconds NV No R
Sts Event Status
and then RPC will reset it to 0.
When Low RPM condition exists this is set to 1. If the
LoRPMAlm 12800 Low RPM Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 calculated RPM (IR 8322) is less than the user configured NV No R
Low RPM limit in HR 4693 then this condition occurs.
This is set to 1 when GOT is changed from Web
GaugeOffTmChgE Gauge Off Time Change Event
12801 1 0 or 1 I1 Server,Modbus or HMI. This will be on for 10 seconds and NV No R
vtSts Status then RPC will reset it to 0.
When Fluid Load Calculation Error condition exists this is set
12802 Fluid Load Calculation Error' to 1. If the Fluid Load calculated from the downhole card is
FldLvlCalcnWrng 1 0 or 1 I1 NV No R
Warning greater then the maximum fluid load then this condition
occurs.
When Negative Fluid Level condition exists this is set to 1. If
NegFldLvlCalcnWr Negative Fluid Level Calculation
12803 1 0 or 1 I1 the calculated Fluid Level is greater than the Well Depth NV No R
ng Warning then this condition occurs.
LoFldLvlAbvPIWrn If the Calculated Pump Submergence is less than the Low
Low fluid level above the Pump
12804 1 0 or 1 I1 Fluid Level above the Pump Intake Limit (HR 4345 - 4346 ) NV No R
g Intake Warning then this is set to 1.
When Low PIP condition exists this is set to 1. If the
LoPIPWrng 12805 Low PIP Warning 1 0 or 1 I1 calculated Pump Intake Pressure(PIP) is less than the user NV No R
configurable PIP Limit then this condition occurs.
This is set to 1 when warnings are cleared from Modbus by
ClearAllWrngEvtS 12806 Clear All Warnings Event Status 1 0 or 1 I1 writing 1 to CS 489. This will be on for 10 seconds and then NV No R
ts RPC will reset it to 0.
When Fluid Level Out of Range condition exists this is set to
FldLvlOutOfRngW Fluid Level Out of Range Warning 1 0 or 1 I1 1. If the calculated Fluid Level is zero or a negative value NV No R
12807
rng then this condition occurs.
When VFD Fault condition exists this is set to 1. If the Bit 7 of
VFDFaultAlm 12808 VFD Fault Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 NV No R
VFD Logic Status IR 5431 - 5432 then this condition occurs.
When VFD Alarm condition exists this is set to 1. If the Bit 6
VFDAlm 12809 VFD Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 of VFD Logic Status IR 5431 - 5432 then this condition NV No R
occurs.
When the Tubing Head Pressure value IR 5829 - 5830 is
WrngTHdPHi 12810 Tubing Head Pressure Hi Warning 1 0 or 1 I1 greater than the Tubing Head Pressure Hi Alarm Set Point HR NV No R
4378 - 4379 this is set to 1.
When the Tubing Head Pressure value IR 5829 - 5830 is less
Tubing Head Pressure Low
WrngTHdPLo 12811 1 0 or 1 I1 than the Tubing Head Pressure Low Low Alarm Set Point HR NV No R
Warning 4380 - 4381 this is set to 1.
When the Tubing HeadTemperature value IR 5831 - 5832 is
12812 Tubing Head Temperature Hi
WrngTHdTempHi 1 0 or 1 I1 greater than the Tubing Head Temperature Hi Alarm Set NV No R
Warning Point HR 4382 - 4383 this is set to 1.
When the Tubing Head Temperature value IR 5831 - 5832 is
12813 Tubing Head Temperature Low
WrngTHdTempLo 1 0 or 1 I1 less than the Tubing Head Temperature Low Alarm Set Point NV No R
Warning HR 4384 - 4385 this is set to 1.
When the Casing Head Pressure value IR 5833 - 5834 is
WrngCHdPHi 12814 Casing Head Pressure Hi Warning 1 0 or 1 I1 greater than the Casing Head Pressure Hi Alarm Set Point HR NV No R
4386 - 4387 this is set to 1.
When the Casing Head Pressure value IR 5833 - 5834 is less

WrngCHdPLo 12815 Casing Head Pressure Low Warning 1 0 or 1 I1 than the Casing Head Pressure Low Low Alarm Set Point HR NV No R
4388 - 4389 this is set to 1.
When the Casing HeadTemperature value IR 5835 - 5836 is
12816 Casing Head Temperature Hi
WrngCHdTempHi 1 0 or 1 I1 greater than the Casing Head Temperature Hi Alarm Set NV No R
Warning Point HR 4390 - 4391 this is set to 1.
When the Casing Head Temperature value IR 5835 - 5836 is
12817 Casing Head Temperature Low
WrngCHdTempLo 1 0 or 1 I1 less than the Casing Head Temperature Low Alarm Set Point NV No R
Warning HR 4392 - 4393 this is set to 1.
When the Flow Line Pressure value IR 5837 - 5838 is greater
WrngFLLnPHi 12818 Flow Line Pressure Hi Warning 1 0 or 1 I1 than the Flow Line Pressure Hi Alarm Set Point HR 4394 - NV No R
When the Flow Line Pressure value IR 5837 - 5838 is less
WrngFLLnPLo 12819 Flow Line Pressure Low Warning 1 0 or 1 I1 than the Flow Line Pressure Low Alarm Set Point HR 4396 - NV No R
When the Flow Line Temperature value IR 5839 - 5840 is
WrngFLLnTempHi 12820 Flow Line Temperature Hi Warning 1 0 or 1 I1 greater than the Flow LineTemperature Hi Alarm Set Point NV No R
When the Flow Line Temperature value IR 5839 - 5840 is less
12821 Flow Line Temperature Low
WrngFLLnTempLo 1 0 or 1 I1 than the Flow Line Temperature Low Alarm Set Point HR NV No R
Warning 4400 - 4401 this is set to 1.
When the Auxiliary Process 1 value IR 5993 - 5994 is greater

AlmAUXPrcs1HiHi 12822 Auxiliary Process 1 Hi Hi Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 than the Tubing Head Pressure Hi Hi Alarm Set Point HR 4402 NV No R
- 4403 this is set to 1.
When the Auxiliary Process 1 value IR 5993 - 5994 is less
AlmAUXPrcs1LoLo 12823 Auxiliary Process 1 Low Low Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 than the Tubing Head Pressure Low Low Alarm Set Point HR NV No R
4404 - 4405 this is set to 1.
WrngAUXPrcs1Hi 12824 Auxiliary Process 1 Hi Warning 1 0 or 1 I1 than the Tubing Head Pressure Hi Alarm Set Point HR 4406 - NV No R
Appendix D
WrngAUXPrcs1Lo 12825 Auxiliary Process 1 Low Warning 1 0 or 1 I1 than the Tubing Head Pressure Low Low Alarm Set Point HR NV No R
4408 - 4409 this is set to 1.
322
323
Appendix D

4412 - 4413 this is set to 1.
4416 - 4417 this is set to 1.

4420 - 4421 this is set to 1.
4424 - 4425 this is set to 1.
4428 - 4429 this is set to 1.
4432 - 4433 this is set to 1.
AlmDIPrcs1 12838 DI Process 1 Alarm 1 0 or 1 I1 When DI Process 1 Alarm condition exists this is set to 1 NV No R
DIPrcs1 12842 DI Process 1 1 0 or 1 I1 DI Process 1 Real Time Value NV No R
When Load cell signal failure at Min condition exists this is
set to 1. Load cell signal failure at Min condition occurs when
consecutive load sample values are in the zone between the
Load Signal Fault Range Minimum and Load Signal Fault
Range Minimum limit (1 - Load signal fault dead band %).
LdSigFalrMin 12846 Load cell signal failure at Min 1 0 or 1 I1 The condition must exist for Load Signal Failure Timeout NV R
period to raise the alarm. The number of consecutive Load
Cell failure count is user configurable and is updated in HR
4475. Similarly Load signal fault dead band is user
configurable and is updated in HR 4471 . Load Signal Failure
Timeout is updated in HR 4472.
When Load cell signal failure at Max condition exists this is
set to 1. Load cell signal failure at Max condition occurs
when consecutive load sample values are in the zone
between the Load Signal Fault Range Maximum and Load
Signal Fault Range Maximum limit (1+ Load signal fault

LdSigFalrMax 12847 Load cell signal failure at Max 1 0 or 1 I1 dead band % ). The condition must exist for Load Signal NV R
Failure Timeout period to raise the alarm. The number of
consecutive Load Cell failure count is user configurable and is
updated in HR 4475. Similarly Load signal fault dead band is
user configurable and is updated in HR 4471 . Load Signal
Failure Timeout is updated in HR 4472.
When Stagnant Load cell signal faliure condition exists this
is set to 1. Stagnant load cell signal falure condition occurs
when load sample values are not varying and remain with in
StgntLdSigFalr 12848 Stagnant Load cell signal failure 1 0 or 1 I1 the deadband for the load sampling rate time. The load NV R
consectuive sample deadband is user configurable and is
updated in HR 4473. Similarly Load sampling rate time is
user configurable and is updated in HR 4474 .
When Pump Cycle Limit Violation condition exists this is set
to 1. Pump Cycle Limit Violation condition occurs when
PmpCycLimVltn 12849 Pump Cycle Limit Violation 1 0 or 1 I1 number of pump cycles in a day is more than the configured NV R
limit. The Pump Cycle Limit is user configurable and is
updated in HR 4489.
12850 Reserved 5151
RTU Kernel
18002 Reserved 49

Input Output
DI1 18051 Digital Input 1 1 I1 Digital Input Channe 1 Status NV No R
DI2, DI9 18052 Digital Input 2 to 9 8 I1 Same as above for Channel 2 to 9 NV No R
WtchDogResetSts 18063 Watchdog Reset Status 1 0 or 1 I1 If 1, Last reset occurred due to watchdog reset. NV No R
AICh1FltSts, 18064 AI Channels Fault Status, for AI1 to 8 0 or 1 I1 If 1, that AI channel shows FAULT status, else it is normal. NV No R
AICh8FltSts AI8
Appendix D
18074 Reserved 27
324
325
Appendix D
MB_RTU_Master
If a Third Party Slave with ID 1 is connected in the network,
NdActvFlgSlvID1 18101 Node active Flag for Slave ID 1 1 I3 NV No R
this is set to 1 otherwise 0

NdActvFlgSlvID2,
NdActvFlgSlvID24 18102 Node active flag for Slave ID 2 -247 246 I3 Same as above for 3rd Party Slave ID 2 to 247 NV No R
7
18348 Reserved 3
If a Third Party Slave with ID 1 is connected in network it
ThirdPartySlvPrtcl 3rd Party Slave Protocol Flag for displays the communication protocol between RTU and the
18351 1 I3 NV No R
FlgSlvID1 Slave ID 1 slave. If it is RTU then it is set to 1. In case of ASCII, it is set to
0.
ThirdPartySlvPrtcl
FlgSlvID2, 3rd Party Slave Protocol Flag for
18352 246 I3 Same as above for 3rd Party Slave ID 2 to 247 NV No R
ThirdPartySlvPrtcl Slave ID 2 - 247
FlgSlvID247
18598 Reserved 3
It shows the status of the communication between RTU and
SerLnkStsSlvID1 18601 Serial Link Status for Slave ID 1 1 I3 3rd Party Slave ID 1. If they are communicating it is set to 1 NV No R
otherwise 0.
SerLnkStsSlvID2, Serial Link Status for Slave ID 2 -
SerLnkStsSlvID24 18602 246 I3 Same as above for 3rd Party Slave ID 2 to 247 NV No R
247
7
18848 Reserved 103
Alarm Manager
18951 Alarm status for Analog Input
AlmAICh1Sts 1 I3 NV No R
channel 1
AlmAICh2Sts, 18952 Alarm status for Analog Input 9 I3 NV No R
AlmAICh10Sts channels 2 to 10
18961 Reserved 40
3rd Party Slave
19001 Reserved for 3rd Party devices 1000
Modbus Input Register
Table 17 - Modbus Input Register
MODBUS COMM Data On Access UOM Data Data
CP Tag Name Description Registers Range Remarks Storage Demand
IR Type Type Min Max Default
RPC
CLdRawVal 30001 Current Load Raw Value 2 I1 ULONG Load Raw Analog Value NV No R -
CPstnRawVal 30003 Current Position Raw Value 2 I1 ULONG Position Raw Analog Value for Inclinometer NV No R -
CLdEUVal 30005 Current Load EU Value 1 I1 USHORT Load EU Value NV No R lbs
Position EU Values for Inclinometer . Position will be multiplied by
CPstnEUVal 30006 Current Position EU Value 1 I1 USHORT 100 so if position is 23.82 then 2382 will be displayed here. NV No R in
Accumulator registers for the Stroke Count since
commissioning.After their maximum value they roll over and start
CmltvStkCnt 30007 Cumulative Stroke Count 2 I1 ULONG NV No R -
counting up from zero again. This can be reset by setting CS 471 to
1.

Accumulator registers for the run times. After their maximum
Cumulative Run Time (Total Run
X CmltvRunTm 30015 2 I1 ULONG value they roll over and start counting up from zero again. This can NV No R Min
Time) be reset by setting CS 470 to 1.
Accumulator registers for the rest times. After their maximum
CmltvRestTm 30017 Cumulative Rest Time 2 I1 ULONG value they roll over and start counting up from zero again.This can NV No R Min
be reset by setting CS 470 to 1.
LstRunTm 30019 Last Run Time 1 0 to 65535 I3 USHORT This register contains the last completed run time. NV No R Min 0 65535
If smart clock is enabled, this register contains the smart clock
SmartClkRunTm 30020 Smart Clock Run Time 1 0 to 1440 I3 USHORT calculated run time. If the calculated Smart Clock time is 0, it NV No R Min 0 1440
contains value of the Fail-safe run time parameter.
The bits of this register display the alarm conditions. If the bit is set
to 1, the error condition has occurred. Bit 0 is the LSB.
Bit 0: Reserved
Bit 1: Position Indicator Error
Bit 2: Minimum Load Violation
Bit 3: Reserved
Bit 4: Reserved
WellErrs 30021 Well Errors 1 I3 USHORT NV No R -
Bit 5: Maximum Load Violation
Bit 6: Motor Status Feedback Error
Bit 7: Reserved
Bit 8: Reserved
Bit 9: Reserved
Bit 10: Dry Well Prevention

Bit 11: VFD at Maximum Frequency
The value of this register indicates Well Control Mode
Value 0: Fixed Speed Pump Off
Value 1: Fixed Speed Manual
Value 2: Reserved
Value 3: Reserved
Value 4: Reserved
X COperngCtrlrMode 30022 Current Operating Controller Mode 1 0 to 10 I1 USHORT NV No R - 0 10
Value 5: Reserved
Value 6 : Variable Speed Pump Fillage
Value 7 : Variable Speed Manual
Appendix D
Value 8 : Variable Speed Pump Off
Value 9 : Fixed Speed Timer
Value 10 : Fixed Speed Pump Fillage
326
327
Appendix D
CP Tag Name MODBUS Description Registers Range COMM Data Remarks Storage On Access UOM Data Data Default
IR Type Type Demand Min Max
The value of this register indicates current well State
Value 0: Start
Value 1: Run
Value 2: Rest

Value 3: Shutdown
Value 4: Stopped
Value 5: Fail-safe Run
WellSt 30023 Well State 1 0 to 12 I1 USHORT NV No R - 0 12
Value 6: Fail-safe Rest
Value 7: HOA
Value 8: Motor Alert
Value 9: Stopping
Value 10:Unable to Stop
Value 11:Unable to Run
Value 12 : Process Alarm Rest
Total number of Full cards stored after power ON. Maximum 50
Total Number of Full Card Data
TotNumFullCardDtHis 30024 1 0 to 50 I3 USHORT cards are stored. At run time this register will update the "no. of full NV No R - 0 50
History
card" data stored.
TotNumPmpOffCardDt Total Number of Pump Off Card Data Total number of Pump Off cards stored after power ON. Maximum
30025 1 0 to 50 I3 USHORT 50 cards can be saved. At run time this register will update the "no. NV No R - 0 50
His History
of Pump Off card" saved.
Total number of Startup cards stored after power ON. Maximum 25
TotNumStartUpCardDt Total Number of Startup Card Data
His 30026 History 1 0 to 25 I3 USHORT cards can be stored. At run time this register will update the "no. of NV No R - 0 25
startup card" saved.
30027 Reserved for Internal Use 2 ULONG
Total number of Pump Off Set Point cards stored after power ON.
TotNumPmpOffSPCard Total Number of Pump Off Set Point
DtHis 30029 Card Data History 1 0 to 10 I3 USHORT Maximum 10 cards can be saved. At run time this register will NV No R - 0 10
update the "no. of Pump Off Set Point card" saved.
TotNumShutDownCar Total Number of Shutdown Card Total number of Shutdown cards stored after power ON. Maximum
30030 1 0 to 10 I3 USHORT 10 cards can be saved. At run time this register will update the "no. NV No R - 0 10
dDtHis Data History of Shutdown card" saved.
GaugeOffTmHr 30031 Gauge Off Time Hour 1 0-23 I3 USHORT This is configured Gauge Off Time Hour NV No R Hr 0 23
GaugeOffTmMin 30032 Gauge Off Time Minute 1 0-59 I3 USHORT This is configured Gauge Off Time Minute NV No R Min 0 59
Motor ON Delay Time in seconds. It will start with value in HR 4217
MtrOnDlyTm 30033 Motor ON Delay Time 1 0 to 60 I3 USHORT NV No R Sec 0 60
and decrements upto 0.
PmpngSpd 30034 Pumping Speed 2 I1 FLOAT Pump Speed (spm). It will be 0 if Cards are not getting detected. NV No R spm 0 25
Pump Fillage. It will be 0 if Tapers are not configured or Cards are
PmpFillage 30036 Pump Fillage 2 I1 FLOAT not getting detected. NV No R % 0 100
LstRestTm 30038 Last Rest Time 1 0 to 65535 I3 USHORT This register contains the last completed rest time. NV No R Min 0 65535
StkPrd 30039 Stroke Period 1 0 to 65535 I1 USHORT Stroke Period * 100. It will be 0 if Cards are not getting detected. NV No R Sec 0 65535
Card ID of the latest Card. They increase from 1 to 65535, and then
CardIDLtstCard 30040 Card ID of the Latest Card 1 1 to 65535 I1 USHORT NV No R - 1 65535
roll over to 1 again. This resets to 0 if cards are not getting detected
30041 Reserved 10
30051 Reserved 59
IPR 30110 IPR 22 I3 FLOAT Pwf(FBHP)- psia NV No R psia
TPR 30132 TPR 22 I3 FLOAT Pwf(FBHP)- psia NV No R psia
OFR 30154 OFR 22 I3 FLOAT Oil Flow Rate STBD NV No R STBD
Pwf(FBHP)- psia in PanelView
PnlVwIPR 30176 IPR in PanelView 22 I3 FLOAT NV No R psia
Pwf(FBHP)- psia in PanelView
PnlVwTPR 30198 TPR in PanelView 22 I3 FLOAT NV No R psia
Oil Flow Rate STBD in PanelView
PnlVwOFR 30220 OFR in PanelView 22 I3 FLOAT NV No R STBD
BtmHFlngP 30242 Bottomhole Flowing Pressure 2 I3 FLOAT Bottomhole Flowing Pressure NV No R psia
LqdFLR 30244 Liquid Flow Rate (qL) 2 I1 FLOAT Total Flow Rate NV No R STBD
Bottomhole Flowing Pressure in Bottomhole Flowing Pressure
PnlVwBtmHFlngP 30246 PanelView 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R psia
Total Flow Rate
PnlVwLqdFLR 30248 Liquid Flow Rate (qL) in PanelView 2 I1 FLOAT NV No R STBD
30250 Reserved for future use 651
This registers will be updated with latest full card when CS 407 is
Latest Full Card/Startup/Pump Off/Shutdown/Pump Off Setting Card Data turned on and for other cards when we write to the particular HR in NV No R
4268 - 4276 range.
These are numbers used to track the sequence in which the cards
were read. They increase from 1 to 65535, and then roll over to 1
CardIDCard 30901 Card ID for Selected Card 1 1 to 65535 I3 USHORT again. Each card has a Card ID one greater than the card before it, NV No R - 1 65535
i.e. Card ID 254, Card ID 255,.... Card ID 1, Card ID 2, etc. All cards
found in the same continuous run time have the same Run ID. Run
ID increases by one when Motor changes from Rest to Run.
RunIDCard 30902 Run ID for Selected Card 1 1 to 65535 I3 USHORT NV No R - 1 65535
Number of Points in Upstroke in Added together, these fields give the total number of load/position
NumPtsUpStkCard 30903 1 I3 USHORT NV No R -
Selected Card readings in the surface card.
Number of Points in Downstroke in
NumPtsDownStkCard 30904 1 I3 USHORT NV No R -
Selected Card
Load Pump-off Percent in selected
LdPmpOffPrcntCard 30905 1 I3 USHORT Load Pump Off Set Point NV No R % 0 100
Card
Position Pump-off Percent in
PstnPmpOffPrcntCard 30906 1 I3 USHORT Position Pump Off Set Point NV No R % 0 100
selected Card
Pump Off Card Status
0 - For History/Shitdown/Startup/POS Card
PmpOffCardSts 30907 Pump Off Card Status 1 I3 USHORT 1 - Pump Off due to Surface Card in Fixed Speed Pump Off Mode NV No R - 0 2 0
2 - Pump Off due to Downhole Card in Fixed Speed Pump Fillage
Mode
In case of Shutdown cards the corresponding set bit shows the
reason for shutdown. For other type of cards it will set respective
bits depending upon the conditions.
Bit 2: Critical Load
Bit 3: Max Net Torque

Bit 4: Critical Net Torque
Bit 5: Reserved for future use
StsFlg2Card 30908 Status Flag 2 in Selected Card 1 I3 USHORT Bit 6 :Malfunction Set Point NV No R -
Bit 8 :Reserved for future use
Bit 10: Expected SPM Error
Bit 11:Load Signal Failure at Min
Bit 12:Load Signal Failure at Max
Bit 13:Stagnant Load Signal Failure
Appendix D
Bit 14 -15 : Reserved for future use
328
329
Appendix D
Card Type
0 - Full Card
Card Type/Unique ID in Selected 1 - Startup Card
CardTypeCard 30909 Card 1 I3 USHORT
2 - Pump Off Card

3 - Shutdown Card
4 - POS Card
X PmpSpdCard 30910 Pumping Speed in Selected Card 2 I3 FLOAT Pump Speed (SPM) NV No R spm
30912 Reserved 3 I3
MsrRPSCard 30915 Measured RPS in Selected Card 1 I1 USHORT Measured Revolution per Stroke NV No R RPS
UTC
X DateTmCard 30916 Timestamp in UTC of Selected Card 2 I3 ULONG UTC time value when full card found NV No R
Seconds
Peak Polished Rod Load (Surface
X PkPolRdLdCard 30918 Card Maximum Load Value) in 2 I3 FLOAT Card's maximum load reading NV No R lbs 0 50000 0
Selected Card
Minimum Polished Rod Load
X MinPolRdLdCard 30920 (Surface Card Minimum Load Value) 2 I3 FLOAT Card's minimum load reading NV No R lbs 0 50000 0
in Selected Card
SrfcCardMaxPstnValCa Surface Card Maximum Position
30922 2 I3 FLOAT Card's maximum position reading NV No R in
rd Value in Selected Card
SrfcCardMinPstnValCa Surface Card Minimum Position
30924 2 I3 FLOAT Card's minimum position reading NV No R in
rd Value in Selected Card
Load Pump Off point value in These registers holds the load and position PumpOff value of the
X PmpOffPtLdCard 30926 2 I3 ULONG NV No R lbs
Selected Card card, it is for graphical display purpose
Position Pump Off point value in
X PmpOffPtPstnCard 30928 2 I3 ULONG NV No R in
Selected Card
30930 Reserved 3 I3
Pump Fillage Set Point in Selected
PmpFillageSPCard 30933 Card * 100 1 I3 USHORT Pump Fillage Set Point in Selected Card * 100 NV No R -
Total Flow Rate (Gross Liquid)
X TotFLREstCard 30934 Estimated in Selected Card 2 I3 FLOAT Production data NV No R STBD
Oil Flow Rate Estimated in Selected
X OFLREstCard 30936 Card 2 I3 FLOAT Production data NV No R STBD
Water Flow Rate Estimated in
X WFLREstCard 30938 Selected Card 2 I3 FLOAT Production data NV No R STBD
X PmpFillageCard 30940 Pump Fillage in Selected Card 2 I3 FLOAT Pump Fillage NV No R %
X PkNtTqCard 30942 Peak Net Torque in Selected Card 2 I3 ULONG Maximum Net Torque NV No R in-lbs
X RdLdRtgCard 30944 Structural Loading in Selected Card 2 I3 FLOAT Structural Loading NV No R %
Number of Points in Downhole Card
NumPtsDnHCard 30946 for Selected Card 1 I3 USHORT Total points in Downhole card NV No R -
Number of Points in Surface Card for
NumPtsSrfcCard 30947 Selected Card 1 I3 USHORT Total number of points in Surface Card NV No R -
Surface Stroke Period * 100 in
SrfcStkPrd 30948 Selected Card 1 I3 USHORT Surface Stroke Period * 100 of the Card NV No R Sec
Downhole Gross Stroke Length *
DnHGrsStkLenCard 30949 100 in Selected Card 1 I3 USHORT Downhole Card Gross Stroke Length* 100 NV No R in
Downhole Net Stroke Length * 100
DnHNetStkLenCard 30950 in Selected Card 1 I3 USHORT Downhole Card Net Stroke Length * 100 NV No R in
The first load and position reading (Address 30951 and 30952) is
the start of the upstroke. See Address 30903 for the number of
points in the upstroke. After the upstroke readings are the
Surface Card Load and position downstroke readings. See Address 30904 for the number of points
X SrfcRdngsCard 30951 points in pair for Selected Card 400 I3 USHORT in the downstroke. For cards with less than 200 samples, unused NV Yes R -
addresses are set to zero.
Position will be multiplied by 100 so if position is 23.82 then 2382
will be displayed here.
Position :
USHORT
but for
X DHRdngsCard 31351 Downhole Card Load and position 400 I3 Load : Position will be multiplied by 100 so if position is 23.82 then 2382 NV Yes R -
points in pair for Selected Card will be displayed here.
SHORT ( -
32K to
32K LBS)
X FldLdCard 31751 Fluid Load in Selected Card 2 I3 FLOAT Card's Fluid Load reading NV No R lbs -60000 60000 0
Pump Intake Pressure in Selected
X PIPCard 31753 2 I3 FLOAT Card's Pump Intake Pressure reading NV No R lbs 0 10000 0
Card
FldLvlCard 31755 Fluid Level in Selected Card 2 I3 FLOAT Card's Fluid Level reading NV No R ft 0 100000 0
FldSbmrgncCard 31757 Fluid Submergence in Selected Card 2 I3 FLOAT Card's Fluid Submergence reading NV No R ft 0 100000 0
Downhole Maximum Load in
DnHPkLdCard 31759 2 I3 FLOAT Downhole Card's maximum load reading NV No R lbs
Selected Card
Downhole Minimum Load in
DnHMinLdCard 31761 2 I3 FLOAT Downhole Card's minimum load reading NV No R lbs
Selected Card
CWellStCard 31763 Current Well State in Selected Card 1 I3 USHORT Current Well State NV No R -
Event ID which caused the Shutdown. This is only applicable for
EvtIDCard 31764 Event ID in the Selected Card 1 I3 USHORT Shutdown Card. NV No R -
COperngCtrlrModeCar Current Operating Controller Mode
X d 31765 in the Selected Card 1 I3 USHORT Current Operating Mode NV No R - 0 10
31766 Reserved for Future Card data 235
These registers will be updated with latest full card and other cards
Latest Full Card/Startup/Pump Off/Shutdown/Pump Off Setting Card Data for Panel View when we write to the particular HR in 4308 - 4312 range. For Latest
Card write 1 to HR 4308
These are numbers used to track the sequence in which the cards
were read. They increase from 1 to 65535, and then roll over to 1
again. Each card has a Card ID one greater than the card before it,
PnlVwCardIDCard 32001 Card ID for Selected Card 1 1 to 65535 I3 USHORT i.e. Card ID 254, Card ID 255,.... Card ID 1, Card ID 2, etc. All cards NV No R - 1 65535
found in the same continuous run time have the same Run ID. Run
ID increases by one when Motor changes from Rest to Run.
PnlVwRunIDCard 32002 Run ID for Selected Card 1 1 to 65535 I3 USHORT NV No R - 1 65535

Added together, these fields give the total number of load/position
PnlVwNumPtsUpStkCa Number of Points in Upstroke in
rd 32003 Selected Card 1 I3 USHORT readings in the surface card. NV No R -
PnlVwNumPtsDownSt Number of Points in Downstroke in
kCard 32004 Selected Card 1 I3 USHORT NV No R -
PnlVwLdPmpOffPrcnt Load Pump-off Percent in selected Load Pump Off Set Point
32005 1 I3 USHORT NV No R %
Card Card To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwPosPmpOffPrcnt Position Pump-off Percent in Position Pump Off Set Point
Card 32006 selected Card 1 I3 USHORT NV No R %
Appendix D
330
331
Appendix D
Pump Off Card Status
0 - For History/Shitdown/Startup/POS Card
PnlVwPmpOffCardSts 32007 Pump Off Card Status 1 I3 USHORT 1 - Pump Off due to Surface Card in Fixed Speed Pump Off Mode NV No R - 0 2 0
2 - Pump Off due to Downhole Card in Fixed Speed Pump Fillage

Mode
In case of Shutdown cards the corresponding set bit shows the
reason for shutdown. For other type of cards it will set respective
bits depending upon the conditions.
Bit 5: Reserved for future use
PnlVwStsFlg2Card 32008 Status Flag 2 in Selected Card 1 I3 USHORT Bit 6 :Malfunction Set Point NV No R -

Bit 8 :Reserved for future use
Bit 11:Load Signal Failure at Min
Bit 12:Load Signal Failure at Max
Bit 13:Stagnant Load Signal Failure
Bit 14 -15 : Reserved for future use
Card Type
0 - Full Card
1 - Startup Card
PnlVwCardTypeCard 32009 Card Type/Unique ID in Selected 1 I3 USHORT 2 - Pump Off Card
Card
3 - Shutdown Card
4 - POS Card
Pump Speed (SPM)
X PnlVwPmpSpdCard 32010 Pumping Speed in Selected Card 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R spm
This register will display the Month value of the local time for the
PnlVwLocTm.Mo 32012 Local Time Stamp Month in 1 I3 USHORT card. NV No R
Selected Card
This register will display the Date value of the local time for the
PnlVwLocTm.Da 32013 Local Time Stamp Date in Selected 1 I3 USHORT card. NV No R
Card
This register will display the Year value of the local time for the
PnlVwLocTm.Yr 32014 Local Time Stamp Year in Selected 1 I3 USHORT card. NV No R
Card
Measured Revolution per Stroke
PnlVwMsrRPSCard 32015 Measured RPS in Selected Card 1 I1 USHORT NV No R RPS
UTC time value when full card found UTC
X PnlVwDateTmCard 32016 Timestamp in UTC in Selected Card 2 I3 ULONG NV No R
To be used for PanelView only Seconds
Peak Polished Rod Load (Surface Card's maximum load reading
X PnlVwPkPolRdLdCard 32018 Card Maximum Load Value) in 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R lbs 0 50000 0
Selected Card To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwMinPolRdLdCar Minimum Polished Rod Load Card's minimum load reading
X 32020 (Surface Card Minimum Load Value) 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R lbs 0 50000 0
d in Selected Card To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwSrfcCardMaxPst Surface Card Maximum Position Card's maximum position reading
32022 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R in
nValCard Value in Selected Card To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwSrfcCardMinPst Surface Card Minimum Position Card's minimum position reading
nValCard 32024 Value in Selected Card 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R in
These registers holds the load and position PumpOff value of the
PnlVwPmpOffPtLdCar Load Pump Off point value in
X 32026 2 I3 ULONG card, it is for graphical display purpose NV No R lbs
d Selected Card
PnlVwPmpOffPtPstnC Position Pump Off point value in
X 32028 2 I3 ULONG NV No R in
ard Selected Card
This register will display the Hour value of the local time for the
Local Time Stamp Hour in Selected
PnlVwLocTm.Hr 32030 1 I3 USHORT card. NV No R
Card
This register will display the Minute value of the local time for the
Local Time Stamp Minute in
PnlVwLocTm.Min 32031 1 I3 USHORT card. NV No R
Selected Card
This register will display the Second value of the local time for the
PnlVwLocTm.Sec 32032 Local Time Stamp Second in 1 I3 USHORT card. NV No R
Selected Card
PnlVwPmpFillageSPCa Pump Fillage Set Point in Selected Pump Fillage Set Point in Selected Card * 100
rd 32033 Card * 100 1 I3 USHORT NV No R -
Total Flow Rate (Gross Liquid) Production data
X PnlVwTotFLREstCard 32034 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R STBD
Estimated in Selected Card To be used for PanelView only
Oil Flow Rate Estimated in Selected Production data
X PnlVwOFLREstCard 32036 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R STBD
Card To be used for PanelView only
Water Flow Rate Estimated in Production data
X PnlVwWFLREstCard 32038 Selected Card 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R STBD
Pump Fillage
X PnlVwPmpFillageCard 32040 Pump Fillage in Selected Card 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R %
Maximum Net Torque
X PnlVwPkNtTqCard 32042 Peak Net Torque in Selected Card 2 I3 ULONG NV No R in-lbs
Structural Loading
X PnlVwStrctrLdngCard 32044 Structural Loading in Selected Card 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R %
PnlVwNumPtsDnHCar Number of Points in Downhole Card Total points in Downhole card
32046 1 I3 USHORT NV No R -
d for Selected Card To be used for PanelView only
Number of Points in Surface Card for Total number of points in Surface Card
PnlVwNumPtsSrfcCard 32047 1 I3 USHORT NV No R -

Surface Stroke Period * 100 in Surface Stroke Period * 100 of the Card
PnlVwSrfcStkPrd 32048 Selected Card 1 I3 USHORT NV No R Sec
PnlVwDnHGrsStkLenC Downhole Gross Stroke Length * Downhole Card Gross Stroke Length* 100
32049 1 I3 USHORT NV No R in
ard 100 in Selected Card To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwDnHNetStkLenC Downhole Net Stroke Length * 100 Downhole Card Net Stroke Length * 100
32050 1 I3 USHORT NV No R in
ard in Selected Card To be used for PanelView only
Appendix D
332
333
Appendix D
The first load and position reading (Address 32051 and 32052) is
the start of the upstroke. See Address 32003 for the number of
points in the upstroke. After the upstroke readings are the
downstroke readings. See Address 32004 for the number of points

Surface Card Load and position
X PnlVwSrfcRdngsCard 32051 points in pair for Selected Card 400 I3 USHORT in the downstroke. For cards with less than 200 samples, unused NV Yes R -
addresses are set to zero.
Position will be multiplied by 100 so if position is 23.82 then 2382
will be displayed here.
Position :
USHORT
but for Position will be multiplied by 100 so if position is 23.82 then 2382
X PnlVwDnHRdngsCard 32451 Downhole Card Load and position 400 I3 Load : will be displayed here. NV Yes R -
points in pair for Selected Card
SHORT ( - To be used for PanelView only
32K to
32K LBS)
Maximum 200 points of load or position can be updated here
depending upon the HR 4303.Depending on History Card selected

Load or Position of the Historical
PnlVwLdPstnHisCard 32851 400 I3 FLOAT in HR 4308 RPC keeps this data into buffer and updates these NV Yes R
Card registers according to the HR 4303.
Maximum 200 points of time can be updated here depending upon
the HR 4303. This is in Msec and the first sample starts from
0.Depending on History Card selected in HR 4308 RPC keeps this
PnlVwTmHisCard 33251 Time of the Historical Card 200 I3 USHORT data into buffer and updates these registers according to the HR NV Yes R
4303
Card's Fluid Load reading
X PnlVwFldLdCard 33451 Fluid Load in Selected Card 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R lbs -60000 60000 0
Pump Intake Pressure in Selected Card's Pump Intake Pressure reading
X PnlVwPIPCard 33453 Card 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R lbs 0 10000 0
Card's Fluid Level reading
PnlVwFldLvlCard 33455 Fluid Level in Selected Card 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R ft 0 100000 0
PnlVwFldSbmrgncCar Card's Fluid Submergence reading
33457 Fluid Submergence in Selected Card 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R ft 0 100000 0
d To be used for PanelView only
Downhole Maximum Load in Downhole Card's maximum load reading
PnlVwDnHPkLdCard 33459 Selected Card 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R lbs
Downhole Minimum Load in Downhole Card's minimum load reading
PnlVwDnHMinLdCard 33461 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R lbs
Current Well State
PnlVwCWellStCard 33463 Current Well State in Selected Card 1 I3 USHORT NV No R -
Event ID which caused the Shutdown. This is only applicable for
PnlVwEvtIDCard 33464 Event ID in the Selected Card 1 I3 USHORT Shutdown Card. NV No R -
PnlVwCOperngCtrlrMo Current Operating Controller Mode Current Operating Mode
X deCard 33465 in the Selected Card 1 I3 USHORT NV No R - 0 10
33466 Reserved 32
33498 Reserved for Debug 3 USHORT
This specifies the Current State and depending on this register IR
3502 will display the time for which RPC is in pariticular state
Value 0: Start
Value 1: Run
Value 2: Rest
Value 3: Shutdown
Value 4: Stopped
CCntSt 33501 Current Counting State 1 I1 USHORT Value 5: Fail-safe Run NV No R -
Value 6: Fail-safe Rest
Value 7: HOA
Value 8: Motor Alert
Value 9: Stopping
Value 10:Unable to Stop
Value 11:Unable to Run
Value 12 : Process Alarm Rest
Current Counting Time in particular
CCntTm 33502 1 I1 USHORT Time in particular state specified in IR 3501 NV No R Min

Well State
This will display the current Run time . As long as the cards are
CRunTm 33503 Current Run Time 1 I1 USHORT getting detected this register is updated. It is not dependent on the NV No R Min
Motor Status.
This will display the current Rest time.As long as cards are not
CRestTm 33504 Current Rest Time 1 I1 USHORT getting detected this is updated. Itis not dependent upon Motor NV No R Min
Status.
TmNotInRunSt 33505 Time not in Run States 1 0 to 65535 I1 USHORT This is the time not in Running States(Start or Run). This will reset NV No R Min 0 65535 0
to 0 if RPC is in Start or Run State.
TmFail 33506 Time Failed 1 0 to 65535 I1 USHORT This is the time in Unable to Run or Shutdown States. This will reset NV No R Min 0 65535 0
to 0 if RPC is in Start or Run State.
Calculated Run Time based on the average Run Time. This is the
FailsafeAvgRunTmEst 33507 Fail-safe Average Run Time estimate 1 0 to 1440 I1 USHORT average of the Average Run Time for the user configurable Average NV No R Min 0 1440 0
number of Runtime period (HR 4476)
33508 Reserved for Internal Use 217 -
It updates the last 1440 minutes of ON/OFF cycles for the pump
with the corresponding % Run Time. Each register displays 2
minutes data.
Cycle counter for 1440 minutes of 1. Bit 7 of each bytes indicates the pump state ON /OFF (1=ON,
CycCntr1440MinsOnOf 33725 ON/OFF buffer with corresponding 720 0 to 65535 I1 USHORT 0=OFF) NV No R -
fPrcntRunTm
runtime in percent
2. Bit 6-0 of each bytes indicates the percentage Runtime at that
minute.

This buffer will be updated in every two minutes.
THdPMBID 34445 THP Modbus ID 1 0 to 247 C3 USHORT THP Modbus ID NV No R 0 247 0
THP Modbus Register Type
THdPMBRegTyp 34446 THP Modbus Register Type 1 0 ,3 or 4 C3 USHORT 3 - HR NV No R 0 4 0
4 - IR
THP Modbus Data Format
1 - SHORT
2 - LONG
THdPMBDtFrmt 34447 THP Modbus Data Format 1 0 to 5 C3 USHORT NV No R 0 5 0
3 - FLOAT
4 - USHORT
Appendix D
5 - ULONG
THdPMBAddr 34448 THP Modbus Address 1 C3 USHORT THP Modbus Address NV No R 0
334
335
Appendix D
THdTempMBID 34449 THT Modbus ID 1 0 to 247 C3 USHORT THT Modbus ID NV No R 0 247 0
THT Modbus Register Type
THdTempMBRegTyp 34450 THT Modbus Register Type 1 0 ,3 or 4 C3 USHORT 3 - HR NV No R 0 4 0
4 - IR

THT Modbus Data Format
1 - SHORT
2 - LONG
THdTempMBDtFrmt 34451 THT Modbus Data Format 1 0 to 5 C3 USHORT NV No R 0 5 0
3 - FLOAT
4 - USHORT
5 - ULONG
THdTempMBAddr 34452 THT Modbus Address 1 C3 USHORT THT Modbus Address NV No R 0
CHdPMBID 34453 CHP Modbus ID 1 0 to 247 C3 USHORT CHP Modbus ID NV No R 0 247 0
CHP Modbus Register Type
CHdPMBRegTyp 34454 CHP Modbus Register Type 1 0 ,3 or 4 C3 USHORT 3 - HR NV No R 0 4 0
4 - IR
CHP Modbus Data Format

1 - SHORT
2 - LONG
CHdPMBDtFrmt 34455 CHP Modbus Data Format 1 0 to 5 C3 USHORT NV No R 0 5 0
3 - FLOAT
4 - USHORT
5 - ULONG
CHdPMBAddr 34456 CHP Modbus Address 1 C3 USHORT CHP Modbus Address NV No R 0
CHdTempMBID 34457 CHT Modbus ID 1 0 to 247 C3 USHORT CHT Modbus ID NV No R 0 247 0
CHT Modbus Register Type
CHdTempMBRegTyp 34458 CHT Modbus Register Type 1 0 3 or 4 C3 USHORT 3 - HR NV No R 0 4 0
4 - IR
CHT Modbus Data Format
1 - SHORT
2 - LONG
CHdTempMBDtFrmt 34459 CHT Modbus Data Format 1 0 to 5 C3 USHORT NV No R 0 5 0
3 - FLOAT
4 - USHORT
5 - ULONG
CHdTempMBAddr 34460 CHT Modbus Address 1 C3 USHORT CHT Modbus Address NV No R 0
FlLnPMBID 34461 FLP Modbus ID 1 0 to 247 C3 USHORT FLP Modbus ID NV No R 0 247 0
FLP Modbus Register Type
FlLnPMBRegTyp 34462 FLP Modbus Register Type 1 0 ,3 or 4 C3 USHORT 3 - HR NV No R 0 4 0
4 - IR
FLP Modbus Data Format
1 - SHORT
2 - LONG
FlLnPMBDtFrmt 34463 FLP Modbus Data Format 1 0 to 5 C3 USHORT NV No R 0 5 0
3 - FLOAT
4 - USHORT
5 - ULONG
FlLnPMBAddr 34464 FLP Modbus Address 1 C3 USHORT FLP Modbus Address NV No R 0
FlLnTempMBID 34465 FLT Modbus ID 1 0 to 247 C3 USHORT FLT Modbus ID NV No R 0 247 0
FLT Modbus Register Type
FlLnTempMBRegTyp 34466 FLT Modbus Register Type 1 0 ,3 or 4 C3 USHORT 3 - HR NV No R 0 4 0
4 - IR
FLT Modbus Data Format
1 - SHORT
2 - LONG
FlLnTempMBDtFrmt 34467 FLT Modbus Data Format 1 0 to 5 C3 USHORT NV No R 0 5 0
3 - FLOAT
4 - USHORT
5 - ULONG
FlLnTempMBAddr 34468 FLT Modbus Address 1 C3 USHORT FLT Modbus Address NV No R 0
AUXPrcs1MBID 34469 Auxiliary Process 1 Modbus ID 1 0 to 247 C3 USHORT Auxiliary Process 1 Modbus ID NV No R 0 247 0
Auxiliary Process 1 Modbus Register Type
Auxiliary Process 1 Modbus Register
AUXPrcs1MBRegTyp 34470 Type 1 0 ,3 or 4 C3 USHORT 3 - HR NV No R 0 4 0
4 - IR
Auxiliary Process 1 Modbus Data Format
1 - SHORT
Auxiliary Process 1 Modbus Data 2 - LONG
AUXPrcs1MBDtFrmt 34471 1 0 to 5 C3 USHORT NV No R 0 5 0
Format 3 - FLOAT
4 - USHORT
5 - ULONG
AUXPrcs1MBAddr 34472 Auxiliary Process 1 Modbus Address 1 C3 USHORT Auxiliary Process 1 Modbus Address NV No R 0
AUXPrcs2MBRegTyp 34474 Type 1 0 ,3 or 4 C3 USHORT 3 - HR NV No R 0 4 0
4 - IR
1 - SHORT
Format 3 - FLOAT
4 - USHORT
5 - ULONG
AUXPrcs3MBRegTyp 34478 Auxiliary Process 3 Modbus Register 1 0 ,3 or 4 C3 USHORT 3 - HR NV No R 0 4 0
Type
4 - IR
1 - SHORT
Format 3 - FLOAT
4 - USHORT

5 - ULONG
AUXPrcs4MBRegTyp 34482 1 0 ,3 or 4 C3 USHORT 3 - HR NV No R 0 4 0
Type
4 - IR
1 - SHORT
Appendix D
Format 3 - FLOAT
4 - USHORT
5 - ULONG
336
337
Appendix D
DIPrcs1MBID 34485 Digital Process 1 Modbus ID 1 0 to 247 C3 USHORT Digital Process 1 Modbus ID NV No R 0 247 0
Digital Process 1 Modbus Register Type
Digital Process 1 Modbus Register

DIPrcs1MBRegTyp 34486 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 - CS NV No R 0 2 0
Type
2 - IS
Digital Process 1 Modbus Data Digital Process 1 Modbus Data Format
DIPrcs1MBDtFrmt 34487 Format 1 0 or 6 C3 USHORT NV No R 0 6 0
6 - BIT
DIPrcs1MBAddr 34488 Digital Process 1 Modbus Address 1 C3 USHORT Digital Process 1 Modbus Address NV No R 0
DIPrcs2MBRegTyp 34490 Type 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 - CS NV No R 0 2 0
2 - IS
DIPrcs2MBDtFrmt 34491 1 0 or 6 C3 USHORT NV No R 0 6 0
Format 6 - BIT
DIPrcs3MBRegTyp 34494 Type 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 - CS NV No R 0 2 0
2 - IS
Format 6 - BIT
DIPrcs4MBRegTyp 34498 Digital Process 4 Modbus Register 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 - CS NV No R 0 2 0
Type
2 - IS
Format 6 - BIT
VFDCFreq 34501 VFD Current Frequency 2 I1 FLOAT Current Frequency of the VFD NV No R Hz 0 120 0
VFDCmdFreq 34503 VFD Commanded Frequency 2 I1 FLOAT Commanded Frequency in Hz issued to the VFD NV No R Hz 0 120 0
LoPmpFillageLvl 34505 Low Pump Fillage Level 2 I3 FLOAT This is the Low Pump Fillage Level since GOT. This is updated on NV No R % 0 100 0
each stroke. It resets to 0 at GOT
HiPmpFillageLvl 34507 High Pump Fillage Level 2 I3 FLOAT This is the High Pump Fillage Level since GOT. This is updated on NV No R % 0 100 0
each stroke. It resets to 0 at GOT
This is the moving Average Pump Fillage Level for 50 cards. This is
updated on each stroke. It is calculated if Pump is running and
AvgPmpFillageLvl 34509 Average Pump Fillage Level 2 I3 FLOAT strokes are getting detected. It will hold the last value if Pump is NV No R % 0 100 0
not running.
34511 Reserved 21
Process Alarm Restart Counter.It indicates the number of restarts
PrcsAlmRestartCntr 34532 Process Alarm Restart Counter 1 I3 USHORT the Optilift RPC has attempted so far when in “AutoStart “action for NV No R -
the process alarms
Digital Process Alarms will be displayed here.Each Bit corresponds
to a single Alarm. If the particular alarm condition exists,
corresponding Bit will be set to 1.
Bit 0 - DI Process 1 Alarm
DIPrcsAlm 34533 DI Process Alarm 2 I3 ULONG Bit 1 - DI Process 2 Alarm NV No R -
Bit 4 - 31 - Reserved for Future Use
AI Process Warnings will be displayed here.Each Bit corresponds to
a single warning. If the particular warning condition exists,
Bit 0 - Tubing Head Pressure Hi Warning
Bit 1 - Tubing Head Pressure Low Warning
Bit 2 - Tubing Head Temperature Hi Warning
Bit 3 - Tubing Head Temperature Low Warning
Bit 4 - Casing Head Pressure Hi Warning
Bit 5 - Casing Head Pressure Low Warning

Bit 6 - Casing Head Temperature Hi Warning
Bit 7 - Casing Head Temperature Low Warning
Bit 8 - Flow Line Pressure Hi Warning
AIPrcsWrng 34535 Analog Process Warning 2 I3 ULONG Bit 9 - Flow Line Pressure Low Warning NV No R -
Bit 10 - Flow Line Temperature Hi Warning
Bit 11 - Flow Line Temperature Low Warning
Bit 12 - Auxiliary Process 1 Hi Warning
Bit 13 - Auxiliary Process 1 Low Warning

Appendix D
338
339
Appendix D
Existing RPC Alarms will be displayed here. Each Bit corresponds to
a single Alarm. If the particular alarm condition exists,

Bit 5 :Malfunction Set Point
Bit 7: Position Indicator Error
RPCAlm 34537 RPC Alarms 2 I3 ULONG Bit 10 : VFD Communication Error NV No R -
Bit 11: DI4 Auxillary Fault
Bit 12: DI5 Auxillary Fault
Bit 13 : Loss of Crank Arm Sensor Signal / Loss of Proximity Sensor

Signal
Bit 14 : Loss of RPM Sensor Signal
Bit 15: Belt Slippage
Bit 16: Low RPM
Bit 17: VFD Fault
Bit 18 : VFD Alarm
Bit 19 : Load Signal Failure at Min
Bit 20: Load Signal Failure at max
Bit 21: Stagnant Load Signal Failure
Bit 22 :31 - Reserved for Future Use
Process Alarms will be displayed here.Each Bit corresponds to a
single Alarm. If the particular alarm condition exists, corresponding
Bit will be set to 1.
Bit 0 - Tubing Head Pressure Hi Hi Alarm
Bit 1 - Tubing Head Pressure Low Low Alarm
Bit 2 - Tubing Head Temperature Hi Hi Alarm
Bit 3 - Tubing Head Temperature Low Low Alarm
Bit 4 - Casing Head Pressure Hi Hi Alarm
Bit 5 - Casing Head Pressure Low Low Alarm
Bit 6 - Casing Head Temperature Hi Hi Alarm
Bit 7 - Casing Head Temperature Low Low Alarm
Bit 8 - Flow Line Pressure Hi Hi Alarm
AIPrcsAlm 34539 Analog Process Alarm 2 I3 ULONG Bit 9 - Flow Line Pressure Low Low Alarm NV No R -
Bit 10 - Flow Line Temperature Hi Hi Alarm
Bit 11 - Flow Line Temperature Low Low Alarm
Bit 12 - Auxiliary Process 1 Hi Hi Alarm
Bit 13 - Auxiliary Process 1 Low Low Alarm
It display set and reset status along with ID e.g. Set 0x80001, reset
EvtIDLtstEvt 34541 Event ID of the Latest Event 1 I3 USHORT 0x0001. Refer to the "Alarm and Event" tab for the ID. This will be NV No R -
updated when CS 408 is set to 1.
Time at which the event occurred. This will be updated when CS UTC
EvtTmLtstEvt1 34542 Event Time of the Latest Event 2 I3 ULONG 408 is set to 1. NV No R Seconds
EvtTmLtstEvt2,
EvtTmLtstEvt99 34544 Same as above for last 99 Events 297 I3 Refer to the "Alarm and Event" section for more info NV No R
Current Day Accumulation Data
CDaPrcntRunTm 34841 Current Day % Run Time 2 I1 ULONG NV No %
CDaRunTm 34843 Current Day Run Time 2 I1 ULONG NV No Min
CDaAvgSPM 34845 Current Day Average SPM 2 I1 FLOAT NV No spm
CDaMaxLd 34847 Current Day Maximum Load 2 I1 FLOAT NV No lbs
CDaMinLd 34849 Current Day Minimum Load 2 I1 FLOAT Current Day Accumulation Data. These registers are updated with NV No lbs
every stroke(Average SPM, Maximum/Minimum Load , Number of
CDaNumStk 34851 Current Day Number of Strokes 2 I1 ULONG Strokes, Oil, Water, Gas or Total Volume, Malfunction Count ) or NV No -
CDaOVol 34853 Current Day Oil Volume 2 I1 FLOAT every minute(% Run Time, Run Time, Average Run Time, Average NV No stb
CDaWVol 34855 Current Day Water Volume 2 I1 FLOAT Rest Time) or moving from Running(Start,Run,Unable to Stop) to NV No stb
CDaTotVol 34857 Current Day Total Volume 2 I1 FLOAT Not-Running States(Stopped, Shutdown, Unable to Run). At GOT NV No stb
these data is transferred to IR 5051 - 5080 Yesterday's
CDaGVol 34859 Current Day Gas Volume 2 I1 FLOAT Accumulation Data. This can be reset to 0 by writing 1 to CS NV No scf
CDaAvgPmpFillage 34861 Current Day Average Pump Fillage 2 I1 FLOAT 472.Average Pump Fillage NV No %
CDaPmpCyc 34863 Current Day Pump Cycle 2 I1 ULONG NV No -
CDaMalfnctnCnt 34865 Current Day Malfunction Count 2 I1 ULONG NV No -
CDaAvgRunTm 34867 Current Day Average Run Time 2 I1 FLOAT NV No Min
CDaAvgRestTm 34869 Current Day Average Rest Time 2 I1 FLOAT NV No Min

Appendix D
340
341
Appendix D
These are the register bank where the last 90 days accumulator
data will be updated. Depending upon the CS selected the
respective data will be updated here.
Write 1 to CS 412 Last 90 days % Run Time will be

updated.(ULONG)
Write 1 to CS 413 Last 90 days Run Time will be updated.(ULONG)
Write 1 to CS 414 Last 90 days Average SPM will be
updated.(FLOAT)
Write 1 to CS 415 Last 90 days Maximum Load will be
updated.(FLOAT)
Write 1 to CS 416 Last 90 days Minimum Load will be
updated.(FLOAT)
Write 1 to CS 417 Last 90 days Number of Stroke will be
updated.(ULONG)
Write 1 to CS 419 Last 90 days Oil Volume Accumulation will be
updated.(FLOAT)
Write 1 to CS 420 Last 90 days Water Volume Accumulation will be

updated.(FLOAT)
Write 1 to CS 421 Last 90 days Total Volume Accumulation will be
updated.(FLOAT)
Write 1 to CS 422 Last 90 days Gas Volume Accumulation will be %
updated.(FLOAT) Miin
Write 1 to CS 424 Last 90 days Average Pump Fillage will be spm
updated.(FLOAT) lbs
Write 1 to CS 425 Last 90 days Malfunction Count will be lbs
updated.(FLOAT) -
Write 1 to CS 481 Last 90 days Average PIP will be updated.(FLOAT) stb
Write 1 to CS 482 Last 90 days Maximum PIP will be stb
updated.(FLOAT) stb
Lst90DaAccData 34871 Last 90 Days Accumulation Data 180 I3 ULONG/ NV Yes R
FLOAT Write 1 to CS 483 Last 90 days Minimum PIP will be scf
updated.(FLOAT)
%
Write 1 to CS 484 Last 90 days Average Fluid Level will be
updated.(FLOAT) psi
Write 1 to CS 485 Last 90 days Maximum Fluid Level will be psi
updated.(FLOAT) psi
Write 1 to CS 486 Last 90 days Minimum Fluid Level will be ft
updated.(FLOAT) ft
Write 1 to CS 502 Last 90 days Pump Cycles will be ft
updated.(ULONG) -
Write 1 to CS 426 Last 90 days Average Run Time will be
updated.(FLOAT)
Write 1 to CS 427 Last 90 days Average Rest Time will be
updated.(FLOAT)
Write 1 to CS 428 Last 90 days Fail-safe Run Time will be
updated.(ULONG)
Write 1 to CS 429 Last 90 days Fail-safe Rest Time will be
updated.(ULONG)
Write 1 to CS 430 Last 90 days Fail-safe % Run Time will be
updated.(ULONG)
Write 1 to CS 431 Last 90 days Load Signal Failure at Min Count will
be updated.(ULONG)
Write 1 to CS 432 Last 90 days Load Signal Failure at Max Count will
be updated.(ULONG)
Write 1 to CS 433 Last 90 days Stagnant Load Signal Failure Count
will be updated.(ULONG)
Write 1 to CS 434 Last 90 days Deferred Production Run Time will be
updated.(ULONG)
Write 1 to CS 435 Last 90 days Deferred Production % Run Time will
be updated.(ULONG)
Yesterday's Accumulation Data

Yesterday's Accumulation Data. At GOT Current Day accumulation
YDaPrcntRunTm 35051 Yesterday's % Run Time 2 I3 ULONG data is transferred to these registers.This can be reset to 0 by NV No R %
writing 1 to CS 472.
YDaRunTm 35053 Yesterday's Run Time 2 I3 ULONG NV No R Min 0 1440 0
YDaAvgSPM 35055 Yesterday's Average SPM 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R spm 0 20 0
YDaMaxLd 35057 Yesterday's Maximum Load 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R lbs
YDaMinLd 35059 Yesterday's Minimum Load 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R lbs
YDaNumStk 35061 Yesterday's Number of Strokes 2 I3 ULONG NV No R -
YDaOVol 35063 Yesterday's Oil Volume 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R stb
YDaWVol 35065 Yesterday's Water Volume 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R stb
YDaTotVol 35067 Yesterday's Total Volume 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R stb
YDaGVol 35069 Yesterday's Gas Volume 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R scf

YDaAvgPmpFillage 35071 Yesterday's Average Pump Fillage 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R % 0 100 0
YDaPmpCyc 35073 Yesterday's Pump Cycle 2 I3 ULONG NV No R -
YDaMalfnctnCnt 35075 Yesterday's Malfunction Count 2 I3 ULONG NV No R -
YDaAvgRunTm 35077 Yesterday's Average Run Time 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R Min 0 1440 0
YDaAvgRestTm 35079 Yesterday's Average Rest Time 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R Min 0 1440 0
Current Day Fluid Level Data
Current Day Fluid Level Data. These registers are updated with
CDaAvePIP 35081 Current Day Average PIP 2 I1 FLOAT every stroke. At GOT these data is transferred to IR 5081 - 5100 NV No R psia
Yesterday's Accumulation Data. This can be reset to 0 by writing 1
to CS 472.
CDaMaxPIP 35083 Current Day Maximum PIP 2 I1 FLOAT NV No R psia
CDaMinPIP 35085 Current Day Minimum PIP 2 I1 FLOAT NV No R psia
CDaAveFldLvl 35087 Current Day Average Fluid Level 2 I1 FLOAT NV No R ft
CDaMaxFldLvl 35089 Current Day Maximum Fluid Level 2 I1 FLOAT NV No R ft
CDaMinFldLvl 35091 Current Day Minimum Fluid Level 2 I1 FLOAT NV No R ft
35093 Reserved for Current Day's Data for 8 For future Currentday's Accumulation Data these registers will be
future use used.
Yesterday's Fluid Level Data
Yesterday's Fluid Level Data. At GOT Current Day Fluid Level Data is
YDaAvePIP 35101 Yesterday's Average PIP 2 I1 FLOAT transferred to these registers. This can be reset to 0 by writing 1 to NV No R psia
CS 472.

YDaMaxPIP 35103 Yesterday's Maximum PIP 2 I1 FLOAT NV No R psia
YDaMinPIP 35105 Yesterday's Minimum PIP 2 I1 FLOAT NV No R psia
YDaAveFldLvl 35107 Yesterday's Average Fluid Level 2 I1 FLOAT NV No R ft
YDaMaxFldLvl 35109 Yesterday's Maximum Fluid Level 2 I1 FLOAT NV No R ft
YDaMinFldLvl 35111 Yesterday's Minimum Fluid Level 2 I1 FLOAT NV No R ft
35113 Reserved for Yesterday's Data for 8 For future Yesterday's Accumulation Data these registers will be
future use used.
90 Days Accumulation Data for PanelView
Appendix D
342
343
Appendix D
"These are the register bank where the last 90 days accumulator
data will be updated in PanelView. Depending upon the value
written on HR 4673 the respective data will be updated here.

0 - Default
1 - Update % Run Time
2 - Update Run Time
3 - Update Average SPM
4 - Update Maximum Load
5 - Update Minimum Load
6 - Daily Stroke Count %
7 - Update Oil Volume Miin
8 - Update Water Volume spm
9 - Update Total Volume lbs
10 - Update Gas Volume lbs

11- Update Average Pump Fillage -
Last 90 Days Accumulation Data in
PnlVwLst90DaAccData 35121 180 I1 FLOAT 12 - Update Average PIP NV Yes R stb
PanelView
13 - Update Maximum PIP stb
14 - Update Minimum PIP stb
15 - Update Average Fluid Level scf
16 - Update Maximum Fluid Level %
17 - Update Minimum Fluid Level psi
18 - Update Pump Cycle psi
19 - Malfunction Count psi
20 - Average Run Time ft
21 - Average Rest Time ft
22 - Fail-safe Run Time ft
23 - Fail-safe Rest Time -
24 - Fail-safe % Run Time
25 - Load Signal Failure at Min Count
26 - Load Signal Failure at Max Count
27 - Stagnant Load Signal Failure Count
28 - Deferred Production Run Time
29 - Deferred Production % Run Time
VFD Data
X VFDOutFreq 35301 VFD Output frequency (Hz) 2 I1 FLOAT NV No R Hz
VFDOutTq 35303 VFD Output torque (%) 2 I1 FLOAT NV No R %
X VFDOutPwr 35305 VFD Output Power (KW) 2 I1 FLOAT NV No R KW
X VFDDCBusV 35307 VFD DC Bus voltage (VDC) 2 I1 FLOAT NV No R Vdc
X VFDOutC 35309 VFD Output Current (AMP) 2 I1 FLOAT NV No R A
SelSpdRef 35311 Selected Speed Ref (Hz) 2 I1 FLOAT NV No R Hz
NegTqLim 35313 Negative torque limit 2 I1 FLOAT NV No R
DrvSts1 35315 Drives status 1 2 I1 LONG NV No R -
OutV 35317 Output Voltage 2 I1 FLOAT NV No R V
DrvSts2 35319 Drives status 2 2 I1 LONG NV No R -
35321 Reserved 2
LstFltCard 35323 Last fault code 2 I1 LONG NV No R -
35325 Reserved 2
FltStsA 35327 Fault status A 2 I1 LONG NV No R -
35329 Reserved 2
FltStsB 35331 Fault Status B 2 I1 LONG NV No R -
35333 Reserved 2
X MtrNPPwr 35335 Motor NP Power (HP) 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R hp
X MtrNPSpd 35337 Motor NP Speed (RPM) 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R RPM
X MtrNPC 35339 Motor NP Current (AMP) 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R A
X MtrNPV 35341 Motor NP Voltage (VAC) 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R V
X MtrNPFreq 35343 Motor NP Frequency (Hz) 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R Hz
MtrPoles 35345 Motor Poles 2 I3 LONG NV No R
MtrCtrlMd 35347 Motor Ctrl Mode 2 I3 LONG NV No R
DIEnbl 35349 DI Enable 2 I3 LONG NV No R
DIClrFlt 35351 DI Clear Fault 2 I3 LONG NV No R
DIAuxFlt 35353 DI Aux Fault 2 I3 LONG NV No R
DIRun 35355 DI Run 2 I3 LONG NV No R

DISpdSel1 35357 DI Speed Sel 1 2 I3 LONG NV No R
AccLvl 35359 Access Level 2 I3 LONG NV No R
DirMd 35361 Direction Mode 2 I3 LONG NV No R
StartPwrUp 35363 Start At PowerUp 2 I3 LONG NV No R
AutoRstrtTries 35365 Auto Rstrt Tries 2 I3 LONG NV No R
AutoRstrtDelay 35367 Auto Rstrt Delay 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R
StopMdA 35369 Stop Mode A 2 I3 LONG NV No R
BusRegMdA 35371 Bus Reg Mode A 2 I3 LONG NV No R
BusRegLvlCfg 35373 Bus Reg Lvl Cfg 2 I3 LONG NV No R
DtbsRstrTyp 35375 DB Resistor Type 2 I3 LONG NV No R
DtbsExtOhms 35377 DB Ext Ohms 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R
DtbsExtWatts 35379 DB Ext Watts 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R
DtbsExtPulseWatts 35381 DB ExtPulseWatts 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R
DecInhibitActn 35383 Dec Inhibit Actn 2 I3 LONG NV No R
MtrOLFctr 35385 Mtr OL Factor 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R
RegenPwrLim 35387 Regen Power Lmt 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R
PwrLossActn 35389 Power Loss Actn 2 I3 LONG NV No R
PwrLossALvl 35391 Pwr Loss A Level 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R
PwrLossATm 35393 Pwr Loss A Time 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R
UnderVActn 35395 UnderVltg Action 2 I3 LONG NV No R
UnderVLvl 35397 UnderVltg Level 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R

MaxFwdSpd 35399 Max Fwd Speed 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R
MaxRevSpd 35401 Max Rev Speed 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R
OverSpdLim 35403 Overspeed Limit 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R
AccellTm1 35405 Accel Time 1 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R
DecelTm1 35407 Decel Time 1 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R
SCurveAccel 35409 S Curve Accel 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R
SCurveDecel 35411 S Curve Decel 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R
SpdRefASel 35413 Spd Ref A Sel 2 I3 LONG NV No R
Appendix D
SpdRefAAnglHi 35415 Spd Ref A AnlgHi 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R
SpdRefAAnglLo 35417 Spd Ref A AnlgLo 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R
SpdRefBSel 35419 Spd Ref B Sel 2 I3 LONG NV No R
344
345
Appendix D
SpdRefBW 35421 Speed Reg BW 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R
AutoTune 35423 Auto-tune 2 I3 LONG NV No R
TotInertia 35425 Total Inertia in Secs 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R

PosTqLim 35427 Positive torque limit 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R
This register is used to Start/Stop VFD. RPC will write following
values to Start/Stop VFD
VFDLgcCmd 35429 VFD Logic Command 2 I3 LONG Start VFD - 262144 NV No R
Stop VFD - 0
By setting 1 to Bit 3 of this register, all VFD Faults can be cleared.
This displayes the VFD Status.
Bit 6, displays the VFD Alarm
0 - No Alarm
1 - Alarm
Bit 7, displays the VFD Faults

VFDLgcSts 35431 VFD Logic Status 2 I3 LONG NV No R
0 - No Fault
1 - Fault
Bit 16, displays the Running Status of VFD.

1- VFD Running
0 - Not Running
This register especially Bit 0, displays the Communication Status of
VFD with RPC. If the status
VFDCommSts 35433 VFD Communication Status 1 I3 USHORT NV No R
0- Communication Fail
1 - Connected
Accumulated Power Consumption read from the VFD Parameter 14
AccPwrCnsmptn 35434 Accumulated Power Consumption 2 I3 FLOAT NV No R KWH
in Powerflex 750
35436 Reserved 37
Additional Current Day Accumulation Data
Current Day Accumulation Data. At GOT these data is transferred to
CDaFailSafeRunTm 35473 Current Day Fail-safe Run Time 2 0 to1440 I1 ULONG IR 5537 - 5600 Yesterday's Accumulation Data. This can be reset to 0 NV No R Min 0 1440 0
by writing 1 to CS 472.
CDaFailSafePrcntRunT 35475 Current Day Fail-safe % Run Time 2 0 to 100 I1 ULONG NV No R % 0 100 0
m
CDaFailSafeRestTm 35477 Current Day Fail-safe Rest Time 2 0 to1440 I1 ULONG NV No R Min 0 1440 0
Current Day Load Signal Failure at
CDaLdSigFalrMinCnt 35479 2 0 to 65535 I1 ULONG NV No R 0 65535 0
Min Count
Current Day Load Signal Failure at
CDaLdSigFalrMaxCnt 35481 2 0 to 65535 I1 ULONG NV No R 0 65535 0
Max Count
Current Day Stagnant Load Signal
CDaStgntLdSigFalrCnt 35483 2 0 to 65535 I1 ULONG NV No R 0 65535 0
Failure Count
Current Day Deferred Production
CDaDfrdPrdctnRunTm 35485 2 0 to1440 I1 ULONG NV No R Min 0 65535 0
Run Time
Current Day Deferred Production %
CDaDfrdPrdctnRestTm 35487 2 0 to 100 I1 ULONG NV No R % 0 100 0
Run Time
35489 Reserved 48
Additional Yesterday's Accumulation Data
Yesterday's Accumulation Data. At GOT Current Day accumulation
YDaFailSafeRunTm 35537 Yesterday's Fail-safe Run Time 2 0 to1440 I1 ULONG data is transferred to these registers.This can be reset to 0 by NV No R Min 0 1440 0
writing 1 to CS 472.
YDaFailSafePrcntRunT 35539 Yesterday's Fail-safe % Run Time 2 0 to 100 I1 ULONG NV No R % 0 100 0
m
YDaFailSafeRestTm 35541 Yesterday's Fail-safe Rest Time 2 0 to1440 I1 ULONG NV No R Min 0 1440 0
Yesterday's Load Signal Failure at
YDaLdSigFalrMinCnt 35543 2 0 to 65535 I1 ULONG NV No R 0 65535 0
Min Count
Yesterday's Load Signal Failure at
YDaLdSigFalrMaxCnt 35545 2 0 to 65535 I1 ULONG NV No R 0 65535 0
Max Count
Yesterday's Stagnant Load Signal
YDaStgntLdSigFalrCnt 35547 2 0 to 65535 I1 ULONG NV No R 0 65535 0
Failure Count
Yesterday's Deferred Production
YDaDfrdPrdctnRunTm 35549 2 0 to1440 I1 ULONG NV No R Min 0 65535 0
Run Time
Yesterday's Deferred Production %
YDaDfrdPrdctnRestTm 35551 2 0 to 100 I1 ULONG NV No R % 0 100 0
Run Time
35553 Reserved 48
LdVltnShutDownPt1,
Load Violation ShutDown Load USHORT When controller goes to Shut-down mode because of load violation
LdVltnShutDownPt20 35601 200 I1 NV No R lbs

points then the load samples will be stored here.
0
X CEstGFLR 35801 Current Estimated Gas Flow Rate 2 I3 FLOAT Production Data NV No R SCFD
CFldSbmrgnc 35803 Current Fluid Submergence 2 I3 FLOAT Current Fluid Submergence NV No R ft
PmpIntkP 35805 Pump Intake Pressure 2 I3 FLOAT Pump Intake Pressure calculated from Fluid Level NV No R psi
X FldLd 35807 Fluid Load 2 I3 FLOAT Fluid Load NV No R lbs
X CMechEff 35809 Calculated Mechanical Efficiency 2 I3 FLOAT Surface Controller Data NV No R %
PmpEff 35811 Pump Efficiency 2 I3 FLOAT Downhole Data NV No R %
CalcFldLvl 35813 Calculated Fluid Level 2 I3 FLOAT Fluid Level Calculated from the Downhole Card NV No R ft
PolRdPwr 35815 Polished Rod Power 2 I3 FLOAT Surface Unit NV No R hp
X GrBxRtg 35817 Gear Box Rating 2 I3 FLOAT Surface Unit NV No R %
StrctrRtg 35819 Structure Rating 2 I3 FLOAT Surface Unit NV No R %
OProdcdVolEst 35821 Oil Produced Volume Estimated 2 I3 FLOAT Production Data NV No R STB
WProdcdVolEst 35823 Water Produced Volume Estimated 2 I3 FLOAT Production Data NV No R STB
GProdcdVolEst 35825 Gas Produced Volume Estimated 2 I3 FLOAT Production Data NV No R SCF
TotProdcdVolEst 35827 Total Produced Volume Estimated 2 I3 FLOAT Production Data NV No R STB
X THdP 35829 Tubing Head Pressure 2 I1 FLOAT Wellhead Data NV No R psig -1000 15000 0
X THdTemp 35831 Tubing Head Temperature 2 I1 FLOAT Wellhead Data NV No R °F -100 1000
X CHdP 35833 Casing Head Pressure 2 I1 FLOAT Wellhead Data NV No R psig -1000 15000 0
X CHdTemp 35835 Casing Head Temperature 2 I1 FLOAT Wellhead Data NV No R °F -100 1000
X FLLnP 35837 Flow Line Pressure 2 I1 FLOAT Wellhead Data NV No R psig -1000 15000 0
X FLLnTemp 35839 Flow Line Temperature 2 I1 FLOAT Wellhead Data NV No R °F -100 1000

CEstTotFLR 35841 Current Estimated Total Flow Rate 2 I1 FLOAT Production Data NV No R STBD
CEstOFLR 35843 Current Estimated Oil Flow Rate 2 I1 FLOAT Production Data NV No R STBD
CEstWFLR 35845 Current Estimated Water Flow Rate 2 I1 FLOAT Production Data NV No R STBD
ChainRatioPmpUnt 35847 Chain Ratio for the Pumping Unit 2 - I3 FLOAT Chain Ratio for the Pumping Unit NV No R - 5.9
This register shows the Pump searching status from Panel View.
When user sets the CS 445 "Search Pump in Database", if particular
pump is found in the database success status 1 will be updated. If
the pump is not found then error status -1 will be updated in this
PnlVwPmpSrchSts 35851 Pump Search Status for Panel View 1 I1 SHORT register. NV No R -
Appendix D
1 = Success
-1 = Error
346

347
Appendix D
RdcrRtngPfx 35852 Reducer Rating Postfix 1 I1 USHORT For Conventional Pump this will display 'D' in ASCII. For other Pump NV No R -
types this will show 0.
WrkMinFreq 35853 Working Minimum Frequency in 2 I1 FLOAT Equivalent of Working Minimum frequency in Hz in SPM NV No R spm
SPM

WrkMaxFreq 35855 Working Maximum Frequency in 2 I1 FLOAT Equivalent of Working Maximum frequency in Hz in SPM NV No R spm
SPM
StartupFreq 35857 Startup Frequency in SPM 2 I1 FLOAT Equivalent of Startup frequency in Hz in SPM NV No R spm
CmdFreq 35859 Commanded Frequency in SPM 2 I1 FLOAT Equivalent of Commanded frequency in Hz in SPM NV No R spm
VFD Manual Mode Fixed Frequency
VFDFixFreqManMd 35861 in SPM 2 I1 FLOAT Equivalent of VFD Manual Mode Fixed Frequency in Hz in SPM NV No R spm
RPCMBSlvID 35863 RPC Modbus Slave ID 1 I1 USHORT This is the RPC ID NV No R -
This is the Load Pump Off EU Set Point for the Pump Off condition in
PmpOffLdEUSP 35866 Pump Off Load EU Set Point 1 I1 USHORT NV No R -
Fixed Speed and Variable Speed Pump Off Mode.
This is the Position Pump Off EU Set Point for the Pump Off
PmpOffPstnEUSP 35867 Pump Off Position EU Set Point 1 I1 USHORT NV No R -
condition in Fixed Speed and Variable Speed Pump Off Mode.

Calculated Stroke Length in Linear
CalcStkLenLinrPmp 35868 1 I3 USHORT Calculated Stroke Length in Linear Pump NV No R in
Pump
PmpRAPIDim 35869 Pump R API Dimension(Crank Pin) 2 0 to 500 I3 FLOAT API Dimensions in Inch NV No R in 0 500
PmpKAPIDim 35871 Pump K API Dimension 2 0 to 500 I3 FLOAT NV No R in 0 500
PmpCAPIDim 35873 Pump C API Dimension 2 0 to 500 I3 FLOAT NV No R in 0 500
PmpPAPIDim 35875 Pump P API Dimension 2 0 to 500 I3 FLOAT NV No R in 0 500
PmpAAPIDim 35877 Pump A API Dimension 2 0 to 500 I3 FLOAT NV No R in 0 500
PmpIAPIDim 35879 Pump I API Dimension 2 0 to 500 I3 FLOAT NV No R in 0 500
PmpGAPIDim 35881 Pump G API Dimension 2 0 to 500 I3 FLOAT NV No R in 0 500
PmpIHPIDim 35883 Pump H API Dimension 2 0 to 500 I3 FLOAT NV No R in 0 500
PhsAngle 35885 Phase Angle 2 -180 to 180 I3 FLOAT Phase Angle NV No R Degree -180 180 0
35887 Reserved 2
SpecGrvtyFld 35889 Specific Gravity of Fluid/Mixture 2 I1 FLOAT Specific Gravity of Fluid NV No R -
WCtTank 35891 Water Cut in Percentage at Tank 2 I3 FLOAT Water Cut at Tank NV No R %
TotProjctdVol 35893 Total Projected Volume 2 I1 FLOAT Total Projected Volume at Tank NV No R STBD
OProjctdVol 35895 Oil Projected Volume 2 I1 FLOAT Total Oil Projected Volumae at Tank NV No R STBD
WProjctdVol 35897 Water Projected Volume 2 I1 FLOAT Total Water Projected Volume at Tank NV No R STBD
GProjctdVol 35899 Gas Projected Volume 2 I1 FLOAT Total Gas Projected Volume at Tank NV No R SCFD
MtrPwr 35901 Motor Power 2 I1 FLOAT Surface Unit NV No R hp
BltSlpg 35903 Belt Slippage 2 I1 FLOAT Surface Controller Data NV No R %
StartCrnkAngle 35905 Starting Crank Angle 2 I1 FLOAT Starting Crank Angle of Pump NV No R Degree
CRPS 35907 Current RPS 1 I1 USHORT Current Revolution per Stroke NV No R RPS
Minimum Polished Rod Load
MinPolRdLdCardAuto 35908 (Surface Card Minimum Load Value) 2 I3 FLOAT Surface Card's Minimum load reading NV No R lbs 0 50000 0
in Current Card
Peak Polished Rod Load (Surface
PkPolRdLdCardAuto 35910 Card Maximum Load Value) in 2 I3 FLOAT Surface Card's Maximum load reading NV No R lbs 0 50000 0
Current Card
RPS Synchronization Status
-2 : Rejected
-1: Failed
RPSSynctnSts 35912 RPS Synchronization Status 1 I1 SHORT 0 : Default NV No R - -2 3 0
1 : Started
2 : Completed
3 : Accepted
RefRPSCalc 35913 Reference RPS Calculated 1 I1 USHORT Reference RPS measured during RPS Synchronization NV No R
PmpDtbsVer 35917 Pump Database Version 1 I3 USHORT Pump Database Version NV No R -
101 to
PmpUniqueID 35918 Pump Unique ID 1 I3 USHORT Pump Unique ID in the Pump Database. NV No R - 101 1000 226
1000
Pump Sub Unique ID. If out of R1, R2,R3 and R4, R2 is selected and
PmpSubUniqueID 35919 Pump Sub Unique ID 1 I3 USHORT NV No R - 2261
Pump Unique ID is 101, then 1012 will be updated here.
CrnkPinNum 35920 Crank Pin Number 1 1 to 4 I3 USHORT Crank Pin Number. NV No R - 1 4 1
CrnkPinVal 35921 Crank Pin Value 2 I3 FLOAT Crank Pin Value NV No R -

Current Surface Card's Minimum load reading. It is used by
CSrfcCardMinLd 35923 Current Surface Card Minimum Load 2 I3 FLOAT PanelView to plot the Trend for Min Load. It will not reset to 0 if NV No R lbs 0 50000 0
cards are not getting detected. It will hold the last value.
Current Surface Card's Maximum load reading. It is used by
Current Surface Card Maximum
CSrfcCardMaxLd 35925 Load 2 I3 FLOAT PanelView to plot the Trend for Max Load. It will not reset to 0 if NV No R lbs 0 50000 0
cards are not getting detected. It will hold the last value.
Current Surface Card's Time Stamp. It is used by PanelView to plot
CSrfcCardTm 35927 Current Surface Card Time 2 I3 ULONG the Trend for Max/Min Load. It will not reset to 0 if cards are not NV No R lbs 0 50000 0
getting detected. It will hold the last value.
TqRtgPmp 35929 Torque Rating of Pump 1 0 to 5000 I3 USHORT Torque rating of the Gearbox. X1000 NV No R in-lbs 0 5000 912
LdRtgPmp 35930 Load Rating of Pump 1 0 to 700 I3 USHORT Load Structural rating of the Pumping Unit. Multiply by 100 NV No R lbs 0 700 427
MaxStkLenPmp 35931 Maximum Stroke Length of Pump 1 1 to 1000 I3 USHORT Maximum stroke length in Inches NV No R in 1 1000 192
Pumping Model Type
0 - Conventional
1- Mark II
2- Reverse Mark
3- Air Balanced
4- Churchill
5- Ampscot
6- Maximizer
MdlPmp 35932 Model of the Pump 1 0 to 14 I3 USHORT NV No R - 0 14 2
7- MaximizerII
8- Enhanced Geometry
9- Front Mounted

10- TorqMax
11- Linear 900
12- Linear 1100
13- Linear 1150
14- Linear 1151
StkLR1 35933 Stroke Length LR1 of the Pump 2 1 to 1000 I3 FLOAT LR1 of the selected Pump NV No R in 1 1000 192
Appendix D
CrnkPinR1 35941 Crank Pin R1 2 I3 FLOAT Crank Pin R1 of the selected Pump NV No R in
348
349
Appendix D
DisBtnCenSpcktPmpU Distance between Sprocket Centers
35949 2 180 to 360 I3 FLOAT Distance between the Sprocket Centers NV No R in 180 360 332.52
nt for the Pumping Unit
Sprocket Radius for the Pumping

SpcktRdsPmpUnt 35951 2 12 to 24 I3 FLOAT Sprocket Radius for Rotaflex NV No R in 12 24 18.36
Unit
Pumping Unit Type
1 - Crank Balanced
PmpUnitTyp 35953 Pump Unit Type 1 1 to 4 I3 USHORT 2 - Beam Balanced NV No R - 1 4 1
3 - Air Balanced
4 - Linear
For Maximizer and Maximizer II Pumping Model this will hold the
Prefix for Unit Denomination
0 - ""(Blank Space)
1 - Other(xx)
2 - CO
3 - CA
Denomination Prefix for the 4 - 3TC
DnmnPrfxPmpUnt 35954 Pumping Unit 1 0 to 10 I3 USHORT NV No R - 0 10 0
5 - 4TC
6 - 5TC
7 - 6TC
8 - 3C
9 - 4C
10 - 5C
Polished Rod Stroke Length (Surface Polished Rod displacement in feet during an up or downstroke of
PolRdStkLenPmpUnt 35955 1 1 to 1000 I3 USHORT NV No R in 1 1000 192
Stroke Length) of Pumping Unit the selected Pump
Manufacture ID
0 - Other
1 - Lufkin
2 - Weatherford
MfctrIDPmpUnt 35956 Manufacture ID of Pumping Unit 1 0 to 600 I3 USHORT NV No R - 0 6 1
3 - LS Petrochem Equipment
4 - Vulcan
5- Schlumberger
6 - Caprock
This register shows the Pump searching status for the unique id
pump configuration. If particular pump entered in HR 4466 is found
PmpUniqueIDCfgPmp Pump Search Status for Unique in the database success status 1 will be updated. If the pump is not
35957 1 I1 SHORT found then error status -1 will be updated in this register. NV No R -
SrchSts Pump ID Configuration
1 = Success
-1 = Error
35958 Reserved 35 ?
X AUXPrcs1 35993 Auxiliary Process 1 2 I1 FLOAT Auxiliary Process 1 Real Time Data NV No R -
AGA8OutErrCd 36001 AGA8 OUTPUT ERROR CODE 1 I3 SHORT AGA8 OUTPUT ERROR CODE NV No R
AGA3OutERRCd 36002 AGA3 OUTPUT ERROR CODE 1 I3 SHORT AGA3 OUTPUT ERROR CODE NV No R
AGA7OutERRCd 36003 AGA7/9 OUTPUT ERROR CODE 1 I3 SHORT AGA7/9 OUTPUT ERROR CODE NV No R
AGA3OutCDFLG 36004 AGA3 OUTPUT CDFLAG 1 I3 SHORT Orifice plate coefficient of discharge bound flag (CDFLAG) NV No R
AGA7LMF 36005 AGA7 LMF number 1 I3 SHORT AGA7 LMF number NV No R
AGAInpDP 36006 AGA Input DP 2 I3 FLOAT Differential Pressure Input for AGA calculations NV No R
AGAInpPF 36008 AGA Input PF 2 I3 FLOAT Flowing Pressure Input for AGA calculation NV No R
AGAInpTF 36010 AGA Input TF 2 I3 FLOAT Flowing Temperature Input for AGA calculation NV No R
AGAInpDens 36012 AGA Input RHOTP 2 I3 FLOAT Density at flowing condition (RHOTP) NV No R
AGAInpWCt 36014 AGA Input Water Cut 2 I3 FLOAT AGA Input Water Cut NV No R
AGAInpPulses 36016 AGA Input Pulses 2 I3 FLOAT AGA Input Pulses NV No R
AGA8OutTS 36018 AGA8 OUTPUT TS 2 I3 FLOAT Standard Temperature (TS) NV No R
AGA8OutPS 36020 AGA8 OUTPUT PS 2 I3 FLOAT Standard Pressure (PS) NV No R
AGA8OutZF 36022 AGA8 OUTPUT ZF 2 I3 FLOAT Compressibility Factor at Flowing condition (ZF) NV No R
AGA8OutZB 36024 AGA8 OUTPUT ZB 2 I3 FLOAT Compressibility Factor at Base condition (ZB) NV No R
AGA8OutZS 36026 AGA8 OUTPUT ZS 2 I3 FLOAT Compressibility Factor at Standard condition (ZS) NV No R
AGA8OutRHOTP 36028 AGA8 OUTPUT RHOTP 2 I3 FLOAT Density at flowing condition (RHOTP) NV No R
AGA8OutRHOB 36030 AGA8 OUTPUT RHOB 2 I3 FLOAT Density at base condition (RHOB) NV No R
AGA8OutRHOS 36032 AGA8 OUTPUT RHOS 2 I3 FLOAT Density at standard condition (RHOS) NV No R
AGA8OutFPVS 36034 AGA8 OUTPUT FPVS 2 I3 FLOAT Super Compressibility factor (FPVS) NV No R
AGA8OutMWGAS 36036 AGA8 OUTPUT MWGAS 2 I3 FLOAT Molecular weight of gas (MWGAS) NV No R
AGA8OutGRB 36038 AGA8 OUTPUT GRB 2 I3 FLOAT Specific gravity at base condition (GRB) NV No R
AGA8OutGRS 36040 AGA8 OUTPUT GRS 2 I3 FLOAT Specific gravity at standard condition (GRS) NV No R
AGA3OutQV 36042 AGA3 OUTPUT QV 2 I3 FLOAT Volume flow rate at standard condition (QV) NV No R
AGA3OutDOC 36044 AGA3 OUTPUT DOC 2 I3 FLOAT Temperature corrected orifice diameter (DOC) NV No R
AGA3OutDMC 36046 AGA3 OUTPUT DMC 2 I3 FLOAT Temperature corrected pipe diameter (DMC) NV No R
AGA3OutEV 36048 AGA3 OUTPUT EV 2 I3 FLOAT Velocity of approach factor (EV) NV No R
AGA3OutCD 36050 AGA3 OUTPUT CD 2 I3 FLOAT Orifice Plate coefficient of discharge (CD) NV No R
AGA3OutFN 36052 AGA3 OUTPUT FN 2 I3 FLOAT Numeric conversion factor (FN) NV No R
AGA3OutFC 36054 AGA3 OUTPUT FC 2 I3 FLOAT Orifice calculation factor (FC) NV No R
AGA3OutFSL 36056 AGA3 OUTPUT FSL 2 I3 FLOAT Orifice slope factor (FSL) NV No R
AGA3OutFA 36058 AGA3 OUTPUT FA 2 I3 FLOAT Pipe tap orifice expansion factor(FA) NV No R
AGA3OutCPRM 36060 AGA3 OUTPUT CPRM 2 I3 FLOAT Pipe tap orifice flow constant (CPRM) NV No R
AGA3OutY 36062 AGA3 OUTPUT Y 2 I3 FLOAT Expansion Factor (Y) NV No R
AGA3OutFB 36064 AGA3 OUTPUT FB 2 I3 FLOAT Basic orifice factor (FB) NV No R
AGA3OutFR 36066 AGA3 OUTPUT FR 2 I3 FLOAT Reynold number factor (FR) NV No R
AGA3OutFPB 36068 AGA3 OUTPUT FPB 2 I3 FLOAT Base pressure factor (FPB) NV No R
AGA3OutFTB 36070 AGA3 OUTPUT FTB 2 I3 FLOAT Base temperature factor (FTB) NV No R
AGA3OutFTF 36072 AGA3 OUTPUT FTF 2 I3 FLOAT Flowing temperature factor (FTF) NV No R
AGA3OutFGR 36074 AGA3 OUTPUT FGR 2 I3 FLOAT Relative density (FGR) NV No R
AGA3OutAVGEL 36076 AGA3 OUTPUT AVGVEL 2 I3 FLOAT Average fluid velocity in pipe (AVGVEL) NV No R

AGA3OutRED 36078 AGA3 OUTPUT RED 2 I3 FLOAT Reynolds number (RED) NV No R
AGA3OutBETA 36080 AGA3 OUTPUT BETA 2 I3 FLOAT Beta Ratio (BETA) NV No R
AGA3DrvROutQM 36082 AGA3 OUTPUT QM 2 I3 FLOAT Mass Flow Rate (QM) NV No R
AGA3DrvROutQB 36084 AGA3 OUTPUT QB 2 I3 FLOAT Volumetric flow rate at base condition (QB) NV No R
AGA3OutDrvrOutQFF 36086 AGA3 OUTPUT QFF 2 I3 FLOAT Volumetric flow rate using flange factor meter (QFF) NV No R
AGA3OutCFP 36088 AGA3 OUTPUT CFP 2 I3 FLOAT Composite orifice factor C' for flange taps (CFP) NV No R
AGA3OutCPP 36090 AGA3 OUTPUT CPP 2 I3 FLOAT Orifice factor for pipe taps (CPP) NV No R
AGA7QF 36092 AGA7 OUTPUT QF 2 I3 FLOAT Flow Rate at flow condition (QF) NV No R
AGA7VF 36094 AGA7 OUTPUT VF 2 I3 FLOAT Volume at flowing condition (VF) NV No R
Appendix D
AGA7VS 36096 AGA7 OUTPUT VS 2 I3 FLOAT Volume at standard condition (VS) NV No R
AGA7MF 36098 AGA7 OUTPUT MF * LMF 2 I3 FLOAT Total applied factor for (MF * LMF ) NV No R
CDiffP 36100 Current Differential Pressure/Pulses 2 I3 FLOAT Current Differential Pressure/Pulses NV No R
350
351
Appendix D
CP 36102 Current Pressure 2 I3 FLOAT Current Pressure NV No R
CTemp 36104 Current Temperature 2 I3 FLOAT Current Temperature NV No R
CDens 36106 Current Density 2 I3 FLOAT Current Density NV No R

CDiffPExtn 36108 Current Differential Pressure 2 I3 FLOAT Current Differential Pressure Extension/Pulse Accumulation NV No R
Extension/Pulse Accumulation
CWCt 36110 Current water Cut. 2 I3 FLOAT Current water Cut. NV No R
CCPrime 36112 Current C Prime 2 I3 FLOAT Current C Prime NV No R
Differential Pressure Hourly/Pulse
DiffPHrly 36114 Hourly 2 I3 FLOAT Differential Pressure Hourly/Pulse Hourly NV No R
PHrly 36116 Pressure Hourly 2 I3 FLOAT Pressure Hourly NV No R
TempHrly 36118 Temperature Hourly 2 I3 FLOAT Temperature Hourly NV No R
DensHrly 36120 Density Hourly 2 I3 FLOAT Density Hourly NV No R
Differential Pressure Extension
DiffPExtnHrly 36122 Hourly/Pulse Accumulation Hourly 2 I3 FLOAT Differential Pressure Extension Hourly/Pulse Accumulation Hourly NV No R
WCtHrly 36124 Water Cut Hourly 2 I3 FLOAT Water Cut Hourly NV No R
CPrimeHrly 36126 C Prime Hourly 2 I3 FLOAT C Prime Hourly NV No R

CMassFLR 36128 Current Mass Flow rate 2 I3 FLOAT Current Mass Flow rate NV No R
CNetTotVol 36130 Current Net total volume 2 I3 FLOAT Current Net total volume NV No R
CGrsTotVol 36132 Current Gross Total Volume 2 I3 FLOAT Current Gross Total Volume NV No R
CEnrgyTotVol 36134 Current Energy Total Volume 2 I3 FLOAT Current Energy Total Volume NV No R
FLTmHrly 36136 Flow Time in Seconds Hourly 2 I3 FLOAT Flow Time in Seconds Hourly NV No R
CMassFLRHrly 36138 Current Mass Flow rate Hourly 2 I3 FLOAT Hourly Mass Flow Rate NV No R
CNetTotVolHrly 36140 Current Net total volume Hourly 2 I3 FLOAT Hourly Net total volume NV No R
CGrsTotVolHrly 36142 Current Gross Total Volume Hourly 2 I3 FLOAT Hourly Gross Total Volume NV No R
CEnergyTotVolHrly 36144 Current Energy Total Volume Hourly 2 I3 FLOAT Hourly Energy Total Volume NV No R
FLTmDaily 36146 Flow Time in Seconds Daily 2 I3 FLOAT Flow Time in Hours Daily NV No R
CMassFLRDaily 36148 Current Mass Flow rate Daily 2 I3 FLOAT Daily Mass Flow Rate NV No R
CNetTotVolDaily 36150 Current Net total volume Daily 2 I3 FLOAT Daily Net total volume NV No R
CGrsTotVolDaily 36152 Current Gross Total Volume Daily 2 I3 FLOAT Daily Gross Total Volume NV No R
CEnergyTotVolDaily 36154 Current Energy Total Volume Daily 2 I3 FLOAT Daily Energy Total Volume NV No R
36156 Reserved 14
Hourly Report for PanelView
PnlVwHrlyRepTmStam Time Stamp Day
pDa 36171 Time Stamp Day 1 I3 USHORT NV Yes R
PnlVwHrlyRepTmStam Time Stamp Month
36172 Time Stamp Month 1 I3 USHORT NV Yes R
pMo To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwHrlyRepTmStam Time Stamp Year
36173 Time Stamp Year 1 I3 USHORT NV Yes R
pYr To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwHrlyRepTmStam Time Stamp Hour
pHr 36174 Time Stamp Hour 1 I3 USHORT NV Yes R
PnlVwHrlyRepTmStam Time Stamp Minutes
36175 Time Stamp Minutes 1 I3 USHORT NV Yes R
pMin To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwHrlyRepTmStam Time Stamp Seconds
36176 Time Stamp Seconds 1 I3 USHORT NV Yes R
pSec To be used for PanelView only
Flow Time in Seconds.This Reg shows current Flow time in seconds.
PnlVwHrlyRepFLTm 36177 Flow Time in Seconds 2 I3 Float It resets to zero after Hourly report is saved NV Yes R
PnlVwHrlyRepNetTotV Net total volume
ol 36179 Net total volume 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
PnlVwHrlyRepGrsTotV Gross Total Volume
36181 Gross Total Volume 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
ol To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwHrlyRepAveDiff Averaged Differential Pressure/ Averaged Differential Pressure/Pulses
36183 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
P Pulses To be used for PanelView only
Average Pressure
PnlVwHrlyRepAveP 36185 Average Pressure 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
PnlVwHrlyRepAveTem Average Temperature
36187 Average Temperature 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
p To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwHrlyRepAveDen
s 36189 Average Density (RHOTP) 2 I3 Float Average Density (RHOTP) NV Yes R
PnlVwHrlyRepAveDiff Average Diff-Pressure Extension/ Average Diff-Pressure Extension/Pulse Accumulation
36191 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
PExtn Pulse Accumulation To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwHrlyRepAveCPri Average C Prime
me 36193 Average C Prime 2 I3 Float NV Yes R

Reserved for future Hourly Report
36195 16
Data
Daily Report for PanelView
PnlVwDailyRepTmSta Time Stamp Day
36211 Time Stamp Day 1 I3 USHORT NV Yes R
mpDa To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwDailyRepTmSta Time Stamp Month
mpMo 36212 Time Stamp Month 1 I3 USHORT NV Yes R
PnlVwDailyRepTmSta Time Stamp Year
mpYr To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwDailyRepTmSta Time Stamp Hour
36214 Time Stamp Hour 1 I3 USHORT NV Yes R
mpHr To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwDailyRepTmSta Time Stamp Minutes
mpMin 36215 Time Stamp Minutes 1 I3 USHORT NV Yes R
PnlVwDailyRepTmSta Time Stamp Seconds
mpSec To be used for PanelView only
Flow Time in hours
PnlVwDailyRepFLTm 36217 Flow Time in hours 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
PnlVwDailyRepGrsTot Gross Total Volume
Vol 36219 Gross Total Volume 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
PnlVwDailyRepNetTot Net total volume
36221 Net total volume 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
Vol To be used for PanelView only

PnlVwDailyRepMassTo Mass Total volume
36223 Mass Total volume 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
tVol To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwDailyRepEnrgyT Energy Total volume
otVol 36225 Energy Total volume 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
PnlVwDailyRepAveDiff Average Diff-Pressure /Pulses
36227 Average Diff-Pressure /Pulses 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
P / DailyRepAvePulse To be used for PanelView only
Average pressure
PnlVwDailyRepAveP 36229 Average Pressure 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
PnlVwDailyRepAveTe Average temperature
mp 36231 Average Temperature 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
Appendix D
PnlVwDailyRepAveDe Average Density (RHOTP)
36233 Average Density (RHOTP) 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
ns To be used for PanelView only
352
353
Appendix D
PnlVwDailyRepAveDiff Average Diff-Pressure Extension / Average Diff-Pressure Extension /Pulse Accumulation
PExtn 36235 Pulse Accumulation 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
PnlVwDailyRepAveWC Average water Cut or BS & W.
36237 Average water Cut or BS & W. 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
t To be used for PanelView only

PnlVwDailyRepAveCPr Average C Prime
36239 Average C Prime 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
ime To be used for PanelView only
36241 Reserved for future Daily Report 20 ?
Data
Hourly Report
HrlyRepTmStampDa 36261 Time Stamp Day 1 I3 USHORT Time Stamp Day NV Yes R
HrlyRepTmStampMo 36262 Time Stamp Month 1 I3 USHORT Time Stamp Month NV Yes R
HrlyRepTmStampYr 36263 Time Stamp Year 1 I3 USHORT Time Stamp Year NV Yes R
HrlyRepTmStampHr 36264 Time Stamp Hour 1 I3 USHORT Time Stamp Hour NV Yes R
HrlyRepTmStampMin 36265 Time Stamp Minutes 1 I3 USHORT Time Stamp Minutes NV Yes R
HrlyRepTmStampSec 36266 Time Stamp Seconds 1 I3 USHORT Time Stamp Seconds NV Yes R
Flow Time in Seconds.This Reg shows current Flow time in seconds.
HrlyRepFLTm 36267 Flow Time in Seconds 2 I3 Float It resets to zero after Hourly report is saved NV Yes R
HrlyRepNetTotVol 36269 Net total volume 2 I3 Float Net total volume NV Yes R
HrlyRepGrsTotVol 36271 Gross Total Volume 2 I3 Float Gross Total Volume NV Yes R
HrlyRepAveDiffP 36273 Averaged Differential Pressure/ 2 I3 Float Averaged Differential Pressure/Pulses NV Yes R
Pulses
HrlyRepAveP 36275 Average pressure 2 I3 Float Average pressure NV Yes R
HrlyRepAveTemp 36277 Average temperature 2 I3 Float Average temperature NV Yes R
HrlyRepAveDens 36279 Average Density (RHOTP) 2 I3 Float Average Density (RHOTP) NV Yes R
HrlyRepAveDiffPExtn 36281 Average Diff-Pressure Extension/ 2 I3 Float Average Diff-Pressure Extension/Pulse Accumulation NV Yes R
Pulse Accumulation
HrlyRepAveCPrime 36283 Average C Prime 2 I3 Float Average C Prime NV Yes R
Reserved for future Hourly Report
36285 16
Data
Daily Report
DailyRepTmStampDa 36301 Time Stamp Day 1 I3 USHORT Time Stamp Day NV Yes R
DailyRepTmStampMo 36302 Time Stamp Month 1 I3 USHORT Time Stamp Month NV Yes R
DailyRepTmStampYr 36303 Time Stamp Year 1 I3 USHORT Time Stamp Year NV Yes R
DailyRepTmStampHr 36304 Time Stamp Hour 1 I3 USHORT Time Stamp Hour NV Yes R
DailyRepTmStampMin 36305 Time Stamp Minutes 1 I3 USHORT Time Stamp Minutes NV Yes R
DailyRepTmStampSec 36306 Time Stamp Seconds 1 I3 USHORT Time Stamp Seconds NV Yes R
DailyRepFLTm 36307 Flow Time in hours 2 I3 Float Flow Time in hours NV Yes R
DailyRepGrsTotVol 36309 Gross Total Volume 2 I3 Float Gross Total Volume NV Yes R
DailyRepNetTotVol 36311 Net total volume 2 I3 Float Net total volume NV Yes R
DailyRepMassTotVol 36313 Mass Total volume 2 I3 Float Mass Total volume NV Yes R
DailyRepEnrgyTotVol 36315 Energy Total volume 2 I3 Float Energy Total volume NV Yes R
DailyRepAveDiffP /
DailyRepAvePulse 36317 Average Diff-Pressure /Pulses 2 I3 Float Average Diff-Pressure /Pulses NV Yes R
DailyRepAveP 36319 Average pressure 2 I3 Float Average pressure NV Yes R
DailyRepAveTemp 36321 Average temperature 2 I3 Float Average temperature NV Yes R
DailyRepAveDens 36323 Average Density (RHOTP) 2 I3 Float Average Density (RHOTP) NV Yes R
Average Diff-Pressure Extension /
DailyRepAveDiffPExtn 36325 Pulse Accumulation 2 I3 Float Average Diff-Pressure Extension /Pulse Accumulation NV Yes R
DailyRepAveWCt 36327 Average water Cut or BS & W. 2 I3 Float Average water Cut or BS & W. NV Yes R
DailyRepAveCPrime 36329 Average C Prime 2 I3 Float Average C Prime NV Yes R
Reserved for future Daily Report
36331 Data 20 ?
Event Report
EvtRepTmStampDa 36351 Time Stamp Day 1 I3 USHORT Time Stamp Day NV Yes R ?
EvtRepTmStampMo 36352 Time Stamp Month 1 I3 USHORT Time Stamp Month NV Yes R
EvtRepTmStampYr 36353 Time Stamp Year 1 I3 USHORT Time Stamp Year NV Yes R
EvtRepTmStampHr 36354 Time Stamp Hour 1 I3 USHORT Time Stamp Hour NV Yes R
EvtRepTmStampMin 36355 Time Stamp Minutes 1 I3 USHORT Time Stamp Minutes NV Yes R
EvtRepTmStampSec 36356 Time Stamp Seconds 1 I3 USHORT Time Stamp Seconds NV Yes R
EvtRepEventCode 36357 Event Code 1 I3 USHORT Reported Event Code NV Yes R
EvtRepOldVal 36358 Old Value 2 I3 Float Old Value NV Yes R
EvtRepNewVal 36360 New Value 2 I3 Float New Value NV Yes R
Event Report for PanelView

PnlVwEvtRepTmStamp Time Stamp Day
36362 Time Stamp Day 1 I3 USHORT NV Yes R ?
Da To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwEvtRepTmStamp Time Stamp Month
Mo 36363 Time Stamp Month 1 I3 USHORT NV Yes R
PnlVwEvtRepTmStamp Time Stamp Year
Yr To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwEvtRepTmStamp Time Stamp Hour
36365 Time Stamp Hour 1 I3 USHORT NV Yes R
Hr To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwEvtRepTmStamp Time Stamp Minutes
Min 36366 Time Stamp Minutes 1 I3 USHORT NV Yes R
PnlVwEvtRepTmStamp Time Stamp Seconds
Sec To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwEvtRepEventCod Reported Event Code
36368 Event Code 1 I3 USHORT NV Yes R
e To be used for PanelView only
Old Value
PnlVwEvtRepOldVal 36369 Old Value 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
New Value
PnlVwEvtRepNewVal 36371 New Value 2 I3 Float NV Yes R
36373 Reserved for Flow Computer 28 ?
Last 800 Load Buffer
BufLdTmStamp 36401 Buffer Load Time Stamp 2 I3 ULONG The time at which buffer was loaded by triggering CS 559 NV Yes R ?

36403 Reserved for future use 1 I3 USHORT NV Yes R
Ltst800LdPtsVal 36404 Last 800 Load Points 800 I3 USHORT Last 800 Load Points. The latest load sample will always be at TOP. NV Yes R
Last 30 Cycle Pump Fillage
UTC
LtstPmpCycTmStamp 37204 Latest Pump Cycle Time Stamp 2 I3 ULONG The time at which the first card of the latest pump cycle was stored NV Yes R
Seconds
LtstPmpCycPmpFillage Pump Fillage Value of First 10 Cards Pump Fillage values of first 10 cards of latest pump cycle. Pump
37206 10 I3 USHORT NV Yes R -
Val of Latest Pump Cycle fillage *100 will be stored.
Index of the Latest Pump Cycle. This will increase from 1 to 30 as
LtstPmpCycIndex 37216 Index of the Latest Pump Cycle 1 I3 USHORT new Pump Cycle starts and again resets to 1. This shows the -
location at which latest pump cycle data is stored
Appendix D
TmStampPmpCyc1 37217 Time Stamp for Pump Cycle 1 2 I3 ULONG The time at which the first card of the pump cycle 1 was stored NV Yes R UTC
Seconds
354
355
Appendix D
PmpFillageValPmpCyc 37219 Pump Fillage Value of First 10 Cards 10 I3 USHORT Pump Fillage values of first 10 cards of the pump cycle. Pump NV Yes R
1 of the Pump Cycle 1 fillage *100 will be stored.
PmpFillageValPmpCyc Same as above for Last 30 Pump
2,PmpFillageValPmpC 37229 348 I3 USHORT The data for Pump Cycle 2 to 30. NV Yes R -

yc30 Cycles
Last 20 Cycle Malfunction Set Point Violation Count
It displays the Malfunction Set Point Violation Count of the latest
LtstPmpCycMalfnctnS Malfunction Set Point Violation
PVltnCnt 37577 Count for Latest Pump Cycle 1 I3 USHORT Pump Cycle. This is the number of malfunction set-point violations NV No R -
before the well is shut down due to malfunction set point violation
LtstPmpCycMalfnctnS 37578 Time Stamp of Malfunction 2 I3 ULONG Time stamp at which well is shut down because of malfunction set NV No R UTC
PVltnTmStamp shutdown for Latest Pump Cycle point violation Seconds
PmpCycMalfnctnSPVlt
nTmStamp2, Same as above for last 19 Pump
PmpCycMalfnctnSPVlt 37580 Cycles 57 I3 USHORT Same as above for last 19 Pump Cycles NV No R
nTmStamp20
Rest Time Auto-tuning
OptmlRestTm 37637 Optimal Rest Time 1 I3 USHORT This is the Rest Time calculated by the Auto-tuning Algorithm NV No R Min
This is the status of the Auto-tuning Algorithm
0 - Disabled
1 - In Progress
AutotuneSts 37638 Auto-tune Status 1 I3 USHORT 2 - Found RTO NV No R -
3 - Error (RT max is reached)
4- Could not find RTO in the Max Cycles
5 - Interrupted (Alarm/User stopped)
37639 Reserved 330
Life Counters
0 to
Rod Life Stroke Counter since the installation or user reset. This can 4294967
RdLifeStkCntr 37969 Rod Life Stroke Counter 2 4,294,967, C3 ULONG be reset to 0 by writing 1 to CS 495. NV No R/W - 0 295 0
295
0 to Rod Life Time Counter since the installation or user reset. This can 4294967
RdLifeTmCntr 37971 Rod Life Time Counter 2 4,294,967, C3 ULONG NV No R/W Min 0 0
295 be reset to 0 by writing 1 to CS 495. 295
0 to
PmpLifeStkCntr 37973 Pump Life Stroke Counter 2 4,294,967, C3 ULONG Pump Life Stroke Counter since the installation or user reset. This NV No R/W - 0 4294967 0
can be reset to 0 by writing 1 to CS 496. 295
295
0 to
Pump Life Time Counter since the installation or user reset. This can 4294967
PmpLifeTmCntr 37975 Pump Life Time Counter 2 4,294,967, C3 ULONG be reset to 0 by writing 1 to CS 496. NV No R/W Min 0 295 0
295
0 to Belt Life Stroke Counter since the installation or user reset. This can 4294967
BltLifeStkCntr 37977 Belt Life Stroke Counter 2 4,294,967, C3 ULONG NV No R/W - 0 0
295 be reset to 0 by writing 1 to CS 497. 295
0 to
BltLifeTmCntr 37979 Belt Life Time Counter 2 4,294,967, C3 ULONG Belt Life Time Counter since the installation or user reset. This can NV No R/W Min 0 4294967 0
be reset to 0 by writing 1 to CS 497. 295
295
Liquid Volume Lifetime Totalizer since the installation or user reset.
LqdVolAccDt 37981 Liquid Volume Accumulation Data 4 I3 DOUBLE NV No R stb
This can be reset to 0 by writing 1 to CS 498.
Water Volume Lifetime Totalizer since the installation or user reset.
WVolAccDt 37985 Water Volume Accumulation Data 4 I3 DOUBLE NV No R stb
Oil Volume Lifetime Totalizer since the installation or user reset.
OVolAccDt 37989 Oil Volume Accumulation Data 4 I3 DOUBLE NV No R stb
Gas Volume Lifetime Totalizer since the installation or user reset.
GVolAccDt 37993 Gas Volume Accumulation Data 4 I3 DOUBLE NV No R scf
37997 Reserved 4 ?
RTU Kernel ??
BrdTm 38001 Board Time (UTC) 2 I3 LONG Current Board Time in UTC NV No R UTC
Seconds
BrdTmStart 38003 Board Start Time (UTC) 2 I3 LONG Board starting time NV No R UTC
Seconds
38005 Reserved 2
Current System Time. This is the local time displayed based on Time
LocTm.Mo 38007 Local Time – Month 1 I1 USHORT NV No R MM
Zone.
LocTm.Da 38008 Local Time – Day 1 I1 USHORT NV No R DD
LocTm.Yr 38009 Local Time – Year 1 I1 USHORT NV No R YY
LocTm.Hr 38010 Local Time – Hour 1 I1 USHORT NV No R Hr
LocTm.Mins 38011 Local Time – Minutes 1 I1 USHORT NV No R Min
LocTm.Secs 38012 Local Time – Seconds 1 I1 USHORT NV No R Sec
LAN 1 MAC address is used as serial number. Lower byte of IR 8013
contains lower byte of MAC Address and in same mannerhigher

BrdSerNum 38013 Board Serial Number 3 I3 USHORT byte of IR 8015 contains higher byte (6 the byte) of MAC Address. NV No R -
Each register contains 2 bytes of the MAC address and shows the
decimal equivalent of the same.
LAN 2 MAC address. Lower byte of IR 8016 contains lower byte of
MAC Address and in same manner higher byte of IR 8018 contains
Lan2MacAd 38016 LAN 2 MAC address 3 I3 USHORT higher byte (6 the byte) of MAC Address.Each register contains 2 NV No R -
bytes of the MAC address and shows the decimal equivalent of the
same.
Lan1IPAd 38019 LAN1 IP Address 4 I3 USHORT LAN1 IP Address NV No R -
Lan2IPAd 38023 LAN2 IP Address 4 I3 USHORT LAN2 IP Address NV No R -
Previous time before Time change
PrevTmChgTmEvt 38027 2 I3 ULONG Previous time before Time change NV No R Sec
Event
TmChgEvtTm 38029 Time at which Time was changed 2 I3 ULONG Time at which Time was changed NV No R Sec
38031 Reserved 69
38100 Reserved for System Debugging 1 SHORT
0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsRTUKernel 38101 Halt status of RTU Kernel 1 I3 SHORT NV No R -
1 - Fault
0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsMsgLgr 38102 Halt status of Message Logger 1 I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R -
2 - Stopped Manually
0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsAlmMngr 38103 Halt Status of Alarm Manager 1 I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R

0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsDtLgr 38104 Halt status of Data Logger 1 I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R
0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsIODtAcqtn 38105 Halt status of Data Acquisition 1 I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R
0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsMBRTUMstr 38106 Halt status of MB RTU Master 1 I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R -
Appendix D
0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsMBRTUSlv 38107 Halt status of MB RTU Slave 1 I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R -
356
357
Appendix D
0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsMBTCPMstr 38108 Halt status of MB TCP Master 1 I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R -
0 - Not Applicable

HaltStsTCPSlv 38109 Halt status of MB TCP Slave 1 I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R -
38110 Reserved for Debug 4 SHORT
0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsWebSvr 38114 Halt status of Web Server 1 I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R -
0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsISaGRAF 38117 Halt status of IsaGRAF 1 I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R -
0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsRPC 38118 Halt status of RPC 1 I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R -

0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsDNP3Slv 38122 Halt status of DNP3 Slave 1 I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R -
0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsDNP3Mstr 38123 Halt status of DNP3 Master 1 I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R -
0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsWMP 38126 Halt status of WMP 1 I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R -
0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsEnrnMBSlv 38128 Halt status of Enron MB Slave 1 I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R -
0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsEthIP 38132 Halt status of Ethernet IP 1 I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R -
0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsMBDtCpy 38136 Halt status of MB Data Copier 1 I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R -
0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsBOM 38137 Halt status of Black Oil Model 1 - I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R - - - -
0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsMQTTCliA 38138 Halt status of MQTT Client A 1 - I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R - - - -
0 - Not Applicable
HaltStsMQTTCliB 38139 Halt status of MQTT Client B 1 - I3 SHORT 1 - Fault NV No R - - - -
38140 Reserved 11
ISaGRAF NV No R
Resource identification number which is defined in ISaGRAPH
ISaGRAF_Res1.ID 38151 Resource1 ISaGRAF ID 1 - I1 USHORT NV No R - - - -
Workbench for Resource 1
Status of Resource 1.
0 = No Application
1 = Stopped
2 = Running
ISaGRAF_Res1.Sts 38152 Resource 1 ISaGRAF Status 1 - I1 SHORT 3 = Running, Single Step NV No R - - - -
4 = Stopped, Fatal Error
5 = Stopped, Fatal Error (DIV0)
6 = Stopped, Fatal Error (BOUND)
(For specific error refer to ISaGRAF Sheet)
Resource 1 ISaGRAF Application Version Number of Resource 1. It increments by 1 when the
ISaGRAF_Res1.Ver 38153 Build Version 1 - I1 USHORT application gets compiled NV No R - - - -
ISaGRAF_Res1.CycCnt 38154 Resource 1 ISaGRAF Cycle Count 2 - I1 ULONG Total number of cycles Resource 1 runs. NV No R - - - -
ISaGRAF_Res1.CCycTm 38156 Resource 1 ISaGRAF Current Cycle 1 - I1 USHORT Time spent by Resource 1 in current cycle NV No R - - - -
Time
ISaGRAF_Res1.ProgCy Resource 1 ISaGRAF Program Cycle
cTm 38157 Time 1 - I1 USHORT Cycle Time defined in ISaGRAF workbench for Resource 1. NV No R - - - -
ISaGRAF_Res1.MaxCy Resource 1 ISaGRAF Resource I Max
cTm 38158 Cycle Time 1 - I1 USHORT Maximum time used by Resource 1 to run a cycle. NV No R - - - -
ISaGRAF_Res1.OverRu Number of times Resource 1's execution time exceeded the
n 38159 Resource 1 ISaGARF Overrun 2 - I1 ULONG Program Time NV No R - - - -
Resource 2 ISaGRAF info same as
ISaGRAF_Res2 38161 Resource 1 10 - I1 USHORT Same as 8151 - 8160 for Resource 2 NV No R - - - -
Resource 3 ISaGRAF info same as
Resource 4 ISaGRAF infor same as
VerNumISaGRAF_Res User defined Resource 1 ISaGRAF
1 38191 Application Version 2 I1 FLOAT User defined Resource 1 ISaGRAF Application Version. NV No R
2 38193 Application Version 2 I1 FLOAT User defined Resource 2 ISaGRAF Application Version NV No R
38199 Reserved 2
Version Number

38201 Reserved 2
SuiteVerMajNum 38203 Suite Version Major Number 1 I3 USHORT Major number of Suite describe application. NV No R -
SuiteVerMnrNum 38204 Suite Version Minor Number 1 I3 USHORT Minor number of Suite version. NV No R -
SuiteVerHotFixNum 38205 Suite Version Hot fix Number 1 I3 USHORT Hot fix number of Suite version. NV No R -
38206 Suite Version internal reserved 1 R -
VerNumLinuxGhostIm
38207 Version No. Linux Ghost Image 2 I3 FLOAT Linux Ghost Image Version Number NV No R -
g
VerNumSuiteFW 38209 Version No. Suite Firmware 2 I3 FLOAT RPC Suite Version Number NV No R -
VerNumRTUKernel 38211 Version No. RTU Kernel 2 I3 FLOAT RTU Kernel Version Number NV No R -
Appendix D
VerNumMsgLgr 38213 Version No. Message Logger 2 I3 FLOAT Message Logger Version Number NV No R -
VerNumAlmMngr 38215 Version No. Alarm Manager 2 I3 FLOAT Alarm Manager Version Number NV No R -
358
359
Appendix D
VerNumDtLgr 38217 Version No. Data Logger 2 I3 FLOAT Data Logger Version Number NV No R -
VerNumDtAcqtn 38219 Version No. IO_DataAcqusition 2 I3 FLOAT I/O Data Acquisition Version Number NV No R -
VerNumMBRTUMstr 38221 Version No. MB RTU Master 2 I3 FLOAT RTU Master Version Number NV No R -

VerNumMBRTUSlv 38223 Version No. MB RTU Slave 2 I3 FLOAT RTU Slave Version Number NV No R -
VerNumMBTCPMstr 38225 Version No. MB TCP Master 2 I3 FLOAT TCP Master Version Number NV No R -
VerNumMBTCPSlv 38227 Version No. MB TCP Slave 2 I3 FLOAT TCP Slave Version Number NV No R -
38229 Reserved for Debug 8 FLOAT
VerNumWebSvr 38237 Version No. Web Server 2 I3 FLOAT Web Server Version Number NV No R -
VerNumWetGDtctn 38239 Version No. Wet Gas Detection 2 - I3 FLOAT Wet Gas Detection Version Number NV No R - - - -
VerNumISaGRAF 38243 Version No. ISaGraf 2 I3 FLOAT ISaGraf Version Number NV No R -
VerNumRPC 38245 Version No. RPC 2 I3 FLOAT RPC Version Number NV No R -
VerNumDNP3Slv 38253 Version No. DNP3 Slave 2 I3 FLOAT DNP3 Slave Version Number NV No R -
VerNumDNP3Mstr 38255 Version No. DNP3 Master 2 I3 FLOAT DNP3 Master Version Number NV No R -
VerNumWMP 38261 Version No. WMP 2 I3 FLOAT WMP Version Number NV No R -
VerNumEnrnMBSlv 38265 Version No. Enron MB Slave 2 I3 FLOAT Enron MB Slave Version Number NV No R -
VerNumEthIP 38273 Version No. Ethernet IP 2 I3 FLOAT Ethernet IP Version Number NV No R -
VerNumMBDtCpy 38281 Version No. MB Data Copier 2 I3 FLOAT MB Data Copier Version Number NV No R
VerNumBOM 38283 Version No. Black Oil Model 2 I3 FLOAT Black Oil Model Version Number NV No R - - -
VerNumMQTTCliA 38285 Version No. MQTT Client A 2 - I3 FLOAT MQTT Client A Version Number NV No R - - -
VerNumMQTTCliB 38287 Version No. MQTT Client B 2 - I3 FLOAT MQTT Client B Version Number NV No R - - -
VerNumLcnsMngr 38289 Version No. License Manager 2 - I3 FLOAT License Manager Version Number NV No R - - - -
38291 Reserved 20
Input Output NV No
38311 Reserved 3 UINT
IOBrdFWVerNum 38314 IO Board Firmware Version number 2 I3 FLOAT I/O Board f/w Version Number NV No R -
IOBrdHWVerNum 38316 IO Board Hardware Version number 1 I3 USHORT I/O Board h/w Version Number NV No R -
38317 Reserved 5
CRPM 38322 Current RPM 1 I3 USHORT Current RPM based on the Time Period between two pulses NV No R RPM 0 5000 0
Micro-
TmPrdPulse 38323 Time Period between two Pulses 2 I3 USHORT Time period between two consecutive pulses NV No R
Sec
38325 Reserved 5
Raw Data for Input Analog
RawAICh1,RawAICh10 38330 Channel1 to channel 10 (AI1 to AI0) 20 I1 ULONG Raw Count/ ADC Count for Channel 1 to 10 NV No R -
EU Data for Input Analog Channel1 EU data for Channel 1 to 10. For Load Channel AI1 and Position
EUAICh1, EUAICh10 38350 to channel 10 (AI1 to AI0) 20 I1 FLOAT Channel AI 3 it will display the voltage in 0 - 5V NV No R -
DI1PulseCntr, Pulse ACC data or Frequency for DI1
38410 18 I1 ULONG Pulse Accumulation or Pulse Counter for DI Channel 1 to 9 NV No R
DI9PulseCntr to DI9
38428 Reserved 3
38431 Reserved for Debug 2 ULONG
38435 Reserved 2
Analog Input Channels (AI1 to AI8)
AICh1V, AICh8V 38437 16 I1 FLOAT Applied input in terms of v/mA for AI 1 to 8 NV No R V
value in V/mA.
38597 Reserved 44
Web-Server
LatDir 38641 Latitude direction 1 = N, -1 = S 1 I3 SHORT Coordinate Data NV No R -
LatDeg 38642 Latitude Degree 1 I3 USHORT NV No R -
LatMins 38643 Latitude Minute 1 I3 USHORT NV No R -
LatSecs 38644 Latitude Second 1 I3 USHORT NV No R -
LongDir 38645 Longitude direction 1 = E, -1 = W 1 I3 SHORT NV No R -
LongDeg 38646 Longitude Degree 1 I3 USHORT NV No R -
LongMins 38647 Longitude Minute 1 I3 USHORT NV No R -
LongSecs 38648 Longitude Second 1 I3 USHORT NV No R -
38649 Reserved 22
Data Logger
USB Backup Status
0 - USB not Connected
1 - USB Connected
2 - Backup Successful
USBBkUpSts 38671 USB Backup Status 1 0 to 6 I3 USHORT NV No R - 0 6 0
3 - Error
4 - Backup in Progress
5 - USB Lib Initialization Failed
6 - No Data to Copy
Data Logger Status
0 - No Error
DtLgrSts 38672 Data Logger Status 1 0 to 2 I3 USHORT NV No R - 0 2 0
1 - Disk Full
2 - No Older File to Delete

FlashSzAval 38673 Flash Size available 1 0 to 100 I3 USHORT Flash Size availale NV No R % 0 100 0
This is the Parameter value read from the Configuration file. The
ReadPrmtrVal 38674 Read Parameter Value 2 I3 FLOAT Data Point will be as mentioned in HR 8693 and Parameter Number NV No R - 0
in HR 8694.
Data Logger Read/Write Status
0 - Default/In Progress
1 - Read Successful
DtLgrReadWriteSts 38676 Data Logger Read/Write Status 1 0 to 5 I3 USHORT 2 - Write Successful NV No R - 0 5 0
3 - Invalid Data Point Number
Appendix D
4 - Invalid Parameter Number
5 - Out of Range Parameter Value
38677 Reserved 4
360
361
Appendix D
MB_TCP_Slave
Number of Modbus TCP client
NumMBTCPCliCnctd 38681 connected 1 I3 SHORT Number of TCP clients connected currently to the system NV No R -

38682 Reserved 19
MB_Master
Reserved for Response Time for
38701 scheduled query for ID 1 in 1 USHORT
milliseconds
Reserved for same as 38701 for ID 2
38702 246 USHORT
– 247
38948 Reserved 3
Alarm Manager
AICh1AlmVal 38951 Alarm Value for Analog Input 2 I3 FLOAT Value at which Alarm for Channel 1 for Triggered NV No R -
channel 1
Time of Alarm for Analog Input
AICh1AlmTm 38953 2 I3 ULONG Unix Time at which Alarm for Channel 1 for Triggered NV No R -
channel 1
AICh1AlmTyp 38955 Type of Alarm (1-Low, 2- High) 1 I3 USHORT Type of Alarm NV No R -
AICh2AlmVal,
AICh10AlmVal
AICh2AlmTm, Alarm Value,Time and Type for
AICh10AlmTm 38956 Analog Input channel 2 to 10 45 I3 NV No R -
AICh2AlmTyp,
AICh10AlmTyp
3rd Party Slave
39001 Reserved for 3rd Party Slave 1000
310001 Reserved foriNOC 2000
Wet Gas Detection
e6sm3/
WetGPrdctnR 312001 Wet Gas Production Rate 2 I3 FLOAT Wet Gas Production Rate NV No R - - -
d
e6sm3/
DryGPrdctnR 312003 Dry Gas Production Rate at STP 2 I3 FLOAT Dry Gas Production Rate NV No R - - -
d
CndnstPrdctnR 312005 Condensate Production Rate at STP 2 I3 FLOAT Condensate Production Rate NV No R sm3/d - - -
WPrdctnR 312007 Water Production Rate at STP 2 I3 FLOAT Water Production Rate NV No R sm3/d - - -
WetGMassFLR 312009 Wet Gas Mass Flow Rate 2 I3 FLOAT Wet Gas Mass Flow Rate NV No R kg/s - - -
GFroudeNum 312011 Gas Froude Number 2 I3 FLOAT Gas Froude Number NV No R - - - -
LqdFroudeNum 312013 Liquid Froude Number 2 I3 FLOAT Liquid Froude Number NV No R - - - -
LockhartMartinelliNu 312015 Lockhart Martinelli Number 2 I3 FLOAT Lockhart Martinelli Number NV No R - - - -
m
GPseudoRdcdTempVe 312017 Gas Pseudo Reduced Temperature at 2 I3 FLOAT Gas Pseudo Reduced Temperature at Venturi NV No R K - - -
nturi Venturi
GPseudoRdcdPVenturi 312019 Gas Pseudo Reduced Pressure at 2 I3 FLOAT Gas Pseudo Reduced Pressure at Venturi NV No R Kpa - - -
Venturi
GMolclrWtVenturi 312021 HC Gas Molecular Weight at Venturi 2 I3 FLOAT HC Gas Molecular Weight at Venturi NV No R kg/ - - -
kgmol
PseudoCrtclPG 312023 Pseudo Critical Pressure of Gas 2 I3 FLOAT Pseudo Critical Pressure of Gas NV No R Kpa - - -
PseudoCrtclTempG 312025 Pseudo Critical Temperature of Gas 2 I3 FLOAT Pseudo Critical Temperature of Gas NV No R K - - -
CndnstDensVenturi 312027 Condenstate Density at Venturi 2 I3 FLOAT Condenstate Density at Venturi NV No R kg/m3 - - -
CndnstMolclrWtVentu 312029 Condenstate Molecular Weight at 2 I3 FLOAT Condenstate Molecular Weight at Venturi NV No R kg/ - - -
ri Venturi kgmol
CndnstGRatio 312031 Condensate Gas Ratio 2 I3 FLOAT Condensate Gas Ratio NV No R m3/m3 - - -
LqdWGRatioVenturi 312033 Liquid Water Gas Ratio at venturi 2 I3 FLOAT Liquid Water Gas Ratio at venturi NV No R m3/m3 - - -
WetGOverreadingFctr 312035 Wet Gas Overreading Factor 2 I3 FLOAT Wet Gas Overreading Factor NV No R - - - -
312037 Reserved foriNOC 164

Appendix D
362
Modbus Holding Register
363
Appendix D
Table 18 - Modbus Holding Register
MODBUS Comm Data On Access UOM Data Data Default

HR Type type Min Max
Input Mode for AGA Pressure
0 - Local I/O Data
InpMdAGAP 40001 Input Mode for AGA Pressure 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 2 0
1 - Fixed Data
2 - Remote I/O Data
Input Mode for AGA Temperature
InpMdAGATem 0 - Local I/O Data
40002 Input Mode for AGA Temperature 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 2 0
p 1 - Fixed Data
2 - Remote I/O Data
Input Mode for AGA Differential Pressure
InpMdAGADiff Input Mode for AGA Differential 0 - Local I/O Data

40003 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 2 0
P Pressure 1 - Fixed Data
2 - Remote I/O Data
Input Mode for Water Cut
0 - Local I/O Data
InpMdWCt 40004 Input Mode for Water Cut 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 2 0
1 - Fixed Data
2 - Remote I/O Data
Input Density Calculation Method
1 - AGA8 Gross 1 Method
2 - AGA8 Gross 2 Method
3 - AGA8 Detail Method
InpDensCalc 40005 Input Density Calculation Method 1 1 to 6 C3 USHORT 4 - Fixed Data (RHOTP and RHOS will be fixed values from HR) NV No R/W - 1 6 3
5 - Local I/O Data (RHOTP will be from AI channel,RHOS will be
fixed value from HR)
6 - Remote I/O Data (RHOTP will be from 3rd Party Device,RHOS
will be fixed value from HR)
Input Mode for AGA RHOS
InpMdAGARHO
40006 Input Mode for AGA RHOS 1 0 to 1 C3 USHORT 0 - AGA8 Output NV No R/W - 0 1 0
S
1 - Fixed Data
Input Mode for AGA Compressibility Factor at Flowing condition
(ZF)
InpMdAGAZF 40007 Input Mode for AGA ZF 1 0 to 1 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 1 0
0 - AGA8 Output
1 - Fixed Data
Input Mode for AGA Compressibility Factor at Base condition (ZB)
InpMdAGAZB 40008 Input Mode for AGA ZB 1 0 to 1 C3 USHORT 0 - AGA8 Output NV No R/W - 0 1 0
1 - Fixed Data
AGA7 Pulse Source
0 - Pulse from DI
AGA7PulseSrc 40009 AGA7 Pulse Source 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 2 0
1 - Fixed Pulse from HR
2 - Remote I/O Data
AGA7/9 Pulse type
AGA79PulseTyp 40010 AGA7/9 Pulse type 1 1 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 - Pulse indicates Volume NV No R/W - 1 2 1
2 - Pulse indicates Mass
SeltPrcsPAIChN 40011 Process Pressure Analog Input 1 2 to 8 C3 USHORT Process Pressure Analog Input Channel No. AI1 and AI3 reserved for NV No R/W - 2 8 2
um Channel No. Load and Position Input respectively
SeltPrcsTempAI Process Temperature Analog Input Process Temperature Analog Input Channel No. AI1 and AI3
ChNum Channel No reserved for Load and Position Input respectively
SeltPrcsDiffPAI Process Differential Pressure Analog Process Differential Pressure Analog Input Channel No. AI1 and AI3
ChNum Input Channel No. reserved for Load and Position Input respectively
SeltPrcsDensAI Process Density Analog Input Process Density Analog Input Channel No. AI1 and AI3 reserved for
ChNum Channel No. (RHOTP) Load and Position Input respectively
SeltPrcsWCtAIC Process Water Cut Analog Input Process Water Cut Analog Input Channel No. AI1 and AI3 reserved
hNum Channel No. for Load and Position Input respectively
AGA7InpPulseC
40016 AGA 7 Input Pulse channel Number 1 9 C3 USHORT AGA 7 Input Pulse channel Number( 9 - DI 9 Fixed) NV No R/W - 9 9
hNum
Meter Identifier
E.g. If Meter Identifier is ABC123, then user will enter HEX code in
HR
0065 for 'A'
0066 for 'B'
0067 for 'C'
MID 40017 Meter Identifier 6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - - - -

0049 for '1'
0050 for '2'
0051 for '3'
Only Alpha-numeric characters are allowed. Writing HEX 0x00 will
terminate the string and characters entered before the 0x00 will be
considered as the Meter Identifier.
Company Name
User will enter the characters in HEX code in HR same as Meter
CmpyNm 40023 Company Name 8 C3 USHORT Identifier. Writing HEX 0x00 will terminate the string and NV No R/W - - - -
characters entered before the 0x00 will be considered as the
Company Name.
Location
User will enter the characters in HEX code in HR same as Meter
Loctn 40031 Location 8 C3 USHORT Identifier. Writing HEX 0x00 will terminate the string and NV No R/W - - - -
characters entered before the 0x00 will be considered as the
Location.
Contract Hour.
CntrctHr 40039 Contract Hour 1 0 to 23 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 23 0
0 means Midnight, 1 means 1 AM, so hence and so forth
Flow Rate Time Base
0 - Flow Rate per Hour
FLRTmBase 40040 Flow Rate Time Base 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 2 0
1 - Flow Rate per Second
2 - Flow Rate per Day
Pressure Engineering Units
1 - Kilo pascal (kPa)

PEU 40041 Pressure Engineering Units 1 1 to 3 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 1 3 2
2 - Pounds per square inch (Psi)
3 - Bar
Differential Pressure Engineering Units
Differential Pressure Engineering 1 - Kilopascals (kPa)
DiffPEU 40042 Units 1 1 to 3 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 1 3 2
2 - Inches of water (inWC)
3 - Millibars (mbar)
Temperature Engineering Units
TempEU 40043 Temperature Engineering Units 1 1 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 - Degrees celsius (°C) NV No R/W - 1 2 2
2 - Degrees fahrenheit (°F)
Appendix D
364
365
Appendix D
Flow Engineering Units
1 - Million cubic meters (106m3, E6M3)
2 - Thousand cubic meters (103m3, E3M3)
3 - Hundred cubic meters (102m3)

FLEU 40044 Flow Engineering Units 1 1 to 8 C3 USHORT 4 - Cubic meters ( m3) NV No R/W - 1 8 6
5 - Million cubic feet (MMcf)
6 - Thousand cubic feet (Mcf)
7 - Hundred cubic feet (Ccf)
8 - Cubic feet (cf)
AGA3 Input Orifice Material (MATORF)
AGA3InpORFM 1 - Stainless Steel
40045 AGA3 Input Orifice Material Type 1 1 to 3 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 1 3 1
atrlTyp 2 - Monel
3 - Carbon
AGA3 Input Pipe Material (MATPIPE)
AGA3InpPIPEM 1 - Stainless Steel
40046 AGA3 Input Pipe Material Type 1 1 to 3 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 1 3 3
atrlTyp 2 - Monel
3 - Carbon
AGA3 Input IFLUIDE
AGA3InpIFldTy
p 40047 AGA3 Input Fluid Type 1 1 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 - Compressible Fluid NV No R/W - 1 2 1
2 - Non-Compressible Fluid
AGA3 Input location of taps (NPLOC)
AGA3InpNPLOC 40048 AGA3 Input NPLOC 1 1 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 - Upstream NV No R/W - 1 2 1
2 - Downstream
Hourly Report Selection. RPC retrieves the Hourly Report for the
HrlyRepSeltn 40049 Hourly Report Selection 1 0 to 1440 C3 USHORT selected hour. 1 is the latest report and 1440 is the oldest. RPC NV No R/W - 0 1440 0
resets the value to 0 once report data is updated in IR 6261 - 6284.
Daily Report Selection. RPC retrieves the Daily Report for the
DailyRepSeltn 40050 Daily Report Selection 1 0 to 60 C3 USHORT selected Day. 1 is the latest report and 60 is the oldest. RPC resets NV No R/W - 0 60 0
the value to 0 once report data is updated in IR 6301 - 6342.
Hourly Report Selection. RPC retrieves the Hourly Report for the
PnlVwHrlyRep Hourly Report Selection in selected hour. 1 is the latest report and 1440 is the oldest. RPC
40051 1 0 to 1440 C3 USHORT resets the value to 0 once report data is updated in IR 6171 - 6194. NV No R/W - 0 1440 0
Seltn PanelView
Daily Report Selection. RPC retrieves the Daily Report for the
PnlVwDailyRep selected Day. 1 is the latest report and 60 is the oldest. RPC resets
40052 Daily Report Selection in PanelView 1 0 to 60 C3 USHORT the value to 0 once report data is updated in IR 6211 - 6240. NV No R/W - 0 60 0
Seltn
AGA3 DO Engeenering Unit
AGA3InpDOEU 40053 AGA3 DO Engeenering Unit 1 1 or 2 C3 USHORT 1 - inches NV No R/W - 1 2 1
2 - milli-meter
AGA3 DM Engeenering Unit
AGA3InpDMEU 40054 AGA3 DM Engeenering Unit 1 1 or 2 C3 USHORT 1 - inches NV No R/W - 1 2 1
2 - milli-meter
Density Engineering Unit
DensEU 40055 Density Engineering Unit 1 1 or 2 C3 USHORT 1 - lbm/ft3 NV No R/W - 1 2 1
2 - kg/m3
Update the Event in IR 6351 - 6361. It will reset to 0 once operation
UpdtEvt 40056 Update Events 1 1 to 500 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 1 500 1
is completed
Update the Event in IR 6351 - 6361. It will reset to 0 once operation
PnlVwUpdtEvt 40057 Update Events in PanelView 1 1 to 500 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 1 500 1
is completed
ResetHstrclRpr Clear all the Daily and Hourly Reports. User has to write 43690 (HEX
40058 Reset Historical Reports 1 0 or 43690 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 43690 0
t 0xAAAA) to clear the log files
40059 Reserved 92
BaseTemp 40151 Base Temperature (TB) 2 - C3 FLOAT Base Temperature (TB) (Default Deg F) NV No R/W - 60
BaseP 40153 Base Pressure (PB) 2 - C3 FLOAT Base Pressure (PB) (Default PSIA) NV No R/W - 14.73
AtmsphrcP 40155 Atmospheric Pressure 2 - C3 FLOAT Atmospheric Pressure NV No R/W - -
PrcDPFix 40157 Process DP (DP) Fixed 2 0 to 1000 C3 FLOAT Process DP (DP) Fixed. (Default unit Inches H2O) NV No R/W - 0 1000 0
PrcPFix 40159 Process Pressure (PF) Fixed 2 0 to 20000 C3 FLOAT Process Pressure (PF) Fixed (Default PSIA) NV No R/W - 0 20000 0
PrcTempFix 40161 Process Temperature (TF) Fixed 2 -200 to 400 C3 FLOAT Process Temperature (TF) Fixed (Default Deg F) NV No R/W - -200 400 0
PrcDensFix 40163 Process Density (RHOTP) Fixed 2 0 to 200 C3 FLOAT Process Density (RHOTP) Fixed (Default lbm/Ft3) NV No R/W - 0 200 0
WCtFix 40165 Water Cut Fixed 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT Water Cut Fixed (%) NV No R/W - 0 100
AGA7InpPulseC
40167 AGA 7 Input Pulse counts Fixed 2 0 to 1000 C3 FLOAT AGA 7 Input Pulse counts Fixed NV No R/W - 0 1000 0
nt
RHOSFixed 40169 RHOS Fixed 2 - C3 FLOAT Density at standard condition (RHOS Fixed) NV No R/W - 0.046566
ZBFixed 40171 ZB Fixed 2 - C3 FLOAT Compressibility Factor (ZB Fixed) at base condition NV No R/W - 0
ZFFixed 40173 ZF Fixed 2 - C3 FLOAT Compressibility Factor (ZF Fixed) at flowing condition NV No R/W - 0
FLCtOffLo 40175 Flow Cutoff Low 2 C3 FLOAT Flow Cutoff Low NV No R/W -
MoleFrctn.C1 40177 Mole Fraction Methane[X1] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction Methane[X1] NV No R/W - 0 1 0.81211
MoleFrctn.GN2 40179 Mole Fraction Nitrogen[X2] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction Nitrogen[X2] NV No R/W - 0 1 0.05702
MoleFrctn.CO2 40181 Mole Fraction Carbon Dioxide[X3] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction Carbon Dioxide[X3] NV No R/W - 0 1 0.07585
MoleFrctn.C2H
40183 Mole Fraction Ethane[X4] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction Ethane[X4] NV No R/W - 0 1 0.04303
6
MoleFrctn.C3 40185 Mole Fraction Propane[X5] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction Propane[X5] NV No R/W - 0 1 0.00895
MoleFrctn.W 40187 Mole Fraction Water Mole[X6] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction Water Mole[X6] NV No R/W - 0 1 0
MoleFrctn.H2S 40189 Mole Fraction Hydrogen Sulfide[X7] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction Hydrogen Sulfide[X7] NV No R/W - 0 1 0
MoleFrctn.H2 40191 Mole Fraction Hydrogen[X8] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction Hydrogen[X8] NV No R/W - 0 1 0
MoleFrctn.CO 40193 Mole Fraction Carbon Monoxide[X9] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction Carbon Monoxide[X9] NV No R/W - 0 1 0
MoleFrctn.O2 40195 Mole Fraction Oxygen[X10] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction Oxygen[X10] NV No R/W - 0 1 0
MoleFrctn.IC4H
40197 Mole Fraction I-Butane[X11] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction I-Butane[X11] NV No R/W - 0 1 0.00151
10
MoleFrctn.NC4
40199 Mole Fraction N-Butane[X12] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction N-Butane[X12] NV No R/W - 0 1 0.00151
H10
MoleFrctn.IC5H
40201 Mole Fraction I-Pentane[X13] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction I-Pentane[X13] NV No R/W - 0 1 0
12
MoleFrctn.NC5
40203 Mole Fraction N-Pentane[X14] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction N-Pentane[X14] NV No R/W - 0 1 0
H12
MoleFrctn.C6 40205 Mole Fraction Hexane[X15] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction Hexane[X15] NV No R/W - 0 1 0
MoleFrctn.C7H
16 40207 Mole Fraction Heptane[X16] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction Heptane[X16] NV No R/W - 0 1 0

MoleFrctn.C8H
18 40209 Mole Fraction Octane[X17] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction Octane[X17] NV No R/W - 0 1 0
MoleFrctn.C9H
20 40211 Mole Fraction Nonane[X18] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction Nonane[X18] NV No R/W - 0 1 0
MoleFrctn.C10
H22 40213 Mole Fraction Decane[X19] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction Decane[X19] NV No R/W - 0 1 0
MoleFrctn.He 40215 Mole Fraction Helium[X20] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction Helium[X20] NV No R/W - 0 1 0
MoleFrctn.Ar 40217 Mole Fraction Argon[X21] 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Mole Fraction Argon[X21] NV No R/W - 0 1 0
AGA8InpHV 40219 AGA8 Input HV 2 477 to 1150 C3 FLOAT AGA8 Input Heating Value (HV) NV No R/W - 933.12
Appendix D
AGA8InpGRGR 40221 AGA8 Input GRGR 2 0.554 to 0.87 C3 FLOAT Relative density of gas mixture (GRGR) NV No R/W - 0.686002
AGA3InpDO 40223 AGA3 Input DO 2 0.45 to 100 C3 FLOAT Orifice plate bore diameter calculated at flowing temperature (DO) NV No R/W - 0.45 100 0.5
(Default in Inches)
366
367
Appendix D
AGA3InpTORF 40225 AGA3 Input TORF 2 - C3 FLOAT Orifice Diameter Measurement Temperature (TORF) NV No R/W - - - 68
Meter tube internal diameter calculated at flowing temperature
AGA3InpDM 40227 AGA3 Input DM 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT (DM) (Default in Inches) NV No R/W - 0 100 2.90039

AGA3InpTPIPE 40229 AGA3 Input TPIPE 2 - C3 FLOAT PIPE diameter measurement temperature (TPIPE) NV No R/W - 68
AGA3InpVISC 40231 AGA3 Input VISC 2 0.005 to 0.5 C3 FLOAT AGA3 Input Viscosity (VISC) (In CENTIPOISES) NV No R/W - 0.005 0.5 0.010268
AGA3InpKFAC 40233 AGA3 Input KFAC 2 1 to 2 C3 FLOAT Isentropic exponent (KFAC) NV No R/W - 1 2 1.3
AGA3InpFACTR 40235 AGA3 Input FACTR 2 - C3 FLOAT User factor multiplied together (both pipe & flange) (FACTR) NV No R/W - - - 1
AGA3InpZAIRS 40237 AGA3 Input ZAIRS 2 - C3 FLOAT Compressibility factor of air at standard condition (ZAIRS) NV No R/W - - - 0.999584
AGA3InpZAIRB 40239 AGA3 Input ZAIRB 2 - C3 FLOAT Compressibility factor of air at base condition (ZAIRB) NV No R/W - - - 0.99959
AGA7InpKF 40241 AGA7 Input KF 2 - C3 FLOAT k-factor to provide specific no. of pulses per unit volume NV No R/W - - - 0
AGA7InpMF 40243 AGA7 Input MF 2 0 to 1.5 C3 FLOAT Meter Factor adjustment (MF AGA7 Input) NV No R/W - 0 1.5 0
AGA7InpPulseC
40245 AGA7 Input Pulse Cut-Off 2 - C3 FLOAT AGA 7 Input Pulse Cut-Off NV No R/W - - - 0
tOff
AGA7InpLF 40247 AGA7 Input LF (12 Linear factors) 24 - C3 FLOAT AGA 7 Input Linear Factor ( 12 Linear factors ) NV No R/W - - - 0
AGA7 Input LFTH (12 Linear factor

AGA7InpLFTH 40271 thresholds) 24 - C3 FLOAT AGA 7 Input Linear Factor threshold ( 12 Linear factor thresholds) NV No R/W - - - 0
AlmLoSPLocRe Alarm Low Set Point for Local/
40295 2 - C3 FLOAT Alarm Low Set Point for Local/Remote PF NV No R/W - - -
mPF Remote PF
AlmHiSPLocRe Alarm High Set Point for Local/
40297 2 - C3 FLOAT Alarm High Set Point for Local/Remote PF NV No R/W - - -
mPF Remote PF
40299 2 - C3 FLOAT Alarm Low Set Point for Local/Remote TF NV No R/W - - -
mTF Remote TF
40301 2 - C3 FLOAT Alarm High Set Point for Local/Remote TF NV No R/W - - -
mTF Remote TF
40303 2 - C3 FLOAT Alarm Low Set Point for Local/Remote Diff. Pressure NV No R/W - - -
mDiffP Remote Diff. Pressure
40305 2 - C3 FLOAT Alarm High Set Point for Local/Remote Diff. Pressure NV No R/W - - -
mDiffP Remote Diff. Pressure
40307 2 - C3 FLOAT Alarm Low Set Point for Local/Remote Density NV No R/W - - -
mDens Remote Density
40309 2 - C3 FLOAT Alarm High Set Point for Local/Remote Density NV No R/W - - -
mDens Remote Density
40311 2 - C3 FLOAT Alarm Low Set Point for Local/Remote Water Cut NV No R/W - - -
mWCt Remote Water Cut
40313 2 - C3 FLOAT Alarm High Set Point for Local/Remote Water Cut NV No R/W - - -
mWCt Remote Water Cut
FLRHi 40315 Flow rate High 2 - C3 FLOAT Flow rate High (Cubic Feets) NV No R/W - - -
FLRLo 40317 Flow rate Low 2 - C3 FLOAT Flow rate Low NV No R/W - - -
AlmDBPrcsP 40319 Alarm deadband for PF 2 - C3 FLOAT Alarm deadband for flowing pressure (PF) NV No R/W - - -
AlmDBPrcsTem
40321 Alarm deadband for TF 2 - C3 FLOAT Alarm deadband for flowing temperature (TF) NV No R/W - - -
p
AlmDBPrcsDiff
40323 Alarm deadband for Diff. Pressure 2 - C3 FLOAT Alarm deadband for Differential Pressure (DP) NV No R/W - - -
P
AlmDBPrcsDen
40325 Alarm deadband for Density 2 - C3 FLOAT Alarm deadband for Density NV No R/W - - -
s
AlmDBPrcsWCt 40327 Alarm deadband for Water Cut 2 - C3 FLOAT Alarm deadband for Water Cut NV No R/W - - -
AlmDBFLR 40329 Alarm deadband for Flow Rate 2 - C3 FLOAT Alarm deadband for Flow Rate NV No R/W - - -
40331 Reserved for Flow Computer 1670 USHORT
42001 Reserved for iNOC 2200
RPC
PmpOffPrcntLd Load Percent: The Pump Off point's load as percentage away from
X 44201 Load Pump Off Percent Set Point 1 0 to 100 USHORT NV No R/W % 0 100 50
SP minimum load.
PmpOffPrcntPs Position Percent: The Pump Off point's position as a percentage
X 44202 Position Pump Off Percent Set Point 1 0 to 100 USHORT NV No R/W % 0 100 62
tnSP away from stroke minimum.
Number of consecutive Pump Off cards required to Pump Off well.
PmpOffCards 44203 Pump Off Cards 1 1 to 10 USHORT This is used in Fixed Speed Pump Off, VFD Pump Off and Fixed NV No R/W - 1 10 5
Speed Pump Fillage Mode.
FixSpdPmpOff Minutes/Strokes the controller allows the well to pump up before
44204 Fixed Speed Pump Off Startup Time 1 0 to 20 USHORT performing pump-off calculations. This is applicable to Fixed NV No R/W Min 0 20 1
StartupTm Speed Manual and Fixed Speed Pump Fillage modes.
StartupStkVSM
ins 44205 Startup in Strokes vs Minutes 1 0 or 1 USHORT 0 – Startup Time in minutes 1 – Startup Time in Strokes NV No R/W - 0 1 0
No of minutes the unit will wait with motor off before attempting
FixSpdPmpOff 44206 Fixed Speed Pump Off Rest Time 1 1 to 1440 USHORT to pump the well again. It is applicable to Fixed Speed Pump Off as NV No R/W Min 1 1440 60
RestTm
well as Fixed Speed Pump Fillage Mode.
Maximum number of minutes in a day the Controller will allow the
FixSpdPmpOff 44207 Fixed Speed Pump Off Maximum 1 1 to 1440 USHORT well to run. As a day clock is reset every 24 hours, if this no. is set to NV No R/W Min 1 1440 1440
MaxRunTm Run Time 1440 (default), the Controller will not enforce any maximum run
time
No. of minutes the Controller will keep the Motor ON in Fail-safe
FailSafeRunTm 44208 Fail-safe Run Time 1 1 to 1440 USHORT NV No R/W Min 1 1440 15
state.
No. of minutes the Controller will keep the Motor OFF in Fail-safe
FailSafeRestTm 44209 Fail-safe Rest Time 1 1 to 1440 USHORT NV No R/W Min 1 1440 5
state.
RPC will detect card upto this value. Above this value, RPC will
MaxSPM 44210 Maximum Valid SPM 1 1 to 25 USHORT NV No R/W spm 1 25 15
discard the card
44211 Reserved 1
The well's load value should not go below this limit. The Controller
MinLdVltnLim 44212 Minimum Load Violation Limit 2 0 to 30000 ULONG will go into shutdown state. NV No R/W lbs 0 30000 5000
The well's load value should not go above this limit. The Controller
MaxLdVltnLim 44214 Maximum Load Violation Limit 2 0 to 50000 ULONG will go into shutdown state. NV No R/W lbs 0 50000 40000
0 – Manual
SmartClkSeltn 44216 Smart Clock Selection 1 0 to 2 USHORT 1 – Smart Clock Calculated (24 Hours History) NV No R/W - 0 2 0
2 - Average Run Time Calculated(User selectable upto 90 Days)
MtrAlrtDelayT DO4 will be enabled for this interval before starting the Motor in
44217 Motor Alert Delay Time 1 0 to 65535 USHORT any mode. This value is updated in IR 33, which then decrements NV No R/W Sec 0 65535 1
m upto 0 and then the Motor starts.
OperLvlPW 44218 Operator Level Password 1 - USHORT Operator level access for HMI screen. This is a 4 digit number. NV No R/W - 0
AdminLvlPW 44219 Admin Level Password 1 - USHORT Admin level access for HMI screen. This is a 4 digit number. NV No R/W - 0
X PmpPlngrDia 44220 Pump Plunger Diameter 2 0 to 10.0 FLOAT Plunger Diameter for the Pump in inches NV No R/W in 0.000 10 1.75

Polished Rod Stroke Length (Surface
X PolRdStkLen 44222 Stroke Length) 1 1 to 1000 USHORT Polished Rod displacement in feet during an up or downstroke NV No R/W in 1 1000 192
These register are used for scaling of the AO1 channel. The
VFDCntrlFreqM Minimum Control frequency will be mapped to the Minimum
44223 VFD Control Frequency Minimum 2 0 to 120 FLOAT NV No R/W Hz 0 120 30
in Current and the Maximum Control Frequency to the Maximum
Current. The AO1 output will scale between these.
VFDCntrlFreqM 44225 VFD Control Frequency Maximum 2 0 to 120 FLOAT NV No R/W Hz 0 120 60
ax
VFDSpdCmndO 44227 VFD Speed Command Output Signal 2 0 to 25 FLOAT NV No R/W mA 0 25 4
utSigMinC Minimum Current
Appendix D
VFDSpdCmndO 44229 VFD Speed Command Output Signal 2 0 to 25 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W mA 0 25 20
utSigMaxC Maximum Current
44231 Reserved 8
368
369
Appendix D
LdCellRngMin 44239 Load Cell Range Minimum 2 0 to 50K C3 ULONG This sets the Load cell range in pounds NV No R/W lbs 0 50000 0
LdCellRngMax 44241 Load Cell Range Maximum 2 0 to 50K C3 ULONG NV No R/W lbs 0 50000 50000
PstnRngMin 44243 Position Sensor Range Minimum 2 0 to 400 C3 FLOAT This is the range of the position sensor. Generally this denotes the NV No R/W in 0 400 0

stroke length or the range the position sensor travels.
PstnRngMax 44245 Position Sensor Range Maximum 2 0 to 400 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W in 0 400 192
Sets Default screen of HMI at power on, and after screen timeout
1 - Main Menu
2 - Well Basic Data
SetDfltHMIScrn 44247 Set Default HMI Screen 1 1 to 5 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 1 5 2
3 - Summary
4 - Current Card
5 - Alarm Status
44248 Reserved for internal use 5 C3 ULONG
SetGaugeOffT 44253 Set Gauge Off Time Hour 1 0-23 C3 USHORT This value will be taken for Gauge Off Time when CS 411 is enabled NV No R/W Hr 0 23 0
mHr and RPC will clear this register. This value is updated in IR 31.
SetGaugeOffT This value will be taken for Gauge Off Time when CS 411 is enabled
44254 Set Gauge Off Time Minute 1 0-59 C3 USHORT NV No R/W Min 0 59 0
mMin and RPC will clear this register.This value is updated in IR 32.
FixSpdTmrStart 44255 Fixed Speed Timer Startup Time 1 0 to 20 C3 USHORT Start Time in Minutes NV No R/W Min 0 20 1
upTm
FixSpdTmrRun
Tm 44256 Fixed Speed Timer RUN Time 1 1 to 32767 C3 USHORT Run Time in Minutes NV No R/W Min 1 32767 15
FixSpdTmrRese
tTm 44257 Fixed Speed Timer Rest Time 1 1 to 32767 C3 USHORT Rest Time in Minutes NV No R/W MIn 1 32767 5
5,000,00
MaxNetTq 44258 Maximum Net Torque 2 0 to 5000000 C3 ULONG Maximum Net Torque in in-lbs NV No R/W in-lbs 0 0 2,560,000
-
MinNetTq 44260 Minimum Net Torque 2 -5000000 to 0 C3 LONG Minimum Net Torque in in-lbs NV No R/W in-lbs 5000000 0 0
NetTqSuccsvCa Net Torque Successive Card RPC will detect these many cards before declaring the alarm and
rdNum 44262 Numbers 1 1 to 10 C3 USHORT taking action as per the user configurable action. NV No R/W - 1 10 3
MaxStkLen 44263 Maximum Stroke Length 1 1 to 1000 C3 USHORT Maximum stroke length in Inches NV No R/W in 1 1000 192
DfltHMIScrnIdl 44264 Default HMI Screen Idle Time 1 60 to 900 C3 USHORT Time interval after which HMI will be switched to Default HMI page NV No R/W Sec 60 900 300
eTm in Seconds
FailSafeRestart 44265 Fail-safe Restart Count 1 0 to 10 C3 USHORT When Fail-safe condition exists RPC will try to restart the Motor NV No R/W - 0 10 5
Cnt these many Run/Rest cycles before permanently shutting it down
ResetAlm 44266 Reset Alarms 1 >0 C3 USHORT Writing any value to this register clears all alarms. It will reset the NV No R/W - 1
well errors in IR 21 also.
Writing the value (0 - 10) selects the well mode for RPC
Fixed Speed Pump Off = 0,
Fixed Speed Manual = 1,
Variable Speed Pump Fillage = 6
CtrlrMd 44267 Controller Mode 1 0 to 10 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 10 6
Variable Speed Manual = 7
Variable Speed Pump Off = 8
Fixed Speed Timer = 9
Fixed Speed Pump Fillage = 10
Set the value (1-50) to load the required card history to display at
X CardHisSeltn 44268 Card History selection 1 1 to 50 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 1 50
IR 901 - 2000.
PmpOffCardHis Set the value (1-50) to load the required card history to display at
44269 Pumpoff Card History selection 1 1 to 50 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 1 50
Seltn IR 901 - 2000.
StartupCardHis Set the value (1-25) to load the required card history to display at
44270 Startup Card History selection 1 1 to 25 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 1 25
Seltn IR 901 - 2000.
If AI1 Input Type Load Cell Range in Current(mA) or Voltage(V). This depends upon
= Voltage 0 to the Input Type of the Load Channel AI1 in HR 8383.
MinLdCellInpR 5.12 1. If AI1 Input Type is Current (HR 8383 = 1) then the Load cell
44271 Minimum Load Cell Input Range 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W V/mA 0 5.12/22 0/4
ng If AI1 Input Type range will be in 0 - 22 mA.
= Current 0 to 2. If AI1 Input Type is Voltage (HR 8383 = 2) then the Load cell
22 range will be in 0 - 5.12 V.
If AI1 Input Type
= Voltage 0 to
MaxLdCellInpR 5.12
ng 44273 Maximum Load Cell Input Range 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W V/mA 0 5.12/22 4.02/16
If AI1 Input Type
= Current 0 to
22
PmpOffStngCa Pump Off Setting Card History Set the value (1-10) to load the required card history to display at
rdHisSeltn 44275 Selection 1 1 to 10 C3 USHORT IR 901 - 2000. NV No R/W - 1 10
ShutDownCard Set the value (1-10) to load the required card history to display at
HisSeltn 44276 Shutdown Card History Selection 1 1 to 10 C3 USHORT IR 901 - 2000. NV No R/W - 1 10
If AI3 Input Type Position Sensor Range in Current(mA) or Voltage(V). This depends
= Voltage 0 to upon the Input Type of the Position Channel AI3 in HR 8385.
MinPstnSensIn Minimum Position Sensor Input 5.12 1. If AI3 Input Type is Current (HR 8385 = 1) then the Position
44277 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W V/mA 0 5.12/22 0/4
pRng Range If AI3 Input Type Sensor range will be in 0 - 22 mA.
= Current 0 to 2. If AI3 Input Type is Voltage (HR 8385 = 2) then the Position
22 Sensor range will be in 0 - 5.12 V.
If AI3 Input Type
= Voltage 0 to
MaxPstnSensIn Maximum Position Sensor Input 5.12
pRng 44279 Range 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W V/mA 0 5.12/22 5.12/20
If AI3 Input Type
= Current 0 to
22
If Malfunction Set Point is enabled and the alarm condition exists
MalfnctnSPAl then action will be taken based on the values below
mActn 44281 Malfunction Set Point Alarm Action 1 0 or 1 C3 USHORT 0 - No Action NV No R/W - 0 1 1
1 - Shutdown
If Dry Well Condition is enabled and the alarm condition exists then
DryWellCndtnA action will be taken based on the value below
lmActn 44282 Dry Well Condition Alarm Action 1 0 or 4 C3 USHORT 0 - No Action NV No R/W - 0 4 4
4 - Dry Well Prevention
If Max Load Violation is enabled and the alarm condition exists
MaxLdVltnAlm Maximum Load Violation Alarm then action will be taken based on the values below
Actn 44283 Action 1 0 or 1 C3 USHORT 0 - No Action NV No R/W - 0 1 1
1 - Shutdown

If Maximum Net Torque is enabled and the alarm condition exists
MaxNetTqAlm then action will be taken based on the values below
44284 Maximum Net Torque Alarm Action 1 0 or 1 C3 USHORT 0 - No Action NV No R/W - 0 1 1
Actn
1 - Shutdown
If Critical Load is enabled and the alarm condition exists then
CrtclLdAlmAct action will be taken based on the values below
n 44285 Critical Load Alarm Action 1 0 or 1 C3 USHORT 0 - No Action NV No R/W - 0 1 1
1 - Shutdown
If Critical Net Torque is enabled and the alarm condition exists then
CrtclNetTqAlm action will be taken based on the values below
44286 Critical Net Torque Alarm Action 1 0 or 1 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 1 1
Appendix D
Actn 0 - No Action
1 - Shutdown
44287 Reserved 1
370
371
Appendix D
If DI4 auxiliary Fault is enabled and the alarm condition exists then
action will be taken based on the values below
DI4AuxFltActn 44288 DI4 AUX Fault Action 1 0 or 1 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 1 1
0 - No Action
1 - Shutdown

If DI5 auxiliary Fault is enabled and the alarm condition exists then
action will be taken based on the values below
DI5AuxFltActn 44289 DI5 AUX Fault Action 1 0 or 1 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 1 1
0 - No Action
1 - Shutdown
44290 Reserved 1
If Position Indicator Error is enabled and the alarm condition exists
then action will be taken based on the values below
PstnIndctrAlm 0 - No Action
Actn 44291 Position Indicator Alarm Action 1 0 to 3 C3 USHORT 1 - Shutdown NV No R/W - 0 3 1
2 - Fail-Safe
3 - Run VFD at Minimum Frequency
If VFD Communication Error is enabled and the alarm condition

VFDCommErrA exists then action will be taken based on the values below
ctn 44292 VFD Communication Error Action 1 - C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0
0 - No Action
If VFD Maximum Frequency Error is enabled and the alarm
VFDMaxFreqAl VFD Maximum Frequency Alarm condition exists then action will be taken based on the values
mActn 44293 Action 1 - C3 USHORT below NV No R/W - 0
0 - No Action
If Motor Status Feedback Error is enabled and the alrm condition
MtrStsFdbkAl 44294 Motor Status Feedback Alarm 1 - C3 USHORT exists then action will be taken based on the values below NV No R/W - 0
mActn Action
0 - No Action
If Out of Calibration Error is enabled and the alarm condition exists
OutOfCalibAlm 44295 Out of Calibration Alarm Action 1 - C3 USHORT then action will be taken based on the values below NV No R/W - 0
Actn
0 - No Action
If Expected SPM Error is enabled and the alarm condition exists
ExptdSPMErrAc 44296 Expected SPM Error Action 1 - C3 USHORT then action will be taken based on the values below NV No R/W - 0
tn
0 - No Action
If Min Load Violation is enabled and the alarm condition exists then
MinLdVltnAlm action will be taken based on the values below
44297 Min Load Violation Alarm Action 1 0 or 1 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 1 1
Actn 0 - No Action
1 - Shutdown
If Hall-Effect Crank Arm/Proximity Sensor Alarm is enabled and the
alarm condition exists then action will be taken based on the
HallEfctCrnkAr values below
Hall Effect Crank Arm/Proximity 0 - No Action
mPrxmtySens 44298 1 0 to 3 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 3 1
AlmActn Sensor Alarm Action 1 - Shutdown
2 - Fail-Safe
If Belt Slippage Alarm is enabled and the alarm condition exists
BltSlpgAlmAct then action will be taken based on the values below
n 44299 Belt Slippage Alarm Action 1 - C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0
0 - No Action
If Hall-Effect RPM Sensor Alarm is enabled and the alarm condition
exists then action will be taken based on the values below
HallEfctRPMSe 0 - No Action
nsAlmActn 44300 Hall Effect RPM Sensor Alarm Action 1 0 to 3 C3 USHORT 1 - Shutdown NV No R/W - 0 3 1
2 - Fail-Safe
If Low RPM Alarm is enabled and the alarm condition exists then
LoRPMAlmAct action will be taken based on the values below
44301 Low RPM Alarm Action 1 0 or 1 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 1 1
n 0 - No Action
1 - Shutdown
Pump Model of the Linear Pump to be searched from database.
User has to enter the values and write 1 to CS 445 to search the
Pump Model of the Pump to be pump. User must enter proper value in HR 4304(Pump Type), HR
PnlVwSrchPmp 4302(Pump Model) and HR 4316(Manufacturer ID) to search the
MdlLnrPmp 44302 searched from Pump Database in 1 800 to 1500 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 800 1500 0
Panel View for Linear Pump Pump. This is used for Linear Pump Type. This will reset to 0 once
the data is updated by writing 1 to HR 4313.
This register will decide the Graph Type data to be updated in IR
2851 - 3450 for the selected History Card.
1 - Surface Load Vs Time
PnlVwPmpAnl Pump Analysis Graph Type for Panel 2- Surface Position Vs Time
44303 1 0 to 4 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 4 0
ysGrphTyp View 3- Downhole Load Vs Time
4 - Downhole Position Vs Time

This will reset to 0 once the data is updated.
Pumping Unit Type
1 - Crank Balanced
2 - Beam Balanced
Pump Type of the Pump to be
PnlVwSrchPmp 3 - Air Balanced
Typ 44304 searched in Pump Database in Panel 1 0 to 4 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 4 0
View 4 - Linear
This will reset to 0 once the data is updated by writing 1 to HR
4313.
To be used for PanelView only.
These are the registers where Pump configuration will be entered
to search the particular pump in the Pump database from Panel
View. User has to enter the values and write 1 to CS 445 to search
PnlVwSrchPmp Torque value for the Pump to Search the pump. User must enter proper value in HR 4304(Pump Type),
44305 Pump in Pump Database for Panel 1 0 to 5,000 C3 USHORT HR 4315(Pump Model) and HR 4316(Manufacturer ID) to search NV No R/W 0 5,000 0
Tq View the Pump. These registers are used to search the Crank/Beam/Air
Balanced Pump Type
PnlVwSrchPmp Load value for the Pump to Search
44306 Pump in Pump Database for Panel 1 0 to 700 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 700 0
Ld View
Maximum Stroke Length value for
PnlVwSrchMax 44307 the Pump to Search Pump in Pump 1 1 to 1000 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 1 1000 0
StkLen
Database for Panel View

PnlVwCardHisS History Card selection for Panel
44308 1 1 to 50 C3 USHORT IR 2001 - 3500. NV No R/W 1 50
eltn View
PnlVwPmpOffC Pump Off Card selection for Panel
ardSeltn View
To be used for PanelView only.
PnlVwStartupC Startup Card selection for Panel 1 1 to 25 C3 USHORT IR 2001 - 3500. NV No R/W 1 25
44310 View
ardSeltn
Appendix D
PnlVwPmpOffS
44311 POS Card selection for Panel View 1 1 to 10 C3 USHORT IR 2001 - 3500. NV No R/W 1 10
tngCardSeltn
372
373
Appendix D
PnlVwShutDo Shutdown Card selection for Panel
wnCardSeltn View
By writing 1 to this register will set the Pump parameters(API

PnlVwSetPmp dimension, Load, Torque and Maximum Stroke Length) to the
CfgMB 44313 Set Pump Configuration to Modbus 1 0 or 1 C3 USHORT respective registers NV No R/W 0 1 0
0 - Motor Off
RTUPwrOnSt 44314 RTU Power ON State 1 0 or 1 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 1 0
1 - Auto Start
Pumping Model Type
0 - Conventional
1- Mark II
2- Reverse Mark
3- Air Balanced
Pump Model of the Pump to be 4- Churchill
PnlVwSrchPmp
44315 searched in Pump Database in Panel 1 0 to 10 C3 USHORT 5- Ampscot NV No R/W - 0 10 0

Mdl
View 6- Maximizer
7- MaximizerII
9- Front Mounted
10- TorqMax
Manufacture ID
0 - Other
1 - Lufkin
2 - Weatherford
Manufacture of the Pump to be 3 - LS Petrochem Equipment
PnlVwSrchMnf 44316 searched in Pump Database in Panel 1 0 to 6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 6 0
ctrID 4 - Vulcan
View
5- Schlumberger
6 - Caprock

PnlVwMinCalib Calibration Minimum value
44317 Calibartion Minimum value 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W V/mA 2.51
Val To be used for PanelView only
PnlVwMaxCali Calibration Maximum value
bVal 44319 Calibartion Maximum value 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W V/mA 4.81
PmpEff 44321 Pump Efficiency 2 0.0 to 1.0 C3 FLOAT Volumetric Pump Efficiency NV No R/W 0 1 1
GORatio 44323 Gas-Oil Ratio 2 0 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Gas-Oil Ratio NV No R/W SCF/STB 0 50000 300
DPerforation 44325 Depth of Perforations 2 0 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Depth of Perforations NV No R/W ft 0 50,000 10000
THT Input Selection Type
0 - Disabled
1 - Analog Input Channel 1
THdTInpSeltnT Tubing Head Temperature Input 4 - Analog Input Channel 4
yp Selection Type 5 - Analog Input Channel 5
9 - Manual
10 - Modbus Source
Tubing Head Temperature Manual If the THT Input Selection Type is "Manual", user has to input the
THdTManlInp 44328 2 -100 to 1000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W °F -100 1000 0
Input Tubing Head Temperature here.
THP Input Selection Type
0 - Disabled
THdPInpSeltnT Tubing Head Pressure Input 4 - Analog Input Channel 4
9 - Manual
10 - Modbus Source
If the THP Input Selection Type is "Manual", user has to input the
THdPManlInp 44331 Tubing Head Pressure Manual Input 2 -1000 to 15000 C3 FLOAT Tubing Head Pressure here. NV No R/W psig -1000 15000 0
CHP Input Selection Type

0 - Disabled
CHdPInpSeltnT Casing Head Pressure Input 4 - Analog Input Channel 4
9 - Manual
10 - Modbus Source
If the CHP Input Selection Type is "Manual", user has to input the
CHdPManlInp 44334 Casing Head Pressure Manual Input 2 -1000 to 15000 C3 FLOAT Casing Head Pressure here. NV No R/W psig -1000 15000 0
CHT Input Selection Type
0 - Disabled
CHdTInpSeltnT Casing Head Temperature Input 4 - Analog Input Channel 4

9 - Manual
10 - Modbus Source
CHdTManlInp 44337 Casing Head Temperature Manual 2 -100 to 1000 C3 FLOAT If the CHT Input Selection Type is "Manual", user has to input the NV No R/W °F -100 1000 0
Input Casing Head Temperature here.
Appendix D
374
375
Appendix D
FLP Input Selection Type
0 - Disabled

FlLnPInpSeltnT Flowline Pressure Input Selection 4 - Analog Input Channel 4
yp Type 5 - Analog Input Channel 5
9 - Manual
10 - Modbus Source
If the FLP Input Selection Type is "Manual", user has to input the
FlLnPManlInp 44340 Flowline Pressure Manual Input 2 -1000 to 15000 C3 FLOAT Flowline Pressure here. NV No R/W psig -1000 15000 0
FLT Input Selection Type
0 - Disabled
FlLnTInpSeltnT Flowline Temperature Input 4 - Analog Input Channel 4
9 - Manual
10 - Modbus Source
If the FLT Input Selection Type is "Manual", user has to input the
FlLnTManlInp 44343 Flowline Temperature Manual Input 2 -100 to 1000 C3 FLOAT Flowline Temperature here. NV No R/W °F -100 1000 0
Low Fluid Level above the Pump Intake Limit. Low fluid level above
LoFldLvlAbvPIL 44345 Low Fluid Level above the Pump 2 0 to 100000 C3 FLOAT the Pump Intake Warning (IS 2804) is generated if the calculated NV No R/W ft 0 100000 50
im Intake Limit
Submergence is less than this value.
Low PIP Limit. Low PIP Warning(IS 2804) is generated if calculated
LoPIPLim 44347 Low PIP Limit 2 0 to 10000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W ft 0 10000 50
PIP(IR 5805 - 5806 ) is less than this value
Cutoff Upstroke Limit 1. This the the lower position value at which
CtOffUpstk1Li
m 44349 CutOff Upstroke 1 Limit 2 0 to 500 C3 FLOAT load the transferred to the travelling valve and it is closed. This is NV No R/W ft 0 500 30
the first inflexion point on the upstroke.
CtOffUpstk2Li Cutoff Upstroke Limit 1. This the the lower position value at which
44351 CutOff Upstroke 2 Limit 2 0 to 500 C3 FLOAT load the transferred to the travelling valve and it is closed. This is NV No R/W ft 0 500 130
m the first inflexion point on the upstroke.
DnStkLdVtOffV
al 44353 Downstroke Load CutOff Value 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Downstroke Load CutOff Value NV No R/W lbs -50000 50000 800
StaticResP 44355 Static Reservoir Pressure 2 0 to 10000 C3 FLOAT Static Reservoir Pressure NV No R/W psig 0 10000 1850
BblPtP 44357 Bubble Point Pressure 2 0 to 10000 C3 FLOAT Bubble Point Pressure. This also decides whether Single Phase or NV No R/W psig 0 10000 0
Two Phase IPR Calculation will be done
Reservoir Type
ResTyp 44359 Reservoir Type 1 0 or 1 C3 USHORT 0 - Single Phase NV No R/W 0 1 1
1 - Two Phase
Fluid Level to be used in Production Calculation
FldLvlSeltnTyp 44360 Fluid Level Selection Type 1 0 or 1 C3 USHORT 0 - Calculated from Fluid Level Calculation Method NV No R/W 0 1 1
1 - User Configurable (HR 4889 - 4890)
If VFD Fault Alarm is enabled and the alarm condition exists then
VFDFltActn 44361 VFD Fault Action 1 - C3 USHORT action will be taken based on the values below NV No R/W - 0
0 - No Action
FldLdCrctnFctr 44362 Fluid Load Correction Factor 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Fluid Load Correction Factor. NV No R/W lbs -50000 50000 0
If VFD Alarm is enabled and the alarm condition exists then action
VFDAlmActn 44364 VFD Alarm Action 1 - C3 USHORT will be taken based on the values below NV No R/W - 0
0 - No Action
CrnkPinNumSe
tVal 44365 Crank Pin Number Set Val 1 1 to 4 I3 USHORT Set Crank Pin Number to search Pump from Database. NV No R/W - 1 4 1
Auxiliary Process 1 Input Selection Type
0 - Disabled
AUXPrcs1InpSe Auxiliary Process 1 Input Selection 4 - Analog Input Channel 4
ltnTyp Type 5 - Analog Input Channel 5

9 - Manual
10 - Modbus Source
0 - Disabled
9 - Manual
10 - Modbus Source
0 - Disabled

ltnTyp 44368 Type 1 0 to 10 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 10 0
9 - Manual
10 - Modbus Source
Appendix D
376
377
Appendix D
0 - Disabled

9 - Manual
10 - Modbus Source
AUXPrcs1ManlI If the Auxiliary Process 1 Input Selection Type is "Manual", user has
np 44370 Auxiliary Process 1 Manual Input 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT to do the Auxiliary Process 1 Manual Entry from here. NV No R/W - -50000 50000 0
44372 Auxiliary Process 2 Manual Input 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT to do the Auxiliary Process 2 Manual Entry from here. NV No R/W - -50000 50000 0
np
np 44374 Auxiliary Process 3 Manual Input 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT to do the Auxiliary Process 3 Manual Entry from here. NV No R/W - -50000 50000 0
44376 Auxiliary Process 4 Manual Input 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W - -50000 50000 0
np to do the Auxiliary Process 4 Manual Entry from here.
THdPHiWrngSP 44378 THP Hi Warning Set Point 2 -1000 to 15000 C3 FLOAT Tubing Head Pressure Hi Warning Set Point NV No R/W psig -1000 15000 0
THdPLoWrngS
P 44380 THP Low Warning Set Point 2 -1000 to 15000 C3 FLOAT Tubing Head Pressure Lo Warning Set Point NV No R/W psig -1000 15000 0
THdTempHiWr
ngSP 44382 THT Hi Warning Set Point 2 -100 to 1000 C3 FLOAT Tubing Head Temperature Hi Warning Set Point NV No R/W psig -100 1000 0
THdTempLoWr
ngSP 44384 THT Low Warning Set Point 2 -100 to 1000 C3 FLOAT Tubing Head Temperature Lo Warning Set Point NV No R/W psig -100 1000 0
CHdPHiWrngS
P 44386 CHP Hi Warning Set Point 2 -1000 to 15000 C3 FLOAT Casing Head Pressure Hi Warning Set Point NV No R/W psig -1000 15000 0
CHdPLoWrngS
P 44388 CHP Low Warning Set Point 2 -1000 to 15000 C3 FLOAT Casing Head Pressure Lo Warning Set Point NV No R/W psig -1000 15000 0
CHdTempHiWr
ngSP 44390 CHT Hi Warning Set Point 2 -100 to 1000 C3 FLOAT Casing Head Temperature Hi Warning Set Point NV No R/W psig -100 1000 0
CHdTempLoWr
ngSP 44392 CHT Low Warning Set Point 2 -100 to 1000 C3 FLOAT Casing Head Temperature Lo Warning Set Point NV No R/W psig -100 1000 0
FlLnPHiWrngS
P 44394 FLP Hi Warning Set Point 2 -1000 to 15000 C3 FLOAT Flow Line Pressure Hi Warning Set Point NV No R/W psig -1000 15000 0
FlLnPLoWrngS
P 44396 FLP Low Warning Set Point 2 -1000 to 15000 C3 FLOAT Flow Line Pressure Lo Warning Set Point NV No R/W psig -1000 15000 0
FlLnTempHiWr
ngSP 44398 FLT Hi Warning Set Point 2 -100 to 1000 C3 FLOAT Flow Line Temperature Hi Warning Set Point NV No R/W psig -100 1000 0
FlLnTempLoWr
ngSP 44400 FLT Low Warning Set Point 2 -100 to 1000 C3 FLOAT Flow Line Temperature Lo Warning Set Point NV No R/W psig -100 1000 0
AUXPrcs1HiHIA Auxiliary Process 1 Hi Hi Alarm Set
lmSP 44402 Point 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Auxiliary Process 1 Hi Hi Alarm Set Point NV No R/W - -50000 50000 0
AUXPrcs1LoLo Auxiliary Process 1 Low Low Alarm
AlmSP 44404 Set Point 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Auxiliary Process 1 Lo Lo Alarm Set Point NV No R/W - -50000 50000 0
AUXPrcs1HiWr Auxiliary Process 1 Hi Warning Set
ngSP 44406 Point 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Auxiliary Process 1 Hi Warning Set Point NV No R/W - -50000 50000 0
AUXPrcs1LoWr Auxiliary Process 1 Low Warning Set
ngSP 44408 Point 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Auxiliary Process 1 Lo Warning Set Point NV No R/W - -50000 50000 0
44410 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Auxiliary Process 2 Hi Hi Alarm Set Point NV No R/W - -50000 50000 0
lmSP Point
44412 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Auxiliary Process 2 Lo Lo Alarm Set Point NV No R/W - -50000 50000 0
AlmSP Set Point
44414 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Auxiliary Process 2 Hi Warning Set Point NV No R/W - -50000 50000 0
ngSP Point
44416 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Auxiliary Process 2 Lo Warning Set Point NV No R/W - -50000 50000 0
ngSP Point
lmSP Point
44420 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Auxiliary Process 3 Lo Lo Alarm Set Point NV No R/W - -50000 50000 0
AlmSP Set Point
44422 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Auxiliary Process 3 Hi Warning Set Point NV No R/W - -50000 50000 0
ngSP Point
44424 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Auxiliary Process 3 Lo Warning Set Point NV No R/W - -50000 50000 0
ngSP Point

lmSP Point
AUXPrcs4LoLo 44428 Auxiliary Process 4 Low Low Alarm 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Auxiliary Process 4 Lo Lo Alarm Set Point NV No R/W - -50000 50000 0
AlmSP Set Point
AUXPrcs4HiWr 44430 Auxiliary Process 4 Hi Warning Set 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Auxiliary Process 4 Hi Warning Set Point NV No R/W - -50000 50000 0
ngSP Point
AUXPrcs4LoWr 44432 Auxiliary Process 4 Low Warning Set 2 -50000 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Auxiliary Process 4 Lo Warning Set Point NV No R/W - -50000 50000 0
ngSP Point
Auxiliary Process 1 Hi Hi Alarm Dead band. The alarm will be reset if
a Hi Hi alarm is genearted then value in IR 5993 - 5994 is less than
AUXPrcs1HiHiA 44434 Auxiliary Process 1 Hi Hi Alarm 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT the Auxiliary Process 1 Hi Hi Alarm Set Point (HR 4402 - 4403) - NV No R/W % 0 100 2
lmDB Deadband
Auxiliary Process 1 Hi Hi Alarm Set Point * ( Auxiliary process 1 Hi Hi
Alarm Deadband / 100).
Auxiliary Process 1 Low Low Alarm Dead band. The alarm will be
reset if a Low Low alarm is generated and current Tubing Head
AUXPrcs1LoLo Auxiliary Process 1 Low Low Alarm Pressure value in IR 5993 - 5994 is above the Auxiliary Process 1
44435 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT NV No R/W % 0 100 2
AlmDB Deadband Low Low Alarm Set Point ( HR 4404 - 4405) + Auxiliary Process 1
Low Low Alarm Set Point * ( Auxiliary Process 1 Low Low Alarm
Deadband / 100 ).
AUXPrcs2HiHiA Auxiliary Process 2 Hi Hi Alarm
lmDB 44436 Deadband 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT the Auxiliary Process 2 Hi Hi Alarm Set Point (HR 4410 - 4411) - NV No R/W % 0 100 2
Auxiliary Process 2 Hi Hi Alarm Set Point * ( Auxiliary process 2 Hi
Hi Alarm Deadband 100 ).

AUXPrcs2LoLo 44437 Auxiliary Process 2 Low Low Alarm 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT Pressure value in IR 5995 - 5996 is above the Auxiliary Process 2 NV No R/W % 0 100 2
Deadband / 100 ).
AUXPrcs3HiHiA Auxiliary Process 3 Hi Hi Alarm a Hi Hi alarm is genearted then value in IR 5997 - 5998 is less than
44438 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT the Auxiliary Process 3 Hi Hi Alarm Set Point (HR 4418 - 4419) - NV No R/W % 0 100 2
lmDB Deadband Auxiliary Process 3 Hi Hi Alarm Set Point * ( Auxiliary process 3 Hi Hi
Alarm Deadband / 100 ).
Appendix D
378
379
Appendix D
AlmDB 44439 Deadband 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT Low Low Alarm Set Point ( HR 4420 - 4421) + Auxiliary Process 3 NV No R/W % 0 100 2

Deadband / 100 ).
AUXPrcs4HiHiA 44440 Auxiliary Process 4 Hi Hi Alarm 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT the Auxiliary Process 4 Hi Hi Alarm Set Point (HR 4426 - 4427) - NV No R/W % 0 100 2
lmDB Deadband
Auxiliary Process 4 Hi Hi Alarm Set Point * ( Auxiliary process 4 Hi
Hi Alarm Deadband / 100 ).
44441 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT NV No R/W % 0 100 2
Deadband / 100 ).
PrcsWarningDB 44442 Process Warning Deadband 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT Process Warning Deadband. It will be used for all process Warnings NV No R/W % 0 100 2
Alarm Action to be taken when a Auxiliary Process 1 Hi Hi Alarm is
detected.
AUXPrcs1HiHiA Auxiliary Process 1 Hi Hi Alarm 0 - None
lmActn 44443 Action 1 0,1,6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 6 0
1 - Shutdown
6 - AutoStart-Shutdown
Alarm Action to be taken when a Auxiliary Process 1 Low Low
Alarm is detected.
AUXPrcs1LoLo Auxiliary Process 1 Low Low Alarm 0 - None
AlmActn 44444 Action 1 0,1,6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 6 0
1 - Shutdown
detected.
1 - Shutdown
Alarm is detected.
1 - Shutdown
detected.
1 - Shutdown
Alarm is detected.
1 - Shutdown
detected.
1 - Shutdown
Alarm is detected.
44450 1 0,1,6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 6 0
AlmActn Action
1 - Shutdown
Alarm Action to be taken when a DI Process 1 Alarm is detected.
DIPrcs1AlmAct 0 - None
44451 DI Process 1 Alarm Action 1 0,1,6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 6 0
n 1 - Shutdown
n 1 - Shutdown
n 1 - Shutdown
n 44454 DI Process 4 Alarm Action 1 0,1,6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 6 0
1 - Shutdown
DI Process 1 Input Selection Type
0 - Disabled
1 - Digital Input Channel 1
DIPrcs1InpSelt 4 - Digital Input Channel 4
44455 DI Process 1 Input Selection Type 1 0 to 10 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 10 0
nTyp 5 - Digital Input Channel 5
9 - Manual
10 - Modbus Source
0 - Disabled

9 - Manual
10 - Modbus Source
Appendix D
380
381
Appendix D
0 - Disabled

9 - Manual
10 - Modbus Source
0 - Disabled

9 - Manual
10 - Modbus Source
DI Process 1 Debounce Time. If the data state changes from low to
DIPrcs1Deboun 44459 DI Process 1 Debounce Time 1 0 to 5000 C3 USHORT high or high to low, it should remain in that state for the defined NV No R/W mSec 0 5000 15
ceTm
“debounce time” for it can be considered as an alarm
DIPrcs2Deboun
ceTm 44460 DI Process 2 Debounce Time 1 0 to 5000 C3 USHORT high or high to low, it should remain in that state for the defined NV No R/W mSec 0 5000 15
DIPrcs3Deboun DI Process 3 Debounce Time. If the data state changes from low to
44461 DI Process 3 Debounce Time 1 0 to 5000 C3 USHORT high or high to low, it should remain in that state for the defined NV No R/W mSec 0 5000 15
ceTm “debounce time” for it can be considered as an alarm
DIPrcs4Deboun 44462 DI Process 4 Debounce Time 1 0 to 5000 C3 USHORT high or high to low, it should remain in that state for the defined NV No R/W mSec 0 5000 15
ceTm
When AutoStart condition exists RPC will try to restart the Motor
PrcsAlmAutoSt
artCnt 44463 Process Alarm AutoStart Count 1 0 to 1000 C3 USHORT these many Run/Rest cycles before permanently shutting it down. NV No R/W - 0 1000 5
If this is 0 then RPC will continue the Run/Rest Cycle indefinitely.
Number of minutes the Controller will keep the Motor OFF when a
PrcsAlmRestTm 44464 Process Alarm Rest Time 1 1 to 1440 C3 USHORT Process Alarm with AutoStart-Shutdown alarm action is NV No R/W Min 1 1440 5
generated.
PrcsAlmChckD When RPC starts, it will wait for this time before starting the
elayTm 44465 Process Alarm Check Delay Time 1 1 to 900 C3 USHORT detection of Process Alarms NV No R/W Sec 1 900 5
PmpUniqueIDC User can configure a Pump with the Pump Unique ID from the
fg 44466 Pump Unique ID Configuration 1 101 to 1000 C3 USHORT Pump Database. NV No R/W - 101 1000 226
LdSigFltRngMi These set points are used to detect the Load cell Signal Failure at
n 44467 Load Signal Fault Range Minimum 2 0 to 50K C3 FLOAT Min and Max NV No R/W lbs 0 50000 0
LdSigFltRngMa
x 44469 Load Signal Fault Range Maximum 2 0 to 50K C3 FLOAT NV No R/W lbs 0 50000 45000
The load signal fault dead band is to create the upper and lower
limit to detect the Load cell Signal Failure at Min and Max alarms.
The upper limit dead band in % of the Load Signal Fault Range
LdSigFltDB 44471 Load Signal Fault Deadband 1 0 to 100 C3 SHORT Maximum shall be added to the Load Signal Fault Range Maximum NV No R/W % 0 100 5
to create an upper zone. The lower limit dead band in % of the
Load Signal Fault Range Minimum shall be subtracted from Load
Signal Fault Range Minimum to create the lower zone
This is the minimum time the Load cell Signal Failure at Min and
LdSigFalrTmOu 44472 Load Signal Failure Timeout 1 0 to 65535 C3 USHORT Max alarms should be active after detection, before respective NV No R/W mSec 0 65535 10000
t
alarms are raised
This is used to detect the stagnant Load Signal Failure alarm. If the
LdConctsvSmpl 44473 Load Consecutive Sample Deadband 1 1 to 100 C3 SHORT load sample remains in this deadband for the Load rate sampling NV No R/W % 1 100 10
DB time, then it is declared as a stagnant load cell Signal failure alarm
condition.
If the load sample remains within the Load consecutive sample
LdSmplngRTm 44474 Load Sampling Rate Time 1 0 to 65535 C3 USHORT deadband for this is much interval, stagnant load signal failure NV No R/W mSec 0 65535 10000
alarm is detected.
The number of consecutive failures or violations that must be

LdCellFalrConct 44475 Load Cell Failure Consecutive Count 1 1 to 100 C3 USHORT detected before declaring a “load cell signal failure” alarm.This is NV No R/W - 0 100 10
svCnt applicable to Load Cell Signal failure at Min and Load Cell Signal
Failure at Max alarms only
AveRunTm 44476 Average number of Runtime period 1 1 to 90 C3 USHORT This is used to calculate the Fail-safe Run Time Estimate. NV No R/W day 1 90 30
If Load Cell Signal Failure at Min is enabled and the alarm condition
exists then action will be taken based on the values below
LdSigFalrMinAl Load Cell Signal Failure at Min 0 - No Action
mActn 44477 Alarm Action 1 0 to 3 C3 USHORT 1 - Shutdown NV No R/W - 0 3 0
2 - Fail-Safe
If Load Cell Signal Failure at Max is enabled and the alarm
condition exists then action will be taken based on the values
below
LdSigFalrMaxA 44478 Load Cell Signal Failure at Max 1 0 to 3 C3 USHORT 0 - No Action NV No R/W - 0 3 0
lmActn Alarm Action
1 - Shutdown
2 - Fail-Safe
If Stgnant Load Cell Signal Failure is enabled and the alarm
below
StgntLdSigFalr Stagnant Load Cell Signal Failure 0 - No Action
AlmActn 44479 Alarm Action 1 0 to 3 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 3 0
1 - Shutdown
2 - Fail-Safe

This decides which algorithm to be used
0 - Disabled
AutotuneSeltn 44480 Auto-tune Selection 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 2 0
1 - Conventional Well
2 - Unconventional Well
For Unconventional Well the Run Time must be greater than this
MinRunTm 44481 Minimum Run Time 1 1 to 1440 C3 USHORT time. If Run Time is not greater than this for Minimum Run Time NV No R/W Min 1 1440 60
Cycle, then ART will be added to the Rest Time
This is the Additional Rest Time that is added to Rest Time. For
conventional well this is added in evry cycle. For unconventional
Appendix D
AddtnlRestTm 44482 Additional Rest Time 1 1 to 1440 C3 USHORT well this is added if Run Time is less than the Minimum Run Time NV No R/W Min 1 1440 5
for Minimum Run Time Cycle
382
383
Appendix D
In Unconventional well this is the number of cycles if Run Time is
less than the Minimum Run Time then ART is added to the Rest
MinRunTmCyc 44483 Minimum Run Time Cycle 1 1 to 100 C3 USHORT Time. For Conventional well, if Run Time remains constant (within NV No R/W - 1 100 3
+- Run Time Dead Band) for these many cycles then Rest Time

Optimal (RTO) is obtained
In Conventional Well this is the maximum number of Pump Cycles
MaxTestCyc 44484 Maximum Test Cycle 1 1 to 100 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 1 100 5
to be used to calculate the RTO
The number of days after which the Auto-tuning Algorithm will
SchdlNumDa 44485 Scheduled Number of Days 1 0 to 365 C3 USHORT NV No R/W day 0 365 30
run to calculate the RTO
This is the time interval which decides whether Run Time is
RunTmDB 44486 Run Time Dead Band 1 1 to 30 C3 USHORT NV No R/W Min 1 30 1
constant or not to decide the Rest Time Optimal
ManTrgrCnvntl Manual Trigger Conventional Well Writing 1 to this register will trigger the Conventional Well Rest
44487 1 0 or 1 C3 USHORT NV R/W - 0 1 0
WellAutotune Auto-tuning Time Auto-tuning feature. RPC Will clear this register
If Pump Cycle Limit Violation Alarm is enabled and the alarm
PmpCycLimVlt Pump Cycle Limit Violation Alarm below
nActn 44488 Action 1 0 ,7,8 C3 USHORT 0 - No Action NV No R/W - 0 8 0

7 - Rest State with Auto-tune Rest Time
8 - Rest State with 30 minutes Rest Time
PmpCycLimVlt This is the limit if the number of pump cycles in a day violates then
nSP 44489 Pump Cycle Limit Violation Set Point 1 1 to 300 C3 USHORT Pump Cycle Limit Violation Alarm is raised NV No R/W day 1 300 30
This is the limit if the Rest Time violates then the alogorithm is
AutotuneRestT 44490 Auto-tune Rest Time Limit 1 1 to 1440 C3 USHORT stopped and auto tune status is updated with error "RT max is NV No R/W day 1 1440 720
mLim
reached"
44491 Reserved 144
RdLifeStkCntrS 0 to 4294967
etVal 44635 Rod Life Stroke Counter Set Value 2 4,294,967,295 C3 ULONG Rod Life Stroke Counter Set Value NV No R/W - 0 295 0
RdLifeTmCntrS 0 to 4294967
etVal 44637 Rod Life Time Counter Set Value 2 4,294,967,295 C3 ULONG Rod Life Time Counter Set Value NV No R/W Min 0 295 0
PmpLifeStkCnt 0 to 4294967
rSetVal 44639 Pump Life Stroke Counter Set Value 2 4,294,967,295 C3 ULONG Pump Life Stroke Counter Set Value NV No R/W - 0 295 0
PmpLifeTmCntr 0 to 4294967
SetVal 44641 Pump Life Time Counter Set Value 2 4,294,967,295 C3 ULONG Pump Life Time Counter Set Value NV No R/W Min 0 295 0
BltLifeStkCntrS 0 to 4294967
etVal 44643 Belt Life Stroke Counter Set Value 2 4,294,967,295 C3 ULONG Belt Life Stroke Counter Set Value NV No R/W - 0 295 0
BltLifeTmCntrS 0 to 4294967
etVal 44645 Belt Life Time Counter Set Value 2 4,294,967,295 C3 ULONG Belt Life Time Counter Set Value NV No R/W Min 0 295 0
LqdPrdctnCntr 1.7
SetVal 44647 Liquid Production Counter Set Value 4 0 to 1.7 E+308 C3 DOUBLE Liquid Production Counter Set Value NV No R/W stb 0 E+308 0
OPrdctnCntrSe 1.7
tVal 44651 Oil Production Counter Set Value 4 0 to 1.7 E+308 C3 DOUBLE Oil Production Counter Set Value NV No R/W stb 0 E+308 0
WPrdctnCntrSe 1.7
tVal 44655 Water Production Counter Set Value 4 0 to 1.7 E+308 C3 DOUBLE Water Production Counter Set Value NV No R/W stb 0 E+308 0
GPrdctnCntrSet 1.7
Val 44659 Gas Production Counter Set Value 4 0 to 1.7 E+308 C3 DOUBLE GasProduction Counter Set Value NV No R/W scf 0 E+308 0
PmpGAPIDim 44663 Pump G API Dimension 2 0 to 500 C3 FLOAT API Dimensions in Inch NV No R/W in 0 500 111
PmpHAPIDim 44665 Pump H API Dimension 2 0 to 500 C3 FLOAT API Dimensions in Inch NV No R/W in 0 500 274
PhsAngle 44667 Phase Angle 2 -180 to 180 C3 FLOAT Phase Angle NV No R/W Degree -180 180 -12
FldPndPrvntnV This is the percentage of Reference Speed by which the speed will
lcty2 44669 Fluid Pound Prevention Velocity 2 2 -100 to 100 C3 FLOAT vary at the Fluid Pound Prevention Position 2 NV No R/W % -100 100 -10
FldPndPrvntnP The percent of stroke length at which the speed should vary as per
stn2 44671 Fluid Pound Prevention Position 2 2 -100 to 100 C3 FLOAT the Fluid Pound Prevention Velocity 2 setting NV No R/W % -100 100 10
Update 90 Days Accumulation Data in IR 5121 - 5300 depending
upon the value written. It will be reset to 0 once the data is
updated
0 - Default
1 - Update % Run Time
2 - Update Run Time
3 - Update Average SPM
4 - Update Maximum Load
5 - Update Minimum Load
6 - Daily Stroke Count
7 - Update Oil Volume
8 - Update Water Volume
9 - Update Total Volume
10 - Update Gas Volume
11- Update Average Pump Fillage
12 - Update Average PIP
PnlVwUpdtAcc Update 90 Days Accumulation Data 13 - Update Maximum PIP

Dt 44673 in PanelView 1 0 to 29 C3 USHORT 14 - Update Minimum PIP NV No R/W - 0 29 0
15 - Update Average Fluid Level
16 - Update Maximum Fluid Level
17 - Update Minimum Fluid Level
18 - Update Pump Cycle
19 - Malfunction Count
20 - Average Run Time
21 - Average Rest Time
22 - Fail-safe Run Time
23 - Fail-safe Rest Time
24 - Fail-safe % Run Time
25 - Load Signal Failure at Min Consecutive Count
26 - Load Signal Failure at Max Consecutive Count
27 - Stagnant Load Signal Failure Consecutive Count
28 - Deferred Production Run Time
29 - Deferred Production % Run Time
RPS Synchronization Accept or Reject

RPS Syncronization Value Accept or
RPSSynctnCmd 44674 Reject Command 1 -2 or 3 C3 SHORT -2 : Reject NV No R/W - -2 3 0
3 : Accept
44675 Reserved 1

For Maximizer and Maximizer II Pumping Model this will hold the
Prefix for Unit Denomination
0 - ""(Blank Space)
1 - Other(xx)
2 - CO
3 - CA
PmpUntDnmn
Prfx 44676 Pumping Unit Denomination Prefix 1 0 to 10 C3 USHORT 4 - 3TC NV No R/W - 0 10 0
5 - 4TC
6 - 5TC
7 - 6TC
Appendix D
8 - 3C
9 - 4C
10 - 5C
384
385
Appendix D
PmpMdlLnrPm
44677 Pump Model of the Linear Pump 1 800 to 1500 C3 USHORT Linear Pump Model NV No R/W 800 1500 0
p
Manufacture ID
0 - Other

1 - Lufkin
2 - Weatherford
MfctrID 44678 Manufacture ID 1 0 to 6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 6 1
3 - LS Petrochem Equipment
4 - Vulcan
5- Schlumberger
6 - Caprock
FldPndPrvntnV This is the percentage of Reference Speed by which the speed will
lcty1 44679 Fluid Pound Prevention Velocity 1 2 -100 to 100 C3 FLOAT vary at the Fluid Pound Prevention Position 1 NV No R/W % -100 100 10
FldPndPrvntnP The percent of stroke length at which the speed should vary as per
stn1 44681 Fluid Pound Prevention Position 1 2 -100 to 100 C3 FLOAT the Fluid Pound Prevention Velocity 1 setting NV No R/W % -100 100 -90
DisBtnCenSpck
44683 Distance between Sprocket Centers 2 180 to 360 C3 FLOAT Distance between the Sprocket Centers NV No R/W in 180 360 332.52
t
SpcktRds 44685 Sprocket Radius 2 12 to 24 C3 FLOAT Sprocket Radius for Rotaflex NV No R/W in 12 24 18.36
EndPtVlctyAclr End Point Velocity Acceleration The percent of the sprocket radius where the speed should start
nPstn 44687 Position 1 0 to 70 C3 USHORT accelerating before exiting the corner. NV No R/W % 0 70 50
The percent of stroke length of the straight portion of the stroke
EndPtVlctyDclr 44688 End Point Velocity Deceleration 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT where the speed should start deccelerating before entering the NV No R/W % 0 100 30
nPstn Position
corner
EndPtVlcty 44689 End Point Velocity 1 0 to 90 C3 USHORT The fixed speed applied while travelling through the corner NV No R/W Hz 0 90 40
LoRPMStartDel When RPC starts, it will wait for this time before starting the
ayTm 44690 Low RPM Start Detect Delay Time 1 1 to 900 C3 USHORT detection of Low RPM Alarm NV No R/W Sec 1 900 5
When “Motor ON” command is given, the RELAYs get ON but actual
UnableToRunD card is not getting detected i.e. position signal and load signal are
44691 Unable to Run Detection Time 1 60 to 900 C3 USHORT NV No R/W Sec 60 900 60
tctnTm not getting changed for this time then, RPC will go to "Unable to
Run" state
When “Motor OFF” command is given, the RELAYs get OFF but
UnableToStopD actual card is still getting detected i.e. either position or load
tctnTm 44692 Unable to Stop Detection Time 1 60 to 900 C3 USHORT values are getting changed dynamically for this time, RPC will go NV No R/W Sec 60 900 120
to "Unable to Stop" state
Low RPM Limit : If the calculated RPM in IR 8322 is less than this
LoRPMLim 44693 Low RPM Limit 1 0 to 3000 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 3000 1000
value, Low RPM Alarm is generated.
Belt Slippage Limit. If the calculated Belt Slippage in IR 5903 -
BltSlpgLim 44694 Belt Slippage Limit 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT 5904 is more than this limit then Belt Slippage Alarm will be NV No R/W % 0 100 5
generated in IS 2792.
RefRevltnPerSt 44695 Reference Revolution Per Stroke 1 0 to 5000 C3 USHORT Reference RPS. Used to calculate the percentage Belt Slippage. NV No R/W 0 5000 0
k
If Hall Effect RPM Sensor Alarm feature is enabled and the alarm
condition exists then It will check for this amount of time and then
HallEfctRPMSe 44696 Hall-Effect RPM Sensor Alarm Time 1 1 to 300 C3 USHORT it will set alarm bit and take action as per configuration. Alarm NV No R/W Sec 1 300 30
nsAlmTm
condition exists if the RPM count received from RPM Sensor is not
varying.
HallEfctCrnkAr If Hall Effect Crank Arm/Proximity Sensor Alarm feature is enabled
Hall-Effect Crank Arm/Proximity and there is no trigger from the Crank Arm/Proximity Sensor then NV No R/W Sec 1 300 60
mPrxmtySens 44697 Sensor Alarm Time 1 1 to 300 C3 USHORT It will check for this amount of time and then it will set alarm bit
AlmTm
and take action as per configuration.
MechEff 44698 Mechanical Efficiency 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT Mechanical efficiency of the pumping unit and the speed reducer NV No R/W % 0 100 95
CrnkAngleDev 44699 Crank Angle Deviation 1 180 to -180 C3 SHORT Crank Angle Deviation NV No R/W Degree -180 180 0
1- Clockwise
CrnkRtnTyp 44700 Crank Rotation Type 1 1 or -1 C3 SHORT NV No R/W -1 1 1
-1 - Counter Clockwise
Pump Fillage Set Point.
1. In VFD Pump-Fillage mode the VFD speed will be increased or
decreased based on the comparison of the average pump fillage
with this set point.
2. In Fixed Speed Pump-Fillage mode, RPC will go to Rest State if
X PmpFillageSP 44701 Pump Fillage Set point 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT the average Pumpfillage is less than the Pump Fillage Set Point for NV No R/W % 0 100 85
number of successive cards specified in HR 4203.
Note : Average Pump Fillage is the moving average of Number of

Cards to calculate Pump Fillage specified in HR 4707.
Pump Fillage Deadband. In VFD Pump-Fillage mode the VFD speed
will be increased or decreased if the average pump fillage is not
with in this range with respect to the Pump Fillage Set Point. In
PmpFillageDB 44703 Pump Fillage Deadband 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W % 0 100 5
Fixed Speed Pump-Fillage mode RPC will Pump Off the Controller if
average pump fillage is less than the Pump Fillage Set Point -
Pump Fillage Deadband
44705 Reserved 2 FLOAT

CardCalcPmpFil 44707 Cards to calculate Pump Fillage 1 1 to 50 C3 USHORT The number of cards to calculate the average pumpfillage. This is NV No R/W - 1 50 5
lage applicable to Fixed Speed and VFD Pump Fillage Modes.
Step by which the Commanded frequecy will be increased if the
VFDIncStepPrc current pumpfillage falls on the right side of the Pump Fillage dead
44708 VFD Increment Step % 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W % 0 100 5
nt band range. The frequency is increased by the percentage of the
Minimum Working Frequency.
Step by which the Commanded frequecy will be decreased if the
VFDDecStepPrc current pumpfillage falls on the left side of the Pump Fillage dead
nt 44710 VFD Decrement Step % 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT band range. The frequency is decreased by the percentage of the NV No R/W % 0 100 5
Minimum Working Frequency.
This is the Settling time after the Commanded Frequency is issued
VFDCycTm 44712 VFD Cycle Time 1 0 to 1440 C3 USHORT to the VFD. During this time if another frequency is issued it will NV No R/W Min 0 1440 1
not take effect for this interval.
In VFD Modes this is the time period for which the controller will
VFDRestTm 44713 VFD Rest Time 1 1 to 1440 C3 USHORT switch off the motor before starting to pump up inorder to prevent NV No R/W Min 1 1440 15
dry well condition.
In VFD Modes this is the time period after which the RPC will
VFDStartupTm 44714 VFD Startup time 1 0 to 20 C3 USHORT control the VFD speed according to the well conditions. NV No R/W Min 0 20 1
VfdManMdFixF
req 44715 VFD Manual Mode Fixed Frequency 2 0 to 120 C3 FLOAT In VFD Manual Mode user can run the well on this frequency NV No R/W Hz 0 120 40
WrkMinFreq 44717 Working Minimum Frequency 2 0 to 120 C3 FLOAT Commanded Frequency will be between this range. NV No R/W Hz 0 120 35
WrkMaxFreq 44719 Working Maximum Frequency 2 0 to 120 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W Hz 0 120 60
This is the time interval the VFD should be operating in working
VFDMinFreqTm
44721 VFD Minimum Frequency Time out 1 1 to 1440 C3 USHORT minimum frequency to attain the target pump fillage before NV No R/W Min 1 1440 15

Out
shutting down the well.
MalfnctnLdSP 44722 Malfunction Load Set Point 1 0 to 50000 C3 USHORT This is the Malfunction load set point. This should be less than the NV No R/W lbs 0 50,000 30500
Upstroke max load value.
MalfnctnPstnS 44723 Malfunction Position Set Point 1 0 to 1000 C3 USHORT This is the Malfunction position set point. NV No R/W in 0 1000 85
P
MalfnctnSPCar This is the number of cards for which, if the malfunction load set
44724 Malfunction Set Point Card Count 1 1 to 10 C3 USHORT point is greater than the upstroke max load count, the RPC will act NV No R/W - 1 10 5
dCnt as per the user configured action.
Number of successive counts the input load signal should be above
MaxLdVltnCnt 44725 Maximum Load Violation Count 1 1 to 100 C3 USHORT the Maximum Load Count limit to result in user configured action. NV No R/W - 1 100 5
Appendix D
Number of successive counts the input load signal should be below
MinLdVltnCnt 44726 Minimum Load Violation Count 1 1 to 100 C3 USHORT the Minimum Load Count limit to result in user configured action. NV No R/W - 1 100 5
386
387
Appendix D
Number of successive counts the input load signal should be above
CrtclLdCnt 44727 Critical Load Count 1 1 to 100 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 1 100 5
the Critical Load limit to result in user configured action.
Number of successive cards the calculated Maximum Torque should
CrtclTqCnt 44728 Critical Net Torque Count 1 1 to 100 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 1 100 5
be above the Critical Net Torque limit to result in Shutdown.

44729 Reserved 20
Changing the value of this register from the current value will read
ReadVFDTrgr 44749 Read VFD Trigger 1 0 to 65535 C3 USHORT the parameters from VFD. ENIP will use this register to read NV No R/W - 0 65535 0
parameters from VFD
Changing the value of this register from the current value will write
WriteVFDTrgr 44750 Write VFD Trigger 1 0 to 65535 C3 USHORT the parameters to VFD. ENIP will use this register to write NV No R/W - 0 65535 0
parameters to VFD
CalibSts 44751 Calibration Status 1 -2 to 3 C3 SHORT This shows the calibration status. User can accept or reject the NV No R/W - -2 3 0
calibrated values.
CalibMinVal 44752 Calibration Minimum Value 2 0 to 16777215 C3 ULONG Calibration Range NV No R/W - 0 1677721 8238541
5
1677721 15751838
CalibMaxVal 44754 Calibration Maximum Value 2 0 to 16777215 C3 ULONG NV No R/W - 0

5
44756 Reserved for internal use 1 SHORT
The load cut off is a percentage of the downstroke where the pump
X LdCtOffFillage 44757 Load Cut off for Fillage 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT fillage detection algorithm will start looking for the inflection NV No R/W % 0 100 45
point to calculate the pump fillage.
Pump Off Deadband. In VFD Pump Off mode the VFD speed will be
increased or decreased if the intersection point of the imaginary
VFDPmpOffDB 44758 VFD Pump off Dead band 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W % 0 100 3
line parallel to X-axis from the Pump Off Set Point and Downstroke
curve does not fall in this range
VFDStartupFre 44760 VFD Startup Frequency 2 0 to 120 C3 FLOAT In VFD modes this is the Commanded Frequency to the VFD when NV No R/W Hz 0 120 40
q the motor starts
SPMDB 44762 SPM Deadband 2 0 to 20 C3 FLOAT This is the deviation used for VFD Expected SPM Error display NV No R/W spm 0 20 1
FreqDB 44764 Frequency Deadband 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT This is the deviation used for VFD Feedback error NV No R/W % 0 100 5
PmpTq 44766 Pump Torque 2 0 to 5000 C3 LONG Torque rating of the Gearbox. X1000 NV No R/W in-lbs 0 5,000 912
PmpLd 44768 Pump Load 2 0 to 700 C3 LONG Load Structural rating of the Pumping Unit. Multiply by 100 NV No R/W lbs 0 700 427
PmpRAPIDim 44770 Pump R API Dimension 2 0 to 500 C3 FLOAT API Dimensions in Inch NV No R/W in 0 500 45
PmpKAPIDim 44772 Pump K API Dimension 2 0 to 500 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W in 0 500 230.52
PmpCAPIDim 44774 Pump C API Dimension 2 0 to 500 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W in 0 500 118
PmpPAPIDim 44776 Pump P API Dimension 2 0 to 500 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W in 0 500 171
PmpAAPIDim 44778 Pump A API Dimension 2 0 to 500 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W in 0 500 228.5
PmpIAPIDim 44780 Pump I API Dimension 2 0 to 500 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W in 0 500 163
X PmpStngD 44782 Pump Setting Depth 2 0 to 100000 C3 FLOAT Pump Setting Depth NV No R/W ft 0 100000 9800
TID 44784 Tubing Inner Diameter 2 0 to 10 C3 FLOAT Inner Diameter of the Tubing NV No R/W in 0 10 0.82
44786 2
ChainRatio 44788 Chain Ratio 2 1 to 10 C3 FLOAT Chain Ratio NV No R/W - 1 10 5.9
MaxTaperNum 44790 Maximum Taper Number 1 0 to 6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 6 4
Taper 1 Material Type
1 - Fiber Glass Round
Taper1MatrlTy
p 44791 Taper 1 Material Type 1 0 to 4 C3 USHORT 2 - Steel Eleptical NV No R/W - 0 4 3
3 - Steel Round
4- Steel Round SB
Taper2MatrlTy
44792 Taper 2 Material Type 1 0 to 4 C3 USHORT Same as above for Taper 2 NV No R/W - 0 4 3
p
Taper3MatrlTy
p
Taper4MatrlTy
p
Taper5MatrlTy
p
Taper6MatrlTy
p
Taper1Dia 44797 Taper 1 Diameter 2 0 to 3 C3 FLOAT Diameter of Taper 1 NV No R/W in 0 3 1
Taper2Dia 44799 Taper 2 Diameter 2 0 to 3 C3 FLOAT Diameter of Taper 2 NV No R/W in 0 3 0.875
Taper1Wt 44809 Taper 1 Weight 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT Weight of Taper 1 NV No R/W lb/ft 0 100 2.904
Taper5Wt 44817 Taper 5 Weight 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT Weight of Taper 5 NV No R/W lb/ft 0 100 0
Taper6Wt 44819 Taper 6 Weight 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT Weight of Taper 6 NV No R/W lb/ft 0 100 0
Taper1Youngs 44821 Taper 1 Young's Modulus 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT Young's Modulus of Taper 1 NV No R/W ksi 0 100 29.017
Modls
Modls
Modls
Modls
Taper5Youngs 44829 Taper 5 Young's Modulus 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT Young's Modulus of Taper 5 NV No R/W ksi 0 100 0
Modls
Taper6Youngs 44831 Taper 6 Young's Modulus 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT Young's Modulus of Taper 6 NV No R/W ksi 0 100 0
Modls
44833 Reserved for internal use 12 C3 FLOAT
Taper1WellDev
44845 Taper 1 Well Deviation in Degree 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT Well Deviation of Taper 1 NV No R/W Degree 0 100 0
Deg
Taper2WellDev
Deg
Taper3WellDev
Deg
Taper4WellDev

Deg
Taper5WellDev
Deg
Taper6WellDev
Deg
Taper1DmpgFc
44857 Taper 1 Damping Factor 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Damping Factor of Taper 1 NV No R/W - 0 1 0.01
tr
Taper2DmpgFc
tr
Taper3DmpgFc
Appendix D
tr
Taper4DmpgFc
388
tr
389
Appendix D
Taper5DmpgFc
44865 Taper 5 Damping Factor 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Damping Factor of Taper 5 NV No R/W - 0 1 0
tr
Taper6DmpgFc
44867 Taper 6 Damping Factor 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT Damping Factor of Taper 6 NV No R/W - 0 1 0
tr

Taper1TotLen 44869 Taper 1 Total Length 2 0 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Total Length of Taper 1 NV No R/W ft 0 50,000 2575
ODens 44881 Oil Density 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT Oil Density NV No R/W °API 0 100 40.1
GSpecGrvty 44883 Gas Specific Gravity 2 0 to 10 C3 FLOAT Gas Specific Gravity NV No R/W - 0 10 0.65
WSpecGrvty 44885 Water Specific Gravity 2 0 to 10 C3 FLOAT Water Specific Gravity NV No R/W - 0 10 1.18
BtmHTemp 44887 Bottomhole Temperature 2 32 to 1000 C3 FLOAT Bottomhole Temperature NV No R/W °F 32 1000 180
FldLvl 44889 Fluid Level 2 0 to 50000 C3 FLOAT Fluid Level NV No R/W ft 0 50,000 500
WCtPrcnt 44891 Water Cut in Percentage 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT Water Cut NV No R/W % 0 100 60
MtrSheaveSz 44893 Motor Sheave Size in inches 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT Motor Sheave Size NV No R/W in 0 100 8
GrBxSheaveSz 44895 Gearbox Sheave size in inches 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT Gearbox Sheave Size NV No R/W in 0 100 40
GrBxRatio 44897 Gearbox Ratio 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT Gearbox Ratio NV No R/W - 0 100 29.25
MtrNmlSpd 44899 Motor Nominal Speed 2 1.0 to 40000.0 C3 FLOAT Nominal Speed of Motor NV No R/W RPM 1 40000 1125
MtrNmlFreq 44901 Motor Nominal Frequency 2 1.0 to 650.0 C3 FLOAT Nominal Frequency of Motor NV No R/W Hz 1.00 650.00 60
Pumping Unit Type
1 - Crank Balanced
PmpTyp 44903 Pump Type 1 1 to 4 C3 USHORT 2 - Beam Balanced NV No R/W - 1 4 1
3 - Air Balanced
4 - Linear
Position Sensor Type
1 - Inclinometer
PstnSensTyp 44904 Position Sensor Type 1 1 to 4 C3 USHORT 2 - Hall Effect-Crank Arm NV No R/W - 1 4 1
3 - Hall Effect-Crank Arm/RPM
4 - Proximity/RPM
Pumping Model Type
0 - Conventional
1- Mark II
2- Reverse Mark
3- Air Balanced
4- Churchill
PmpMdl 44905 Pump Model 1 0 to 10 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 10 2
5- Ampscot
6- Maximizer
7- MaximizerII
9- Front Mounted
10- TorqMax
THdPHiHIAlmS
P 44906 THP Hi Hi Alarm Set Point 2 -1000 to 15000 C3 FLOAT Reserved for Tubing Head Pressure Hi Hi Alarm Set Point NV No R/W psig -1000 15000 0
THdPLoLoAlmS
P 44908 THP Low Low Alarm Set Point 2 -1000 to 15000 C3 FLOAT Reserved for Tubing Head Pressure Low Low Alarm Set Point NV No R/W psig -1000 15000 0
THdTempHiHIS
P 44910 THT Hi Hi Alarm Set Point 2 -100 to 1000 C3 FLOAT Reserved for Tubing Head Temperature Hi Hi Alarm Set Point NV No R/W °F -100 1000 0
THdTempLoLoS
44912 THT Low Low Alarm Set Point 2 -100 to 1000 C3 FLOAT Reserved for Tubing Head Temperature Low Low Alarm Set Point NV No R/W °F -100 1000 0
P
CHdPHiHISP 44914 CHP Hi Hi Alarm Set Point 2 -1000 to 15000 C3 FLOAT Reserved for Casing Head Pressure Hi Hi Alarm Set Point NV No R/W psig -1000 15000 0
CHdPLoLoSP 44916 CHP Low Low Alarm Set Point 2 -1000 to 15000 C3 FLOAT Reserved for Casing Head Pressure Low Low Alarm Set Point NV No R/W psig -1000 15000 0
CHdTempHiHIS 44918 CHT Hi Hi Alarm Set Point 2 -100 to 1000 C3 FLOAT Reserved for Casing Head Temperature Hi Hi Alarm Set Point NV No R/W °F -100 1000 0
P
CHdTempLoLoS 44920 CHT Low Low Alarm Set Point 2 -100 to 1000 C3 FLOAT Reserved for Casing Head Temperature Low Low Alarm Set Point NV No R/W °F -100 1000 0
P
FlLnPHIHISP 44922 FLP Hi Hi Alarm Set Point 2 -1000 to 15000 C3 FLOAT Reserved for Flow Line Pressure Hi Hi Alarm Set Point NV No R/W psig -1000 15000 0
FlLnPLoLoSP 44924 FLP Low Low Alarm Set Point 2 -1000 to 15000 C3 FLOAT Reserved for Flow Line Pressure Low Low Alarm Set Point NV No R/W psig -1000 15000 0
FlLnTempHiHIS
P 44926 FLT Hi Hi Alarm Set Point 2 -100 to 1000 C3 FLOAT Reserved for Flow Line Temperature Hi Hi Alarm Set Point NV No R/W °F -100 1000 0
FlLnTempLoLoS
P 44928 FLT Low Low Alarm Set Point 2 -100 to 1000 C3 FLOAT Reserved for Flow Line Temperature Low Low Alarm Set Point NV No R/W °F -100 1000 0
Tubing Head Pressure Hi Hi Alarm Dead band. The alarm will be
THdPHiHiAlmD reset if a Hi Hi alarm is genearted then value in IR 5829 - 5830 is

44930 THP Hi Hi Alarm Deadband 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT NV No R/W % 0 100 2
B less than the THP Hi Hi Alarm Set Point (HR 4906 - 4907) - THP Hi
Hi Alarm Set Point * ( THP Hi Hi Alarm Deadband / 100 ).
Tubing Head Pressure Low Low Alarm Dead band. The alarm will be
THdPLoLoAlm
DB 44931 THP Low Low Alarm Deadband 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT Pressure value in IR 5829 - 5830 is above the THP Low Low Alarm NV No R/W % 0 100 2
Set Point ( HR 4908 - 4909) + THP Low Low Alarm Set Point * ( THP
Low ow Alarm Deadband / 100).
Tubing Head Temperature Hi Hi Alarm Dead band. The alarm will
THdTHiHiAlmD be reset if a Hi Hi alarm is genearted then value in IR 5831 - 5832 is
44932 THT Hi Hi Alarm Deadband 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT NV No R/W % 0 100 2
B less than the THT Hi Hi Alarm Set Point (HR 4910 - 4911) - THT Hi Hi
Alarm Set Point * ( THT Hi Hi Alarm Deadband / 100).
Tubing Head Temperature Low Low Alarm Dead band. The alarm
will be reset if a Low Low alarm is generated and current Tubing
THdTLoLoAlmD 44933 THT Low Low Alarm Deadband 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT Head Temperature value in IR 5831 - 5832 is above the THT Low NV No R/W % 0 100 2
B
Low Alarm Set Point ( HR 4912 - 4913) + THT Low Low Alarm Set
Point * ( THT Low Low Alarm Deadband / 100).
Casing Head Pressure Hi Hi Alarm Dead band. The alarm will be
CHdPHiHiAlmD reset if a Hi Hi alarm is genearted then value in IR 5833 - 5834 is
B 44934 CHP Hi Hi Alarm Deadband 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT less than the CHP Hi Hi Alarm Set Point (HR 4914 - 4915) - CHP Hi Hi NV No R/W % 0 100 2
Alarm Set Point * (CHP Hi Hi Alarm Deadband /100).
Casing Head Pressure Low Low Alarm Dead band. The alarm will be
CHdPLoLoAlm reset if a Low Low alarm is generated and current Casing Head
44935 CHP Low Low Alarm Deadband 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT Pressure value in IR 5833 - 5834 is above the CHP Low Low Alarm NV No R/W % 0 100 2
DB Set Point (HR 4916 - 4917) + CHP Low Low Alarm Set Point * ( CHP
Low Low Alarm Deadband / 100).

Casing Head Temperature Hi Hi Alarm Dead band. The alarm will be
CHdTHiHiAlmD 44936 CHT Hi Hi Alarm Deadband 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT reset if a Hi Hi alarm is genearted then value in IR 5835 - 5836 is NV No R/W % 0 100 2
B less than the CHT Hi Hi Alarm Set Point (HR 4918 - 4919) - CHT Hi Hi
Alarm Set Point * ( CHT Hi Hi Alarm Deadband / 100) .
Casing Head Temperature Low Low Alarm Dead band. The alarm
will be reset if a Low Low alarm is generated and current Casing
CHdTLoLoAlmD
B 44937 CHT Low Low Alarm Deadband 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT Head Temperature value in IR 5835 - 5836 is above the CHT Low NV No R/W % 0 100 2
Low Alarm Set Point ( HR 4920 - 4921) + CHT Low Low Alarm Set
Point * ( CHT Low Low Alarm Deadband / 100).
Flow Line Pressure Hi Hi Alarm Dead band. The alarm will be reset if
Appendix D
FlLnPHiHiAlmD a Hi Hi alarm is genearted then value in IR 5837 - 5838 is less than
44938 FLP Hi Hi Alarm Deadband 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT NV No R/W % 0 100 2
B the FLP Hi Hi Alarm Set Point (HR 4922 - 4923) - FLP Hi Hi Alarm Set
Point * (FLP Hi Hi Alarm Deadband / 100).
390
391
Appendix D
Flow Line Pressure Low Low Alarm Dead band. The alarm will be
FlLnPLoLoAlm reset if a Low Low alarm is generated and current Flow Line
44939 FLP Low Low Alarm Deadband 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT Pressure value in IR 5837 - 5838 is above the FLP Low Low Alarm NV No R/W % 0 100 2
DB Set Point ( HR 4924 - 4925) + FLP Low Low Alarm Set Point * ( FLP

Alarm Low Low Deadband / 100) .
Flow Line Temperature Hi Hi Alarm Dead band. The alarm will be
FlLnTHiHiAlmD 44940 FLT Hi Hi Alarm Deadband 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT reset if a Hi Hi alarm is genearted then value in IR 5839 - 5840 is NV No R/W % 0 100 2
B less than the FLT Hi Hi Alarm Set Point (HR 4926 - 4927) - FLT Hi Hi
Alarm Set Point * ( FLT Hi Hi Alarm Deadband / 100).
Flow Line Temperature Alarm Dead band. The alarm will be reset if
a Low Low alarm is generated and current Flow Line Temperature
FlLnTLoLoAlmD
B 44941 FLT Low Low Alarm Deadband 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT value in IR 5839 - 5840 is above the FLT Low Low Alarm Set Point ( NV No R/W % 0 100 2
HR 4928 - 4929) + FLT Low Low Alarm Set Point * ( FLT Low Low
Alarm Deadband / 100 ).
Alarm Action to be taken when a THP Hi Hi Alarm is detected.
THdPHiHiAlmA 0 - None
44942 THP Hi Hi Alarm Action 1 0,1,6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 6 0
ctn 1 - Shutdown
Alarm Action to be taken when a THP Low Low Alarm is detected.
THdPLoLoAlm 0 - None
44943 THP Low Low Alarm Action 1 0,1,6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 6 0
Actn 1 - Shutdown
Alarm Action to be taken when a THT Hi Hi Alarm is detected.
THdTHiHiAlmA 0 - None
ctn 44944 THT Hi Hi Alarm Action 1 0,1,6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 6 0
1 - Shutdown
Alarm Action to be taken when a THT Low Low Alarm is detected.
THdTLoLoAlmA 0 - None
44945 THT Low Low Alarm Action 1 0,1,6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 6 0
ctn 1 - Shutdown
Alarm Action to be taken when a CHP Hi Hi Alarm is detected.
CHdPHiHiAlmA 0 - None
44946 CHP Hi Hi Alarm Action 1 0,1,6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 6 0
ctn 1 - Shutdown
Alarm Action to be taken when a CHP Low Low Alarm is detected.
CHdPLoLoAlm 0 - None
Actn 44947 CHP Low Low Alarm Action 1 0,1,6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 6 0
1 - Shutdown
Alarm Action to be taken when a CHT Hi Hi Alarm is detected.
CHdTHiHiAlmA 0 - None
44948 CHT Hi Hi Alarm Action 1 0,1,6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 6 0
ctn 1 - Shutdown
Alarm Action to be taken when a CHT Low Low Alarm is detected.
CHdTLoLoAlmA 0 - None
44949 CHT Low Low Alarm Action 1 0,1,6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 6 0
ctn 1 - Shutdown
Alarm Action to be taken when a FLP Hi Hi Alarm is detected.
FlLnPHiHiAlmA 0 - None
ctn 44950 FLP Hi Hi Alarm Action 1 0,1,6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 6 0
1 - Shutdown
Alarm Action to be taken when a FLP Low Low Alarm is detected.
FlLnPLoLoAlm 0 - None
44951 FLP Low Low Alarm Action 1 0,1,6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 6 0
Actn 1 - Shutdown
Alarm Action to be taken when a FLT Hi Hi Alarm is detected.
FlLnTHiHiAlmA 0 - None
44952 FLT Hi Hi Alarm Action 1 0,1,6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 6 0
ctn 1 - Shutdown
Alarm Action to be taken when a FLT Low Low Alarm is detected.
FlLnTLoLoAlmA 0 - None
ctn 44953 FLT Low Low Alarm Action 1 0,1,6 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 6 0
1 - Shutdown
Number of Recheck Count for THP Hi Hi Alarm. If the Alarm Action
THdPHiHiAlmN 44954 THP Hi Hi Alarm Number of 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT set is "Restart",controller will put the RPC into these many Rest NV No R/W 0 100 5
umReChks Rechecks Cycles before permanently shutting down the Motor when THP Hi
Hi Alarm is generated.
Number of Recheck Count for THP. If the Alarm Action set is
THdPLoLoAlm THP Low Low Alarm Number of "Restart",controller will put the RPC into these many Rest Cycles
NumReChks Rechecks before permanently shutting down the Motor when THP Low Low
Alarm is generated.
Number of Recheck Count for THT Hi Hi Alarm. If the Alarm Action
THdTHiHiAlmN THT Hi Hi Alarm Number of set is "Restart", RPC will go into these many Rest Cycles before
umReChks Rechecks permanently shutting down the Motor when THT Hi Hi Alarm is
generated.
Number of Recheck Count for THT Low Low Alarm. If the Alarm
THdTLoLoAlmN THT Low Low Alarm Number of Action set is "Restart", RPC will go into these many Rest Cycles
umReChks 44957 Rechecks 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT before permanently shutting down the Motor when THT Low Low NV No R/W 0 100 5
Alarm is generated.
Number of Recheck Count for CHP Hi Hi Alarm. If the Alarm Action
CHdPHiHiAlmN 44958 CHP Hi Hi Alarm Number of 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT set is "Restart", controller will put the RPC into these many Rest NV No R/W 0 100 5
umReChks Rechecks Cycles before permanently shutting down the Motor when CHP Hi
Number of Recheck Count for CHP Low Low Alarm. If the Alarm
CHdPLoLoAlm CHP Low Low Alarm Number of Action set is "Restart", controller will put the RPC into these many
NumReChks Rechecks Rest Cycles before permanently shutting down the Motor when
CHP Low Low Alarm is generated.
Number of Recheck Count for CHT Hi Hi Alarm. If the Alarm Action
CHdTempHiHiA CHT Hi Hi Alarm Number of set is "Restart",controller will put the RPC into these many Rest
lmNumReChks 44960 Rechecks 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT Cycles before permanently shutting down the Motor when CHT Hi NV No R/W 0 100 5
Number of Recheck Count for CHT Low Low Alarm. If the Alarm

CHdTempLoLo
AlmNumReChk 44961 CHT Low Low Alarm Number of 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT Action set is "Restart",controller will put the RPC into these many NV No R/W 0 100 5
Rechecks Rest Cycles before permanently shutting down the Motor when
s CHT Low Low Alarm is generated.
Number of Recheck Count for FLP Hi Hi Alarm. If the Alarm Action
FlLnPHiHiAlmN set is "Restart", controller will put the RPC into these many Rest
44962 FLP Hi Hi Alarm Number of Rechecks 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 100 5
umReChks Cycles before permanently shutting down the Motor when FLP Hi
Number of Recheck Count for FLP Low Low Alarm. If the Alarm
FlLnPLoLoAlm FLP Low Low Alarm Number of Action set is "Restart", controller will put the RPC into these many
NumReChks 44963 Rechecks 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT Rest Cycles before permanently shutting down the Motor when NV No R/W 0 100 5
Appendix D
FLP Low Low Alarm is generated.
392
393
Appendix D
Number of Recheck Count for FLT Hi Hi Alarm. If the Alarm Action
FlLnTempHiHiA 44964 FLT Hi Hi Alarm Number of Rechecks 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT set is "Restart", controller will put the RPC into these many Rest NV No R/W 0 100 5
lmNumReChks Cycles before permanently shutting down the Motor when FLT Hi

Number of Recheck Count for FLT Low Low Alarm. If the Alarm
FlLnTempLoLo FLT Low Low Alarm Number of Action set is "Restart", controller will put the RPC into these many
AlmNumReChk 44965 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 100 5
s Rechecks Rest Cycles before permanently shutting down the Motor when FLT
Low Low Alarm is generated.
THdPHiHiAlmR THP Hi Hi Alarm Recheck Interval. This is the time interval before
44966 THP Hi Hi Alarm Recheck Interval 1 1 to 4095 C3 USHORT the controller checks the alarm status and tries to restart the NV No R/W Min 1 4095 5
eChkIntrvl Motor.
THP Low Low Alarm Recheck Interval. This is the time interval
THdPLoLoAlmR 44967 THP Low Low Alarm Recheck 1 1 to 4095 C3 USHORT before the controller checks the alarm status and tries to restart the NV No R/W Min 1 4095 5
eChkIntrvl Interval
Motor.
THT Hi Hi Alarm Recheck Interval. This is the time interval before
THdTempHiHiA
lmReChkIntrvl 44968 THT Hi Hi Alarm Recheck Interval 1 1 to 4095 C3 USHORT the controller checks the alarm status and tries to restart the NV No R/W Min 1 4095 5
Motor.
THdTempLoLo THT Low Low Alarm Recheck THT Low Low Alarm Recheck Interval. This is the time interval
AlmReChkIntrv 44969 1 1 to 4095 C3 USHORT before the controller checks the alarm status and tries to restart the NV No R/W Min 1 4095 5
Interval
l Motor.
CHP Hi Hi Alarm Recheck Interval. This is the time interval before
CHdPHiHiAlmR
eChkIntrvl 44970 CHP Hi Hi Alarm Recheck Interval 1 1 to 4095 C3 USHORT the controller checks the alarm status and tries to restart the NV No R/W Min 1 4095 5
Motor.
CHdPLoLoAlm CHP Low Low Alarm Recheck CHP Low Low Alarm Recheck Interval. This is the time interval
44971 1 1 to 4095 C3 USHORT before the controller checks the alarm status and tries to restart the NV No R/W Min 1 4095 5
ReChkIntrvl Interval Motor.
CHT Hi Hi Alarm Recheck Interval. This is the time interval before
CHdTempHiHiA 44972 CHT Hi Hi Alarm Recheck Interval 1 1 to 4095 C3 USHORT the controller checks the alarm status and tries to restart the NV No R/W Min 1 4095 5
lmReChkIntrvl
Motor.
CHdTempLoLo CHT Low Low Alarm Recheck Interval. This is the time interval
CHT Low Low Alarm Recheck
AlmReChkIntrv 44973 Interval 1 1 to 4095 C3 USHORT before the controller checks the alarm status and tries to restart the NV No R/W Min 1 4095 5
l Motor.
FlLnPHiHiAlmR FLP Hi Hi Alarm Recheck Interval. This is the time interval before
44974 FLP Hi Hi Alarm Recheck Interval 1 1 to 4095 C3 USHORT the controller checks the alarm status and tries to restart the NV No R/W Min 1 4095 5
eChkIntrvl Motor.
FLP Low Low Alarm Recheck Interval. This is the time interval
FlLnPLoLoAlm 44975 FLP Low Low Alarm Recheck 1 1 to 4095 C3 USHORT before the controller checks the alarm status and tries to restart the NV No R/W Min 1 4095 5
ReChkIntrvl Interval
Motor.
FlLnTempHiHiA FLT Hi Hi Alarm Recheck Interval. This is the time interval before the
44976 FLT Hi Hi Alarm Recheck Interval 1 1 to 4095 C3 USHORT NV No R/W Min 1 4095 5
lmReChkIntrvl controller checks the alarm status and tries to restart the Motor.
FlLnTempLoLo FLT Low Low Alarm Recheck Interval. This is the time interval
AlmReChkIntrv 44977 FLT Low Low Alarm Recheck Interval 1 1 to 4095 C3 USHORT before the controller checks the alarm status and tries to restart the NV No R/W Min 1 4095 5
l Motor.
44978 Reserved 123
VFD Data C3
X MtrNPPwr 45101 Motor NP Power (HP) 2 0.0 to 2000.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W hp 0.00 2000.00 75
X MtrNPSpd 45103 Motor NP Speed (RPM) 2 1.0 to 40000.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W RPM 1 40000 1180
X MtrNPC 45105 Motor NP Current (AMP) 2 0.0 to 960.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W A 0.00 960.00 85.9
X MtrNPV 45107 Motor NP Voltage (VAC) 2 0.0 to 529.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W V 0.00 529.00 460
X MtrNPFreq 45109 Motor NP Frequency (Hz) 2 2.0 to 650.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W Hz 2.00 650.00 60
MtrPoles 45111 Motor Poles 2 2 to 200 C3 LONG NV No R/W 2 200 6
MtrCtrlMd 45113 Motor Ctrl Mode 2 0 to 10 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 10 3
9999999
DIEnbl 45115 DI Enable 2 0 to 99999999 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 22000
9
9999999
DIClrFlt 45117 DI Clear Fault 2 0 to 99999999 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 0
9
9999999
DIAuxFlt 45119 DI Aux Fault 2 0 to 99999999 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 22002
9
9999999
DIRun 45121 DI Run 2 0 to 99999999 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 0
9
9999999
DISpdSel 45123 DI Speed Sel 1 2 0 to 99999999 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 0
9
AccessLvl 45125 Access Level 2 0 to 2 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 2 2
DirMd 45127 Direction Mode 2 0 to 2 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 2 2
StartPwrUp 45129 Start At PowerUp 2 0 to 1 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 1 1
AutoRstrtTries 45131 Auto Rstrt Tries 2 0 to 9 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 9 3
AutoRstrtDelay 45133 Auto Rstrt Delay 2 0.50 to 30.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W Sec 0.50 30.00 15
StopMdA 45135 Stop Mode A 2 0 to 6 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 6 0

BusRegMdA 45137 Bus Reg Mode A 2 0 to 4 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 4 3
BusRegLvlCfd 45139 Bus Reg Lvl Cfg 2 0 to 1 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 1 1
DtbsResTyp 45141 DB Resistor Type 2 0 to 1 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 1 1
DtbsExtOhms 45143 DB Ext Ohms 2 0.0 to 10000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 0 10000 10
DtbsExtWatts 45145 DB Ext Watts 2 1.0 to 500000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 1 500000 7000
DtbsExtPulseW 1.0 to 1000000
atts 45147 DB ExtPulseWatts 2 100000000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W watt 1 00 116000
DecInhibitActn 45149 Dec Inhibit Actn 2 0 to 3 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 3 0
MtrOLFctr 45151 Mtr OL Factor 2 0.20 to 2.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 0.2 2.0 1
RegenPwrLim 45153 Regen Power Lmt 2 -800.0 to 0.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W -800.0 0.0 -35
PWrLossActn 45155 Power Loss Actn 2 0 to 3 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 3 1
PwrLossALvl 45157 Pwr Loss A Level 2 0.0 to 650.54 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W VDC 0.00 650.54 180
PwrLossATm 45159 Pwr Loss A Time 2 0.0 to 60.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W Sec 0.0 60.0 0.5
UnderVActn 45161 UnderVltg Action 2 0 to 5 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 5 3
UnderVLvl 45163 UnderVltg Level 2 0.0 to 460.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W VAC 0.0 460.0 250
MaxFwdSpd 45165 Max Fwd Speed 2 0.05 to 39000.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 0.05 39000.00 90
-
MaxRevSpd 45167 Max Rev Speed 2 -39000.0 to 0.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 39000.00 0.00 0
OvrSpdLim 45169 Overspeed Limit 2 0.0 to 40000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 0.00 40000.00 20
AccelTm1 45171 Accel Time 1 2 0.0 to 3600.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W Sec 0.00 3600.00 10
DecelTm1 45173 Decel Time 1 2 0.0 to 3600.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W Sec 0.00 3600.00 10

SCurveAccel 45175 S Curve Accel 2 0.0 to 100.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 0.00 100.00 20
SCurveDecel 45177 S Curve Decel 2 0.0 to 100.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 0.00 100.00 20
9999999
SpdRefASel 45179 Spd Ref A Sel 2 0 to 99999999 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 871
9
SpdRefAAnglHi 45181 Spd Ref A AnlgHi 2 0.0 to 90.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 0.0 90.0 60
SpdRefAAnglL
o 45183 Spd Ref A AnlgLo 2 0.0 to 90.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 0.0 90.0 0
9999999
SpdRefBSel 45185 Spd Ref B Sel 2 0 to 99999999 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 9 551
Appendix D
SpdRefBW 45187 Speed Reg BW 2 0 .0 to 190.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 0.0 190.0 5
AutoTune 45189 Auto-tune 2 0 to 4 C3 LONG NV No R/W 0 4 0
TotInertia 45191 Total Inertia in Secs 2 0.0 to 600.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W Sec 0.0 600.0 2
394
395
Appendix D
PstnTqLim 45193 Positive torque limit 2 0.0 to 800.0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W % 0.0 800.0 200
45195 Reserved 2
45197 Reserved 2699

47896 Reserved for internal use 1
VFD Control Signal for controlling VFD
VFDCtrlSig 47900 VFD Control Signal 1 0 or 1 C3 USHORT 0 - Hardwired NV No R/W 0 1 0
1 - Ethernet/IP
VFDMBID 47901 VFD Modbus ID 1 1 to 247 C3 USHORT VFD ID NV No R/W - 1 247 2
1.0.0.0 to
223.255. 192.168.1.
VFDIPAd 47902 VFD IP Address 4 223.255.255.25 C3 USHORT IP Address of the VFD. NV No R/W - 1.0.0.0 255.255 126
5
VFDMBPortNu
47906 VFD Modbus Port No 1 - C3 USHORT Modbus Port NV No R/W - 502

m
VFDMBTmOut 47907 VFD Modbus Time Out 1 100 to 60000 C3 USHORT Modbus Time Out period in miliseconds for the Communication NV No R/W mSec 100 60000 3000
between VFD Master and VFD
Modbus Idle Time in miliseconds. This is the interval for which the
VFDMBIdleTm 47908 VFD Modbus Idle Time 1 0 to 60000 C3 USHORT VFD Master remains idle before sending the next message to VFD NV No R/W mSec 0 60000 1000
Number of Retries. The VFD Master will try to send these many
VFDRetryCnt 47909 VFD Retry Count 1 0 to 10 C3 USHORT times if a query fails NV No R/W - 0 10 3
47910 Reserved 91
RTU Kernel C3
0 - No File Delete
1 - Delete all MB Files and Exit(Here the script will reboot the
FileDelOptns 48001 File Delete Options 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 2 0
board)
2 - Delete all MB Files and Reboot
UTC
NewBrdTm 48002 New Board Time (UTC) 2 C3 LONG Set New System Time NV No R/W Second
s
TmZone 48004 Time Zone UTC – Offset in minutes 1 C3 SHORT Set New Time Zone NV No R/W Min
These are the time synchronization registers. When user writes to
TmSync.Mo 48005 Time Synchronization – Month 1 C3 USHORT these registers and sets CS 8100 to 1, the new system time will be NV No R/W MM
set. The time synchronization registers HR 8005 - 8010 and CS 8100
will be reset to 0.
TmSync.Da 48006 Time Synchronization – Day 1 C3 USHORT NV No R/W DD
TmSync.Yr 48007 Time Synchronization – Year 1 C3 USHORT NV No R/W YY
TmSync.Hr 48008 Time Synchronization – Hour 1 C3 USHORT NV No R/W Hr
TmSync.Mins 48009 Time Synchronization – Minutes 1 C3 USHORT NV No R/W Min
TmSync.Secs 48010 Time Synchronization – Seconds 1 C3 USHORT NV No R/W Sec
0 = Stop the module
StsMsgLgr 48011 Status of Message Logger 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 1
2 = Stop and start module and set HR = 1;
0 = Stop the module
StsAlmMngr 48012 Status of Alarm Manager 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 1
0 = Stop the module
StsDtLgr 48013 Status of Data Logger 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 1
0 = Stop the module
StsIODtAcqtn 48014 Status of Data Acquisition 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 1
0 = Stop the module
StsMBRTUMstr 48015 Status of MB RTU Master 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 0
0 = Stop the module
StsMBRTUSlv 48016 Status of MB RTU Slave 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 0
0 = Stop the module
StsMBTCPMstr 48017 Status of MB TCP Master 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 0
0 = Stop the module
StsMBTCPSlv 48018 Status of MB TCP Slave 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 1

0 = Stop the module
StsWebSvr 48023 Status of Web Server 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 1
0 = Stop the module
StsWetGDtctn 48024 Status of Wet Gas detection 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 0
0 = Stop the module
StsISaGRAF 48026 Status of IsaGRAF 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 0
0 = Stop the module
StsRPC 48027 Status of RPC 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 1
0 = Stop the module
StsDNP3Slv 48031 Status of DNP3 Slave 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 0
0 = Stop the module
StsDNP3Mstr 48032 Status of DNP3 Master 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 0
48033 Reserved for Debug 2 C3 USHORT
0 = Stop the module

StsWMP 48035 Status of WMP 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 1
48036 Reserved for Debug 1 C3
0 = Stop the module
StsEnrnMBSlv 48037 Status of Enron MB Slave 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 0
0 = Stop the module
StsEthIP 48041 Status of Ethernet IP 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 0
Appendix D
396
397
Appendix D
0 = Stop the module
StsMBDtCpy 48045 Status of MB Data Copier 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 1

0 = Stop the module
0 to 2 (Default
StsBOM 48046 Status of Black Oil Model 1 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 1
:1)
0 = Stop the module
StsMQTTCliA 48047 Status of MQTT Client A 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 0
0 = Stop the module
StsMQTTCliB 48048 Status of MQTT Client B 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 0
0 = Stop the module
StsLcnsMngr 48049 Status of License Manager 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT 1 = Start the module NV No R/W - 0 2 0
48050 Reserved 51
SetManTmSync Manual Time Synhronization Register. When user sets 1 to this
48101 Set Manual Time sync of iXC2 1 0 or 1 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 1 0
iXC2 register, system time is updated with the values in HR 8102 - 8104.
Predefined Time Synchronization – Predefined Synchronization Time. When user sets 1 in HR 8101,
PrdfdTmSyncHr 48102 1 0 to 23 C3 USHORT then system time(Hour, Minute, Second) will be updated with this NV No R/W Hr 0 23 0
Hour time. It will maintain the Day, Month and Year.
PrdfdTmSyncM Predefined Time Synchronization –
ins 48103 Minutes 1 0 to 59 C3 USHORT NV No R/W Min 0 59 0
PrdfdTmSyncS Predefined Time Synchronization –
ecs 48104 Seconds 1 0 to 59 C3 USHORT NV No R/W Sec 0 59 0
Set new time zone based on Index.
TmZoneIndex 48105 Time Zone Index 1 1 to 135 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 1 135 76
For Index value of time zones please refer to TimeZone sheet
48106 Reserved 85
ISaGRAF
0 = No Action - ISaGRAF resets this to 0 once action is taken
1 = Stop Resource 1
EnblDsblRes1 48191 Enable/Disable Resource 1 1 0 to 3 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 3 0
2 = Start Resource 1
3 = Restart Resource 1
1 = Stop Resource 2
1 = Stop Resource 3
1 = Stop Resource 4
EnblDsblRes4 48194 Enable/Disablet Resource 4 1 0 to 3 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 3 0
48195 Reserved 6
Input_Outpu
C3
t
AOCh1 48201 Analog Output channel1 (AO1) 1 0 to 4095 C3 USHORT DAC for AO1 NV No R/W - 0 4095 819
AOCh2 48202 Analog Output channel2 (AO2) 1 0 to 4095 C3 USHORT DAC for AO2 NV No R/W - 0 4095 819
48203 Reserved 1 USHORT
48204 Reserved 3
48209 Reserved 5
48215 Reserved 3
48220 Reserved 3
MinRawCntAI1 48223 Minimum Raw count for AI1 2 0 C3 ULONG NV No R/W - 0
MaxRawCntAI1 48225 Maximum Raw count for AI1 2 16777215 C3 ULONG NV No R/W - 16777215
48227 Reserved 4 C3
EULoLimAI1 48231 Engineering Unit Low Limit for AI1 2 0 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W - 0
1. For AI1 and AI3, the Max EU Value will be 5.12 V
EUHiLimAI1 48233 Engineering Unit High Limit for AI1 2 1500 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W - 5.12/1500
2. For the Rest AI Channels EU Max Value will be 1500
MinRawCntAI2 Minimum and Maximum raw count,
MaxRawCntAI2 Engineering Unit Low and High for ULONG/
48235 12 C3 NV No R/W -
EULoLimAI2 AI2 channel, similar to 8223 to 8234 FLOAT
EUHiLimAI2 registers
48247 AI3 channel, similar to 8223 to 8234 12 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W -
EULoLimAI3
48259 12 C3 NV No R/W -
48271 12 C3 NV No R/W -
48283 AI6 channel, similar to 8223 to 8234 12 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W -
EULoLimAI6
48295 12 C3 NV No R/W -

48307 12 C3 NV No R/W -
48319 Reserved 24
Digital Output 1 Pulse Duration Interval. This is applicable when
DO1PulseDrtn 48343 Digital Output 1 Pulse Duration 1 0 to 65535 O3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 65535 0
Digital Output 1 Type HR 8351 is set to 2 i.e. Pulse Output Mode.
DO2PulseDrtn, Digital Output 2 to 8 Pulse Duration Interval. It is applicable only
Appendix D
48344 Digital Output 2 to 8 Pulse Duration 7 0 to 65535 O3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 65535 0
DO8PulseDrtn when HR 8352 - 8358 are set to 2 for DO2 - DO8 respectively.
398
399
Appendix D
Digital Output Type
1 - Digital Output Mode
DO1Typ,
48351 Digital Output Type for DO1 to DO8 8 1 or 2 O3 USHORT 2 - Pulse Output Mode NV No R/W - 1 2 1
DO8Typ
If the corresponding DO is in Pulse Output Mode then only

respective Pulse Duration in HR 8343 - 8350 is applicable.
If AI type changed then raw min and max count should be
changed.
AI1Typ, AI8Typ 48383 Analog Input Type for AI1 to AI8 8 1 or 2 C3 USHORT 1 - Current (AI Channel 4,5,6,7) NV No R/W - 1 2 1 or 2
2 - Voltage (AI Channel 1,2,3,8)
AI Channel 9 Type
AI9Typ 48391 Analog Input Type for AI 9 1 - C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 4
4 - Temperature
AI Channel 10 Type
AI10Typ 48392 Analog Input Type for AI 10 1 3 or 5 C3 USHORT 3 - Battery NV No R/W - 3 5 3
5 - Humidity
Digital Input Type for DI 1 to DI 8

0 - Digital
DI1Typ, DI8Typ 48393 Digital Input Type for DI1 to DI8 8 0 to 2 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 2 0
1 - Pulse Counter
2 - Pulse Accumulation
Digital Input Type for DI 9
0 - Digital
DI9Typ 48401 Digital Input Type for DI9 1 0 to 3 C3 USHORT 1 - Pulse Counter NV No R/W - 0 3 2
2 - Pulse Accumulation
3 - Pulse Per Minute
Analog Output Type
AO1Typ,
48402 Analog Output Type for AO1 to AO2 2 1 or 2 C3 USHORT 1 - Current NV No R/W - 1 2 1
AO2Typ
2 - Voltage
CoEffAO1CTypA 48404 Co-efficient for AO1, for AO as 2 C3 FLOAT AO1 Coefficient NV No R/W -
O current type
CoEffAO2CTypA 48406 Co-efficient for AO2, for AO as 2 C3 FLOAT AO2 Coefficient NV No R/W -
O current type
ContAO1CTypA 48408 Constant for AO1, for AO as current 2 C3 FLOAT AO1 Constant NV No R/W -
O type
ContAO2CTypA 48410 Constant for AO2, for AO as current 2 C3 FLOAT AO2 Constant NV No R/W -
O type
48412 Reserved 14 C3 FLOAT
AI Calibration Type
Analog Input Channel Calibration 0- Raw
AIChCalibTyp 48426 1 0 to 2 C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 2 0
Type 1- Current
2- Voltage
CalibLoAI1 48427 Calibration Low for AI1 2 0 C3 FLOAT Calibration Range for AI 1 NV No R/W - 0
CalibHiAI1 48429 Calibration High for AI1 2 16777215 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W - 16777215
CalibLoAI2 Calibration Low and High for AI2,
48431 similar to 8427 to 8430 (calibration 4 C3 FLOAT Same as above for AI 2 NV No R/W -
CalibHiAI2 range)
CalibHiAI3 range)
CalibHiAI4 range)
CalibHiAI5 range)
CalibHiAI6 range)
CalibHiAI7 range)
CalibHiAI8 range)
48459 Reserved 4 C3
48463 Reserved 4 C3

AI Range Selection. Range 8 and 9 are applicable only if the
channel is in Differential Mode.
9 - 0 to 10.24 v
8 - -5.12v to 5.12 v
7 - 0 to 5.12 v
AI input Range selection, for AI1 to 6 - 0 to 2.56 v
AI1RngSeltn,
AI8RngSeltn 48472 AI8 [Applicable in Voltage mode 8 0 to 9 C3 USHORT 5 - 0 to 1.28 v NV No R/W - 0 9 7
only]
4 - 0 to 640 mv
3 - 0 to 320 mv
2 - 0 to 160 mv
1 - 0 to 80 mv
0 - 0 to 40 mv
DfltAO1PwrUp 48482 Default AO1 value at Power ON 1 0 to 4095 C3 USHORT This is the Default AO1 value. If CS 8111 is set to 0, this value will be NV No R/W mA 0 4095 819
depending on the status bit CS:8111 updated in HR 8201 at Power ON.
DfltAO2PwrUp 48483 Default AO2 value at Power ON 1 0 to 4095 C3 USHORT This is the Default AO2 value. If CS 8112 is set to 0, this value will be NV No R/W mA 0 4095 819
depending on the status bit CS:8112 updated in HR 8202 at Power ON.
ln
ln
ln Voltage Mode Voltage Voltage
Mode :5
: 0 to 5 EU Values for AO1. Depending upon the AO mode(Current or Mode : 0

SetEUValAO1 48525 Set EU Value for AO1 2 C3 FLOAT Voltage) in HR 8402 the range will very. NV No R/W - In 0/4
In Current Mode In Current
: 4 to 20 Current
Mode : 4 Mode :
20
ln ln
Voltage
ln Voltage Mode Voltage Mode :5
: 0 to 5 EU Values for AO2. Depending upon the AO mode(Current or Mode : 0
SetEUValAO2 48527 Set EU Value for AO2 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W - In 0/4
In Current Mode Voltage) in HR 8403 the range will very. In
: 4 to 20 Current Current
Mode :
Mode : 4 20
Appendix D
400
401
Appendix D
Set 0x2185 value into this register
SetBootLoadM
d 48530 to invoke IO board in bootloader 1 C3 USHORT NV No R/W -
mode for firmware up gradation.
DI1StsIntrvl, DI Status Debouncing Interval in USHORT DI Debouncing Interval for DI1 to DI9. This is the interval the input

48531 9 0 to 100 C3 NV No R/W mSec 0 100 15
DI9StsIntrvl Millisecond for DI1 to DI9 must be maintained to change state.
PrcntAO1EU 48542 Percent value of AO wrt EU for AO1 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W % 0 100 0
PrcntAO2EU 48544 Percent value of AO wrt EU for AO2 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W % 0 100 0
ln Voltage Mode
Default Set EU Value for AO1 : 0 to 5 This is the Default EU value for AO1. If CS 8111 is set to 0, this value
DfltEUValAO1 48546 depending on the status bit CS:8111 2 C3 FLOAT will be updated in HR 8525 - 8526 at Power ON. NV No R/W - 0/4
In Current Mode
: 4 to 20
ln Voltage Mode
Default Set EU Value for AO2 : 0 to 5 This is the Default EU value for AO2. If CS 8112 is set to 0, this value
DfltEUValAO2 48548 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W - 0/4
depending on the status bit CS:8112 In Current Mode will be updated in HR 8527 - 8528 at Power ON.
: 4 to 20
Default Percent value of AO with
DfltPrcntValAO This is the Default Percentage value for AO1. If CS 8111 is set to 0,
1 48550 respect to EU for AO1 depending on 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT this value will be updated in HR 8542 - 8543 at Power ON. NV No R/W % 0 100 0
the status bit CS:8111
DfltPrcntValAO Default Percent value of AO with This is the Default Percentage value for AO2. If CS 8112 is set to 0,
48552 respect to EU for AO2 depending on 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W % 0 100 0
2 the status bit CS:8112 this value will be updated in HR 8544 - 8545 at Power ON.
EnblAIScl1, Enable AI Input scale up 22 mA for Writing 1 to this register enables scale upto 22 mA of particular
EnblAIScl8 48554 AI1 to AI8 8 0 or 1 C3 USHORT channel. NV No R/W - 0 1 0
48562 Reserved 129
Data Logger
0 or Clear all the Data Logger Single/Common files present in the Log/
ClearDtLgr 48691 Clear Data Logger Files 1 21845(Default: C3 USHORT Datalog folder. User has to write 21845 (HEX 0x5555) to clear the NV No R/W - 0 21845 0
0) log files
0 or Manual Trigger Register. User has to write 41120 (HEX 0xA0A0) to
USBManTrgr 48692 USB Manual Trigger 1 41120(Default: C3 USHORT NV No R/W - 0 41120 0
0) copy all the files in Log/Datalog folder to the mounted USB
This is the Data Point Number for which user wants read/modify/
DtPtNum 48693 Data Point Number 1 0 to 100 C3 USHORT configure the Parameter. It will reset to 0 once the process is NV No R/W - 0 100 0
completed.
This is the Parameter Number for which user wants to read/
modify/configure the value. The Data Point will be as mentioned in
PrmtrNum 48694 Parameter Number 1 0 or 1 C3 USHORT HR 8693. It will reset to 0 once the process is completed. NV No R/W - 0 1 0
1 - Log Interval
This is the Parameter value for the Parameter for which user wants
to modify/configure the value. The Data Point will be as mentioned
PrmtrVal 48695 Parameter Value 2 C3 FLOAT in HR 8693 and Parameter Number in HR 8694. It will reset to 0 NV No R/W - 0
once the process is completed.
48697 Reserved 4
MB_TCP_Sla
ve
MB_TCP_Slave statistic reset. MB TCP Slave statistic reset.
Writing 1 - 247 will reset statistic 1 to 247 - Reset the statistics of particular ID
MBTCPSlvReset 48701 1 0 to 247, 1000 C3 SHORT NV No R/W - 0 1000 0
data of that register. Writing 1000 100 - Reset statistics of all IDs
will reset all register data It resets to 0 once process is completed.
48702 Reserved 49
MB_Master
MB_RTU_Master statistic reset. MB RTU Master statistic reset.
MBRTUMstrRes Writing 1 - 247 will reset statistic 1 to 247 - Reset the statistics of particular ID
48751 1 0 to 247, 1000 C3 SHORT NV No R/W - 0 1000 0
et data of that ID. Writing 1000 will 100 - Reset statistics of all IDs
reset all register data It resets to 0 once process is completed.
MB_TCP_Master statistic reset. MB TCP Master statistic reset.
MBTCPMstrRes Writing 1 - 247 will reset statistic 1 to 247 - Reset the statistics of particular ID
et 48752 data of that ID. Writing 1000 will 1 0 to 247, 1000 SHORT NV No R/W - 0 1000 0
100 - Reset statistics of all IDs
reset all register data It resets to 0 once process is completed.
48753 Reserved 8
MB_RTU_Sla
ve
MB_RTU_Slave statistic reset. MB RTU Slave statistic reset.
MBRTUSlvRese Writing 1 - 247 will reset statistic 1 to 247 - Reset the statistics of particular ID
t 48801 data of that register. Writing 1000 1 0 to 247, 1000 C3 SHORT NV No R/W - 0 1000 0
100 - Reset statistics of all IDs
will reset all register data It resets to 0 once process is completed.
48802 Reserved 49
Message
logger
Bit-16 to 8 are Don’t care.
Bit 7 = Console
Bit 6 = Log file
Bit 5 = TCP
Bit 4 = Critical Error
Bit 3 = Error
CfgAllOn 48851 Configuration for "All Module On" 1 C3 Binary NV No R/W -
Bit 2 = warning
Bit 1 = Info
Bit 0 = Debug.
Bit Value = 1 Enable the logging

= 0 Disable the logging
48852 Reserved 1
CfgRTUKernalO 48853 Same as 8851 for RTU_Kernel 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary NV No R/W - 0 1 0
n
CfgMsgLgrOn 48854 same as 8851 for Message Logger 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary NV No R/W - 0 1 0
CfgAlmMngrO
48855 same as 8851 for Alarm Manager 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary NV No R/W - 0 1 0
n

CfgDtLgrOn 48856 same as 8851 for Data Logger 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary NV No R/W - 0 1 0
CfgMBDtAcqtn
On 48857 Same as 8851 for Data Acquisition 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary NV No R/W - 0 1 0
CfgMBRTUMstr
On 48858 Same as 8851 for MB RTU Master 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary NV No R/W - 0 1 0
CfgMBRTUSlvO
n 48859 Same as 8851 for MB RTU Slave 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary NV No R/W - 0 1 0
CfgMBTCPMstr
On 48860 Same as 8851 for MB TCP Master 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary NV No R/W - 0 1 0
CfgMBTCPSlvO
Appendix D
n 48861 Same as 8851 for MB TCP Slave 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary NV No R/W - 0 1 0
48862 Reserved for Debug 4 Binary
402
CfgWebSvrOn 48866 Same as 8851 for WEB Server 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary NV No R/W - 0 1 0

403
Appendix D
CfgWetGDtctn
48867 Same as 8851 for Wet Gas Detection 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary - NV No R/W - 0 1 0
On

CfgIsaGRAFOn 48869 Same as 8851 for IsaGRAF 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary NV No R/W - 0 1 0
CfgRPCOn 48870 Same as 8851 for RPC 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary NV No R/W - 0 1 0
48871 Reserved for Debug 3 Binary -
CfgDNP3SlvOn 48874 Same as 8851 for DNP3 Slave 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary NV No R/W - 0 1 0
CfgDNP3MstrO 48875 Same as 8851 for DNP3 Master 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary NV No R/W - 0 1 0
n
CfgWMPOn 48878 Same as 8851 for WMP 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary NV No R/W - 0 1 0
48879 Reserved for Debug 1 Binary -
CfgEnrnMBSlv 48880 Same as 8851 for Enron MB Slave 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary NV No R/W - 0 1 0
On
CfgEthIPOn 48884 Same as 8851 for Ethernet IP 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary NV No R/W - 0 1 0

CfgMBDtCpyOn 48888 Same as 8851 for MB Data Copier 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary NV No R/W - 0 1 0
CfgBOMOn 48889 Same as 8851 for Black Oil Model 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary - NV No R/W - 0 1 0
CfgMQTTCliAO
48890 Same as 8851 for MQTT Client A 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary - NV No R/W - 0 1 0
n
CfgMQTTCliBO
48891 Same as 8851 for MQTT Client B 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary - NV No R/W - 0 1 0
n
CfgLcnsMngrO
48892 Same as 8851 for License Manager 1 0 or 1 C3 Binary - NV No R/W - 0 1 0
n
48893 Reserved 8
Alarm
Manager C3
Low setpoint Alarm Value for
LoAlmSPAI1 48901 Analog Input channel 1 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W -
High setpoint Alarm value for
HiAlmSPAI1 48903 Analog Input channel 1 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W -
LoAlmSPAI2,
LoAlmSPAI10 Low and High setpoint Alarm Value
48905 36 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W -
HiAlmSPAI2, for Analog Input channels 2 to 10
HiAlmSPAI10
48941 Reserved 60 C3
3rd Party
Slave C3
49001 Reserved for 3rd Party Slave 1000
Black Oil
Model
FactoryResetB 410001 Pre set data to default. Like Factory 1 0 or 1 C3 SHORT NV No R/W 0 1 0
OMDt Reset.
BOMCalcnTm 410002 How often BOM engine is run. 1 1 to 32700 C3 SHORT NV No R/W Min 1 32700 1
Delay between manual trigger and
BOMScanTm 410003 1 1 to 32700 C3 SHORT NV No R/W Min 1 32700 1
actual BOM engine run.
TPCh 410004 Tubing Pressure Analog Channel 1 1 to 8 C3 SHORT Analog Input 1 to Analog Input 8 NV No R/W 1 8 1
Tubing Temperature Analog
TTempCh 410005 Channel 1 1 to 8 C3 SHORT Analog Input 1 to Analog Input 8 NV No R/W 1 8 2
Switch BOM calculation from
AdTrig 410006 1 0 or 1 C3 SHORT NV No R/W 0 1 0
manual to cyclic.
Read Head Pressure and Temperature input from:
Switch live inputs from AI channels 1 - Static Web Input
UserInp 410007 1 1 to 3 C3 SHORT NV No R/W 1 3 1
to user defined. 2 - Analog Channel
3 - HR or IR
Set this register to trigger BOM
BOMEngTrgr 410008 engine calculation. 1 0 or 1 C3 SHORT 1 - BOM Engine is triggered by HR10008 NV No R/W 0 1 0
THdP 410009 Tubing Head Pressure 2 3.5 to 950 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W psig 3.5 950 244
THdTemp 410011 Tubing Head Temperature 2 50 to 250 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W deg F 50 250 102
BOM Operation Status:
0 - INACTIVE
BOMOpertnSts 410013 BOM Operation status 1 0 to 3 C3 SHORT 1 - ACTIVE NV No R/W 0 3 3
2 - ERROR
3 - No License
BOMOpertnCnt
r 410014 BOM Engine Operation Counter 1 C3 USHORT NV No R/W
BOMOpertnDt 410015 BOM Engine Operation Date 2 C3 LONG NV No R/W Sec
BOMOpertnTm 410017 BOM Engine Operation Time 2 C3 LONG NV No R/W Sec
TPAd 410019 Tubing Pressure Register Address 1 1 to 65535 C3 USHORT THP Address NV No R/W 1 65535 1
THP Modbus Range Specifier
TPMBRng 410020 THP Modbus Range Specifier 1 3,4 USHORT 3 - HR No R/W 3 4 3
4 - IR
Tubing Temperature Register
TTempAd 410021 Address 1 1 to 65535 C3 USHORT THT Address NV No R/W 1 65535 1
THT Modbus Range Specifier
TTMBRng 410022 THT Modbus Range Specifier 1 3,4 USHORT 3 - HR No R/W 3 4 3
4 - IR
TPDtInvs 410023 Tubing Pressure Data Inverse 1 0 or 1 C3 SHORT NV No R/W 0 1 0
TTempDtInvs 410024 Tubing Temperature Data Inverse 1 0 or 1 C3 SHORT NV No R/W 0 1 0
Modbus ID for Tubing Head Pressure
MBID 410025 or Temperature 1 C3 SHORT NV No R/W 1 247 1
Type of Well:
1 - Gas Lift Well
2 - ESP Well
WellTyp 410026 Well type selection 1 1 to 5 C3 SHORT NV No R/W 1 5 1
3 - Natural Flow Well
4 - PCP Well
5 - Sucker Rod Pump Well

AssaysDtbs 410027 Assays Database 1 1 to 37 C3 SHORT NV No R/W 1 37 32
DtbsTotal 410028 Number of Assay Databases 1 C3 SHORT NV No R/W 37
API 410029 API 2 16 to 42 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W degree 16 42 39.7
GORatio 410031 Gas to Oil Ratio (scf/bbl) 2 70 to 11739 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W scf/bbl 70 11739 477
WellID 410033 Well Identification 1 1 to 32767 C3 SHORT NV No R/W 1 32767 20
WellNum 410034 Well Number 1 1 to 32767 C3 SHORT NV No R/W 1 32767 1
1 - No Tubing
Well Configuration 2 - Tubing Gas Injection
WellCfgStup 410035 Setup(Configuration choice) [4,0,or 1 1 to 5 C3 SHORT 3 - Blocked Tubing NV No R/W 1 5 4
Appendix D
2] 4 - Annular Gas Injection
5 - Solely Tubing Production
TelescopeC 410036 Is Casing Telescopic (yes/no) 1 0 or 1 C3 SHORT NV No R/W 0 1 0
404
405
Appendix D
CVertD 410037 Casing Vertical Depth 2 0 to 20000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W feet 0 20000 3037
CInsdDia 410039 Casing Inside Diameter 2 0 to 30 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W inches 0 30 6.184
CVertD_2 410041 Casing Vertical Depth (only 2 0 to 20000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W feet 0 20000 0

Telescopic casing)
CInsdDia_2 410043 Casing Inside Diameter (only 2 0 to 30 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W inches 0 30 0
Telescopic casing)
Telescopic casing)
Telescopic casing)
Telescopic casing)
Telescopic casing)
Telescopic casing)
Telescopic casing)
TVertD 410057 Tubing Vertical Depth 2 0 to 20000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W feet 0 20000 2467
TInsDia 410059 Tubing Inside Diameter 2 0 to 10 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W inches 0 10 2.25
TThkns 410061 Tubing Thickness 2 0.05 to 0.5 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W inches 0.05 0.5 0.217
WellInclineVert 410063 Well Incline From Vertical 2 0 to 90 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W degree 0 90 35.700001
TInnerDia 410065 Tubing inner diameter 2 0 to 10 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W inches 0 10 2.5
CInnerDia 410067 Casing Inner diameter 2 0 to 30 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W inches 0 30 7
Reserved 410069 Reserved 12 FLOAT
Gas Injection Location (into the 1 - Annulus
GInjtnLoctn 410081 annulus or tubing)? 1 1 or 2 C3 SHORT NV No R/W 1 2 1
2 - Tubing
Gas Injection Method Gas Injection 1 - Orifice Delta Pressure
GInjtnMthd 410082 Rate or Orifice Pressure Drop(Orifice 1 1 or 2 C3 SHORT NV No R/W 1 2 2
delta P)? 2 - Gas Injection Rate
FrctnEffGInjtnC 410083 Fractional efficiency for gas 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W fraction 0 1 0.8
mprs injection compressor
CHdTemp 410085 Casing Head Temperature (Into 2 50 to 250 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W deg F 50 250 73
Annulus Or Tubing)
EqvltGLftChkPL 410087 Equivalent Gas Lift Choke Pressure 2 0 to 1000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W psig 0 1000 500
oss Loss (Into Annulus Or Tubing)
ChkPLossVlvPL 410089 Equivalent Gas Lift Valve Pressure 2 0 to 1000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W psig 0 1000 202
oss Loss (Into Annulus Or Tubing)
InjtnGDensStd 410091 Inj. Gas Density At Std Cond (Into 2 0.5 to 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W gram/ 0.5 2 0.8914
Cndtn Annulus Or Tubing) liter
Orifice Diameter (Annulus Only) 1/64
OrfcDia 410093 2 0 to 64 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W ths 0 64 32
(Orifice delta P only) inches
inches
GInjtnOrfcDelt 410095 Gas Inj. Orifice Delta P (Annulus 2 0 to 1000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W of 0 1000 100
aP Only) (Orifice delta P only)
water
Gas Inj. Orifice Constant (Annulus
GInjtnOrfcCont 410097 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W adim 0 1 0.5
Only) (Orifice delta P only)
Gas Inj. Temperature (Annulus Only)
GInjtnTemp 410099 2 50 to 250 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W deg F 50 250 100
(Orifice delta P only)
Gas Inj. Density (Annulus Only) gram/
GInjtnDens 410101 2 0.5 to 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 0.5 2 0.65
(Orifice delta P only) liter
Gas Inj. Orifice Diameter (Annulus millime
GInjtnOrfcDia 410103 2 0 to 200 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 0 200 10
Only) (Orifice delta P only) ters
GInjtnOrfcPipeI Gas Inj. Orifice Pipe Id (Annulus
410105 2 0 to 10 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W inches 0 10 2
D Only) (Orifice delta P only)
Upstream Manifold Pressure
UpstrmMnfldP 410107 2 0 to 5000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W psig 0 5000 1000
(Annulus Only) (Orifice delta P only)
Casing Head Pressure (Annulus
CHdP 410109 2 0 to 1000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W psig 0 1000 598
Only)
Number Of Gas Lift Valves (Annulus
NumGLftVlv 410111 2 1 to 7 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W integer 1 7 1
Only)
Available inlet pressure for gas
AvalInletPGInjt
nT 410113 injection into the (tubing) 2 0 to 5000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W psig 0 5000 1000
exclusively
Inj. Gas Rate (Into Annulus Or scf/
InjtnGRatio 410115 2 0 to 100000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 0 100000 23487

Tubing) (Gas Injection Rate only) hour
PmpD 410117 Pump depth 2 0 to 20000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W feet 0 20000 5000
SubmrsPmpBr 410119 Submersible pump brake 2 0 to 10000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W hp 0 10000 100
kHP horsepower
FrctnPmpEff 410121 Fractional pump efficiency 2 0.8 to 0.99 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W fraction 0.8 0.99 0.8
PwrPmpMtrTr Power applied to the pump motor
410123 2 0 to 10000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W hp 0 10000 100
mnl terminals
FrctnOvrlPmpE
410125 Fractional overall pump efficiency 2 0 to 1 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W fraction 0 1 0.5
ff
SpecGrvtyWSal Specific gravity of water/salt/sand
410127 2 0 to 10 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W gr/cc 0 10 1
tSand mix
WellDyncLftD 410129 Well dynamic lift depth 2 0 to 20000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W feet 0 20000 1000
Reserved 410131 Reserved 10 FLOAT
NumWellCalcnI 410141 Number Well Calculation 1 10 to 100 C3 SHORT NV No R/W integer 10 100 50
nc Increments
GroundHeatGr 410142 Ground Heat Gradient 2 0.01 to 0.05 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W deg F/ 0.01 0.05 0.012
dnt foot
OverallWellHea 410144 Overall Well Heat Transfer 2 1 to 10 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W btu/sq 1 10 5
tXferCoEff Coefficient ft/deg F
OptnlFlHtcCoEf 410146 Optional Flow Related Htc 2 0 to 10 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 0 10 0
fUUA Coefficient*
OptnlFlHtcCoEf 410148 Optional Flow Related Htc 2 0 to 0.5 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 0 0.5 0
fUUB Coefficient*

RghnsFctrWell 410150 Roughness Factor Well Casing UUA 2 0.00005 to C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 0.00005 0.005 0.00015
Csg 0.005
RghnsFctrWell 410152 Roughness Factor Well Tubing UUB 2 0.00005 to C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 0.00005 0.005 0.00015
T 0.005
RghnsFctrFlLn 410154 Roughness Factor Flowlines 2 0.00005 to C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 0.00005 0.005 0.00015
0.005
Reserved 410156 Reserved 5 SHORT
Is surface line modeled as part of
SrfcLn 410161 1 0 or 1 C3 SHORT NV No R/W 0 1 0
Simulation?
ContPrdctnInd Constant Productivity Index (Q/PSO-
Appendix D
410162 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W bpd/psi 0 100 1.38
ex PFO)
A factor where PI = 1 / (A + B x
AFctr 410164 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W bpd/psi 0 100 0
406
flowrate).
407
Appendix D
B factor where PI = 1 / (A + B x
BFctr 410166 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W bpd/psi 0 100 0
flowrate).
StaticResP 410168 Static Reservoir Pressure 2 0 to 100000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W psig 0 100000 1250

StaticResTemp 410170 Static Reservoir Temperature 2 0 to 1000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W deg F 0 1000 194
TotVolFlR 410172 Total volume flow rate at s.t.c. (oil + 2 0 to 300000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W bpd 0 300000 810
water)
CnvgncEndP 410174 Convergence end pressure (only if 2 15 to 10000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W psig 15 10000 100
surface line is modeled)
EndPCh 410176 Analog Channel # for Convergence 1 1 to 8 C3 SHORT Analog Channel 1 to 8 NV No R/W 1 8 3
End pressure.
Switch between Analog Ch or User
AIInp 410177 defined for Convergence End 1 0 or 1 C3 SHORT 0 - Use PEND for convergence End Pressure NV No R/W 0 1 0
Pressure. 1- Use AI for convergence End Pressure
Reserved 410178 Reserved 3 SHORT
lbs / cu
LqdDensSC 410181 Liquid density at s.c. 2 35 to 65 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W 35 65 51.579842
ft
GORatioSC 410183 Gas to oil ratio at s.c. 2 0 to 30000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W scf/stb 0 30000 477
grams/
SoltnGDensSC 410185 Solution gas density at s.c. 2 0.5 to 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W lt 0.5 2 0.8914
Free gas adjustment (formation
FreeGAdj 410187 GOR) 2 0 to 15000 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W scf/stb 0 15000 966
grams/
FreeGDensSC 410189 Free gas density at s.c. 2 0.5 to 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W lt 0.5 2 0.8914
VolFrctnW 410191 Volume Fraction Water 2 0 to 0.98 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W fraction 0 0.98 0.581
SalntyWellW 410193 Salinity of well water 2 0 to 50 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W thou 0 50 25.302
ppm
Reserved 410195 Reserved 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W
Reserved 410197 Reserved 2
Reserved 410199 Reserved 1 C3 SHORT NV No R/W
Reserved 410200 Reserved 1 C3 SHORT NV No R/W
AssaysDtbs_C
410201 Initializing value of 0 (irrelevant) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0
MDM_1_1
AssaysDtbs_C
410205 C1 Bubble Point (BPSC) 4 -10 to 10000 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 10000 643.95282
MDM_2_1
AssaysDtbs_C
410209 C2 Bubble Point (BPSC) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 4.364707
MDM_3_1
AssaysDtbs_C
410213 Temp. value 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 129
MDM_4_1
AssaysDtbs_C
410217 C1 Mixture Density (MDLTF) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0.012596
MDM_5_1
AssaysDtbs_C
410221 C2 Mixture Density (MDLTF) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0.059255
MDM_6_1
AssaysDtbs_C
410225 C3 Mixture Density (MDLTF) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 -0.000011
MDM_7_1
AssaysDtbs_C
410229 C4 Mixture Density (MDLTF) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0
MDM_8_1
AssaysDtbs_C
MDM_9_1
AssaysDtbs_C
410237 C1 Mixture Density (MDHTF) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 -0.044706
MDM_10_1
AssaysDtbs_C
410241 C2 Mixture Density (MDHTF) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0.046865
MDM_11_1
AssaysDtbs_C
410245 C3 Mixture Density (MDHTF) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 -0.000015
MDM_12_1
AssaysDtbs_C
410249 C4 Mixture Density (MDHTF) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0
MDM_13_1
410253 Reserved 28 NV No R/W
AssaysDtbs_CL
VM_1_1 410281 Initializing value of 0 (irrelevant) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0
AssaysDtbs_CL
VM_2_1 410285 Temp. value 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 129
AssaysDtbs_CL
VM_3_1 410289 C1 Liquid Viscosity (LVBBLT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0.395296
AssaysDtbs_CL
VM_4_1 410293 C2 Liquid Viscosity (LVBBLT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 -0.001004
AssaysDtbs_CL
VM_5_1 410297 C3 Liquid Viscosity (LVBBLT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0.000001
AssaysDtbs_CL
410301 C4 Liquid Viscosity (LVBBLT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0
VM_6_1
AssaysDtbs_CL
VM_7_1
AssaysDtbs_CL
410309 C1 Liquid Viscosity (LVBBHT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0.233175
VM_8_1
AssaysDtbs_CL
410313 C2 Liquid Viscosity (LVBBHT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 -0.000487
VM_9_1
AssaysDtbs_CL
410317 C3 Liquid Viscosity (LVBBHT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0
VM_10_1
AssaysDtbs_CL
410321 C4 Liquid Viscosity (LVBBHT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0
VM_11_1
AssaysDtbs_CL
410325 C1 Liquid Viscosity (LVABLT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0.083288
VM_12_1
AssaysDtbs_CL
410329 C2 Liquid Viscosity (LVABLT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0.000008
VM_13_1
AssaysDtbs_CL
410333 C1 Liquid Viscosity (LVABHT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0.029958
VM_14_1
AssaysDtbs_CL
410337 C2 Liquid Viscosity (LVABHT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0.000017
VM_15_1
AssaysDtbs_CL

DM_1_1
AssaysDtbs_CL
DM_2_1 410365 Temp. value 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 129
AssaysDtbs_CL
DM_3_1 410369 C1 Liquid Density (LDBBLT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0.856955
AssaysDtbs_CL
DM_4_1 410373 C2 Liquid Density (LDBBLT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 -0.000214
AssaysDtbs_CL
DM_5_1 410377 C3 Liquid Density (LDBBLT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0
AssaysDtbs_CL
Appendix D
DM_6_1 410381 C4 Liquid Density (LDBBLT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0
AssaysDtbs_CL
408
409
Appendix D
AssaysDtbs_CL
410389 C1 Liquid Density (LDBBHT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0.832537
DM_8_1
AssaysDtbs_CL
410393 C2 Liquid Density (LDBBHT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 -0.000263
DM_9_1

AssaysDtbs_CL
410397 C3 Liquid Density (LDBBHT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0
DM_10_1
AssaysDtbs_CL
410401 C4 Liquid Density (LDBBHT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0
DM_11_1
AssaysDtbs_CL
410405 C1 Liquid Density (LDABLTD) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 44.597511
DM_12_1
AssaysDtbs_CL
410409 C2 Liquid Density (LDABLTD) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0.000228
DM_13_1
AssaysDtbs_CL
410413 C1 Liquid Density (LDABHTD) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 39.32843
DM_14_1
AssaysDtbs_CL
410417 C2 Liquid Density (LDABHTD) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0.002462
DM_15_1

AssaysDtbs_CG
RM_1_1
AssaysDtbs_CG 298.24816
410445 C1 Gas-oil Ratio (GRBB) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500
RM_2_1 9
AssaysDtbs_CG
410449 C2 Gas-oil Ratio (GRBB) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0.328266
RM_3_1
AssaysDtbs_CG
410453 C3 Gas-oil Ratio (GRBB) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0
RM_4_1
AssaysDtbs_CG
410457 C4 Gas-oil Ratio (GRBB) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0.009277
RM_5_1
AssaysDtbs_CG
410461 C5 Gas-oil Ratio (GRBB) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0
RM_6_1
AssaysDtbs_CG
DM_1_1 410521 Initializing value of 0 (irrelevant) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0
AssaysDtbs_CG
AssaysDtbs_CG
DM_3_1 410529 C1 Gas Density (GDLT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 1.014054
AssaysDtbs_CG
DM_4_1 410533 C2 Gas Density (GDLT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0
AssaysDtbs_CG
DM_5_1 410537 C3 Gas Density (GDLT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 -0.012478
AssaysDtbs_CG
DM_6_1 410541 C4 Gas Density (GDLT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0.000859
AssaysDtbs_CG
AssaysDtbs_CG
DM_8_1 410549 C1 Gas Density (GDHT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 1.142699
AssaysDtbs_CG
DM_9_1 410553 C2 Gas Density (GDHT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0
AssaysDtbs_CG
DM_10_1 410557 C3 Gas Density (GDHT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 -0.02588
AssaysDtbs_CG
DM_11_1 410561 C4 Gas Density (GDHT) 4 -10 to 500 C3 DOUBLE NV No R/W -10 500 0.00244
410601 New Assay Database 402 No
BOMPMsrmnt[ 411003 Pressure Measurement Point 1 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W psig
0]
1]
BOMPMsrmnt[ 411007 Pressure Mesaurement Point 3 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W psig
2]
3]
4]
5]
6]
7]
BOMPMsrmnt[
8] 411019 Pressure Measurement Point 9 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W psig
BOMPMsrmnt[
BOMPMsrmnt[
BOMPMsrmnt[
BOMPMsrmnt[
BOMPMsrmnt[
BOMPMsrmnt[
BOMPMsrmnt[
BOMPMsrmnt[
BOMPMsrmnt[
BOMPMsrmnt[
411039 Pressure Measurement Point 19 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W psig

18]
BOMPMsrmnt[
BOMPMsrmnt[
BOMPMsrmnt[
BOMPMsrmnt[
BOMPMsrmnt[
Appendix D
BOMPMsrmnt[
410
411
Appendix D
BOMPMsrmnt[
25]
BOMPMsrmnt[
26]

BOMPMsrmnt[
27]
BOMPMsrmnt[
28]
BOMPMsrmnt[
29]
BOMPMsrmnt[
30]
BOMPMsrmnt[
31]
BOMPMsrmnt[
32]
BOMPMsrmnt[
33]
34]
35]
36]
37]
38]
39]
40]
41]
42]
43]
44]
45]
46]
47]
48]
49]
BOMTempMsr 411103 Temperature Measurement Point 1 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W deg F
mnt[0]
BOMTempMsr
411105 Temperature Measurement Point 2 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W deg F
mnt[1]
BOMTempMsr
mnt[2]
BOMTempMsr
mnt[3]
BOMTempMsr
mnt[4]
BOMTempMsr
mnt[5]
BOMTempMsr
mnt[6]
BOMTempMsr
mnt[7]
BOMTempMsr
mnt[8]
BOMTempMsr
mnt[9]
mnt[10]
mnt[11]
mnt[12]
mnt[13]
mnt[14]
mnt[15]
mnt[16]
mnt[17]
mnt[18]
mnt[19]

mnt[20]
mnt[21]
mnt[22]
mnt[23]
mnt[24]
Appendix D
mnt[25]
mnt[26]
412
413
Appendix D
BOMTempMsr
mnt[27]
BOMTempMsr
mnt[28]

BOMTempMsr
mnt[29]
BOMTempMsr
mnt[30]
BOMTempMsr
mnt[31]
BOMTempMsr
mnt[32]
BOMTempMsr
mnt[33]
BOMTempMsr
mnt[34]
BOMTempMsr
mnt[35]
mnt[36]
mnt[37]
mnt[38]
mnt[39]
mnt[40]
mnt[41]
mnt[42]
mnt[43]
mnt[44]
mnt[45]
mnt[46]
mnt[47]
mnt[48]
mnt[49]
BOMDMsrmnt[ 411203 Depth Measurement Point 1 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W feet
0]
1]
2]
BOMDMsrmnt[
411209 Depth Measurement Point 4 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W feet
3]
BOMDMsrmnt[
4]
BOMDMsrmnt[
5]
BOMDMsrmnt[
6]
BOMDMsrmnt[
7]
BOMDMsrmnt[
8]
BOMDMsrmnt[
9]
BOMDMsrmnt[
10]
BOMDMsrmnt[
11]
12]
13]
14]
15]
16]
17]
18]
19]
20]
21]

22]
23]
24]
25]
26]
Appendix D
27]
28]
414
415
Appendix D
BOMDMsrmnt[
29]
BOMDMsrmnt[
30]

BOMDMsrmnt[
31]
BOMDMsrmnt[
32]
BOMDMsrmnt[
33]
BOMDMsrmnt[
34]
BOMDMsrmnt[
35]
BOMDMsrmnt[
36]
BOMDMsrmnt[
37]
38]
39]
40]
41]
42]
43]
44]
45]
46]
47]
48]
49]
1 - BUBL
BOMFlMsrmnt[ 2 - SLUG
0] 411303 Flow Measurement Point 1 1 0 to 4 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 4 0
3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
411304 Flow Measurement Point 2 1 0 to 4 C3 USHORT NV No R/W 0 4 0
1] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
2] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
3] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
5] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
6] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
7] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
9] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
10] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL

11] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
12] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
13] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
Appendix D
416
417
Appendix D
1 - BUBL
14] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL

1 - BUBL
15] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
17] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
18] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
19] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
21] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
22] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
24] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
25] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
26] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
27] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
29] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
30] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
31] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
33] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
34] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL

35] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
36] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
37] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
Appendix D
418
419
Appendix D
1 - BUBL
38] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL

1 - BUBL
39] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
41] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
42] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
43] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
45] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
46] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
48] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
1 - BUBL
49] 3 - FROT
4 - RIPL
BOMBtmHTem 411353 Flow Bottom Hole Pressure 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W psig
p
BOMElvtnPDro
411355 Elevation Pressure Drop 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W psig
p
BOMFrctnPDro
411357 Friction Pressure Drop 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W psig
p
BOMFitPDrop 411359 Fittings pressure Drop 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W psig
BOMTotPDrop 411361 Total Pressure Drop 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W psig
BOMWellHdP 411363 Wellhead Pressure 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W psig
BOMWellHdTe
411365 Wellhead Temperature 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W deg F
mp
BOMOMassFlR 411367 Oil Mass Flow Rate 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W lbs/sec
BOMGMassFlR 411369 Gas Mass Flow Rate 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W lbs/sec
BOMWMassFlR 411371 Water Mass Flow Rate 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W lbs/sec
BOMTotMassFl
411373 Total Mass Flow Rate 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W lbs/sec
R
BOMWFlR 411375 Water Flow Rate 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W bpd
BOMOFlR 411377 Oil Flow Rate 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W bpd

BOMInjtnGR 411379 Inject Gas Rate 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W scf/hr
BOMFrmtnGR 411381 Formation Gas Rate 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W scf/hr
BOMAssctdGR 411383 Associated Gas Rate 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W scf/hr
BOMTotExitG 411385 Total Exit Gas 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W scf/hr
BOMSpecGFl 411387 Specified Gas Flow 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W scf/hr
BOMCalcMallFl
411389 Calculated Mass Flow Rate 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W lbs/sec
R
BOMGInjtnFrct
411391 Gas Injection Friction factor 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W
nFctr
BOMReynolds
411393 Reynolds Number 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W
Num
centipoi
BOMGVscty 411395 Gas Viscosity 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W
se
BOMPmpDelta
411397 Pump Delta P Boost 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W psig
P
BOMSubmrsP
411399 Submersible Pump Location Depth 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W feet
mpLocD
BOMDensPmp
411401 Density of Pump Fluid 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W pcf
Fld
BOMPmpFldVo Pump Fluid Formation Volume
411403 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W
lFrctn Fraction
BOMPmpBrkH

411405 Pump Brake Horsepower 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W hp
P
BOMPmpOFlR 411407 Pump Oil Flow Rate 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W bpd
BOMPmpEff 411409 Pump Efficiency 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W fraction
BOMPmpMtrH 411411 Horsepower Applied to Pump Motor 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W hp
P
BOMPmpDync 411413 Pump Dynamic Lift Depth 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W feet
LftD
BOMPmpFldOD 411415 Pump Fluid oil Density 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W pcf
ens
Appendix D
BOMWCt 411417 Water Cut 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W fraction
BOMWSpecGrv
411419 Specific Gravity of Water 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W gm/l
ty
420
421
Appendix D
BOMFldLftSpec
411421 Specific Gravity of Fluid Lift 2 C3 FLOAT NV No R/W gm/l
Grvty
411423 Reserved 578

412001 Reserved for iNOC 2200
Wet Gas
Detection
AlgoTrgrTm 414201 Algorithm Trigger Time 2 1 to 86400 C3 LONG This is the time after which algorithm will be triggered to do the NV No R/W Sec 1 86400 2
calculation
MBScanTm 414203 MB Scan Time 2 1 to 86400 C3 LONG This is the time after which modbus registers will be scanned to NV No R/W Sec 1 86400 1
check any configuration value is changed or not
VenturiPipeDia 414205 Venturi Pipe Diameter 2 0 to 10000 C3 FLOAT Venturi Pipe Diameter NV No R/W mm 0 10000 154.051
VenturiThrtDia 414207 Venturi Throat Diameter 2 0 to 10000 C3 FLOAT Venturi Throat Diameter NV No R/W mm 0 10000 112.23597
VenturiCoEffDis
ch 414209 Venturi Coefficient of Disch 2 -100 to 100 C3 FLOAT Venturi Coefficient of Disch NV No R/W -100 100 0.995
VenturiRefTem
414211 Venturi Reference Temperature 2 -100 to 1000 C3 FLOAT Venturi Reference Temperature NV No R/W Deg C -100 1000 15
p
ThrmlExpnsnC Thermal Expansion Coefficient X 10-
oEff 414213 6 2 -10 to 10 C3 FLOAT Thermal Expansion Coefficient X 10-6 NV No R/W C -10 10 0.0000127
kg/
GMolclrWtSTP 414215 Gas Molecular Weight at STP 2 0 to 1000 C3 FLOAT Gas Molecular Weight at STP NV No R/W 0 1000 20.441
kgmol
PseudoCrtclPS
414217 Pseudo Critical Pressure at STP 2 0 to 100000 C3 FLOAT Pseudo Critical Pressure at STP NV No R/W kPa 0 100000 4563
TP
PseudoCrtclTe
414219 Pseudo Critical Temperature at STP 2 0 to 1000 C3 FLOAT Pseudo Critical Temperature at STP NV No R/W K 0 1000 213
mpSTP
RatioSpecHeat Ratio of Specific Heat of Venturi
414221 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT Ratio of Specific Heat of Venturi Material NV No R/W 0 100 1.173
VenturiMatrl Material
CndnstDens 414223 Condensate Density 2 0 to 10000 C3 FLOAT Condensate Density NV No R/W kg/m3 0 10000 802
CndnstMolclrW kg/
t 414225 Condensate Molecular Weight 2 0 to 1000 C3 FLOAT Condensate Molecular Weight NV No R/W kgmol 0 1000 147.5
WDensSTP 414227 Water Density at STP 2 0 to 10000 C3 FLOAT Water Density at STP NV No R/W kg/m3 0 10000 1060
CndnstGRatioS 414229 Condensate Gas Ratio at STP 2 -10000 to 10000 C3 FLOAT Condensate Gas Ratio at STP NV No R/W m3/ -10000 10000 450
TP e6sm3
WGRatioSTP 414231 Water Gas Ratio at STP 2 0 to 100 C3 FLOAT Water Gas Ratio at STP NV No R/W m3/ 0 100 15
e6sm3
APrtlPH20Crln 414233 Partial Pressure H2O Correlation 2 -100 to 100 C3 FLOAT A Partial Pressure H20 Correlation NV No R/W kPa/ -100 100 0.0003061
[APPH2O] C^1/3 9
BPrtlPH20Crln 414235 Partial Pressure H2O Correlation 2 -100 to 100 C3 FLOAT B Partial Pressure H20 Correlationt NV No R/W kPa/ -100 100 -0.038049
[BPPH2O] C^1/2
CPrtlPH20Crln 414237 Partial Pressure H2O Correlation 2 -100 to 100 C3 FLOAT C Partial Pressure H20 Correlation NV No R/W kPa/C -100 100 2.1195
[CPPH2O]
DPrtlPH20Crln 414239 Partial Pressure H2O Correlation 2 -100 to 100 C3 FLOAT D Partial Pressure H20 Correlation NV No R/W kPa -100 100 -36.054
[DPPH2O]
AGPseudoCrtcl Gas Pseudo Critical Temperature
TempLinrRegs 414241 2 -100 to 100 C3 FLOAT A Gas Pseudo Critical Temperature Linear Regression NV No R/W K/C -100 100 0.0925
n Linear Regression [ATPC]
BGPseudoCrtcl
TempLinrRegs 414243 Gas Pseudo Critical Temperature 2 -1000 to 1000 C3 FLOAT B Gas Pseudo Critical Temperature Linear Regression NV No R/W K -1000 1000 201.65
Linear Regression [BTPC]
n
AGPseudoCrtcl A Gas Pseudo Critical Pressure
414245 2 -100 to 100 C3 FLOAT A Gas Pseudo Critical Pressure Linear Regression NV No R/W kPa/C -100 100 -0.35
PLinrRegsn Linear Regression [APPC]
BGPseudoCrtcl B Gas Pseudo Critical Pressure Linear
414247 2 -10000 to 10000 C3 FLOAT B Gas Pseudo Critical Pressure Linear Regression NV No R/W kPa -10000 10000 4601
PLinrRegsn Regression [BPPC]
422
Appendix D
AGMolclrWtLin Gas Molecular Weight Linear kg/
414249 2 -100 to 100 C3 FLOAT A Gas Molecular Weight Linear Regression NV No R/W -100 100 0.019175
rRegsn Regression [AGMW] kgmolC
BGMolclrWtLin Gas Molecular Weight Linear kg/
414251 2 -1000 to 1000 C3 FLOAT B Gas Molecular Weight Linear Regression NV No R/W -1000 1000 18.282
rRegsn Regression [BGMW] kgmol

ACndnstMolclr Cond Molecular Weight Linear kg/
414253 2 -100 to 100 C3 FLOAT A Condensate Molecular Weight Linear Regression NV No R/W -100 100 0.3147
WtLinrRegsn Regression [ACMW] kgmolC
kg/
BCndnstMolclr Cond Molecular Weight Linear
WtLinrRegsn 414255 Regression [BCMW] 2 -100 to 100 C3 FLOAT B Condensate Molecular Weight Linear Regression NV No R/W kgmolk -100 100 -0.00323
Pa
CCndnstMolclr 414257 Cond Molecular Weight Linear 2 -1000 to 1000 C3 FLOAT C Condensate Molecular Weight Linear Regression NV No R/W kg/ -1000 1000 94.57
WtLinrRegsn Regression [CCMW] kgmol
ACndnstDensLi 414259 Cond Density Linear Regression T 2 -100 to 100 C3 FLOAT A Condensate Density Linear Regression NV No R/W kg/m3C -100 100 0.2457
nrRegsn [ARHOC]
BCndnstDensLi 414261 Cond Density Linear Regression P 2 -100 to 100 C3 FLOAT B Condensate Density Linear Regressiont NV No R/W kg/ -100 100 -0.005853
nrRegsn [BRHOC] m3kPa
CCndnstDensLi Cond Density Linear Regression TP kg/
414263 2 -100 to 100 C3 FLOAT C Condensate Density Linear Regression NV No R/W -100 100 0
nrRegsn [CRHOC] m3kPaC
DCndnstDensLi 414265 Cond Density Linear Regression T 2 -10000 to 10000 C3 FLOAT D Condensate Density Linear Regression NV No R/W kg/m3 -10000 10000 706.552
nrRegsn [DRHOC]
Water Vapour in Gas Correlation
AWVaporGCrln 414267 [AWVGRS] 2 -100 to 100 C3 FLOAT Water Vapour in Gas Correlation NV No R/W -100 100 2.512942
BWGCrln 414269 Water in Gas Correlation [BWVGRS] 2 -100 to 100 C3 FLOAT Water in Gas Correlation NV No R/W -100 100 -4.025883
UpstrmPDevice 414271 Upstream Pressure Device ID 1 -1, 1 to 247 C3 USHORT Upstream Pressure Device ID NV No R/W -1 247 1
ID
UpstrmPAd 414272 Upstream Pressure Address 1 1 to 65535 C3 USHORT Upstream Pressure Address NV No R/W 1 65535 8356
UpstrmPModb Upstream Pressure Modbus
414273 1 2 or 3 C3 USHORT Upstream Pressure Modbus Specifier NV No R/W 2 3 3
usSpcfr Specifier
UpstrmTempD
414274 Upstream Temperature Device ID 1 -1, 1 to 247 C3 USHORT Upstream Temperature Device ID NV No R/W -1 247 1
eviceID
UpstrmTempA
414275 Upstream Temperature Address 1 1 to 65535 C3 USHORT Upstream Temperature Address NV No R/W 1 65535 8358
d
UpstrmTempM Upstream Temperature Modbus
414276 1 2 or 3 C3 USHORT Upstream Temperature Modbus Specifier NV No R/W 2 3 3
odbusSpcfr Specifier
ThrtDiffPDevic Throat Differential Pressure Device
414277 1 -1, 1 to 247 C3 USHORT Throat Differential Pressure Device ID NV No R/W -1 247 1
eID ID
ThrtDiffPAd 414278 Throat Differential Pressure Address 1 1 to 65535 C3 USHORT Throat Differential Pressure Address NV No R/W 1 65535 8360
ThrtDiffPModb Throat Differential Pressure Modbus
usSpcfr 414279 Specifier 1 2 or 3 C3 USHORT Throat Differential Pressure Modbus Specifier NV No R/W 2 3 3
RcvryDiffPDevi Recovery Differential Pressure
ceID 414280 Device ID 1 -1, 1 to 247 C3 USHORT Recovery Differential Pressure Device ID NV No R/W -1 247 1
Recovery Differential Pressure
RcvryDiffPAd 414281 Address 1 1 to 65535 C3 USHORT Recovery Differential Pressure Address NV No R/W 1 65535 8362
RcvryDiffPMod Recovery Differential Pressure
busSpcfr 414282 Modbus Specifier 1 2 or 3 C3 USHORT Recovery Differential Pressure Modbus Specifier NV No R/W 2 3 3
414283 Reserved 717 C3
Alarms and Events
423
Appendix D
Table 19 - Alarms and Events
Alarm/Event Name ID Remark

Reserved 0x02 to 0x0F
Power Loss 0x01
Reserved 0x11
Expected SPM Error 0x12
Reserved 0x13
Reserved 0x14
Minimum Load Violation 0x15
Maximum Load Violation 0x16
Reserved 0x18
Reserved 0x19
Motor Status Feedback Alarm 0x1A

Reserved 0x1B
VFD Maximum Frequency 0x1C
Dry Well Condition 0x1D
Out of Calibration 0x1E
Position Indication Alarm 0x1F
Maximum Net Torque Alarm 0x20
Reserved 0x21
VFD Communicaton Alarm 0x22
Critical Net Torque Alarm 0x23
Critical Load Alarm 0x24
Reserved 0x25
DI4 AUX Fault Alarm 0x26
DI5 AUX Fault Alarm 0x27
Loss of Crank Arm/Proximity Sensor Alarm 0x28
Belt Slippage Alarm 0x29
Loss of RPM Sensor 0x2A
Low RPM Alarm 0x2B
Reserved 0x2C to 0x30
Fluid Level Calculation Warning 0x31
Negative Fluid Level Calculation Warning 0x32
Low Fluid Level and Submergence Warning 0x33
Low PIP Warning 0x34
Fixed Speed Pump Off Mode Selected 0x35 When RPC enters event will be Set respectively
Fixed Speed Manual Mode Selected 0x36 When RPC enters event will be Set respectively
Reserved 0x37
Reserved 0x38
Reserved 0x39
Reserved 0x3A
424
Appendix D
Variable Speed Pumpfillage Mode Selected 0x3B When RPC enters event will be Set respectively
Variable Speed Manual Mode Selected 0x3C When RPC enters event will be Set respectively
Variable Speed Pump Off Mode Selected 0x3D When RPC enters event will be Set respectively
Clear All Error Event 0x3E This alarm will be set when user clears all alarms. No reset event for this event.

Power on Event 0x3F This alarm will be set when RTU powers ON. No reset event for this event.
System Time Change Event 0x40 This event will be set when user changes board time. No reset event for this event.
MalFunction Set-point Error 0x41
Fixed Speed Timer Mode Selected 0x42 When RPC enters event will be Set
Reset Cumulative Time 0x43 This event will be set when Cumulative Run/Rest Time are reset by writing 1 to CS 470
Reset Cumulative Stroke Count 0x44 This event will be set when Cumulative Stroke Count is reset by writing 1 to CS 471
Reset all Accumulation Buffer 0x45 This event will be set when all Accumulation buffer are reset
GOT Change Event 0x46 This event will be set when Gauge Off Time is changed
Fixed Speed Pump Fillage Mode Selected 0x47 When RPC enters event will be Set respectively
Reset Warnings 0x48 This event will be set when user clears all fluid level warnings. No reset event for this event.
Fluid Level Out of Range Warning 0x49

VFD Fault Alarm 0x4A
VFD Alarm 0x4B
Rod Life Stroke Counter Set Event 0x4C This event will be set when user sets the Rod Life Stroke Counter. No reset event for this event.
Rod Life Time Set Event 0x4D This event will be set when user sets the Rod Life Time Counter. No reset event for this event.
Pump Life Stroke Counter Set Event 0x4E This event will be set when user sets the Pump Life Stroke Counter. No reset event for this event.
Pump Life Time Set Event 0x4F This event will be set when user sets the Pump Life Time Counter. No reset event for this event.
Belt Life Stroke Counter Set Event 0x50 This event will be set when user sets the Belt Life Stroke Counter. No reset event for this event.
Belt Life Time Set Event 0x51 This event will be set when user sets the Belt Life Time Counter. No reset event for this event.
Liquid Production Set Value Event 0x52 This event will be set when user sets the Liquid Production Value. No reset event for this event.
Oil Production Set Value Event 0x53 This event will be set when user sets the Oil Production Value. No reset event for this event.
Water Production Set Value Event 0x54 This event will be set when user sets the Water Production Value. No reset event for this event.
Gas Production Set Value Event 0x55 This event will be set when user sets the Gas Production Value. No reset event for this event.
THP Hi Hi Alarm 0x56
THP Lo Lo Alarm 0x57
THT Hi Hi Alarm 0x58
THT Lo Lo Alarm 0x59
CHP Hi Hi Alarm 0x5A
CHP Lo Lo Alarm 0x5B
CHT Hi Hi Alarm 0x5C
CHT Lo Lo Alarm 0x5D
FLP Hi Hi Alarm 0x5E
FLP Lo Lo Alarm 0x5F
FLT Hi Hi Alarm 0x60
FLT Lo Lo Alarm 0x61
AUX Process 1 Hi Hi Alarm 0x62
AUX Process 1 Lo Lo Alarm 0x63
425
Appendix D

DI Process 1 Alarm 0x6A
DI Process 2 Alarm 0x6B
DI Process 3 Alarm 0x6C
DI Process 4 Alarm 0x6D
THP Hi Warning 0x6E
THP Lo Warning 0x6F
THT Hi Warning 0x70
THT Lo Warning 0x71
CHP Hi Warning 0x72
CHP Lo Warning 0x73
CHT Hi Warning 0x74

CHT Lo Warning 0x75
FLP Hi Warning 0x76
FLP Lo Warning 0x77
FLT Hi Warning 0x78
FLT Lo Warning 0x79
AUX Process 1 Hi Warning 0x7A
AUX Process 1 Lo Warning 0x7B
AUX Process 2 Hi Warning 0x7C
AUX Process 2 Lo Warning 0x7D
AUX Process 3 Hi Warning 0x7E
AUX Process 3 Lo Warning 0x7F
AUX Process 4 Hi Warning 0x80
AUX Process 4 Lo Warning 0x81
Load Cell Signal Failure at Min 0x82
Load Cell Signal Failure at Max 0x83
Stagnant Load Signal Failure 0x84
Reset Load Failure Count 0x85
Reset Last 30 Cycle Pump Fillage Count 0x86
Reset Last 20 Cycle Malfunction Set Point Violation Count 0x87
Gas Flow Measurement Events
426
Appendix D
Table 20 - Gas Flow Measurement Events
Event Log Description Event Log Code Enron Address (Event Log ID) Change Bitmap

Meter Identifier1 changed OP_EVENT_METER_IDENTIFIER_1 201 0x0201
Meter Identifier2 changed OP_EVENT_METER_IDENTIFIER_2 202 0x0201
Date changed OP_EVENT_DATE 203 0x0201
Time changed OP_EVENT_TIME 204 0x0201
Contact hour changed OP_EVENT_CONTRACT_HOUR 205 0x0201
Atmospheric Pressure changed OP_EVENT_ATMOSPHERIC_PRESSURE 206 0x0201
Base pressure changed OP_EVENT_PRESSURE_BASE [PB] 207 0x0201
Base temperature changed OP_EVENT_TEMPERATURE_BASE [TB] 208 0x0201
Temperature mode changed OP_EVENT_TEMP_MODE 209 0x0201
Pressure mode changed OP_EVENT_PRESS_MODE 210 0x0201
Differential pressure mode changed OP_EVENT_DIFF_PRESS_MODE 211 0x0201

Flowing Density mode changed OP_EVENT_DENSITY_MODE [RHOTP] 212 0x0201
Compressibility mode changed OP_EVENT_COMPRESSIBILITY_MODE [ZF] 213 0x0201
Water Cut mode changed OP_EVENT_WATERCUT_MODE 214 0x0201
Pulse Count mode changed OP_EVENT_PULSE_COUNT_MODE 215 0x0201
RHOS mode changed OP_RHOS_MODE 216 0x0201
Temperature input AI channel changed OP_EVENT_TEMP_AI_SELECTION 217 0x0201
Pressure input AI channel changed OP_EVENT_PRESS_AI_SELECTION 218 0x0201
Diff. Pressure input AI channel changed OP_EVENT_DIFF_PRESS_AI_SELECTION 219 0x0201
Density input AI channel changed OP_EVENT_DENSITY_AI_SELECTION 220 0x0201
Water Cut inputAI channel changed OP_EVENT_WATERCUT_AI_SELECTION 221 0x0201
Pressure engineering unit changed OP_EVENT_PRESS_ENG_UNITS 222 0x0201
Diff. Pressure engineering unit changed OP_EVENT_DIFF_PRESS_ENG_UNITS 223 0x0201
Temperature engineering unit changed OP_EVENT_TEMP_ENG_UNITS 224 0x0201
Flow engineering unit changed OP_EVENT_FLOW_ENG_UNITS 225 0x0201
Flow Calculation equation changed OP_EVENT_FLOW_CALC_EQUATION 226 0x0201
Gas Component 1 (Methane) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_CH4 227 0x0201
Gas Component 2 (Nitrogen) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_N2 228 0x0201
Gas Component 3 (Carbon Di-oxide) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_CO2 229 0x0201
Gas Component 4 (Ethane) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_C2H6 230 0x0201
Gas Component 5 (Propane) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_C3H8 231 0x0201
Gas Component 6 (Water) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_H2O 232 0x0201
Gas Component 7 (Hydrogen Sulfide) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_H2S 233 0x0201
Gas Component 8 (Hydrogen) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_H2 234 0x0201
Gas Component 9 (Carbon Mono-oxide) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_CO 235 0x0201
Gas Component 10 (Oxygen) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_O2 236 0x0201
Gas Component 11 (I-Butane) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_I_C4H10 237 0x0201
Gas Component 12 (N-Butane) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_N_C4H10 238 0x0201
Gas Component 13 (I-Pentane) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_I_C5H12 239 0x0201
427
Appendix D
Gas Component 14 (N-Pentane) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_N_C5H12 240 0x0201
Gas Component 15 (Hexane) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_C6H14 241 0x0201
Gas Component 16 (Heptane) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_C7H16 242 0x0201
Gas Component 17 (Octane) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_C8H18 243 0x0201

Gas Component 18 (Nonane) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_C9H2O 244 0x0201
Gas Component 19 (Decane) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_C10H22 245 0x0201
Gas Component 20 (Helium) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_HE 246 0x0201
Gas Component 21 (Argon) changed OP_EVENT_GAS_COMPONENT_AR 247 0x0201
Heating number changed OP_EVENT_HEATING_NUMBER [HV] 248 0x0201
Meter tube reference inside diameter changed OP_EVENT_METER_TUBE_REF_INSIDE [DM] 249 0x0201
Orifice Plate Ref bore size changed OP_EVENT_ORIFICE_PLATE_REF_BORE_SIZE [DO] 250 0x0201
Static pressure Tap Location changed OP_EVENT_STATIC_PRESS_TAP_LOCATION [NPLOC] 251 0x0201
Orifice plate material or expansion factor changed OP_EVENT_ORIFICE_PLATE_MATERIAL [MATORF] 252 0x0201
Orifice tube material changed OP_EVENT_METER_TUBE_MATERIAL [ MATPIPE] 253 0x0201
Viscosity changed OP_EVENT_VISCOSITY [VISC] 254 0x0201

Orifice Diameter Measurement Temperature value changed OP_EVENT_ORIFICE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT TEMPERATURE [TORF] 255 0x0201
Pipe Diameter Measurement Temperature value changed OP_EVENT_PIPE DIAMETER MEASUREMENT TEMPERATURE [TPIPE] 256 0x0201
Isentropic Exponent value changed OP_EVENT_ISENTROPIC EXPONENT [KFAC] 257 0x0201
Calibration Factor value changed OP_EVENT_CALIBRATION FACTOR [FACTR] 258 0x0201
Compressibility Factor of Air at TS & PS [ZAIRS] value changed OP_EVENT_COMPRESSIBILITY FACTOR OF AIR AT TS & PS [ZAIRS] 259 0x0201
Base Compressibility Factor of Air [ZAIRB] value changed OP_EVENT_BASE COMPRESSIBILITY FACTOR OF AIR [ZAIRB] 260 0x0201
Low Diff cutoff parameter changed OP_EVENT_FLOW_DIFF_CUTOFF 261 0x0201
Meter factor changed OP_EVENT_METER_FACTOR [MF] 262 0x0201
K factor changed OP_EVENT_K_FACTOR [KF] 263 0x0201
Linear factor 1 changed OP_EVENT_LINEAR_FACTOR_1 264 0x0201
Linear factor threshold 1 changed OP_EVENT_LINEAR_FACTOR_THRESHOLD_1 276 0x0201
428
Appendix D

Low Frequency cutoff parameter changed OP_EVENT_LOW_FREQ_CUTTOFF 288 0x0201
ISaGRAF Flow Application Start OP_EVENT_ISAGRAF_FLOW_APP_START 289 0x0201
System in global maintenance mode OP_EVENT_GLOBAL_MAINTENANCE_MODE 290 0x0201
Static Pressure Low Alarm Enable OP_EVENT_STATIC_PRESSURE_LOW_ALARM_ENABLE 291 0x0201
Static Pressure High Alarm Enable OP_EVENT_STATIC_PRESSURE_HIGH_ALARM_ENABLE 292 0x0201
Temperature Low Alarm Enable OP_EVENT_TEMPERATURE_LOW_ALARM_ENABLE 293 0x0201
Temperature High Alarm Enable OP_EVENT_TEMPERATURE_HIGH_ALARM_ENABLE 294 0x0201
Differential Pressure Low Alarm Enable OP_EVENT_DIFF_PRESSURE_LOW_ALARM_ENABLE 295 0x0201
Differential Pressure High Alarm Enable OP_EVENT_DIFF_PRESSURE_HIGH_ALARM_ENABLE 296 0x0201
Density Low Alarm Enable OP_EVENT_DENSITY_LOW_ALARM_ENABLE 297 0x0201

Density High Alarm Enable OP_EVENT_DENSITY_HIGH_ALARM_ENABLE 298 0x0201
Water Cut Low Alarm Enable OP_EVENT_WATER_CUT_LOW_ALARM_ENABLE 299 0x0201
Water Cut High Alarm Enable OP_EVENT_WATER_CUT_HIGH_ALARM_ENABLE 300 0x0201
Flow Rate Low Alarm Enable OP_EVENT_FLOW_RATE_LOW_ALARM_ENABLE 301 0x0201
Flow Rate High Alarm Enable OP_EVENT_FLOW_RATE_HIGH_ALARM_ENABLE 302 0x0201
Static Pressure Low Setpoint changed OP_EVENT_STATIC_PRESSURE_LOW_SP_CHANGED 303 0x0201
Static Pressure High Setpoint changed OP_EVENT_STATIC_PRESSURE_HIGH_SP_CHANGED 304 0x0201
Temperature Low Setpoint changed OP_EVENT_TEMPERATURE_LOW_SP_CHANGED 305 0x0201
Temperature High Setpoint changed OP_EVENT_TEMPERATURE_HIGH_SP_CHANGED 306 0x0201
Differential Pressure Low Setpoint changed OP_EVENT_DIFF_PRESSURE_LOW_SP_CHANGED 307 0x0201
Differential Pressure High Setpoint changed OP_EVENT_DIFF_PRESSURE_HIGH_SP_CHANGED 308 0x0201
Density Low Setpoint changed OP_EVENT_DENSITY_LOW_SP_CHANGED 309 0x0201
Density High Setpoint changed OP_EVENT_DENSITY_HIGH_SP_CHANGED 310 0x0201
Water Cut Low Setpoint changed OP_EVENT_WATER_CUT_LOW_SP_CHANGED 311 0x0201
Water Cut High Setpoint changed OP_EVENT_WATER_CUT_HIGH_SP_CHANGED 312 0x0201
Flow Rate Low Setpoint changed OP_EVENT_FLOW_RATE_LOW_SP_CHANGED 313 0x0201
Flow Rate High Setpoint changed OP_EVENT_FLOW_RATE_HIGH_SP_CHANGED 314 0x0201
Static Pressure Deadband changed OP_EVENT_STATIC_PRESSURE_DEADBAND_CHANGED 315 0x0201
Temperature Deadband changed OP_EVENT_TEMPERATURE_DEADBAND_CHANGED 316 0x0201
Differential Pressure Deadband changed OP_EVENT_DIFF_PRESSURE_DEADBAND_CHANGED 317 0x0201
Density Deadband changed OP_EVENT_DENSITY_DEADBAND_CHANGED 318 0x0201
Water Cut Deadband changed OP_EVENT_WATER_CUT_DEADBAND_CHANGED 319 0x0201
Flow Rate Deadband changed OP_EVENT_FLOW_RATE_DEADBAND_CHANGED 320 0x0201
DO Engineering Unit changed OP_EVENT_DO_ENG_UNITS 321 0x0201
DM Engineering Unit changed OP_EVENT_DM_ENG_UNITS 322 0x0201
Density Engineering Unit changed OP_EVENT_DENSITY_ENG_UNITS 323 0x0201
Reset Historical Reports OP_EVENT_RESET_HISTORICAL_REPORTS 324 0x0201
Reserved 325 - 400
429
Appendix D
Temperature above High Limit. 0x9000 = High Alarm
When Temperature is read from AI channel OR Remote I/O then high/low limit is AL_EVENT_TEMPERATURE 401 0x8800 = Low Alarm
decided by the Alarm Low Set Point for Local/Remote TF and Alarm High Set Point
for Local/Remote HR registers. 0x0000 = In Range Alarm

0x9000 = High Alarm
Pressure above High Limit.
AL_EVENT_PRESSURE 402 0x8800 = Low Alarm
Pressure high/low limits same as above for temperature
0x0000 = In Range Alarm
0x9000 = High Alarm
Diff. Pressure above High Limit.
AL_EVENT_DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE 403 0x8800 = Low Alarm
Diff. Pressure high/low limits same as above for temperature
0x9000 = High Alarm
Density above High Limit.
AL_EVENT_DENSITY 404 0x8800 = Low Alarm
Density high/low limits same as above for temperature
0x9000 = High Alarm
Flow rate above High Limit AL_EVENT_FLOW RATE 405 0x8800 = Low Alarm
0x8800 = Low Alarm
Flow is below flow cutoff Limit AL_EVENT_FLOW BELOW CUTOFF 406
0x9000 = High Alarm
Water Cut above High Limit AL_EVENT_WATER CUT 407 0x8800 = Low Alarm
Reserved 408 - 500
Appendix D Modbus Mapping Registers
ISAGRAF Error Codes

Table 21 - ISAGRAF Error Codes
Error Code Error Description
-01 Startup error.
-02 Server communication exchange: Accept error.
-03 Resource Restore error.
-04 Kernel Retain: Init error.
-05 Kernel Retain: Bad memory description.
-06 Kernel Retain: CRC error.
-07 Kernel Retain: Read error.
-08 Kernel Retain: Write error.
-09 Resource Data Allocation error.
-10 Resource Start Report.
-11 Resource Stop Report.
-12 Standard function not implemented.
-13 Standard function block instance init not implemented.
-14 Standard function block instance exit not implemented.
-15 Standard function block call not implemented.
-16 Function not implemented.
-17 Function block instance init required but not implemented.
-18 Function block instance exit required but not implemented.
-19 Function block call not implemented.
-20 Function not implemented.
-21 Kernel IOs: Init error.
-22 Kernel IOs: Driver Init/Exit fct(s) not found.
-23 Kernel IOs: Device Open/Close fct(s) not found.
-24 Kernel IOs: Device Read fct not found.
-25 Kernel IOs: Device Write fct not found.
-26 Kernel IOs: Device Control fct not found.
-27 Kernel IOs: Driver Init fct failure.
-28 Kernel IOs: Device Open fct failure.
-29 Kernel Binding: Driver not found.
-30 Kernel Binding: Init error.
-31 Kernel TIC: Unknown tic code.
-32 Kernel TIC: Cast error.
-33 Kernel TIC: Boundary check error.
-34 Kernel TIC: SINT divided by zero.
-35 Kernel TIC: DINT divided by zero.
-36 Kernel TIC: REAL divided by zero.
-37 Dynamic SFC behaviour: Behaviour processing error.
-38 Dynamic SFC behaviour: Action Execution error.
-39 Cycle Time Overflow.
-40 Dynamic SFC behaviour: Initialisation error.
-41 Kernel TIC: INT divided by zero.
-48 Kernel TIC: LINT divided by zero.
-49 Kernel TIC: USINT divided by zero.
-50 Kernel TIC: UINT divided by zero.
-51 Kernel TIC: UDINT divided by zero.
-52 Kernel TIC: ULINT divided by zero.
-53 Kernel TIC: LREAL divided by zero.

Modbus Mapping Registers Appendix D
Time Zones
Table 22 - Time Zone
Index Offset Time Zone Name DST
1 UTC-12:00 International Date Line West Not Applicable
2 UTC-11:00 Coordinated Universal Time-11 Not Applicable
3 UTC-10:00 Aleutian Islands Applicable
4 UTC-10:00 Hawaii Not Applicable
5 UTC-09:30 Marquesas Islands Not Applicable
6 UTC-09:00 Alaska Applicable
8 UTC-08:00 Baja California Applicable
10 UTC-08:00 Pacific Time (US & Canada) Applicable
11 UTC-07:00 Arizona Not Applicable
12 UTC-07:00 Chihuahua, La Paz, Mazatlan Applicable
13 UTC-07:00 Mountain Time (US & Canada) Applicable
14 UTC-06:00 Central America Not Applicable
15 UTC-06:00 Central Time (US & Canada) Applicable
16 UTC-06:00 Easter Island Applicable
17 UTC-06:00 Guadalajara, Mexico City, Monterrey Applicable
18 UTC-06:00 Saskatchewan Not Applicable
19 UTC-05:00 Bogota, Lima, Quito, Rio Branco Not Applicable
20 UTC-05:00 Chetumal Not Applicable
21 UTC-05:00 Eastern Time (US & Canada) Applicable
22 UTC-05:00 Haiti Applicable
23 UTC-05:00 Havana Applicable
24 UTC-05:00 Indiana Applicable
25 UTC-05:00 Turks and Caicos Applicable
26 UTC-04:00 Asuncion Applicable
27 UTC-04:00 Atlantic Time (Canada) Applicable
28 UTC-04:00 Caracas Not Applicable
29 UTC-04:00 Cuiaba Applicable
30 UTC-04:00 Georgetown, La Paz, Manaus, San Juan Not Applicable
31 UTC-04:00 Santiago Applicable
32 UTC-03:30 Newfoundland Applicable
33 UTC-03:00 Araguaina Not Applicable
34 UTC-03:00 Brasilia Applicable
35 UTC-03:00 Cayenne, Fortaleza Not Applicable
36 UTC-03:00 City of Buenos Aires Not Applicable
37 UTC-03:00 Greenland Applicable
38 UTC-03:00 Montevideo Not Applicable
39 UTC-03:00 Punta Arenas Not Applicable
40 UTC-03:00 Saint Pierre and Miquelon Applicable
41 UTC-03:00 Salvador Not Applicable
43 UTC-01:00 Azores Applicable
44 UTC-01:00 Cabo Verde Is. Not Applicable
45 UTC Coordinated Universal Time Not Applicable
46 UTC+00:00 Casablanca Applicable
47 UTC+00:00 Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon, London Applicable
48 UTC+00:00 Monrovia, Reykjavik Not Applicable
49 UTC+01:00 Amsterdam, Berlin, Bern, Rome, Stockholm, Vienna Applicable
50 UTC+01:00 Belgrade, Bratislava, Budapest, Ljubljana, Prague Applicable
51 UTC+01:00 Brussels, Copenhagen, Madrid, Paris Applicable
52 UTC+01:00 Coordinated Universal Time+01 Not Applicable
53 UTC+01:00 Sarajevo, Skopje, Warsaw, Zagreb Applicable
54 UTC+01:00 West Central Africa Not Applicable
55 UTC+02:00 Amman Applicable

Appendix D Modbus Mapping Registers

56 UTC+02:00 Athens, Bucharest Applicable
57 UTC+02:00 Beirut Applicable
58 UTC+02:00 Cairo Not Applicable
59 UTC+02:00 Chisinau Applicable
60 UTC+02:00 Damascus Applicable
61 UTC+02:00 Gaza, Hebron Applicable
62 UTC+02:00 Harare, Pretoria Not Applicable
63 UTC+02:00 Helsinki, Kyiv, Riga, Sofia, Tallinn, Vilnius Applicable
64 UTC+02:00 Jerusalem Applicable
65 UTC+02:00 Kaliningrad Not Applicable
66 UTC+02:00 Khartoum Not Applicable
67 UTC+02:00 Tripoli Not Applicable
68 UTC+02:00 Windhoek Not Applicable
69 UTC+03:00 Baghdad Not Applicable
70 UTC+03:00 Istanbul Not Applicable
71 UTC+03:00 Kuwait, Riyadh Not Applicable
72 UTC+03:00 Minsk Not Applicable
73 UTC+03:00 Moscow, St. Petersburg, Volgograd Not Applicable
74 UTC+03:00 Nairobi Not Applicable
75 UTC+03:30 Tehran Applicable
76 UTC+04:00 Abu Dhabi, Muscat Not Applicable
77 UTC+04:00 Astrakhan, Ulyanovsk Not Applicable
78 UTC+04:00 Baku Not Applicable
79 UTC+04:00 Izhevsk, Samara Not Applicable
80 UTC+04:00 Port Louis Not Applicable
81 UTC+04:00 Saratov Not Applicable
82 UTC+04:00 Tbilisi Not Applicable
83 UTC+04:00 Yerevan Not Applicable
84 UTC+04:30 Kabul Not Applicable
85 UTC+05:00 Ashgabat, Tashkent Not Applicable
86 UTC+05:00 Ekaterinburg Not Applicable
87 UTC+05:00 Islamabad, Karachi Not Applicable
88 UTC+05:30 Chennai, Kolkata, Mumbai, New Delhi Not Applicable
89 UTC+05:30 Sri Jayawardenepura Not Applicable
90 UTC+05:45 Kathmandu Not Applicable
91 UTC+06:00 Astana Not Applicable
92 UTC+06:00 Dhaka Not Applicable
93 UTC+06:00 Omsk Not Applicable
94 UTC+06:30 Yangon (Rangoon) Not Applicable
95 UTC+07:00 Bangkok, Hanoi, Jakarta Not Applicable
96 UTC+07:00 Barnaul, Gorno-Altaysk Not Applicable
97 UTC+07:00 Hovd Not Applicable
98 UTC+07:00 Krasnoyarsk Not Applicable
99 UTC+07:00 Novosibirsk Not Applicable
100 UTC+07:00 Tomsk Not Applicable
101 UTC+08:00 Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Urumqi Not Applicable
102 UTC+08:00 Irkutsk Not Applicable
103 UTC+08:00 Kuala Lumpur, Singapore Not Applicable
104 UTC+08:00 Perth Not Applicable
105 UTC+08:00 Taipei Not Applicable
106 UTC+08:00 Ulaanbaatar Not Applicable
107 UTC+09:00 Pyongyang Not Applicable
108 UTC+08:45 Eucla Not Applicable
109 UTC+09:00 Chita Not Applicable
110 UTC+09:00 Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo Not Applicable
111 UTC+09:00 Seoul Not Applicable
112 UTC+09:00 Yakutsk Not Applicable
113 UTC+09:30 Adelaide Applicable
114 UTC+09:30 Darwin Not Applicable

Modbus Mapping Registers Appendix D

115 UTC+10:00 Brisbane Not Applicable
116 UTC+10:00 Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney Applicable
117 UTC+10:00 Guam, Port Moresby Not Applicable
118 UTC+10:00 Hobart Applicable
119 UTC+10:00 Vladivostok Not Applicable
120 UTC+10:30 Lord Howe Island Applicable
121 UTC+11:00 Bougainville Island Not Applicable
122 UTC+11:00 Chokurdakh Not Applicable
123 UTC+11:00 Magadan Not Applicable
124 UTC+11:00 Norfolk Island Not Applicable
125 UTC+11:00 Sakhalin Not Applicable
126 UTC+11:00 Solomon Is., New Caledonia Not Applicable
127 UTC+12:00 Anadyr, Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky Not Applicable
128 UTC+12:00 Auckland, Wellington Applicable
130 UTC+12:00 Fiji Applicable
131 UTC+12:45 Chatham Islands Applicable
133 UTC+13:00 Nuku'alofa Not Applicable
134 UTC+13:00 Samoa Applicable
135 UTC+14:00 Kiritimati Island Not Applicable

Modbus WMP Coil Status
434
Appendix D
Table 23 - Modbus WMP Coil Status
MODBUS No of COMM Data On UOM Data Data

CP Tag Name Description Registers Range Remark Storage Demand Access Default
CS Type Type Min Max
1 Reserved 100
If bit is ON, it sets Bit 7 in the mail
box byte (Byte 5) of message header
for Transmitter 1 equal to
FirstiTransID. Transmitter 1 will send
101 register message when it gets the
N1.SendMode 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit - NV No R/W - - - 0
message from Gateway. Registers
101 will be reset to zero once action
is taken. If FirstiTransID is 100 then
transmitter with ID 100 will be
stored here.
Same for Transmitter 2. If
N2.SendMode 102 FirstiTransID is 100 then Transmitter 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit - NV No R/W - - - 0
with ID 101 will be stored here.
N3.SendMode,N100 103 Same for Transmitter 3 to 100 98 0 or 1 C3 Bit - NV No R/W - - - 0
.SendMode
If bit is ON, it sets Bit 8 of the
mailbox byte in WMP message
header for Transmitter 1 equal to
FirstiTransID.All the message counts
N1.ResetMsgCnt 201 like No of message received,sent will 1 - C3 Bit - NV No R/W - - - 0
be reset to 0. Registers 201 will be
reset to zero once action is taken.If
FirstiTransID is 100 then Transmitter
N2.ResetMsgCnt 202 FirstiTransID is 100 then Transmitter 1 - C3 Bit - NV No R/W - - - 0
N3.ResetMsgCnt, 203 Same for Transmitter 3 to 100 98 - C3 Bit - NV No R/W - - - 0
N100.ResetMsgCnt
Node 1 equal to FirstiTransID read
mode (0-local, 1-remote). A value of
0 will cause the Gateway to respond
to any MODBUS Master read request
by sending back the last known
value for transmitter node 1. On the
N1.ReadMode 501 other hand a value of 1 will cause 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit - NV No R/W - - - 0
the Gateway to route this request to
the Transmitter and then send back
the response received from the node.
If FirstiTransID is 100 then
Transmitter with ID 100 will be
stored here.
435
Appendix D
CP Tag Name MODBUS Description No of Range COMM Data Remark Storage On Access UOM Data Data Default
CS Registers Type Type Demand Min Max
N2.ReadMode 502 FirstiTransID is 100 then Transmitter 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit - NV No R/W - - - 0

N3.ReadMode,N100 503 Same for Transmitter 3 to 100 98 0 or 1 C3 Bit - NV No R/W - - - 0
.ReadMode
601 Reserved 3 Bit
A value of 1 will set all Transmitters
AllNCntnsMode 604 running in continuous mode in 1 0 or 1 C3 Bit - NV No R/W - - - 0
remote read node.
Modbus WMP Input Status
436
Appendix D
Table 24 - Modbus WMP Input Status
MODBUS No of Default Value / COMM Data On UOM Data Data

CP Tag Name Description Remarks Storage Demand Access Default
IS Registers Range Type Type Min Max
DI status for Channel 1 for Transmitter 1
11001 equal to FirstiTransID. If FirstiTransID is
N1.Sts_DICh1 1 0 or 1 I3 Bit - NV No R - - - 0
100 then Transmitter with ID 100 will be
stored here.
DI status for Channel 2 for Transmitter 1
11002 equal to FirstiTransID. If FirstiTransID is
100 then Transmitter with ID 100 will be
stored here.
11003 DI status for Channel 3 for Transmitter 1
equal to FirstiTransID.
11004 DI status for Channel 4 for Transmitter 1
equal to FirstiTransID.
11005 DI status for Channel 5 to 8 for
N1.Sts_DICh5, N1.Sts_DICh8 4 0 or 1 I3 Bit - NV No R - - - 0
Transmitter 1 equal to FirstiTransID.
DI status for Transmitter 2. If
N2.Sts_DICh1, N2.Sts_DICh8 11009 FirstiTransID is 100 then Transmitter 8 0 or 1 I3 Bit - NV No R - - - 0
N3.Sts, N100.Sts 11017 DI status for for Transmitter 3 to 100. 784 0 or 1 I3 Bit - NV No R - - - 0
11801 Reserved 300
Alarm Status for Transmitter 1 equal to
FirstiTransID when message is not
N1.Sts_Alm 12101 received for specified interval. If 1 0 or 1 I3 Bit - NV No R - - - 0
Alarm Status for Transmitter 2. If
N2.Sts_Alm 12102 FirstiTransID is 100 then Transmitter 1 0 or 1 I3 Bit - NV No R - - - 0
N3.Sts_Alm, N100.Sts_Alm 12103 Alarm Status for Transmitter 3 to 100. 98 0 or 1 I3 Bit - NV No R - - - 0
12201 Reserved 100
This value is one if Transmitter 1 equal
to FirstiTransID is working in sleep and
N1.SleepWakeMd 12301 wake up mode. If FirstiTransID is 100 1 0 or 1 I3 Bit - NV No R - - - 0
then Transmitter with ID 100 will be
stored here.
N2.SleepWakeMd 12302 Same for Transmitter 2 1 0 or 1 I3 Bit - NV No R - - - 0
N3.SleepWakeMd, 12303 Transmitter mode for Node 3 to 100. 98 0 or 1 I3 Bit - NV No R - - - 0
N100.SleepWakeMd
437
Appendix D
CP Tag Name MODBUS Description No of Default Value / COMM Data Remarks Storage On Access UOM Data Data Default
IS Registers Range Type Type Demand Min Max
Type of Serial Protocol supported by
Transmitter 1 equal to FirstiTransID. For
ASCII protocol its value is zero (0) and
N1.SerPrtclTyp 12401 1 0 or 1 I3 Bit - NV No R - - - 0
for RTU protocol its value is one (1).If

Type of Serial Protocol supported by
N2.SerPrtclTyp, N100.SerPrtclTyp 12402 99 0 or 1 I3 Bit - NV No R - - - 0
Transmitter 2 to 100.
Active Transmitter Nodes (0-Inactive, 1-
Active)for Transmitter 1 equal to
N1.ActvTrnsmtr 12501 FirstiTransID. If FirstiTransID is 100 then 1 0 or 1 I3 Bit - NV No R - - - 0
Transmitter with ID 100 will be stored
here.
Active Transmitter Nodes for Node 2 .If
N2.ActvTrnsmtr 12502 FirstiTransID is 100 then Transmitter 1 0 or 1 I3 Bit - NV No R - - - 0

Active Transmitter Nodes for
N3.ActvTrnsmtr, N100.ActvTrnsmtr 12503 98 0 or 1 I3 Bit - NV No R - - - 0
Active Unregistered Nodes (1-
Unregistered Active node) for
N1.ActvUnRegd 12601 Transmitter 1 equal to FirstiTransID. If 1 0 or 1 I3 Bit - NV No R - - - 0
Active Unregistered Nodes for
N2.ActvUnRegd, N100.ActvUnRegd 12602 99 0 or 1 I3 Bit - NV No R - - - 0
12701 Reserved 7300
Modbus WMP Input Register
438
Appendix D
Table 25 - Modbus WMP Input Register

CP Tag Name Description Range Remark Storage Demand Access Default
IR Registers Type Type Min Max
WMPMBSlvID 30001 WMP MODBUS Salve ID 1 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
30002 Reserved 2
FWVerNum 30004 Firmware version number 2 - I3 FLOAT - NV No R - - - -
30006 Reserved 12
NextAvbleID 30018 Next Available ID 1 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
FirstiTransID 30019 First iTrans ID 1 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
30020 Reserved 31
Serial Number of Transmitter 1 equal to FirstiTransID
N1.SerNum 30051 registered with Gateway. If FirstiTransID is 100 then 2 - I3 LONG - NV No R - - - -
Transmitter with ID 100 will be stored here.

Serial Number for Transmitter 2. If FirstiTransID is
N2.SerNum 30053 100 then Transmitter with ID 101 will be stored 2 - I3 LONG - NV No R - - - -
here.
N3.SerNum, N100.SerNum 30055 Same for Transmitter 3 to 100. 196 - I3 LONG - NV No R - - - -
30251 Reserved 300
Raw data for Channel 1 for Transmitter 1 equal to
FirstiTransID registered with Gateway. If
N1.RawCh1 30551 1 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
FirstiTransID is 100 then Transmitter with ID 100 will
be stored here.
FirstiTransID
FirstiTransID
FirstiTransID
Raw data for Channel 5 - 10 for Transmitter 1 equal
N1.RawCh5, N1.RawCh10 30555 6 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
to FirstiTransID
Raw data for all channels for Transmitter 2. If
N2.RawCh1, N2.RawCh10 30561 FirstiTransID is 100 then Transmitter with ID 101 will 10 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
be stored here.
N3.RawCH, N100.RawCH 30571 Raw data for all channels for Transmitter 3 to 100. 980 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
EU data for Channel 1 for Transmitter 1 equal to
FirstiTransID registered with Gateway. If
N1.EUCh1 31551 2 - I3 FLOAT - NV No R - - - -
be stored here.
FirstiTransID.
FirstiTransID.
FirstiTransID.
439
Appendix D
IR Registers Type Type Demand Min Max
31559 EU data for Channel 5 - 10 for Transmitter 1 equal to
N1.EUCh5, N1.EUCh10 12 - I3 FLOAT - NV No R - - - -
FirstiTransID.
EU data for all channels for Transmitter 2. If

N2.EUCh1, N2.EUCh10 31571 FirstiTransID is 100 then Transmitter with ID 101 will 20 - I3 FLOAT - NV No R - - - -
be stored here.
N3.EUCh, N100.EUCh 31591 EU data for all channels for Transmitter 3 to 100. 1960 - I3 FLOAT - NV No R - - - -
Node 1 equal to FirstiTransID Radio Signal Strength.
N1.RadioSigStrgth 33551 If FirstiTransID is 100 then Transmitter with ID 100 1 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
will be stored here.
Radio Signal Strength for Node 2. If FirstiTransID is
N2.RadioSigStrgth 33552 100 then Transmitter with ID 101 will be stored 1 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
here.
N3.RadioSigStrgth, 33553 Same for Transmitter 3 to 100. 98 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
N100.RadioSigStrgth
Response time in milliseconds for Transmitter 1

N1.RespsTm 33651 equal to FirstiTransID. If FirstiTransID is 100 then 1 - I3 USHORT - NV No R mSec - - -
Response time in milliseconds Node 2. If
N2.RespsTm 33652 FirstiTransID is 100 then Transmitter with ID 101 will 1 - I3 USHORT - NV No R mSec - - -
be stored here.
N3.RespsTm, N100.RespsTm 33653 Same for Transmitter 3 to 100. 98 - I3 USHORT - NV No R mSec - - -
33751 Reserved 250
Time of Last WMP Message in seconds since 1970
34001 for Transmitter 1 equal to FirstiTransID. If
N1.TmLastWMPMsg 2 - I3 LONG - NV No R Sec - - -
be stored here.
Time of Last WMP Message in seconds since 1970
N2.TmLastWMPMsg 34003 for Transmitter 2.If FirstiTransID is 100 then 2 - I3 LONG - NV No R Sec - - -
N3.TmLastWMPMsg, 34005 Same for Transmitter 3 to 100. 196 - I3 LONG - NV No R Sec - - -
N100.TmLastWMPMsg
Time in seconds Since Last WMP Message for
34201 Transmitter 1 equal to FirstiTransID. If FirstiTransID is
N1.TmSinceLastWMPMsg 2 - I1 LONG - NV No R Sec - - -
100 then Transmitter with ID 100 will be stored
here.
Time in seconds Since Last WMP Message for
N2.TmSinceLastWMPMsg, 34203 Transmitter 2 to 10. If FirstiTransID is 100 then 18 - I1 LONG - NV No R Sec - - -
N10.TmSinceLastWMPMsg Transmitter with ID 101 will be stored here.
N11.TmSinceLastWMPMsg, 34221 Same for Transmitter 11 to 100. 180 - I3 LONG - NV No R Sec - - -
N100.TmSinceLastWMPMsg
Time till next WMP message for Transmitter 1 equal
N1.TmNextLastWMPMsg 34401 to FirstiTransID. If FirstiTransID is 100 then 2 - I3 LONG - NV No R Sec - - -
N2.TmNextLastWMPMsg, Time till next WMP message for Transmitter 2 to 6.
34403 If FirstiTransID is 100 then Transmitter with ID 101 10 - I3 LONG - NV No R Sec - - -
N6.TmNextLastWMPMsg will be stored here.
N7.TmNextLastWMPMsg, 34413 Same for Transmitter 7 to 100. 188 - I3 LONG - NV No R Sec - - -
N100.TmNextLastWMPMsg
440
Appendix D
Number of WMP Messages Received from
34601 Transmitter 1 equal to FirstiTransID. If FirstiTransID
N1.NumWMPMsgRcvd 2 - I3 LONG - NV No R - - - -
is 100 then Transmitter with ID 100 will be stored
here.

Number of WMP Messages Received from
N2.NumWMPMsgRcvd, 34603 Transmitter 2 to 6. If FirstiTransID is 100 then 10 - I3 LONG - NV No R - - - -
N6.NumWMPMsgRcvd Transmitter with ID 101 will be stored here.
N7.NumWMPMsgRcvd, 34613 Same for Transmitter 7 to 100. 188 - I3 LONG - NV No R - - - -
N100.NumWMPMsgRcvd
Number of WMP message sent from Gateway to the
34801 registered Transmitter 1 equal to FirstiTransID. If
N1.NumWMPMsgSent 2 - I3 LONG - NV No R - - - -
be stored here.
Number of WMP message sent from Gateway to the
N2.NumWMPMsgSent, 34803 registered Transmitter 2 to 6. If FirstiTransID is 100 10 - I3 LONG - NV No R - - - -
N6.NumWMPMsgSent
then Transmitter with ID 101 will be stored here.
N7.NumWMPMsgSent,
34813 Same for Transmitter 7 to 100. 188 - I3 LONG - NV No R - - - -
N100.NumWMPMsgSent
Transmitter Communication Efficiency of number of
messages sent by Gateway for Transmitter 1 equal
to FirstiTransID. If FirstiTransID is 100 then
N1.TrnsmtrCommEff 35001 Transmitter with ID 100 will be stored here. 2 - I3 FLOAT - NV No R - - - -
(Transmitter No of message received IR 27-28 of
transmitter / Transmitter no of message sent IR 25-
26)
Transmitter Communication Efficiency of number of
N2.TrnsmtrCommEff, 35003 messages sent by the Gateway for Transmitter 2 to 10 - I3 FLOAT - NV No R - - - -
N6.TrnsmtrCommEff 6. If FirstiTransID is 100 then Transmitter with ID 101
N7.TrnsmtrCommEff, 35013 Same for Transmitter 7 to 100. 188 - I3 FLOAT - NV No R - - - -
N100.TrnsmtrCommEff
Gateway communication Efficiency for No of
messages sent by the Transmitter for Transmitter 1
equal to FirstiTransID. If FirstiTransID is 100 then
N1.GtWyCommEff 35201 Transmitter with ID 100 will be stored 2 - I3 FLOAT - NV No R - - - -
here.(Gateway no of message received IR 4601-
4800 series register for the Transmitter / Transmitter
# msg sent IR 25-26)
Gateway communication Efficiency for No of
N2.GtWyCommEff, 35203 messages sent by the Transmitter for Transmitter 2. 10 - I3 FLOAT - NV No R - - - -
N6.GtWyCommEff If FirstiTransID is 100 then Transmitter with ID 101
N7.GtWyCommEff, 35213 Same for Transmitter 7 to 100. 188 - I3 FLOAT - NV No R - - - -
N100.GtWyCommEff
35401 Reserved 500 - - - - -
441
Appendix D
Fade Margin of the radio signal for Transmitter 1
equal to FirstiTransID when the Gateway is working
in API mode. Fade Margin = (-1*RSSI for that
35901 Transmitter) - (Radio Receiver Sensitivity) . RSSI of a

N1.FadeMarginRadioSig 1 - I3 SHORT - NV No R - - - -
node is stored in the register range IR 3551 – 3650
depending upon the Transmitter ID. Radio Receiver
Sensitivity is user defined and can be modified in
the register HR 177.
Fade Margin of the radio signal for Transmitter 2. If
N2.FadeMarginRadioSig 35902 FirstiTransID is 100 then Transmitter with ID 101 will 1 - I3 SHORT - NV No R - - - -
be stored here.
N3.FadeMarginRadioSig, 35903 Same for Transmitter 3 to 100. 98 - I3 SHORT - NV No R - - - -
N100.FadeMarginRadioSig
36001 Reserved 200
Transmitter type for Transmitter 1 equal to
N1.TransTyp 36201 FirstiTransID. If FirstiTransID is 100 then Transmitter 1 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -

with ID 100 will be stored here
N2.TransTyp, N100.TransTyp 36202 Same for Transmitter 2 to 100. 99 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
36301 Reserved 31 I3 USHORT R
No Of Out of range Transmitters (If a Transmitter ID
36332 isID+
not in the range of First iTrans ID and First iTrans
NumOORMsg 1 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
99 then it is a out of range node). It should not
be more than 10.
NIDFirstOORN 36333 Transmitter ID of the First Out of Range Node 1 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
SerNumFirstOORN 36334 Serial Number of the First Out of range Node 2 - I3 LONG - NV No R - - - -
NIDSecondOORN 36336 Transmitter ID of the Second Out of Range Node 1 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
SerNumSecondOORN 36337 Serial Number of the Second Out of range Node 2 - I3 LONG - NV No R - - - -
NIDThirdOORN, SerNumThirdOORN - 36339 Same as 6333-6335 for the 3rd to 10th Transmitter. 24 - I3 - NV No R - - - -
NIDTenthOORN, SerNumTenthOORN
No of Rejected serial number (if serial number
36363 filtering feature is ON and if a serial number is not
NumRjtdSerNum 1 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
present in the WMP Configuration file ). It should
not be more than 10
FirstRjtdSerNum 36364 First Rejected serial Number 2 - LONG - NV No R - - - -
SecondRjtdSerNum, 36366 2nd to 10th Rejected serial number 18 - I3 - NV No R - - - -
TenthRjtdSerNum
36384 Reserved 17
Active Alarms status for AI channel 1 for Transmitter
1 equal to FirstiTransID. If FirstiTransID is 100 then
36401 Transmitter with ID 100 will be stored here. 0 - No
Trans1ActvAlmStsAICh1 1 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
Alarm 1 - Low Alarm 2 - High Alarm 3-Percentage
Change Alarm 4- Low with Percentage Change
Alarm 5 - High With Percentage Change Alarm
36402 Active Alarms status for AI channel 2 for Transmitter
Trans1ActvAlmStsAICh2 1 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
1 equal to FirstiTransID.
Trans1ActvAlmStsAICh3, 36403 Active Alarms status for AI channel 3 -10 for
Trans1ActvAlmStsAICh10 Transmitter 1 equal to FirstiTransID. 8 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
442
Appendix D
Active Alarms status for AI Channel 1 Transmitter 2.
Trans2ActvAlmStsAICh1 36411 If FirstiTransID is 100 then Node with ID 101 will be 1 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
stored here.

Active Alarms status for AI Channel 2 for Transmitter
Trans2ActvAlmStsAICh2 36412 2. If FirstiTransID is 100 then Node with ID 101 will 1 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
be stored here.
Trans2ActvAlmStsAICh3, Active Alarms status for AI channel 3 -10 for
36413 Transmitter 8 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
Trans2ActvAlmStsAICh10 2.
Trans3ActvAlmStsAICh, 36421 Same for Transmitter 3 to 100. 980 - I3 USHORT - NV No R - - - -
Trans100ActvAlmStsAICh
37401 Reserved 2569
Modbus WMP Holding Register
443
Appendix D
Table 26 - Modbus WMP Holding Register

CP Tag Name Description Range Remark Storage Demand Access Default
HR Registers Type Type Min Max
40001 Reserved 110
TransSerNum 40111 Serial Number of the Transmitter to change ID 2 - C3 LONG - NV No R/W - - - 0
TransCID 40113 Current ID of the Transmitter to change 1 - C3 USHORT - NV No R/W - - - 0
TransNewID 40114 New ID of the Transmitter to change to 1 - C3 USHORT - NV No R/W - - - 0
Change ID. Writing one will send ChangeID WMP
ChngID 40115 command to transmitter. Registers 115 will be 1 - C3 USHORT - NV No R/W - - - 0
reset to zero once action is taken.
Number of retry for Gateway in case no response
NumRetryGtWy 40116 received either Acknowledge or Error. Maximum 1 - C3 USHORT - NV No R/W - - - 0
retry will be 10.

AckTmoutGtWy 40117 Acknowledge Timeout in seconds for Gateway. 1 - C3 USHORT - NV No R/W - - - 0
RadioAPIMd 40119 Radio API Mode (0-Transparent, 100-API) 1 - C3 USHORT - NV No RW - - - 0
40120 Reserved 44
MsgBurst 40164 Message Burst Number (1, 2, 3, 4, or 5). 1 1 to 5 C3 USHORT - NV No RW - 1 5 1
Number Of Message Reset time in minutes. -1 -
NumMsgResetTm 40165 Disable, 0 - Reset At Midnight, Range 1-1440. 1 - C3 USHORT - NV No RW Min 0
Default value is 0.
40166 Reserved 4
Reset the Gateway Nodes Received WMP message
count. Writing a value of 100 will reset node 100-
ResetGtWyNRcvdWMPMsg 40170 message count, 101 will reset node 101 message 1 - C3 USHORT - NV No RW - - - 0
counts, etc. A value of 1000 will reset all the node
received WMP message counts.
Reset the Gateway Node Alarm Flags Input
Registers 6401 to 7400. It will reset the Min/Max
and Percentage change alarm flags for the
ResetGtWyNAlm 40171 1 - C3 USHORT - NV No RW - - - 0
Transmitter also. Writing a value of 100 will reset
alamr status for Transmitter ID 100, 101 will reset
for ID 101 etc.
40172 Reserved 2
40174 Reserved 2
Unregister the node. Writing a value of 100 will
UnRegdN 40176 unregister node 100, 101 will actively unregister 1 - C3 USHORT - NV No RW - - - 0
node 101 etc.
Radio Receiver Sensitivity. It is used with RSSI to
RadioRecvrSensty 40177 1 - C3 SHORT - NV No RW - - - 102
calculate the Fade Margin.
0 - Alarm will be genearted if current raw data is
not in the Alarm Raw Min/Max range 1- Alarm will
AlmGen 40185 1 - C3 USHORT - NV No RW - - - 0
be generated if current EU data is not in the Alarm
EU Min/Max range
444
Appendix D
HR Registers Type Type Demand Min Max
40186 Reset the Out of range node parameters i.e. IR 6332
ResetOOR 1 - C3 USHORT - NV No RW - - - 0
- 6362.
40187 Reset the Rejected serial numbers i.e. IR 6363 -
ResetRjtdSerNum 1 - C3 USHORT - NV No RW - - - 0

6383
40188 Reserved
Glossary
The following terms and abbreviations are used throughout this manual. For
definitions of terms that are not listed here, refer to the Allen-Bradley
Industrial Automation Glossary, publication AG-7.1.
Acoustic Survey A type of sonic log that records the travel time of sounds through the annular
space of a well between the casing and the tubing. It is used to determine fluid
level and anomalies in the well.
Air Balanced Units The surface pumping unit in which an air cylinder instead of counterweights
achieves system balancing.
API American Petroleum Institute
API Pumps Classification The nomenclature suggested by the American Petroleum Institute to describe
the components of a downhole pump. This description includes the tubing
size, pump plunger size, barrel length, setting assembly type and location, and
length of extensions.
API RP 11L American Petroleum Institute, Recommended Practice. Design calculation for
sucker-rod pumping system.
API Spec 11E American Petroleum Institute, Specification for Pumping Units. This
specification provides the requirements and guidelines for the design and
rating of beam pumping units for use in the petroleum and natural gas industry.
This specification includes all components between the carrier bar and the
speed-reducer input shaft.
Artificial Lift The production system that assists the well in lifting the fluids from downhole
to the surface by adding energy with a pump or injecting either fluids or gases
into the well. It is used when the reservoir energy is not enough to raise the
fluids to the surface at an economical rate.
Barrel 1. The cylindrical part of a sucker-rod pump in which the piston-like

plunger moves up and down.
2. A unit of volume measure (abbreviation: bbl) equivalent to 42 US
gallons (159 liters).
Beam Balanced Pumping Unit A beam pumping unit that has a counterbalance weight on the walking beam.
Beam Pumping Unit A machine that is designed specifically for sucker-rod pumping. An engine or
motor is mounted in the unit to power a rotating crank. The crank moves a
horizontal member (walking beam) up and down to produce a reciprocating
motion. This motion is transmitted to the downhole pump through the sucker
rod string. The surface pumping unit has counterweights installed on the
cranks for balancing.
Bottom Hole Pressure The pressure at the bottom of the well. Generally, it is considered as the static
reservoir pressure.

Glossary
Card Interpretation The process of analyzing the surface and downhole cards to detect problems
and troubleshoot the pumping system.
Casing The steel pipe that is placed in an oil and gas well that is in contact with the
formation. The casing has the following functions.
• To help prevent collapse of the wall of the hole
• To help prevent movement of the fluids from one formation to another
• To improve the efficiency of extracting hydrocarbons from the well
The casing is made with special alloys to avoid corrosion. Diameter varies from
11.4…62.2 cm (4.5…24.5 in.). Length varies from 4.9…14.6 m (16…48 ft).
Counterbalance Effect The effect of counterweights on a beam pumping unit. The approximate ideal
counterbalance effect is equal to half the weight of the liquid plus the buoyant
weight of the rods.
Counterbalance Weight/ A weight that is applied to compensate for existing weight force. On pumping
Counterweight units in oil production, counterweights are used to offset the weight of the
column of sucker rods and fluids on the upstroke of the pump, and the weight
of the rods on the downstroke.
Coupling A metal collar with internal threads that are used to join two sections of
threaded pipe or rod.
Crank Angle The angle that is measured from the top of the crank arm when it is on the
vertical position to the clockwise or counterclockwise position, depending on
the crank arm rotation.
Crank Balanced Pumping Unit A beam pumping unit that has the counterweights on the crank arm.
Damping Factor A coefficient that is used for the numerical solution of the damped wave
equation to account for energy losses due to friction between the rod string and
the fluid in the tubing.
Deadband The defined range where the current state is maintained and no commands are
sent to the motor.
Dynamometer Card/Dynagraph The plot of the measured rod load at the various positions through a full stroke.
The load is displayed in pounds of force and the position in inches.
Effective Stroke Length The distance traveled by the plunger across the barrel. Also, it is the effective
pump fillage when the barrel is partially full due to gas presence, spacing, or
inflow issues.
Estimated Production Mass or volume flowing per unit of time that is calculated from the pump size,
effective stroke at the pump, pumping speed, and fluids properties.
Flowing Bottom Hole Pressure Pressure at the bottom of the well bore during production, just in front of the
well perforations.

Glossary
Fluid Level Distance between well head and the surface of the liquid in the tubing or the
casing in a well. The static fluid level is taken when the well is not producing
and has stabilized. The dynamic level is the point to which the static level drops
under producing conditions.
Fluid Load The load on the pump plunger from the weight of the fluid inside the tubing.
Fluid Pound The pumping condition where the pump barrel is partially full of fluid and the
plunger hits the surface of the fluid inside the barrel during the downstroke.
Free Gas The amount of gas out of the liquid matrix (not in solution) that is coming
from the reservoir and/or is generated by pressure reduction in the well and
travels from the perforations of the well to the pump intake.
Gas Anchors The gas separators that are installed at the pump intake to avoid gas
interference and gas locking.
Gas Interference The pumping condition where the plunger compresses the free gas present
inside the barrel with the subsequent loss of pumping efficiency.
Gas Lock The pumping condition where the amount of free gas is such as the pump loses
the ability to generate the pumping action.
GOT Gauge Off Time
Hall Effect Sensor A transducer that varies the output voltage in response to a magnetic field. The
crank arm sensor is used for positioning. The motor shaft/RPM sensor is used
to detect speed.
HMI Human Machine Interface
HOA Hand-Off-Auto selector switch
ID Inside Diameter
Inclinometer An instrument that measures the angle of the walking beam. The polished rod
position is calculated using this angle and the pumping unit geometry.
Inflow Performance Relationship The relationship between the liquid inflow or production rate and the flowing
(IPR) pressure at the bottom of a producing well.
ksi Kilopound per square inch.
Minimum Polished Rod Load The lowest load that is imposed on the polished rod throughout a complete
sucker-rod pump cycle.
Modbus A way to transmit information over serial lines between electronic devices.
Modbus RTU is derived from master/slave architecture, while Modbus TCP
runs on Ethernet.
Motor Frequency The motor speed in Hertz when actuated by a variable frequency drive.

Glossary
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
OD Outside Diameter
Peak Net Torque The maximum absolute value of the torque the gearbox of the pumping unit
experiences during a complete stroke.
Peak Polished Rod Load The highest load that is imposed on the polished rod throughout a complete
sucker-rod pump cycle.
Permissible Load Diagram The graphic representation of the maximum polished rod load that creates a
torque at the gearbox equal to the rated torque of the gearbox when the
polished rod is at specific position of the stroke.
PF Pump Fillage
PLC Programmable Logic Controller
Plunger/Piston Cylindrical sliding piece that is moved by or that moves against fluid pressure
within the pump barrel. It consists of a hollow tube with the traveling valve and
some form of seal on the outside.
Plunger Slippage The loss, or return, of fluid through the clearance between the plunger and
barrel walls.
Plunger Stroke Length The total distance traveled by the plunger inside the barrel of the pump. This
stroke accounts for stretch due to the weight of the fluid, weight of the sucker
rod string, and the tubing movement for unanchored tubing installations.
PO Pump Off
POC Pump Off Controller
Polished Rod The steel bar that connects the sucker rod strings with the pumping unit. It is
covered with chrome to help prevent leaking at the stuffing box.
Polished Rod Load The load that is imposed on the polished rod throughout a complete sucker-
rod pump cycle.
Polished Rod Power The power that is expended at the polished rod. It is the power necessary to lift
the fluid at a certain flow rate to the surface and to overcome both friction in
the well and the dynamic rod loads.
POS Pump Off Setpoint
Prime Mover The primary source of power driving the surface pumping unit. This source
could be an electric motor or an internal-combustion engine.
Productivity Index The slope of the inflow performance relationship (IPR). The unitary volume of
fluid that could be produced by every unit of pressure reduction in the
reservoir.

Glossary
Pump/Downhole Card The collection of load-position pairs that are calculated at pump depth. The
load-position data that is measured in surface is converted into downhole data
by the use of the wave equation. There are several methods to solve this
equation (Fourier Series, Numerical Methods, and so on). This card represents
the performance of the pump and is used to troubleshoot and optimize the
pump.
Pump Displacement The volume of fluid that the pump displaces during a complete pump stroke.
Pump Fillage The ratio between the effective fluid displacement and the total plunger
displacement of the downhole pump. It is a measure of the pump efficiency.
Pump Off The well condition where the level of fluid is below the pump intake. In this
scenario, the well is not able to flow.
Pump Setting Depth Vertical distance from the surface to the pump intake.
Pump Standing Valve A fixed ball-and-seat valve at the lower end of the working barrel of a sucker rod
pump. The standing valve and its cage do not move.
Pump Traveling Valve A ball-and-seat valve that moves with the sucker rod string. On the upstroke,
the ball is seated, supported the fluid load. On the downstroke, the ball is
unseated, which allows fluid to enter into the production column.
Pumping Speed The number of pumping cycles in stroke per minutes (SPM)
Pumping Unit The machine that imparts reciprocating motion to a string of sucker rods
extending to the positive-displacement pump at the bottom of a well. It is
usually a beam arrangement where a crank is attached to a speed reducer drive.
RPC Rod pump controller
RPM Revolutions per minute
RTU Remote terminal unit
SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
Sinker Bars Larger diameter rods or bars that are placed at the bottom of the sucker rod
string to provide weight and increase stiffness at the bottom to help prevent the
sucker rod from buckling.
Speed Reducers/Gear Reducer/ The system of gears that the prime mover drives and that transmit rotation and
Gearboxes power to the crank of a beam pumping unit.
SPM Strokes per minute
Stroke Length The distance between the lowest and the highest position of the polished rod
during a complete pumping cycle.

Glossary
Sucker Rod A special steel or fiberglass pumping rod. Lengths are 7.6 or 9.1 m (25 or 30 ft).
However, smaller sizes (pony rods) are available (0.6, 1.2, 1.8, or 2.4 m [2-, 4-,
6-, 8-ft]). Diameters varies from 12.7…31.8 mm (0.5…1.25 in.). Sucker rods are
threaded on each end and manufactured to dimension standards and metal
specifications set by API. There is also a continuous sucker rod with no
couplings to tie the rods.
Sucker Rod Pump The downhole assembly that is used to lift fluid to the surface by the
reciprocating action of the sucker rod string. Basic components consist of a
barrel, plunger, standing valve, traveling valve, and hold-down assembly.
Sucker Rod String Several rods screwed together create the sucker rod string. This rod string is the
mechanical link between the surface pumping unit and the pump at the
bottom of the well. It is run inside the tubing.
Surface Card The collection of position-load pairs that are measured through a position and
load sensor. An inclinometer measures position while a load gauge device
measures load.
Tapered Sucker Rod String The sucker rod string in which the rods have different diameters. The
combination of sizes is defined based on a stress analysis. A well could have up
to four tapered sections.
Tubing The pipe that connects the reservoir with the surface. The downhole pump is
installed inside or connected to the tubing. The fluids travel from the discharge
of the pump to surface across the annular space that the tubing and the sucker
rod string that is placed inside the tubing creates. Diameter varies from
1.5…4.5 in. (38.1…114.3 mm). Standard length is 30 ft (9.1 m) but smaller
pieces of tubing (pup joints) are used to adjust it to the desired depth.
Tubing Anchor A device that is installed at the tubing downhole to keep the tubing from being
moved up and down by the pumping action.
Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) An electrical device that provides speed control of a motor by output frequency
changes. It can also provide protection, torque control, and energy
regeneration.
Well Testing The series of activities that are performed to measure the oil, gas, and water
flow rates and the flowing bottomhole pressure, temperature, fluid properties,
and productivity of a producer well.
WMP Wireless Messaging Protocol

Index
Numerics B
90-day accumulator 133 belt slippage 146
belt slippage configuration 49
board time 12
A
accumulator
90-day 133 C
accumulator setting 39 calibrate
alarm inclinometer 271
clear 279 card
configure 264 POS 190
alarm and event summary 183 pump off 191
alarm configuration 165, 239 shutdown 192
aux fault 169 startup 190
crank arm sensor loss 169 troubleshooting 198
critical load 165 card analysis 186
DI4/DI5 auxiliary fault configuration 244 change
dry well condition 171 operation mode 248
load violation 165 password 203, 207
load violation setting 241 change transmitter ID 30
low RPM 174 clear
malfunction setting 243
net torque setting 242 alarm 279
position indicator error 171 COM1 (RS-232) 30
RPM sensor loss 174 COM2 (RS-485) 30
alarm display 183 COM4 (RS-232) 30
alarm and event summary 183 communication
alarm history 184 iENT 164
event history 185 communication ports 29
alarm history 184 COM1 (RS-232) 30
alarm status COM2 (RS-485) 30
view 279 COM4 (RS-232) 30
alarms 197 ethernet ports (LAN1 and LAN2) 31
allocation communication protocol
terminal block 293 Modbus 13
analog inputs 19 components
spare 25 user-supplied 14
analog outputs 20 condition
analysis dry well 171
card 186 configuration 197
pumping system 186 alarm 165
application information 196 alarmuser control 239
aux fault 169 analog input 19
analog output 20
aux fault alarm 200 belt slippage 49
control 33
DI auxiliary fault 40
DI4/DI5 auxiliary fault 244
digital input 20
digital output 21
end point velocity 162, 234, 258
fixed speed 153, 223
fail-safe time 229
fixed speed pump fillage 230
fixed speed timer 228
POC Time 227

Index
pump off setting 226 D

fluid level 50
general 174 data
I/O 18 fluid level 131
load violation 40 malfunction 122
malfunction 44 motor configuration 124
motor 146, 217 net torque 121
position sensor 34 product configuration 125
production 47 pump equipment configuration 123
pump equipment 45, 213 database
pump off 43 search 214
rod pump 248 date 176, 208
RPC control 159, 231, 256 pump 247
sensor 34, 149 default
serial filtering 29
system 9 password
HMI 203
taper 46, 147, 216
variable speed 231 web server 4
dry well prevention setting 238 default screen 174, 209
end point velocity configuration 234 DI
fluid pound prevention 233 auxiliary fault configuration 40
RPC control configuration 231 DI4/DI5
VFD control signal 232 configure 200
VFD pump off setting 238 DI4/DI5 auxiliary fault
VFD speed command 232 configuration 244
VFD 51, 158 DI5 aux wiring 28
WMP hardware 31
configuration display 135 diagnostics 179
alarm configuration 165 RPC 180
diagrams
fixed speed configuration 153
general configuration 174 wiring 293
hardware and diagnostics 179 digital I/O
pump configuration 138 configure 200
sensor configuration 149 digital inputs 20
VFD configuration 158 spare 25
configure digital outputs 21
alarm 264 spare 26
DI4/DI5 200 distribution
digital I/O 200 power 296
fluid level properties 274 download
load cell 262
motor alert delay time 202 current configuration 285
pump 263 suite firmware 284
dry well condition 171
VFD parameters 260
configure manually 215 dry well prevention
connect wire setting 238
incoming power 21
polished rod load cell 20
walking beam inclinometer 21
connect wiring 20
control configuration 33
control modes 13
control signal
VFD 160, 232, 257
controller detail 179
crank arm sensor
loss 169
critical load 165
current card 126
current configuration
download 285

Index
E fluid level setting 145

enclosure fluid level settings 221
specifications 291 fluid pound
end point velocity prevention 233, 258
configuration 234, 258 fluid pound prevention 161
end point velocity configuration 162 fluid properties 142, 218
equipment
overview 11 G
specification 12
error gateway 27
motor status feedback 290 gauge off time 177, 210
position indicator 171 general configuration 174
E-stop switch 28 default screen 174
ethernet ports (LAN1 and LAN2) 31 gauge off time 177
event history 185 RTU power on state 174
time and date 176
general setting 39
F ground lug 28
fail-safe clock setting 38
fail-safe time setting 229 H
fault
Hall effect sensor 16
aux 169
features handle package 17
WMP gateway 14 hardware 179
feedback wiring hardware and diagnostics
motor ON/OFF status 22 controller detail 179
firmware RPC diagnostics 180
download current configuration 285 RPC shutdown 181
download suite firmware 284 help display 196
upgrade (web server) 281 alarms 197
reminders 283 application information 196
fixed speed maintenance and configuration 197
configuration 223 screen navigation 196
fail-safe time 229 security 197
fixed speed pump fillage 230 trend 197
fixed speed timer 228 troubleshooting card 198
POC Time 227 historical data 128
pump off setting 226 90-day accumulator 133
pump fillage 253 fluid level data 131
fixed speed configuration 153 historical time 128
fixed speed pump fillage 157 production IPR 132
fixed speed timer setting 156 production totalizers 130
POC time setting 155 historical time 128
pump off setting 153 history
fixed speed mode 250 alarm 184
fixed speed pump fillage 253 event 185
fixed speed timer setting 252
POC time setting 252
pump off setting 251
fixed speed pump fillage 157, 230
fixed speed timer
setting 252
fixed speed timer setting 38, 156, 228
fluid level configuration 50
fluid level cutoff setting 144
fluid level cutoff settings 220
fluid level data 131
fluid level properties
configure 274
view 273

Index
HMI 107 RPC diagnostics 180

90-day accumulator 133 RPC shutdown 181
alarm and event summary 183 RPM sensor loss 174
alarm configuration 165 RTU power on state 174
alarm display 183 screen navigation 196
alarm history 184 security 197
alarms 197 select trend 192
application information 196 sensor configuration 149
aux fault 169 shutdown card 192
belt slippage 146 startup card 190
card analysis 186 taper configuration 147
configuration display 135 time and date 176
configure rod pump 248 trend 197
controller detail 179 trend display 186
crank arm sensor loss 169 troubleshooting card 198
critical load 165 user name 203
current card 126 VFD configuration 158
default screen 174 VFD control signal 160
display overview 109 VFD parameters 162
dry well condition 171 VFD pump off setting 158
end point velocity configuration 162 VFD speed command 160
event history 185 VFD status 127
fixed speed configuration 153 well basic data 114
fixed speed pump fillage 157 well overview 112
fixed speed timer setting 156
fluid level cutoff setting 144
fluid level data 131 I
fluid level setting 145 I/O configuration 18
fluid pound prevention 161 iENT communication
fluid properties 142
gauge off time 177 setting 260
general configuration 174 iENT communication setting 164
hardware and diagnostics 179 inclinometer 15
help display 196 calibrate 271
historical data 128 troubleshooting 288
historical time 128 installation
iENT communication setting 164 typical 12
load sensor 153 interface protocol
load violation 121, 165 Modbus 16
low RPM 174 IP configuration 11
maintenance and configuration 197
malfunction data 122 IPR
motor configuration 146 production 132
motor configuration data 124
net torque data 121
operation mode 136 K
operator display 110 kill signals 27
overview data 113
password
default 203
POS card 190
position indicator error 171
position sensor 149
product configuration data 125
production IPR 132
production totalizers 130
pump configuration 138
pump data 121
pump equipment configuration 138
pump equipment configuration data 123
pump off card 191
pump off setting 153
pump parameters 125, 143
pumping system analysis 186
RPC control configuration 159

Index
L N
limits navigation
load violation 265 HMI 108
load screen 196
critical 165 net torque 167
load cell setting 242, 270
configure 262 net torque data 121
specifications 291 net torque setting 36
load sensor 153, 212
load violation 121, 165
configuration 40 O
setting 241 operating condition 53
load violation limits 265 operation 199
login configure rod pump 248
user 206 low temperature 12
logout startup checklist 199
user 207 operation mode 136, 222
low RPM 174 change 248
low temperature operator display 110
operation 12 historical data 128
lug overview data 113
ground 28 pump data 121
VFD status 127
well overview 112
M operator screen
maintenance 197 current card 126
OptiLift RPC
malfunction
about 11
configuration 44 fully wired 294
setting 243 handle package 17
malfunction data 122 hardware 17
malfunction setpoint 167 HMI 107
malfunction setpoint 267 mount 19
Modbus 13, 16 operation 199
mode web server 1
wiring overview 295
fixed speed 250 validation sheet 297
variable speed 254 options
motor
motor control wiring 293
not starting 290 overview
start 270
start and stop 223 equipment 11
stop 270 overview data 113
motor alert delay time well basic data 114
configure 202
motor configuration 146, 217
motor configuration data 124
motor control
wiring options 293
motor control relay
specifications 292
motor ON/OFF command 22
motor ON/OFF status feedback wiring 22
motor parameters 52
mount 19
considerations 19
procedure 19

Index
P default 203
PanelView POS card 190
90-day accumulator 133 position indicator error 171
alarm and event summary 183 position sensor 149
alarm configuration 165 product configuration data 125
alarm display 183 production IPR 132
alarm history 184 production totalizers 130
alarms 197 pump configuration 138
application information 196 pump data 121
aux fault 169 pump equipment configuration 138
belt slippage 146 pump equipment configuration data 123
card analysis 186 pump off card 191
configuration display 135 pump off setting 153
controller detail 179 pump parameters 125, 143
crank arm sensor loss 169 pumping system analysis 186
critical load 165 RPC control configuration 159
current card 126 RPC diagnostics 180
default screen 174 RPC shutdown 181
display overview 109 RPM sensor loss 174
dry well condition 171 RTU power on state 174
end point velocity configuration 162 screen navigation 196
event history 185 security 197
fixed speed configuration 153 select trend 192
fixed speed pump fillage 157 sensor configuration 149
fixed speed timer setting 156 shutdown card 192
fluid level cutoff setting 144 startup card 190
fluid level data 131 taper configuration 147
fluid level setting 145 time and date 176
fluid pound prevention 161 trend 197
fluid properties 142 trend display 186
gauge off time 177 troubleshooting card 198
general configuration 174 user name 203
hardware and diagnostics 179 VFD configuration 158
help display 196 VFD control signal 160
historical data 128 VFD parameters 162
historical time 128 VFD pump off setting 158
iENT communication setting 164 VFD speed command 160
load sensor 153 VFD status 127
load violation 121, 165 well basic data 114
low RPM 174 well overview 112
maintenance and configuration 197 PanelView Plus 7 107
malfunction data 122 parameters
motor configuration 146
pump 125, 143, 219
motor configuration data 124 VFD 162, 259
navigation 108
password
net torque data 121
operation mode 136 change 207
operator display 110 passwords
overview data 113 change 203
password POC time
setting 252
POC time setting 155, 227
polished rod load cell 14
connect wire 20
ports
communication 29
unavailable 29
POS card 190
position indicator error 171
position sensor 149, 211
configuration 34
power
distribution 296
incoming 21

Index
preconfiguration state 1 Q
prevention quick start 205
fluid pound 161, 233, 258 alarm configuration 239
production configuration 47 default screen 209
product configuration data 125 fixed speed configuration 223
production IPR 132 fluid level cutoff settings 220
production totalizers 130 fluid level settings 221
properties fluid properties 218
gauge off time 210
fluid 142, 218 load sensor 212
pump
motor configuration 217
configure 263 position sensor 211
pump configuration 138 pump data 247
belt slippage 146 pump equipment configuration 213
fluid level cutoff setting 144 pump parameters 219
fluid level setting 145 RTU power on 209
fluid properties 142 start and stop motor 223
motor configuration 146 taper configuration 216
pump equipment configuration 138 time and date 208
pump parameters 143 user control 206
taper configuration 147 well operation mode 222
pump data 121, 247
load violation 121
malfunction data 122 R
motor configuration data 124 registered transmitter 31
net torque data 121
rejected
product configuration data 125
pump equipment configuration data 123 serial number 30
pump parameters 125 transmitter 31
pump equipment configuration 45, 138, 213 rod pump
configure manually 215 configure via local HMI display 248
search database 214 configure via web server 248
pump equipment configuration data 123 RPC control
pump fillage configuration 231, 256
fixed speed 157, 230, 253
pump off RPC diagnostics 180
configuration 43 RPC shutdown 181
setting 251 RPM
pump off card 191 low 174
pump off setting 37, 153, 226 RPM sensor
pump parameters 125, 143, 219 loss 174
pumping system analysis 186 RTU power on state 174
card analysis 186 RTU power on 209
POS card 190
pump off card 191
shutdown card 192
startup card 190

Index
S startup
screen checklist 199
startup card 190
default 209
screen navigation 196 statistics
search WMP 8
status indicators 287
database 214
stop
security 197
motor 270
select trend 192
stop motor 223
sensor
stop operation 223, 235
configuration 34
crank arm loss 169 suite firmware
Hall effect 16 download 284
load 153, 212 download current configuration 285
position 149, 211 upgrade (web server) 281
RPM loss 174 reminders 283
sensor configuration 149 summary
load sensor 153 alarm and event 183
position sensor 149 surface and downhole card
serial filtering 29 view 278
setpoint surface cards
malfunction 167, 267 incomplete and erroneous 288
setting system
dry well prevention 238 upgrade 74
fail-safe time 229 system configuration 9
fixed speed timer 156, 228, 252
fluid level 145
fluid level cutoff 144 T
iENT communication 164, 260 taper configuration 46, 147, 216
load violation 241 terminal
malfunction 243
net torque 242, 270 PanelView Plus 7 107
POC time 155, 227, 252 terminal block
pump off 153, 226, 251 allocation 293
VFD pump off 158, 238, 254 time 176, 208
settings gauge off 177, 210
accumulator 39 historical 128
fail-safe clock 38 tools 20
fixed speed timer 38 totalizer
general 39 production 130
net torque 36 transmitter status
pump off 37
change transmitter ID 30
shielded cables 28 registered transmitter 31
shutdown rejected serial number 30
RPC 181 rejected transmitter 31
shutdown card 192 trend 197
site survey 297 select 192
specification trend display 186
equipment 12 pumping system analysis 186
specifications 291 select trend 192
enclosure 291 troubleshooting 287
load cell 291 inclinometer 288
motor control relay 292 incomplete and erroneous surface cards 288
speed command motor not starting 290
VFD 160, 232, 257 motor status feedback error 290
speed control OptiLift RPC status indicators 287
troubleshooting card 198
VFD 23
standards compliance 292
start
motor 270
start alert 26
start motor 223

Index
U VFD speed command 160, 232

unavailable ports 29 VFD speed control 23
upgrade VFD status 127
system 74 violation
user administration 203 load 165
change password 203
user control 206, 209 W
change password 207
user login 206 walking beam inclinometer 15
user logout 207 connect wire 21
user login 206 web server 1
user logout 207 board time 12
user name configuration methods 1, 107
configure rod pump 248
HMI 203 IP configuration 11
web server 4
log in 2
password
V default 4
set OptiLift RPC to preconfiguration state 1
validation sheet 297 user name
variable speed default 4
configuration 231 well basic data 114
dry well prevention setting 238 well configuration
end point velocity configuration 234 operation mode 136
fluid pound prevention 233 well control modes 13
RPC control configuration 231 well overview 112
VFD control signal 232
well operation mode 222
VFD pump off setting 238
VFD speed command 232 well statistics
variable speed mode 254 view 279
end point velocity configuration 258 wiring
fluid pound prevention 258 connect 20
iENT communication setting 260 diagrams 293
RPC control configuration 256 wiring diagram
VFD control signal 257 OptiLift RPC (fully wired) 294
VFD parameters 259 OptiLift RPC (overview) 295
VFD pump off setting 254 power distribution 296
VFD speed command 257 wiring options
VFD motor control 293
control signal 257 WMP configuration
speed command 257 WMP statistics 8
VFD configuration 51, 158 WMP gateway
end point velocity configuration 162 features 14
fluid pound prevention 161 WMP hardware configuration 31
iENT communication setting 164
motor parameters 52 WMP statistics 8
operating condition 53
VFD control 54
VFD control signal 160
VFD interface 53
VFD parameters 162
VFD speed command 160
VFD control 54
VFD control signal 160, 232
VFD interface 53
VFD parameters 162, 259
configure 260
VFD pump off
setting 238, 254

Index
Notes:

.
Rockwell Automation Support

Use the following resources to access support information.
Technical Support Center Knowledgebase Articles, How-to Videos, FAQs, Chat, User https://rockwellautomation.custhelp.com/
Forums, and Product Notification Updates.
Local Technical Support Phone Numbers Locate the phone number for your country. http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/support/get-support-now.page
Find the Direct Dial Code for your product. Use the code to
Direct Dial Codes route your call directly to a technical support engineer. http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/support/direct-dial.page
Installation Instructions, Manuals, Brochures, and

Literature Library http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/literature-library/overview.page
Technical Data.
Product Compatibility and Download Get help determining how products interact, check
http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/support/pcdc.page
Center (PCDC) features and capabilities, and find associated firmware.
Documentation Feedback
Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better. If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document, complete the
How Are We Doing? form at http://literature.rockwellautomation.com/idc/groups/literature/documents/du/ra-du002_-en-e.pdf.
At the end of life, this equipment should be collected

separately from any unsorted municipal waste.
Rockwell Automation maintains current product environmental information on its website at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/rockwellautomation/about-us/sustainability-ethics/product-environmental-compliance.page.
Allen-Bradley, ConnectedProduction, FLEX I/O, iSens, OptiLift, PanelView, PowerFlex, Rockwell Software, Rockwell Automation, TechConnect, and vMonitor are trademarks of Rockwell Automation, Inc.
EtherNet/IP is a trademark of ODVA, Inc
Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies.
Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret A.Ş., Kar Plaza İş Merkezi E Blok Kat:6 34752 İçerenköy, İstanbul, Tel: +90 (216) 5698400
Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019

Supersedes Publication 1711-UM005C-EN-P - November 2017 Copyright © 2019 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A.

Optilift Rod Pump Controller (RPC) : User Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Optilift Rod Pump Controller (RPC) : User Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

User Manual

OptiLift Rod Pump Controller (RPC)

Labels may also be on or inside the equipment to provide specific precautions.

Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019 3

4 Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019

Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019 5

Hardware and Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

6 Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019

Configure Load Cell. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019 7

8 Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019

ATTENTION: You must have a basic understanding of electrical circuitry and

Detailed information regarding integration with a PowerFlex® 753 variable

Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019 9

Bulletin Number RPC Identifier Enclosure Heater Display Type

TIP Contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales

You can view or download publications at

10 Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019

About the OptiLift RPC Solution

The OptiLift RPC is connected-production ready and if an Ethernet network

Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019 11

Figure 1 - Typical Sucker-rod Pump with OptiLift RPC System

Polished rod load cell assembly

C-clamps for running the cables

Cable entry Cable entry

Option for Low Temperature Operation

The optional heater is recommended if you intend to operate below the

12 Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019

Table 1 - Operation Modes for Fixed Speed Systems

Table 2 - Operation Modes for Variable Speed Systems

For detailed information on configuration and parameters, see Use the

ISAGRAF The OptiLift RPC is equipped to support ISAGRAF® projects. ISAGRAF is

Visit www.isagraf.com to download the ISAGRAF software. The ISAGRAF

Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019 13

Polished-rod Load Cell

The typical installation of a polished-rod load cell is shown in Figure 2.

Figure 2 - Load Cell Assembly

Leveling Washer Set

14 Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019

Walking Beam Inclinometer

A solid-state or nonsolid state inclinometer (Figure 3) can be used with the

Figure 3 - Magnet-mount Inclinometer Options

Y-axis points towards

In a typical installation of an inclinometer, the horse head of the walking beam

Figure 4 - Magnet-mount Inclinometer Assembly on Walking Beam

Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019 15

Hall Effect Sensor

Figure 5 - Hall Effect Sensors Kit

16 Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019

Install and Connect OptiLift RPC Hardware

ATTENTION: The following information is a guide for proper installation.

It is recommended that you conduct a site survey to determine a suitable

Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019 17

OptiLift RPC Overview Figure 6 - Front View

(* The latest model of

Figure 7 - Bottom View

Figure 8 - Internal Components

18 Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019

The OptiLift RPC can be pole- or wall-mounted.

Figure 9 - Mounting Detail

ATTENTION: Allow only qualified personnel to install or maintain the

To install the OptiLift RPC, perform the following steps:

Rockwell Automation Publication 1711-UM005D-EN-P - July 2019 19